"Christopher Stasheff - Warlock - 05 - The Warlock Wandering" - читать интересную книгу автора (Stasheff Christopher)"NAY,
PAPA! I AM too old to need one to guide and ward me!" Rod
shook his head. "When you're fifteen, maybe— maybe.
But even then, you won't be old enough to take care of
an eight-year-old little brother—nor a ten-year-old, for
that matter. Not to mention a thirteen-year-old sister." "I
am ten already!" The little girl jammed her fists on her
hips and glared up at him with a jutting chin. Rod
turned to her, suppressing a smile, but Gwen was already
chiding gently. "Mayhap when thou art fourteen years
aged, my sweet, and thy brother Magnus is sixteen, I'll
dare leave the others in thy charge. Yet now..." She turned
to Big Brother. "... thou art but twelve." "
Tis a worthy age," Magnus declared. "Assuredly might I care
for myself." He turned back to Rod. "Many another boy of
my age doth already aid his father in plowing, and..." "Other
boys your age are pages, and taking squire lessons from
the local knight." Rod nodded. "But in both cases, please
notice the presence of an adult—and those boys aren't
taking care of little brothers and sisters!" "Enough
of such chatter!" A foot and a half of elf stepped up
beside Rod's knee, arms akimbo, frowning up at the four
children. "Be still and heed me, or 'twill be much the worse
for thee!" Rod had
a fleeting vision of coming home to four little frogs
in nightshirts and nightcaps. The children fell silent. Glowering
and truculent, but silent. Even though the small- 4 Christopher Stasheff est of
them was twice Puck's size, they all knew that the elf's
idea of fun could be more devastating than their par- ents'
notion of punishment. "Thy
parents do wish to take an evening to themselves," the
Puck rumbled, "to think of naught but one another's company.
The coming-together that this allows them is as much to
thy benefit as to theirs—and well thou knowest that
they could not thus rejoice in one another's company, an they
were continually concerned over what mishaps might befall
thee. Yet my biding with thee will allow them as- surance
sufficient to ease their minds from care, for the space
of an evening." By this
time, four sets of eyes were cast toward the ground.
Cordelia was drawing imaginary circles with her toe.
Rod didn't say anything, but he eyed the elf with re- newed
respect. "Bid
them good night, then," Puck. commanded, "and assure
them thou wilt cheerfully bide in my care till they return." Reluctantly,
and with ill grace, the children came up, one by
one, for a quick peck on the cheek and a perfunctory hug,
for Cordelia and Gregory, and a manly handshake, for Magnus
and Geoffrey (but with a peck on the cheek for Mama). "Go
thy ways, now," Puck said to Rod and Gwen, "and concern
thyselves not with the fates of thy children. I war- rant
their safety, though a full score of knights ride against them—for
a legion of elves shall defend!" "Not
to mention that you, yourself, could easily confound a
dozen." Rod bowed in acknowledgement. "I thank you, Puck." "Bless
thee, Robin." Gwen hid a smile. Puck
winced. "I prithee, lady! Be mindful of my sen- sibilities!" "'Tis
myself who doth bless thee," Gwen assured him. "I
did not invoke any Other. Yet do I thank thee, too. Sprite." "'Tis
ever my pleasure." Puck doffed his cap with a THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 5 flourish,
and bowed. "Ever, when the lady's so beauteous. Go thy
ways, now, free of care—and hasten, ere the gloam- ing
surrenders to Night!" They
followed his advice. Rod closed the door behind them,
and they walked five steps down the path, counting under
their breaths. Then, "Six," Rod said, and, "seven..." On cue,
four small faces filled the window behind them, with
cries of "God e'en!" "Good night. Mama!" "Well betide thee!" Rod
grinned, and Gwen answered with a pursed smile. They
waved, then turned and strode off down the path. "We're
lucky," Rod reminded her. "Indeed."
Gwen sighed. "But 'twill be pleasant to have some
few hours to ourselves once more." They
wandered into the twilit forest, with his arm about her,
she with a dreamy, contented smile, he just contented. "And
wither wilt thou carry me away, my lord?" she murmured. Rod
smiled down at her. "I ran into a little old lady who was
trying to haul some firewood home on her back—and having
very rough going, stumbling and cursing, and need- ing to
put it down every ten feet or so. So I let her ride Fess,
and I carried the wood as far as the crossroads where her son
was going to meet her. She thanked me a lot and, favor
for favor, took me on a short detour and showed me a
little glade with a beautiful mini-pond." He heaved a sigh. "I
swear I never knew there was something so pretty, so close
to home—except, of course, the ones who are in it." She
looked up at him, amused; but he saw the dreaminess behind
the smile, and shook a finger at her. "Now, don't you
dare try to tell me it's just like the days when we were courting!
We only got to know each other in the middle of a minor
civil war." ^ "Aye;
yet did I bethink me of the days thereafter." "Right
after the war, we got married." She
snuggled her head up against his chest. "'Tis what I did
mind me of." 6 Christopher Stasheff Rod
stared at her for a moment. Then he smiled, and rested
his cheek against her head. Suddenly
the woodland path opened out. The branches swung
away, and they found themselves gazing at a perfect pool,
its waters like a gem. Terraced rocks came down to its
edge, festooned with flowers. Branches arched over it like a
sheltering dome. * Gwen
drew in a breath. "Oh, 'tis beautiful!" Then
she saw the unicorn. It
stepped out of the shadows at the edge of the pond to lower
its dainty muzzle to the still water, drinking. Rod
held his breath, but even under the spell of the moment,
his mind automatically registered the fact that the water
must be extremely pure, if a unicorn was willing to drink
it. Then
the silver beast lifted its head, to look directly at them. Gwen
gasped in wonder. Then, slowly, she moved around the
pool, entranced. Rod
followed right behind her, scarcely daring to breathe. As Gwen
drew close, the unicorn stepped back. Gwen hesitated. "Sorry,
dear," Rod murmured. "I
will never regret," she answered softly. "But, my lord, there
is not only wariness in those eyes—there is imploring. Could
it need our aid?" "Sought
us out, you mean?" Rod frowned—then stiff- ened,
as alarm bells went off in the back of his mind. "Gwen—even
on Gramarye, unicorns don't exist..." Gwen
shook her head. "Be mindful of witch-moss, my lord.
On Gramarye, aught that an old aunt may imagine the whiles
she doth tell a tale, can come into being, an she be a witch
unknowing." But Rod
didn't answer. He was gazing about him with every
sense open, alert for the slightest thing out of place, his
awareness widening to encompass the whole of the glen, the
patterns of light that the sunset painted on the shrubbery, THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 7 the
rustling of leaves, the whisper of leather, and the slight chink
of metal behind him... He
whirled about, sword whipping out; the pike smashed past
his shoulder and into the ground. "Look out!" he cried, but
even as Gwen turned, another cudgel cracked into her skull.
She crumpled, and Rod howled with rage, full ber- serker
madness. The glade about him seemed to darken with the hue
of blood. He bellowed as he leaped forward, chop- ping
with a sword that burst into flame. His opponent leaped back,
eyes alight and wary, but without fear. His
buddies closed in from three sides. Rod knew there was one
behind him, too, and he let a glance of his rage dart
backward. Flame burst, and somebody screamed. Rod parried
a blow from the center man while he glared at the thug to
his left. The man slammed back against a tree and slumped
to the ground, but the man to his right stepped in, and
swung down hard. A crack echoed through Rod's head, filling
the world with pain. Through the red mist, he felt himself
swaying. He swung his arm with the movement, slashing,
and the thug fell back with a howl, a red line beginning
to widen across his cheek. But Rod had forgotten his
back; rope hissed and burned across his neck, and yanked his
feet out from under him. A soft body plummeted against him,
knocking the breath out of him. Then they were drag- ging,
bumping, over rough ground, and he realized, dazed, that
the body was Gwen. He howled and slashed at the net around
them, but his sword caught in the ropes. He tugged at it
in fury, hearing somebody call, "We have them! Now— heave!
Two meters more!" Rod
struggled frantically to get his feet under him. What- ever
lay at the end of those two meters, he wasn't going to like. Then,
through the mesh, he saw it—a jury-rigged thing of
telescoping legs, framing a triangular arch that showed only a
blaze of sunlight, harsh on his eyes. He recognized the
transdimensional gate that had taken himself and his 8 Christopher Stasheff family
to the alternate universe of Tir Chlis, and he bellowed in rage
and panic, channeling every ounce of it at the gadget.... He was
an instant too late. The net cut into his back, heaved
up, and shot through, just as the contraption behind him
burst into flame. Sickened,
he struggled against the ropes, got his feet under
him, and surged up to stand. He thrashed the net off him,
and whirled about, wild-eyed. In
every direction, as far as he could see, grassland swept away to
the horizon. The air was filled with the fragrance of
growth, and the sunshine enveloped him with warmth. It
wasn't very far up—which was easy to tell, because the land
was flat as a chessboard. He turned, staring, amazed at the
silence, all the more vivid for the few faint bird-calls and the
murmurings of insects. The land rolled up behind the
net, up and up to a high ridge. Everywhere, everywhere was
grass, waist-high. It
wasn't Gramarye. Rod
glared about him, powerless to do anything about it.
They'd been very neatly caught, he and his wife.... Fury
transformed into horror. The ambush had been ad- mirably
planned; they'd knocked Gwen out in the first few moments.
But how far out? He dropped to one knee, clawing the net
away from her, cradling her head in the crook of an elbow,
patting her face, caressing it, slapping very gently. "Gwen!
Come to! Wake up—please! Are you there? Wake up!"
He poised his mouth in front of her lips, felt for breath, and
relaxed with a sigh. She was alive. Everything else was secondary—she
was alive! Belatedly,
he remembered his psi powers—not surpris- ing,
since he'd only had them for a year or two. He stilled, listening
closely with his mind—and heard her dream. He smiled,
insinuating himself into it, asking her to wake, to speak
to him—and she did. "Nay,
I am well now," she murmured. '"Twas but a moment's
discomfort...." THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 9 "A
little more than that, I think." Gently, Rod probed the
side of her head. She was still; then, suddenly, she gasped.
Rod nodded. "Goose egg already—well, a rob- in's—but
it'll be a goose egg." She
reached up to touch the spot tenderly, then winced. "What
did hap, my lord? I mind me thou didst turn, with a
war-cry..." "A
gang of thugs jumped us. They knocked you out on the
first swing—and they had me outnumbered. Caught us up in a
net, and dragged us through a dimensional gate." She
smiled. "A net? Nay, I must needs think they did find
thy skill too great for them." "Why,
thank you." Rod smiled down at her. "Of course, there's
also the possibility they were under orders not to kill us—and
fighting is more difficult when you have to knock somebody
out, but not kill him." Gwen
frowned. "Why dost thou think they abjured slay- ing?" "Because
they used cudgels, not pikes. But, when they couldn't
take us alive, they settled*for kidnapping us out of our own
time and place." Rod frowned, looking around. "Which
means there should be somebody around, waiting for a
second try." "Aye,
my lord. If they wished us alive, they must needs have
had strong reason." She gazed up at him. "What is this
'dimensional gate' of which thou didst speak? I catch, from
thy mind, memories of Tir Chlis." Rod
nodded. "Same type. But how'd they know where to
waylay us? That gate had to be set up ahead of time." "The
crone," Gwen murmured. Rod
smacked his forehead with the heel of his hand. "Of course!
The whole thing was a setup! She didn't really need my
help... she was a Futurian agent!" "They
knew thou wouldst not refuse to assist one in need." Rod
nodded. "So good old helpful me gave an old lady a hand,
and she bit it! Told me right where to go—and set 10
Christopher Stasheff up her
trap." He shook his head. "Remind me not to do anyone
any favors." "I
would never wish that," Gwen said firmly. "Yet in future,
let us beware of all gifts." "Yeah—we'll
open them under water." Rod looked around,
frowning. "Wonder what alternate universe they've shanghaied
us into this time?" A
ululating cry slashed through the air, and thirty purple- skinned
fur-kilted men rose up out of the tall grass a hundred yards
away. Rod and
Gwen stared. A spear
arced through the air, to bury its head in the earth
half a meter from Rod's feet. Rod
snapped out of his daze. "Wherever we are, we ain't welcome.
Run, dear!" They
whirled and charged, Gwen gathering up her skirts. "Our
abductors could at the least have sent a broomstick!" "Yes,
very careless of them." But Rod chewed at the inside
of his lip. "Still, maybe you had the right idea there, dear.
Let's try it and see. Ready?" He slipped an arm around her.
"Up we go!" They
leaped into the air. Rod put all his attention into staying
up; the natives became secondary, dim and distant. They
rose up a good twenty feet. "Turn,"
Gwen suggested. Rod
banked, worrying about the "why" later. Until he got
good at this game, he'd have to let Gwen do the steering. She had
novel ideas. They swooped back toward the natives
like avenging furies. The
savages screeched to a halt, partly from surprise, mostly
from alarm. Good little victims weren't supposed to attack. "Attempt
a war-cry," Gwen advised. Rod
grinned, and let out a whoop that would have shamed all the
rebels in Dixie. That
was a mistake; it gave the savages something fa- THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 11 miliar.
They snapped out of their shock and closed ranks in front
of the flying Gallowglasses. "Wrong
tactic," Rod decided. "Hold tight." He thought up
hard, and soared way high over the savages' heads, thoroughly
out of bowshot. Then they swung down. "Wherefore
so low, my lord?" Gwen asked. "Just
in case I run out of lift." Gwen
blanched. "If we are going to strike the earth, my lord, I
would prefer not to fly so swiftly." "Don't
worry, babe, I can stop on a dime. Of course, it doesn't
do the dime much good...." The
ground rose up beneath them. They rose with it, too, of
course—and the whooping barbarians were growing smaller
very quickly, behind them. Up, and over the rise— and the
savages disappeared below the curve of the ridge. "Surely
they must be the half of a mile behind us, now, my
lord," Gwen protested. "Will they not have given up by
now?" Rod
nodded. "If you say so, darling. I just hope they were
listening." They
slowed, and dropped gently to the ground. Gwen smiled
as her heels touched earth. "Thou dost progress amazingly
in thine use of thy powers, my lord." "Oh,
you know—just practice." But Rod felt a thor- oughly
irrational glow at her praise. "I must say, though, I'm
surprised it didn't put more of a shock into our hunters." "Aye."
Gwen frowned. "What manner of men were they?" "Oh—just
your average barbarians." "But—they
were purple!" "The
human race is amazing in its diversity," Rod said piously.
"On the other hand, you never know—the color might
wash off in a good rain." Gwen
stared. "Dost'a mean they do paint themselves from
head to toe?" Rod
nodded. "Not exactly unknown. In fact, if it weren't for the
color, I'd guess we were on the Scottish side of 12 Christopher Stasheff Hadrian's
Wall in a country called Great Britain, about 100 A.D." "Were
there truly such?" she asked, wide-eyed. "Sure
were, dear—check any history book, if you can find
one. Painted themselves blue, in fact." Rod frowned. "Of
course, that theme has been pretty well pict over by now...." Clamoring
howls drifted down the wind again. Rod's head
snapped up and around. Over
the ridge they came—purple, waving spears, and howling
like the Eumenides. "Time
to hit the woad!" Rod caught Gwen around the waist
again. "Not
so high this time, an it please thee, my lord." "Anything
to please, my dear." Rod frowned, concen- trating.
The scenery seemed to dim about him, and they rose
just to the tops of the grain. "Forward,"
Gwen murmured. They
shot straight ahead, faster than a speeding spear (just
in case). "They
may not be much on technology, but they've got Terrans
beat all hollow on perverse perseverance." '"Tis
even so. How long can they endure?" Rod
looked back, letting the natives' style percolate through
the filters of his concentration. "Let's see—they're doing a
lope, not an all-out run.... Hey, those guys aren't even
trying! Not really." "Scandalous.
How long can they maintain such a pace?" Rod
shrugged. "As long as we can, I'd guess." "And
how long is that, my lord?" Rod
shrugged again. "I just had dinner. Six or seven hours,
at least." He looked down at Gwen. "Any particular direction
you wanted me to go?" She
shook her head. "All bearings are equal, when thou knowest
not thy destination." Rod
nodded. "I can sympathize with that; I was young once,
myself." THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 13 She
glanced up at him. "Thou art not greatly anxious, my
lord." "No,
not really. These guys haven't invented anti-aircraft guns
yet.... How about you? Worried?" "Nay."
She leaned back in his arms with a peaceful sigh. Vivid
skins and violent yells erupted over the horizon in front. Rod
stared. "How'd they get around there so quickly?" "Nay,
'tis a different band. These are stained yellow- green." "Chartreuse,
I think they call it—but you're right." Rod frowned.
"I don't feel like attacking again. Shall we?" Gwen
nodded. "Turn, an't please thee, my lord. I have no wish
to shed blood." They
banked around in a 180-degree turn—just as their previous
pursuers came over the rise behind. "Turn,
and turn again." Rod veered ninety degrees. "Pilot to
navigator. Setting course perpendicular to angle of pur- suit.
To the vector go the broils." Gwen
glanced back. "They do join forces in pursuit of us, my
lord." "Too
bad." Rod scowled, "I was hoping they might take time
out to fight each other." "United
they ran," Gwen sighed. "Why did we turn to the
left, my lord?" "I'm
a liberal." "Wherefore?" "Why
not? Since I don't know where I'm going... Say, what's
that coming over the rise ahead?" "More
savages," Gwen answered. "That's
a good reason for a turn to the right." Rod veered through
a U-tum. "What color of paint were these boys wearing,
dear?" "Orange,
my lord." Rod
shuddered. "What a color scheme! Y' know, if any more of
them show up in front of us, we're going to be boxed
in." 14
Christopher Stasheff "I
prithee, do not speak of it my lord." "Okay,
I won't. I'll just get ready to climb. You sure you
can't fly?" Gwen
shook her head. "Without a broomstick, I cannot." "Union
rules," Rod sighed. A spear
arced over his head and buried itself in the grass ten
feet ahead. Rod watched it go by. "Maybe it's just as well
you're next to me. With their marksmanship, you're better
off with the target." Gwen
watched another spear arc overhead—by a good twenty
feet. "I think they do not regard us highly as enemies, my
lord. Certes, they cannot have sent picked troops to fight us." "Everyone
here is a Pict troop. Would you mind a little more
speed, dear?" "Certes,
I would welcome it." Gwen glanced behind her. "The
air is clear of spears, my lord." "Okay,
now!" Rod thought hard, and they shot ahead through
the grass as though the ghost of Caracatus were hot on
their heels. The yells diminished behind them, very quickly.
But they boosted to howling level. "Well,
we're out of the trap," Rod sighed, "unless some- thing
comes up over the next rise." They
swung up and over the rise—and saw a clear, straight
plane sheering across the horizon. "A
wall!" Gwen cried. "It
can't be!" Rod stared. Then he frowned. "How close can
parallel universes get? Gwen, I'm taking care of the flying
chores; you do a little mind-reading and see what language
the people behind that Wall are speaking." Gwen's
eyes lost focus for a moment, then cleared. "They do
speak our tongue, my lord." Rod's
frown deepened. "Odd... but the Roman con- querers
weren't the only ones to build walls. There were the
Chinese—and, come to think of it, several of the planets in the
Terran Sphere, during their frontiering days..." "I
think I ken thy meaning...." THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 15 "I'll
explain it when we're not being chased. See anything resembling
a gate?" "Yonder,
my lord." Gwen pointed. "Timbers." A dark
rectangle in the stone, lintel and leaves. "Yeah,
that. That's where we head for. Wonder what this place
is like?" "We
shall discover that directly," Gwen murmured. The
gate zoomed up at them. "Pretend
you're running." Rod started pumping his legs like a
veteran miler. Gwen gathered up her skirts and tripped merrily
along beside him. Rod
dropped the flying power and dug in his heels, plowing
to a stop right at the gate, and hammered on the huge
oaken leaves with his fist. "Hey! Help! Open up! Let us in!
Tear! Fire! Foes!' Especially the Toes' part!" He
stopped and listened. Silence, total silence—except for the
howling behind them, which was showing a definite Doppler
shift—the approaching kind. Rod
stepped back and scanned the top of the wall. "Some- thing's
wrong here. I don't see any sentries." Gwen
frowned, her eyes losing focus. "They are there, my
lord. Yet they feel great caution." "Why?
Just because they've never seen us before, and this
whole thing could be a ploy to con them into opening their
front door." He cocked his head to the side. "Come to
think of it, I suppose I do look a little like Ulysses...." "Mayhap,
my lord, but canst thou not convince them of our
honesty?" "How
about the direct approach?" Rod wound up a leg and
slammed a kick at the middle of the doors. "Hey! We're being
chased by wild Indians! Open up in there! Let the cavalry
out!" "Cease
your pounding, you panicking prat!" bellowed a voice
overhead.
'"' Rod
stepped back and looked up. A
scowling, fleshy man in a loose shirt, with an unshaven jaw,
and a surly hangover glowered down at them. He pressed 16
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 17 a hand
to his head. "There, that's better. You were splitting me head
open." And he disappeared again. "Good idea!" Rod
yelled. "Come back here and let us in—or I will split it
open, and not just by yelling!" "You'll
have to wait till we finish the hand," the voice growled
faintly from above. Several other voices snarled agreement. "But...
but... but..." Rod gave up and turned his at- tention
to his wife. "What kind of an outfit is this?" "We
are accompanied, my lord," Gwen murmured. Rod
whirled and looked behind him. A long
line of multi-colored men was drawn up at the skyline,
leaning on their spears, watching. With a
gnashing groan, the gate opened. The man who had
spoken from the wall above stood in the opening, grin- ning.
"Full house," he announced."My pot." "It's
considerable." Rod eyed the man's midriff. He looked on up
to a rum-blossom nose beside a livid scar, topped with a
black thatch. The shirt was white, or had been. The belt
underscored the midriff, holding up green uniform pants which
were tucked into black boots (in crying need of a shine). "Well,"
he growled, "don't just stand there gawking. Come
in, if your need's so frantic." "Oh,
yes." Rod shut his mouth and stepped through the gateway,
his arm carefully around Gwen. The
slob's eyes lit at the sight of her, but he waved a hand in
signal to someone on top of the wall anyway. The gate
started to swing shut, and the man waved at the savages just
before it closed. A great oaken bar, about of a size to fit the
huge iron brackets on the inside of the gate, lay on the
ground nearby, but the slob ignored it. He turned back toward
them, and caught sight of Gwen again. Interest gleamed
feebly through the hangover, and he looked her up and
down. Gwen flushed, and glared at him. Rod
cleared his throat loudly. The
slob looked up at him and saw the glare. The hang- over
struggled with lust, and lost. The slob grumbled, by way of
a face-saver, "Where'd you get the fancy clothes?" "Where'd
you get the booze?" Rod countered. Caution
flickered in the man's eyes, and they turned opaque. "Well,
ye're in," he grunted, and turned away. Rod
stared. "Hey, wait a minute!" The
slob stopped, threw a despairing glance to the heav- ens,
and turned back. "What now?" "Where
are we supposed to go?" "Wherever
you want to," the slob grunted, turning away. Rod
stood a moment, gaping. He
shrugged and turned back to Gwen. "Might as well follow
him, I suppose." "We
might, indeed," she agreed, and they turned to climb the
long, sloping ramp that led to the ramparts. As he
climbed the ramp, he noticed that it was poured plasticrete.
So was the Wall. Weathered, and buttressed with props
here and there, but plasticrete nonetheless. "Well, so much
for the Romans," he muttered. "My
lord?" "This
stuff is plasticrete," he explained. "It wasn't even invented
until about 2040 A.D. So we can't be in Roman Britain—that
was a good sixteen hundred years earlier." "I
have no knowledge of this." Gwen frowned."'Tis for thee to
say. In what world would we be, then?" Rod
rubbed his chin, looking around him. "We might— just
might—be in our own universe, Gwen. No, not Gra- marye,
of course—another world, circling another sun." He
looked down at her. "It couldn't be Terra, of course." "What
is 'Terra'?" For a
moment, Rod was galvanized. That a Terran human should
not even know the name of the planet that gave birth to her
species... ! But he caught himself, remembering that Gramarye
had never exactly been strong on history. In fact, its
inhabitants didn't even know there were any worlds other than
their own. 18 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 19 "Terra
is the world your ancestors came from, dear— the
planet that all human beings ultimately came from. It's the
home world of our kind." Gwen
was silent for a moment, digesting that. As she
did, they came out onto the top of the Wall. The ramparts
stretched away before them, dwindling into the distance,
a concrete channel cutting four feet down into the plasticrete. A group
of men knelt and squatted around a fire near the top of
the ramp. Like the slob, they wore white shirts, green trousers,
and black boots—but most of them had green jackets,
too, fastened up to the throat. Their sleeves held insignia—or
patches of lighter color, where the emblems had
been. Uniforms, Rod realized, and right after that, They're
soldiers! Gwen's
eyes widened; she was listening to his thoughts. They
didn't seem to be very well-disciplined soldiers, though.
Either that, or there wasn't any war going at the moment.
Rod heard the rustle of cards and the click of chips. The
soldiers looked up, saw Gwen, and looked harder. She
smiled, politely but firmly. Something
like a hungry purr arose from the soldiers. The
nearest, a sergeant, rose to his feet. He straightened up to
eight inches taller than Rod, and about four inches wider,
three-quarters muscle, the rest fat. He had an ugly face
and a leering grin, and a possessive manner as he stepped
towards Gwen. Rod
raised a hand, palm out. It jarred against the man's chest,
jolting him to a stop. He looked down at Rod's arm in
surprise. He pushed against it tentatively a few times, then
said in disbelief, "It holds!" He gave Rod a nod of approval.
"You're well enough muscled for such a small fellow,
ain't you?" "Why,
thank you." Irony in Rod's smile. "Now, just step back to
the game, why don't you?" The
other soldiers watched, buzzard-eyed. The
sergeant grinned wickedly and shook his head."Bear ye not
too rawly, lad." He took in Rod's doublet and hose. "A
juggler, belike, or a clown. Well, leam then, lad, that women
be property common on the Wall." He
turned away to Gwen, batting Rod's arm out of the way. It
didn't bat. Rod
tightened his hold on the man's jacket. "Now, just go on
back to the game. Sergeant. Be a good fellow." "Poor
manners for a guest," the slob growled from the sidelines. "Poorer
manners for a host," Rod retorted, "trying to rape a
guest's..." "Rape??!!?"
The big soldier stared. He
threw back his head, roaring laughter, then doubled over,
clutching his belly. "A woman on the Wall, needing rape!" "They
couldn't," the slob explained. "They come, oh, quite
willingly, yes." Rod
lifted and shoved; the big soldier staggered back a few
steps, still laughing. Rod stepped back, too, relaxing into a
crouch. "This one," he said grimly, "doesn't." The
soldier quit laughing abruptly, and sobered into a narrow-eyed
glare. "Teach
him manners. Thaler," the slob growled. My
lord, Gwen's thoughts said in Rod's head, there are loose
stones on the ground nearby. I might... No! Rod
thought back. You want to start a witch-hunt? The
natives could handle seeing us fly—their culture still believes
in magic. But these boys are civilized! They have to kill
things they don't understand! Aloud, he said, "You can
pick up the pieces with the first-aid kit." Thaler's
eyes crinkled with amusement. He laughed once, twice,
chuckled, roared laughter, and fell to the ground, doubled
over, clutching his belly, howling mirth... ... and
shot up like a spring, still laughing, his head crashing
up under Rod's jaw. 20 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 21 Rod
fell back against the ramparts. Thaler
waded in, fists hammering. Rod
swiveled his head around under the man's fists and dived
to the side, flipping over onto his back. Thaler
snarled, and came after him. Rod shoved
hard, his whole body lashing out in a kick that
should have caught Thaler under the jaw, heel to chin. But
Thaler ducked under the blow, then leaned back, lashing
out with the side of his foot at Rod's chin. Rod sidestepped,
hooked his heel behind Thaler's calf, jerked, and saw
the edge of Thaler's hand swinging straight at the bridge
of his nose. Rod
managed to duck enough for the chop to crack across his
forehead instead, and went reeling back stunned; not only by
the blow, but also by a horrifying realization: Thal- er's
chop was the first half of a two-blow series that ended in: Death. They
really didn't like strangers here. Thaler's
hand slammed down again, in a chop that would have
crushed Rod's larynx; but he rolled to the side at the last
second, and Thaler's hand cracked into the plasticrete. He
howled with pain, and Rod rolled up into a crouch, punching
at the solar plexus with stiffened fingers. But Thaler
saw the blow coming, and rolled back just enough to take
most of the impact out of it. What was left was enough
to stiffen him with agony for a moment—and the moment
was all Rod needed. He
followed the punch with a series of quick blows that Thaler
just barely managed to block, retreating as quickly as he
could. Rod got just a touch too confident, let his right foot
lead just a little too far—and Thaler's knee snaked around
Rod's, and a fist the size of a comed-beef brisket slammed
into Rod's ear. The sky
reeled, and the plasticrete struck under him, hard;
but he tucked his chin in, and his head didn't hit too hard. As the
world circled past, he noticed the sole of Thaler's boot
coming down. He grabbed the foot, twisted, and threw. Thaler
hopped back, howling and flailing for balance. Rod
gathered himself into a ball, rolled to his feet, and saw the
same damn foot coming at his face again. Now,
Thaler didn't look as though he were apt to win any IQ
prizes, but he did look very experienced—so he couldn't
be dumb enough to try the same trick a second time,
when it hadn't worked once already. So Rod caught at the
foot, but stayed alert for a trick—and sure enough, there
came the fist, swinging down at the back of Rod's neck. Rod let
go of the foot, took a half step forward, and straightened
up hard, both fists over his head. They
caught Thaler right under the jaw. Thaler
swayed, glassy-eyed. Rod
stepped back and swung a haymaker uppercut. Thaler's
head snapped back, and his feet snapped up, and his
whole body slammed down flat on the plasticrete. Rod
stood, panting, a little wild-eyed, looking around him,
woozy, head splitting with pain, but alert for anyone else to
start swinging. But
they stayed where they sat, glowering up at Gwen, and
nursing their jaws. Rod
looked up at her, incredulous. Gwen
glared about her in indignation. They have no sense of
honor, my lord! They would seek to molest me whiles thou
didst defend me! In
spite of his aches, Rod couldn't help grinning. He pitied
any man who had tried to lay a hand on his sweet wife.
"What did you do to them?" "Only
a slap for each, my lord." A slap
with its force multiplied by telekinesis. Rod guessed.
He was surprised none of the men were heading for the
hospital. "Most
excellently done," said a cool, amused voice. Rod
looked up, startled. 22 Christopher Stasheff A tall,
slender young man leaned against the outer wall. His
uniform was crisply pressed, and he wore a cap with a polished
black visor. His sleeves were bare of insignia, but his
shoulder boards were decorated with tiny brass razors. Obviously
an officer. He
turned his head, inclining it toward the slob. "Ser- geant." "Sir."
Incredibly, the slob came to attention. "You
are out of uniform, and what you do have is more fatigued
than fatigues. And your personal grooming doesn't exist." "Yes,
sir." Then, defiantly, "At least I'm here." "Indeed
you are—so you've only a dozen demerits, not fifty." The
slob winced. "Sir! That's me whole next paycheck!" "Are
you paid so little? My, my. But courage, old chap— a
little extra spit and polish can win it back for you, over the
next few months." He turned away, and stepped up to nudge
Thaler with a boot-toe and a smile. "Poor chap. But what
can you expect, really?" At
last, the officer turned to Rod. "You're really quite skilled,
you know." Rod
shrugged. "Just a little special training. Your, ah, discipline,
is rather, shall we say, remarkable." The
officer shrugged. "It's actually not bad at all, when you
consider that our Wolmar was a prison planet, up 'til nine
years ago. Nearly everyone here is a convict of one sort or
another." Rod
stood stiff with shock, partly at discovering all these soldiers
were criminals, and partly from the name of the planet.
He didn't know that much about it, but he remem- bered
it from his history books. After all, he was an agent for the
Society for the Conversion of Extra-Terrestrial Nas- cent
Totalitarianisms, and before they'd sent him out search- ing for
Terran-colonized planets whose governments were shaping
up to become totalitarian, they'd told him a little about
all the colonies that had been out of touch while PEST THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 23 ruled
the Terran Sphere. Wolmar had been one of them— one of
the furthest from Terra. And it had stayed a prison until
PEST cut it off from contact, and supply. Which
meant they were in their own universe, after all, but
five hundred years before either of them had been born. Gwen
had been listening to his thoughts, of course. She stepped
closer to him, clinging to his arm. He was glad; he needed
the contact. Suddenly, their cozy little cottage seemed much,
much farther away, and the wind of loneliness blew about
their souls. Thaler
rolled over with a groan, opening his eyes to a painful
squint. The officer looked down at him, shaking his head
and clucking his tongue. "Intolerable, sergeant! Two unarmed
civilians, seeking our protection—and what do their
rescuers do? Attack them!" Thaler
sat up with a groan. "He wasn't unarmed. Lieu- tenant." The
lieutenant glanced at Rod's sword and rolled his eyes up.
"That oversized toothpick? Don't be ridiculous, man! Report
to your quarters until your hearing!" Thaler
blanched, but he managed to keep looking bel- ligerent
as he struggled to his feet and turned to go. As he passed
by, he gave Rod a quick glare of hatred. Rod watched his
retreating back, deciding that he always wanted to know when Thaler
was around. He
turned back to the lieutenant, relaxing a little. Thaler's resentment
was what he'd have expected from any sergeant talking
to a fuzz-cheeked lieutenant—but this lieutenant wasn't
extremely young anymore, and he bore himself with the
self-confidence that can only come with experience. There
was something about him, the way he held himself, that
said he didn't need to rely on military rank to enforce his
orders. "My
apologies. Sir and Madam." He bowed courteously to Rod,
and a bit more courteously to Gwen. "I beg you to pardon
that outburst. Please be assured of your welcome, regardless
of what you have witnessed here." 24
Christopher Stasheff "Why,
thank you." Rod inclined his head in return, won- dering
why the lieutenant hadn't stopped the fight. Maybe because
it didn't look as though anyone was apt to be killed. "Thou
art most considerate." Gwen dropped a small curtsy. The
lieutenant's eye held a gleam, but he buried it quickly. Rod
gave him points for self-discipline—and wondered if it was
really from self. "May I have your names, sir and madam?" "Rodney
Gallowglass." He was tempted to use his real name,
"d'Armand," but decided against it. He caught Gwen's hand.
"And this is my wife, Gwendylon." Gwen
looked up at him in surprise, and he heard her unspoken
thought: Wherefore didst thou not use thy title? Other
countries, other customs, he answered silently. People
like this are as likely to resent a lord as to honor him. "Lieutenant
Corrigan, at your service." The young officer clicked
his heels and bobbed his head. "Now, Citizen Gal- ti lowglass, I would appreciate your explaining
to me the presence
of our honored antagonists." He nodded toward the
outside of the main gate. Rod looked down, and saw a crowd
of Wolmen, chanting the same word over and over again.
With a shock. Rod realized it was, "Justice! Justice! Justice!
Justice!" "Not
that they're unwelcome, you understand," Stuart explained,
"but 1 would like to know the issue I'm going to be
discussing." "I'm
afraid I don't really know," Rod confessed. "We were
just standing there in the middle of the plain, minding our own
business, when they came up over the ridge and started
chasing us." "Ah."
The Lieutenant nodded. "A simple question of remuneration,
no doubt. If you'll excuse me, I'll go discuss the
issue with them." He bowed slightly with a click of the heels,
and turned away. Gwen's
voice sounded in Rod's mind: Is he noble, then? No, Rod
answered. / don't think anyone here is. But THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 25 someone
has to do the jobs that the lords would do, if they were
here—and he's been given that kind of authority. About as much
as a knight. By what
right did he claim it? Training,
Rod answered, knowledge and intelligence. Sometimes
even experience. The
great gates swung open, and the young officer stepped out to
confront the wild savages. He
crossed both arms, fingertips touching his shoulders, and
bowed slightly. One of the yellow-green men stepped forward,
and returned the gesture. "I
think it's a salute," Rod muttered. The
lieutenant's words carried clearly. "I greet you, Scouting-Master." The
Scouting-Master returned the salute. "Have-um sun- filled
day. Lieutenant." "The
sentiments are appreciated." The lieutenant's voice switched
into crispness. "But though I am honored by your presence,
I also wonder at it. For how long have noble warriors
been attacking civilians?" "Them
not so civil. Them flew!" "As
I would, if I saw your valiant warriors pursuing me. Why did
they?" The
Scouting-Master grinned, and his warriors chuckled. "Not
for real. Just good fun." "Fun!"
Gwen gasped. "Well,
be fair." Rod shrugged. "It was, kinda, wasn't it?" "Indeed?"
The lieutenant's voice had become distinctly chilly. The
Scouting-Master's grin widened. "We could see-um was
couple greenhorns. Why not have good time with-um?" The
lieutenant gave a wintry smile. "No harm intended, eh?" "None."
The Scouting-Master frowned. "But them have no
business outside Wall! Them not traders!" "A
p.pint well-taken, I must admit. Still, I cannot help 26 Christopher Stasheff but
think your mode of contact was something less than honorable." The
natives scowled, muttering to one another, but the Scouting-Master
only shmgged. "Could've done much worse,
within-um rights. Could Shacklar gainsay?" The
lieutenant was silent a moment, then heaved a sigh. "The
General-Governor would say that no lasting harm was done,
so no hard feelings should last." Rod
frowned. 'General-Governor?' Didn't they have that the
wrong way around? "Even
so." The Scouting-Master's forefinger stabbed up- ward,
and his smile vanished. "Agreements hold. Me file- um
complaint—formal! For trespassing!" The
lieutenant stood still for a moment, then sighed, pulled
out a pad and began writing. "If you must. However, these
two are civilians. That will necessitate a meeting with the
General-Governor." "Sound
great." The Scouting-Master grinned. "Him al- ways
serve good coffee." He turned to his warriors, making shooing
motions. "Go patrol again!" "Boring,"
one of the warriors grumbled. "Want-um
soldiers stamp-urn all over planet?" the Scouting-Master
snapped. "Besides—good for-um! Build- um
character!" The
warrior sighed, and the troops turned away. The Scouting-Master
turned back, a grin spreading over his face again.
"We go see Shacklar now, hm?" The
lieutenant ushered them into a thirty-by-thirty office with
large windows (outside, Rod had noticed steel shut- ters),
a desk at one end, and several padded armchairs at the
other. All the furniture had a rough-and-ready look about it, as
though it had been built out of local materials by an amateur
carpenter. But it was made out of real wood. Rod thought
that implied status, until he remembered that wood was
cheaper than plastic on a frontier world. The floor was THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 27 polished
wood, too, most of it covered by a plaid carpet, woven
of orange, purple, chartreuse, and magenta fibers. Rod
winced. The man
who sat behind the desk seemed out of place. He was
in full uniform, bent over paperwork, but was sur- prisingly
young to be top kick; he couldn't have been much more
than forty. He was lean, lanky, brown-haired, and the face
that looked up at them as they came in was mild and quizzical,
with a gentle smile. There was some indefinable air of
sophistication about him, though, that made him seem incongruous
with his rough surroundings. He is a
lord, Gwen thought. She
just might be right. Rod realized. Maybe a younger son of
a younger son? "General
Shacklar," the lieutenant informed them, "the Governor." Well.
That explained the inverted title. The
General rose with a smile of welcome, and came around
his desk toward them. The lieutenant snapped to attention
and saluted. The General returned his salute and stopped
in front of the native, crossing his arms and bowing. "May
your day be sun-filled, Scouting-Master." "And
yours," the native grinned. "Coffee?" "Of
course! Lieutenant, will you serve, please?" But, as the
young officer turned away, the General stopped him with an
upheld palm. "A moment—introductions?" "Certainly,
sir." The lieutenant turned back to them. "Master
Rod Gallowglass and his lady, Gwendylon." "Charmed."
The General took Gwen's hand and bowed. She
smiled, pleased. The
lieutenant stepped away toward the coffeepot. "I
don't remember your arrival." The General gave Rod a keen
glance, -^ Rod had
a notion this man knew every single person who arrived
on his planet—especially if he was, well, basically, warden.
Of a planet-wide prison. And Rod and Gwen 28 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 29 weren't
exactly inconspicuous. "We were, uh, stranded, General.
Landed out in the middle of the plains. No way to get
back home." Shacklar
frowned. "I don't recall any report of a distress signal." "We
couldn't transmit." So far. Rod hadn't really told any
lies. He hoped it would last. It did.
Shacklar gave him the keen glance again; he was definitely
aware of the holes in the explanation; but he wasn't
about to push them. "My sympathies. Just this mom- ing,
was it?" "Soon
after dawn," Gwen explained. "We had scarcely collected
ourselves when these..." She
hesitated, and Shacklar supplied, "Wolmen. That's what
they call themselves. Their ancestors were counter- culture
romantics, who fled Terra to live the life of the Noble Savage.
They invented their own version of aboriginal cul- ture,
based largely on novels and screenplays." Well.
That explained some of the more bizarre aspects. "I
take it they discovered you almost immediately, and began
to chase you?" "Aye.
We did fly from them." Rod
stiffened. Did she have to be so literal? Yes,
she did, now that he thought of it. When the Wolman talked
about them flying, now, Schacklar would assume he was
speaking metaphorically. Very clever, his lady. He glowed
with pride. Fortunately,
the General didn't notice. He shook his head sadly.
"Most unfortunate! My deepest regrets. But really, you
see, by the terms of our agreement with the Wolmen, no
colonist is supposed to be outside the Wall unless he's on
official or commercial business, so you can understand why
they would react in so precipitous a manner. And, truly, they
did no harm—only enforced their rights under our treaty." "Aye,
that is easily understood." Gwen shrugged. "I cannot
truly blame them." "Most
excellent." Shacklar beamed. "Now, if you'll ex- cuse
me, I must hear what the Scouting-Master wishes to say." He
turned away. Gwen turned to Rod, speaking softly. "Doth
he say that these people but play at being savages, my
lord?" "No—but
their ancestors did, so now they're stuck with it. But
I get the feeling there was a real war when the Terran government
decided to use this planet for a prison. Appar- ently
they didn't consult the Wolmen first—and they re- sented
it. Forcibly." He shrugged. "Can you blame them?" The
General had turned now, facing them again. "The Scouting-Master
understands your predicament, but none- theless
charges you with trespassing." He sighed. "Actually, he's
shown a considerable amount of forbearance in this matter.
He could have taken any number of more or less lethal
measures against you, rather than merely herding you to the
Wall, as he did." Herding? Gwen,
did you know we were being herded? Nay—yet
now, I can See it clearly enough. The
General frowned, concerned. "What's the matter, old
man? Hadn't you guessed you were being driven?" "As
a matter of fact, I hadn't." Rod found himself smiling back in
spite of himself. "Uh, ah—General, please convey my
apologies and great thanks to the Scouting-Master." "Oh,
you may convey them yourself, in just a moment! But,
ah—" Shacklar looked down at the carpet, rubbing the tip of
his nose with a forefinger. "I wouldn't truly recom- mend
it. A simple apology and expression of thanks—no, the
Scouting-Master would take it as a sign of weakness." "Oh."
Rod pursed his lips. "I see. Exactly what form should
the apology take?" "Precisely,
Master Gallowglass." The General smiled warmly.
"It's always a pleasure to deal with a man who understands
the true nature of diplomacy!" "Does
he want his diplomacy in gold, or Terran bills?" 30 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 31 "Gold
would be pleasant, but I'm sure I.D.E. kwaher bills
will suffice." The General smiled sadly. "However, I'm
afraid P.E.S.T. bills would not be acceptable; the Wol- men
don't have much faith in them." "I
understand." Rod smiled. "Primitive cultures tend to be
conservative." "Indeed."
The keen glance again. "Well! In this case, the
apology should consist of, ah..." Shacklar slipped a small
leather-bound pad out of his pocket and flipped it open.
"... five hundred kwahers." Rod
stared. "Five... hundred..." Is the
amount so great, my lord? Not
unless you don't nave it. How are you at turning lead
into gold, dear? A
sudden, faraway look came into Gwen's eyes. The
General was watching them carefully, but with his gentle
smile. "I take it you find yourselves temporarily embarrassed?"
The General smiled. "We can certainly ar- range a
temporary, interest-free loan. Master Gallowglass. There
is a Bank of Wolmar, and it's solvent at the moment." "Oh,
no! Money's never a problem with us. Uh—is it, Gwen?"
Rod reached into the purse that hung at his belt. It held
only a few Gramarye coins. The silver in them would be
perfectly negotiable, but it might be a little difficult to explain
Tuan's and Catharine's portraits. "Nay,
money was never our care," Gwen agreed, giving him a
sidelong glance. "Indeed, it hath been so long since I have
seen it, that I quite forget the look of it!" Rod
froze. He
swallowed, hugely. Of course, Gwen couldn't know what
I.D.E. bills looked like; she had never seen any money but
Gramarye's. Come to
think of it. Rod didn't know what they looked like,
either. The I.D.E. government had fallen five hundred years
before he was born. "On second thought, General, I think I
will take you up on that offer. Could you let me have,
say, a twenty-kwaher bill for, oh, about two minutes?" The
General frowned, but reached for his wallet. "At least
the interest won't be prohibitive." He passed Rod the bill. "Thanks
very." Rod handed it to Gwen. "Yes, money. That's
money, dear." Gwen
stared, thunderstruck. "Paper, my lord? This is money?" "Uh,
yes, dear." Gwen had never seen anything but coins, of
course, medieval cultures having a rather elemental view of
economics. "That's money. Here, anyway." Rod forced a grin.
"Uh, sorry. General. We're not used to, ah, using cash,
you know how it is." "Credit
cards." The General nodded with understanding. Rod
would've hated to shatter his illusions. "Now,
I just had some, right here." Rod fumbled in the purse
again; it was still mostly empty. "My
lord," Gwen murmured, "I cannot..." "That's
okay, dear, just try." Rod patted her hand. "Never know
just how much you can do, until you give it a try ... I
know... I had..." Rod dug in the purse as though it were a ten-mile
pit, a bead of cold sweat trickling down his brow. Something
rustled. His
fingers touched paper. Lots of paper. He drew
it out slowly, with a grin of relief. "There we are,
General, twenty-five twenty-kwaher bills." He plucked the
original from Gwen's numbed fingers. "Oh, and the one you
loaned us, of course." The
General's eyes widened slightly, but he accepted the cash
without comment. "I
don't like to carry large denominations," Rod ex- plained. "But
I thought you said..." Shacklar clamped his lips shut.
"No, really. Not my affair at all..." He gave Rod the keen
glance again. "Don't you find it troublesome to carry so many
bills about?" "Well,
yes," Rod admitted, "but there wasn't time to have
them changed." 32 Christopher Stasheff The
General squared the bills into a neat stack. "I take it you
left home in a bit of a hurry." "You
might say that, yes." The
General turned to step over to the lieutenant and the Scouting-Master,
who broke out in an ear-to-ear grin and hurried
over to seize Rod's hand, pumping it. "Glad you one of
the good guys!" "Oh,
my pleasure," Rod murmured. "Thanks for under- standing." / "Sure,
sure! Come outside Wall again, anytime!" The Scouting-Master
crossed his arms and bowed, then turned away to
the door the lieutenant was holding, licking his thumb
and counting the bills. "Nice chasing you!" "Anytime."
Rod waved, feeling slightly numb. The
lieutenant closed the door behind him with relief. Rod
turned back to the General, shaking his head. "Funny how
underdeveloped societies always leam the same aspect of our
culture first, isn't it?" "Quite."
The General turned away, going back to his desk.
"Well! At least that's done!" "Yeah.
Nice to have it over with, isn't it?" Rod grabbed Gwen's
arm and made for the door. "Thanks for straight- ening
things out for us. General. If there's anything we can ever do
for you..." "As
a matter of fact," Shacklar murmured, "you could answer
a few questions...." Rod's
body jerked as his feet stopped and his shoulders tried
to keep going. He glared at Gwen. "We
must observe the rules of courtesy, my lord." "Next
time just stop me with a word, okay?" Rod turned back.
"Why, sure. General. What kind of questions did you have in
mind?" The
General's mouth was pinched at the corners with hidden
amusement. Rod
frowned, noticing something he'd missed before. He
stepped up to the General's desk, peering at Shacklar's THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 33 corps
insignia. It was the staff of Aesculapius. "You're a doctor!" "Psychiatrist,
actually." The General smiled. "Surely that is an
appropriate profession for the chief administrative of- ficer
of a former correctional colony?" "Uh
... yeah, I guess it is." Rod frowned. "I just wasn't expecting
anything so logical." "I'm
not certain it was, in its genesis." Shacklar's smile hardened.
"But I do think it's worked out for the best. I've quite a
sense of purpose here." "Yeah,
I can see that you would have." Rod straightened, clearing
his throat. "Well! About those questions. Gen- eral
..." "Yes,
indeed. Would you mind telling me how you came to be
shipwrecked on Wblmar?" "No,
not at all." If I can think of it. Shacklar
looked up over steepled fingers. "Touch of am- nesia?" "Oh,
no, no," Rod said quickly. "Not amnesia, really; it's
just that, uh..." He took a deep breath and began improvising
at top speed. "Uh, I know this is going to sound strange,
but, uh ... we were on our way to a costume ball, aboard
a passenger liner from, uh..." He tried to remember a ship
that had disappeared without a trace, about the end of the
I.D.E. era. He could only think of the most famous one,
and cursed mentally, then followed it with a quick thought-apology
to Gwen. "We were on the, uh, Alfreda, outbound
from Fido—you know. Beta Canis Minor's fourth planet—on
our way to Tuonela, the fifth planet of 61 Cygni..." "But
you never attained your destination?" Rod
nodded. After all, the Alfreda had left Fido with a remarkable
number of famous people aboard, but had never been
heard from again. That gave Rod scope for consid- erable
poetic license. "We felt this huge lurch—horrible, I wound
up with caviar all over my doublet—and the crew 34
Christopher Stasheff started
hollering for all of us to get into suspended-animation pods,
and aimed us at random, hoping we'd strike Terran- colonized
planets sooner or later." "Which,
fortunately, you did." Shacklar pulled out a pipe and
clasped it high on the stem, hiding his mouth; but the comers
of his eyes crinkled. "So
here we are," Rod finished. "Our pod landed out in the
Wolmen's territory, and... uh... you... don't... be- lieve
me..." "No,
I didn't say that at all." The General leaned forward to prop
his elbows on his desk. "But
it's the best entertainment you've had all week?" "All
year, in fact." Shacklar smiled warmly. "They don't have
tales like that on the 3DT any more." "Well,
if you doubt my word, you can check the records. The
Alfreda did disappear en route from Beta Canis Minor to 61
Cygni..." "Yes,
I remember the incident well; there were so many politicians
aboard that it was quite a scandal." Shacklar gave him an
amiable smile. "That much, at least, is quite true, I'm
certain. As to the rest of it, though... Ah, well, I'm not one
to press. Master Gallowglass. We rather make a policy
of not being too insistent about a man's past, on Wolmar.
However, I do appreciate the finer aspects of nar- rative
creativity. I was especially impressed with the piece about
the costume ball." "Oh,
yes! She's supposed to be Nell Gwynn, and I'm, uh—Cyrano
de Bergerac!" "And
I'm the King of England," Shacklar murmured, fighting
a smile. "But as I say, a man's past is his own affair,
on Wolmar. No one is here without a reason, and it's generally
one that he'd rather weren't known." He shrugged. "Of
course, in my own instance, I'm not terribly concerned about
secrecy. Ultimately, I'm here because, in addition to being a
psychiatrist, I'm also a masochist." Rod
stared, then caught himself. "Oh, really?" "Yes."
Shacklar smiled. "Quite well-adjusted—but it does THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 35 create
certain problems within the chain of command. Here, though,
my men don't seem to care terribly." Rod
nodded, slowly. "I begin to understand why you don't
mind staying." "There
is some feeling of being appreciated." Shacklar smiled
brightly. "But the mild exhibitionism involved in telling
you that is part of my disorder, you see. I certainly don't
ask that of anyone else." He
leaned forward to glance at his desk readout. "How- ever,
I'm keeping you overlong; after so great a time in suspended
animation, you must be ravenous. You'll find an excellent
tavern just down the street." "Uh...
thanks. General." Rod managed a smile. "You've been
very helpful." He
turned away to the door, holding it open for Gwen. "If
there's anything we can ever do for you, just give us a yell." "As
a matter of fact, there is one small thing your lady could
do for me. Master Gallowglass." Rod
stopped in mid-stride, a sinking feeling in his belly. He
turned around again. Gwen turned with him, wide- eyed.
"And how may I aid you, sir?" "Slap
me," said the General. Rod set
down a small tray, and laid a plate of boiled sausage
and buns in front of Gwen, with a tankard of ale to
flank it. "Not much, my dear, but I'm afraid that's about the
best Cholly's Tavern runs to." He sat down and took a sip of
his beer. His eyes widened in surprise. "Not bad, though." She
sipped, carefully. "Indeed, 'tis not! Yet wherefore is't so
chill, my lord?" "Huh?"
Rod looked up, surprised. "Oh, ,yh—they just like it
that way, honey. That's all." He leaned back and looked
about him, at the unfinished boards and the rough- and-ready
chairs and tables. "Sure not what I was planning on when
I took you out for an evening alone." 36 Christopher Stasheff Gwen
smiled. "Nay, assuredly 'tis not! Yet—oh, my lord!
Tis all so new, and marvelous!" "It
is?" "Indeed."
She leaned over the table. "Yet tell me—what mean
all these strange manners and artifacts? Why do all wear
leggings, even though they have no armor to cover them?
What were those odd, bulbous engines each man did wear at
his hip, upon the Wall? And wherefore do they not wear
them in this place? How do the lights within this inn come to
glow? And where are the kegs from which they draw
their ale?" Rod
held up a hand. "Hold it, dear. One at a time." He hadn't
realized how strange and new the technological world would
seem to Gwen—but she did come from a medieval culture,
after all. Secretly, he blessed the fate that had brought them to
a frontier planet, instead of one of the overly- civilized,
total-technology worlds nearer Terra. How to
explain it all to her? He took a deep breath, wondering
where to start. "Let's begin with power." "There's
naught so new in that." She shrugged. "Once thou
hadst told me there were no nobles, it was truly clear the
peasant folk must needs set up orders within their own ranks,
even as those Wolmen, who did chase us this mom, have
done. Or the wild folk, who do war upon the cities— even as
the Beastmen did to our Isle of Gramarye, ten years agone." The
time-lapse hit Rod like a shockwave. "My lord! Was it
really ten years ago?" He took a shuddering breath. "But of
course. We only had one child then, and we have four now—and
Magnus is twelve." He studied her face intently. "You
don't look any older." She
blushed, lowering her eyes. "'Tis good of thee to say it,
my lord—yet I do see the wrinkles, here and there, and the
odd strand of gray in mine hair." "What's
odd about it, with our four? But they certainly must be
rare; I haven't noticed one yet! And as to wrinkles, I've
always had my share of those." THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 37 "Yet
thou art not a woman," Gwen murmured. "So
sweet of you to notice... But back to the ins and outs of
this world we're on. Government wasn't exactly the kind of
'power' I'd had in mind, dear." "Indeed?"
She looked up, surprised. "Yet assuredly thou didst
not speak of magicks!" "No,
no. Definitely not. I was talking about force—the kind
that makes things move." Gwen
frowned, not understanding. Rod
took a deep breath. "Look. In Gramarye, there are four
kinds of power that can do work for us: muscles, our own or
our animals'; wind, which pushes ships and turns windmills;
water power, which turns mill wheels; and fire, which
heats our houses, boils our water, and cooks our food. And
that's about all." Gwen
frowned. "But what of the power of a crossbow, that
speeds a bolt to slay a man?" Rod
shook his head. "Just muscle power, stored. When a
crossbowman pulls a bowstring, see, he's just transferring power
from his arm and shoulder into the springy wood of the
bow. But the crossbowman takes several minutes to put that
power in, by winding the bowstring back. Then, when he
pulls the trigger that releases the string, all that energy is
released in one quick burst—and that's what throws the arrow
so much harder than an ordinary bow can." Gwen
nodded slowly, following every word. "And 'tis thus,
too, that a common archer's bow can throw an arrow so much
farther than a man-at-arms can hurl a spear?" "Why,
yes." Rod sat up straighter, surprised at how quickly she had
understood. "Of course, the arrow's lighter than the spear,
too. That helps." Gwen
frowned. "And 'tis also that the ends of the bow are
longer than the spearman's arms, is't not? For I do note that
the longer (he bow, the farther it doth hurl the arrow." "Why...
yes," Rod said, startled. "The longer the lever, the
more it multiplies the force—and the two ends of a bow,
and a spearman's arm, are all levers." 38 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 39 "And
the longer bow can therefore be stiffer, but can still
be bent?" "Uh...
yeah." Rod felt a faint chill along his back. She was
understanding too quickly. "And the crossbow is more powerful,
because it's so much stiffer." "But
the man who doth shoot it, can bend it by winding." Gwen
nodded, seeming almost angry in the intensity of her concentration. "Right."
Rod swallowed heavily. "Well. Uh... in this world,
there're other sources of power—but the most im- portant
one is the kind called 'electricity.' It's like..." He groped,
trying to find an explanation. "It's invisible, but it flows
like water. Only through metals, though. It's..." Then
inspiration struck. "It's like the force you wield when you
make things move with your mind." He waved a hand. "Even
though you can't see it, you can feel it, if you touch the
wire it's flowing through. Boy, can you feel it!" He frowned.
"Though I shouldn't say you can't see it, really. Have
you ever looked at a lightning bolt, darling? No, of course
you have! What's the matter with me?" He could remember
one occasion especially vividly—they had hud- dled
inside a cave, watching the lightning slam the thunder about
the skies. And when the storm's fury had thoroughly dazzled
them... He cleared his throat. "Lightning's elec- tricity—one
kind of electricity, anyway." "Thou
dost not say it," she breathed, wide-eyed. "Have these
people chained the lightning, then?" Rod
nodded, thrilled (and chilled) by her quickness. "They've
figured out how to make it do all sorts of tricks, darling." Her
eyes were huge. "This glow, then, is lightning leashed?" "That's
one way to look at it." Rod nodded slowly. "But they
use it for other things, too. Those bulbous things on their
hips—they call them 'blasters,' and they use electricity to
tickle a ruby into making a sword of light." Gwen
stared, aghast. Rod nodded again. "And there are other
things they can make it do—lots of other things. Think of any
job, darling, and the odds are these folk have figured out a
way to make electricity do it." "Caring
for others," said the mother, immediately. Rod sat
still for a moment, just staring at her. Then he
smiled, and reached out to take her hand. "Of course.
I should have known you'd think of the one thing they
can't do. Oh, don't get me wrong—they do have machines
that can take care of people's bodies-^ all their physical
needs; Electricity runs machines that can wash clothes,
cook food, clean houses. But to give the feeling that
somebody cares about you, that another human being is
taking care of you?" He shook his head. "No. They might be able
to come up with a convincing illusion—but deep
inside, everyone knows it's not real. Only people can really
care for people. They haven't invented a substitute yet." She
gazed into his eyes for a long moment—and hers were
filled with excitement, but warmed with her prime preoccupation
— him. Maybe
that was why her eyes were so mesmerizing. They seemed
to fill Rod's whole field of view, inviting, crav- ing ...
"I remember the story about the monkey and the python,"
he said softly. "In
truth?" she murmured. "Yeah.
I just can't figure out which one I am..." A
shaggy figure moved into his range of vision, far away. Rod
stared, stiffening. "Who's that, who just came in the door?" Gwen
heaved a martyred sigh and turned to look. "The soldier
with the thatch of brown hair?" Her eyes widened. "My
lord! It cannot be!" "Why
not? We know he's a time traveller.—and don't tell me
there ain't no such thing, when I am one!" "I
would not have dreamed of it. But how doth he come to be
here?" Rod
shrugged. "As good a place as any, I expect. After 40 Christopher Stasheff all, he
resigned as Viceroy of Beastland two years ago." "Aye,
though Tuan cried he still had need of him." "Yeah,
that was really fun news for the Viceroy-elect. Too bad
it didn't reach his ears." "How
could it?" Gwen asked. "He had quite simply disappeared." The
goblin face was scanning the room slowly, a massive frown
of its beetling brows. It saw Rod and broke into a grin.
Then its owner was hurrying across the room, hand outstretched.
"Milord!" Half
the room turned to look, and Rod thought fast to cover.
He plastered on a grin of his own and rose to the occasion
to grasp the proffered hand. "My lord, Yorick!" he echoed.
"It's good to see you!" • The
rest of the patrons turned back to their beers with disgruntled
mutters—no nobility, just profanity. Rod
slapped Yorick's shoulder and nodded toward a chair. "Sit
down! Have a beer! Tell us what you're doing here!" "Why,
thank you! Don't mind if I do." The caveman pulled
up a chair. "I'll bet you're surprised to see me here." Rod sat
down slowly to give himself a chance to recover. Then he
smiled. "Well, yes, now that you mention it. I mean,
this is a good five hundred years before you disap- peared."
He frowned at a sudden thought. "On the other hand,
it's about forty thousand years since your whole spe- cies
died off." Yorick
nodded. "So why not here, as well as there?" "Aye,
wherefore?" Gwen cocked her head to the side. "How
does it come that thou'rt in this place?" "With
difficulty," Yorick answered, "quite a bit of it. I mean,
when you didn't come back that night, your kids got worried—but
Puck managed to get 'em all to bed and to sleep, anyway.
When you hadn't shown up by mid-moming, though,
even he got worried—so he told his boss." Inwardly,
Rod quailed. Brom O'Berin, in addition to being
King of the Elves, was also Gwen's father—though THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 41 nobody
knew about it except himself and Rod. If Brom had found
out his daughter was missing, it was amazing that he didn't
have the whole elfin army in this tavern, instead of one
addlepated Neanderthal. Gwen
smiled. "And Brom did order the hue and cry?" Yorick
nodded. "Sent out a scout party of elves. With a hundred
or so of the little blighters going at it, they picked up your
trail in no time. They tracked you to a little pond, where
they found some pretty clear signs of a fight that seemed
to end with a couple of bodies being dragged some- place,
and just disappearing." Rod
smiled, with sour satisfaction. "Nice to know the Futurian
boys hadn't had sense enough to erase their tracks. Overconfidence
works wonders." "No,
they did erase 'em." Yorick turned toward Rod. "Straightened
up the grass, and everything. Can you blame 'em if
they didn't stop to think how good elves are at tracking?" "Quite
unfair," Gwen agreed. Yorick
nodded. "I swear a fly couldn't land on a blade of
grass without them being able to tell it." Rod
remembered how insistent Puck was about sipping only
from the flowers where the wild bee sucked—after the bee
had left, of course. "That's fantastic. But how'd they
figure out where we'd disappeared to?" "The
tracks just looked too much like the ones you left the
last time you vanished into thin air." Rod
nodded, remembering their involuntary trip to Tir Chlis.
"I always keep underestimating Brom. What'd he do about
it?" "Same
thing as last time—called me." Rod
frowned. "But you had disappeared, too." Yorick
shrugged. "So he told Korig. You remember him, the big
guy with the heavy jaw?" "Your
deputy." Rod nodded. "He knew how to get a hold of
you?" 42 Christopher Stasheff "Oh,
you just bet he did! Didn't think I'd leave the poor guy
completely on his own, did you? I mean, what would happen
if SPITE or VETO tried to make trouble in the Neanderthal
colony again?" "The
Futurian time-travel departments." Rod nodded, and made
a mental note that there was still a time machine in
Beastland. One belonging to GRIPE, the democrats' time- travel
company—but a time machine nonetheless. Might come in
handy, some time. "So Korig called you?" Yorick
nodded. "And 1 called Doc Angus. Actually, Doc got the
message first; I wasn't in at the time. A little problem with
King Louis the Bald trying to become a despot." "What'd
you do about it?... NO! Strike that! Let's stay with
the business at hand." Yorick
shrugged. "Any way you want. So Doc Angus did a
little research." Rod
remembered his fleeting glimpse of the white-maned, hawk-nosed,
deformed little scientist—the head of GRIPE. "What
kind of research?" "He
came, he saw—and he figured you'd been con- quered.
At least long enough to kidnap you. Of course, you could
have been dead—but Doc likes to look on the bright side.
So he assumed you'd been abducted back into the past." Rod
frowned. "Why not the future? Or an alternate uni- verse?" "Or
even just a matter-transmitter." Yorick shrugged. "All
possible, but he checked out the time machine hy- pothesis
first, since that was the easiest for him." Rod
shook his head slowly, staring. "He had eight thou- sand
years of human history to cover, not to mention a good hundred
thousand of pre-history—and, for all he knew, a billion
years or so before that! How'd he do it?" Yorick
shrugged. "Simple. He just told his agents, all up and
down the time-line, to be on the lookout for the two of you—and
sure enough, we just happen to have an agent THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 43 here on
Wolmar, and he'd noticed that a pack of Wolmen had
chased in a couple of greenhorns in Tudor costumes. So he
called for help right away—and as soon as I was done
with that French job. Doc sent me to this time-locus. So here
I am." "Whoa."
Rod held up a hand. "One problem at a time here.
First—here? Wolmar? This insignificant little planet, out in
the Marches? Why would Dr. McAran go to the trouble
of putting an agent here?" "Because
it's pivotal to the rebirth of democracy," Yorick explained.
"General Shacklar knows that the only way for anybody
to survive on this planet is to get the Wolmen and the
colonists working together." "I'd
begun to get an inkling of that." Rod nodded. "Get- ting
two groups of people who're so different to live peace- fully—that's
an amazing accomplishment." "Especially
considering that they were at each other's throats
only about ten years ago." Rod and
Gwen both stared. Yorick
nodded. "Oh yes, milord. It was all-out war, and very
bloody, too. It went on for a dozen years before Shack- lar
came, without the slightest trace of mercy on either side." "How'd
he manage to stop it?"' "Well,
he had an advantage." Yorick shrugged. "Both sides
were heartily sick of it. All he had to do was find them a
good excuse, and they were both ready to stop shooting.
Of course, he didn't try to get them to lay down their
weapons—that would've been asking too much." Gwen
frowned. "Then this war could begin anew, at a moment's
notice." Yorick
nodded. "All that prevents it is the system Shack- lar's
worked out for resolving disputes." "Yeah—we
kind of had a taste of that earlier today." Rod
exchanged glances with Gwen. "It does seem kind of fragile,
though." "Definitely.
Shacklar still has a long way to go before 44 Christopher Stasheff both
sides are safe from each other. He's got to weld them together
into a single political entity, fully equal, and re- specting
each other." "Doth
he mean that Wolmen and soldiers both, must have common
courts of justice?" "Well,
having them join together in a single judiciary would
certainly help." Rod pursed his lips. "But he'd also need
some way of making them join in a single legislative body." Gwen
frowned. "What mean these words, milord?" "That's
right, you're a loyal subject of Their Majes- ties
... Well, dear, it's possible for people to make their own laws." "Thou
dost not say it!" "Oh,
but I do. Of course, you have to be sure ahead of time
that everybody will agree to those laws, or they'll be awfully
hard to enforce." '"No
prince may govern without the consent of the gov- erned,'"
Yorick quoted. Rod threw
him a glance of irritation. "Thank you. Nick Machiavelli." "He
wasn't so bad a guy. Just trying to be realistic, that's all." "Oh?
When was the last time you talked to him?" Yorick
opened his mouth to answer. "NO!
I don't want to know!" Rod held up a palm. "Well, dear,
the best way to make sure the people won't object to any new
laws is to have them choose their own lawmakers." Gwen
just stared at him. "It's
possible," Yorick murmured. "I know it sounds far- fetched,
but it's possible." Gwen
turned to him. "Didst thou, then, have to become thus
accustomed to such strangeness?" "Who,
me?" The Neanderthal spread his hands. "My people
didn't even have laws. Everybody just sort of agreed on
everything...." THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 45 "So,
then." Gwen turned back to Rod. "This planet hath no
king." Rod
shook his head. "Just General Shacklar, on the col- onists'
side. I assume the Wolmen have some kind of a leader,
too—but I don't think they've decided to get royal about
it yet." "Yet
they do govern themselves?" "Well,
that's what Shacklar's working on. But it's been done in
other places—quite a few of them. Basically, they choose
their own king—but all he gets to do is carry out the
lawmakers' decisions. He doesn't even get to judge people
charged of crimes, or resolve disputes. There's a system
of courts and judges for that." "So,
then." Gwen gazed off into space, and Rod could hear
her thoughts—a train of logic tripping over bit by bit in a long
chain. "Before it could lead to revolution," she said
gently. "Yes,
dear. That's what I'm trying to bring about on Gramarye." She
stared, and he saw understanding come into her eyes. "Thou
dost take long enow in the doing of it!" "Have
to." Rod shook his head. "There's no shortcut. It has to
develop out of the people themselves, or it won't last.
There're a thousand different ways of doing it, one for each
society that has developed self-government—because it has
to grow, like a tree. It can't be grafted onto a people." "The
grafts never take," Yorick murmured. "Or
they take graft, but that happens in every system when it
starts to die. In fact, that's part of what kills it." "But
we're in at the beginning." Yorick grinned. "It can't be
corrupted yet, because it hasn't quite begun." "Amazing
how much Shacklar has done, though." Rod turned
to the Neanderthal. "How's he going to wield them into
one complete political unit?" "' "How'd
he do this much?" Yorick shrugged. "Sorry, Ma- jor—I
didn't have time for a full briefing; I had to just grab 46 Christopher Stasheff what
few facts I could, before I jumped into the time ma- chine.
But he will manage it, say our boys from up the time-line,
if we can fight off the SPITE and VETO agents who're
trying to do him in, and his system with him." Rod
stared. The Society for the Prevention of Integration of
Telepathic Entities was the Anarchists' time-travel de- partment,
as the Vigilant Exterminators of Telepathic Or- ganisms
was the Totalitarians'. The two of them were the banes
of his existence on Gramarye. "They're after him, too?" "Sure.
Your world isn't the only one that's crucial to the future
of democracy, milord." "But
why is Wolmar so important?" "Mostly
because it's one of the few pockets of democracy that's
going to keep going all through the PEST centuries; at
least it'll keep the idea alive. But also because it's going to be
the headquarters for the educational effort." Rod
stared. Then he closed his eyes, gave his head a quick
shake, and looked again. Yorick
nodded. "That's why we have to have an agent stationed
here—to make sure the SPITE and VETO boys don't
get to sabotage Shacklar's system." "You
bet you have to!" "Yet
an there be one of thy folk here," said Gwen, "where- fore
can he not care for us?" "Who
said it was a he?" "Why..."
Gwen looked at Rod. "I would ha' thought..." Yorick
shook his head. "All we ask is that an agent be capable." "Then
thine agent here is female?" "Now,
I didn't say that." Yorick held up a palm. "And I'm not
about to, either. The whole point is that our agent has
managed to establish a very good cover, and we don't want to
blow it. Stop and think about it—can you figure out who
it is?" Rod
stared at the ape-man for a moment, then shook his THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 47 head.
"You're right—I can't." Gwen
turned to gaze about them, her eyes losing focus. "Uh-uh,
milady!" Yorick wagged a forefinger at her. "No fair
reading minds. It's better for us all if you don't know who it
is! After all, what you don't know, you can't let slip." "So
they sent in a special agent," Rod said, "you. After all, if
your cover's blown, it won't be any major tragedy." "I
wasn't planning to use it again, anyway." Yorick nod- ded. "Thus
thou'rt come in aiding us to return to our home!" Yorick
kept nodding. "Going to try, anyway. I've got a time-beacon
with me. All I have to do is push the button, and
it'll send a teeny ripple going through the time-stream. When
that ripple hits the receiver in Doc Angus' head- quarters,
he'll know exactly when and where we are, so he'll
be able to shoot us all the spare parts for making a time
machine. And I'll put them together, press the button— and
voila! You'll be home!" Rod
frowned. "But why can't he just press a button and pick us
up? 1 mean, he shot you here without a time machine to
receive you, didn't he?" "Yeah,
but it doesn't work both ways." Yorick shrugged. "Don't
ask me why—I'm just the bullet. I don't understand the
gun, milord." "Uh,
can the 'milord' business." Rod darted nervous glances
around the room. "I don't think they'd understand it
here." "Suits."
Yorick shrugged again. "What do you want me to call
you?" "How
about, uh—'major?' They'd recognize that, and it's
legit; I'm just not in the same army, that's all." "Any
way you want it. Major." "Thanks."
Rod hunched forward, frowning. "Now, about time-travel.
Why does it only work one way?" "I
said not to ask me that!" Yorick winced. "What do I 48 Christopher Stasheff know?
I'm just a dumb caveman. But I think it's sorta like— well,
you can throw a spear, but you can't make it fly back to you.
Understand?" "You
can tie a rope to it." Rod remembered reading every other
chapter of Moby Dick. "A
rope five hundred years long? Gets a little weak in the
middle. Major. And five hundred is a short haul, where I come
from." Rod
felt an attack of stubbornness coming on. "It should be
possible, though." "Okay,
so maybe it is, but Doc Angus just hasn't figured out how
to do it yet. And I get the impression that no one ever
will." "Watch
out for the absolutes." Rod raised a cautioning finger.
"The boys up the time-line might just not have told you
yet." "Possible,"
Yorick admitted, "but not probable. We're both
fighting the same enemies—and if SPITE saw a chance to get
the jump on VETO, you can bet they'd leap at it— especially
a jump like that! And if the VETO boys thought they
could get an edge on SPITE, they'd grab it, too." "And
they would both rejoice to gain advantage over thy GRIPE,"
Gwen added. "Oh,
you betcha, lady!" "Well,
I guess we all have to take McAran's word for it."
Rod pushed back his chair and stood up. "Might as well get
moving on it, eh? It's going to be kind of hard, trying to find
a place in this colony where we can be alone for a couple
of hours." "Well,
more like sixteen, really." Yorick stood up, too. "It
takes a little time, getting the components through. Not to
mention putting them together." He turned to Gwen. "If you'll
excuse us, milady..." "Nay,
I will not." Gwen was already coming around the table.
"Whither mine husband goeth, I go." "Oh,
Don't think I can take care of myself yet, eh?" Rod grinned.
"Or don't you trust me out of your sight?" THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 49 "Somewhat
of both, mayhap." Gwen tucked her arm through
his. "Yet whate'er the cause, thou shalt not leave me.
Lead on. Master Yorick." "Any
way you want it, milady." The ape-man laid some IDE
bills on the table and turned to the door. Rod
eyed the money with appreciation. "You do come prepared,
don't you?" "Huh?"
Yorick turned back and saw where Rod was looking.
"Oh! Just the basic survival kit. Major. We have one
ready for every time and clime." Rod
turned away to the door with him. "Y' know, it's kind of
funny that this outlying planet would still use IDE paper
money, even after the government that printed it has died." "Why?
It's not really paper, y' know, it's a very tough plastic.
It'll last forever—or a couple of centuries, at least." "Well,
yeah, but it doesn't have any value in itself. It's only as
good as the government that printed it." "Yeah,
but it still works just fine. if everybody believes in
it—and they do. Helps that it's based on energy—their basic
monetary unit was the BTU. So many BTUs equal a kwaher—a
kilowatt-hour—and so many kwahers equal a therm.
So the money supply only gets increased when there's more
energy available within the interplanetary system as a
whole." "Yeah,
if the government doesn't rev up the printers!" "Ah,
but the government doesn't exist anymore." Yorick held up
a finger. "It can't inflate the currency now." "Nice
bit of irony." Rod smiled. "The IDE's currency is more
sound now that the government that made it has dis- appeared,
than it was while that government was alive and kicking." "Mostly
kicking, at least toward the end. I mean, they were
even doing everything they could to bump"off Cholly, over
there, just because he came up with some wild theo- ries." "Cholly?"
Rod turned to stare at the barkeeper. "Mr. Nice 50 Christopher Stasheff Guy
himself? Why would the IDE want to kill him off?" "Well,
not the IDE, really—just the LORDS, the ma- jority
party that engineered the big coup d'etat, and set up the
Proletarian Eclectic State of Terra." "Before
they even came to power?" Yorick
nodded. "And SPITE and VETO are still trying to
finish the job. That's one of our agent's main jobs— protecting
Cholly and his establishment." "What's
so important about a tavern?" "Oh,
the tavern's just a front. His real establishment is just an
idea and a method, with a set of tried-and-true tech- niques.
People who need a reason for living take his method and go
out and do the same kind of work, all on their own." Yorick
grinned. "Drives PEST crazy. They keep trying to find
out how his organization works—who gives the orders, and how
they're transmitted—but there isn't any organi- zation!
Just ideas..." "Sounds
fabulous. What's his real work?" "Mass
education—without the masses realizing they're being
educated. Cholly is Charles T. Barman, Major." Rod
froze, staring at the cheery tavemkeeper. "That!?! That is
the man who created the educational system that gave
birth to the Decentralized Democratic Tribunal?" "Yeah,
but he's only just now doing the creating, so the DDT's
very vulnerable right at this time-locus, five centuries before
it'll be bom. If anything happens to Cholly, the DDT 'revolution'
might never happen. You see why we don't want to
compromise our agent here. Don't stare, Major— it
makes you conspicuous. Shall we go?" "Uh—yeah."
Rod turned away, feeling numb. "Yeah, sure.
Let's go." "Nar,
let's not," rumbled the sergeant. He
wasn't all that big himself, but the troops behind him filled
the doorway. Rod stared, shocked—it was the slob from
the Wall that morning. Thaler's buddy. But he'd gone through
a complete metamorphosis, and maybe even a shower.
His uniform was neat and crisp, his cheeks were THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 51 shaven,
and his hair was combed. "Amazing," he mur- mured. Behind
the bar, Cholly looked up and saw. "Here, now!" he
cried, and the whole tavern fell silent. "We'll have no violence
in this house!" "That's
up to him," the former slob growled. "Come along
to the General nice and peaceablelike, and there won't be no
trouble." Rod
frowned. "The General?" "Aye.
You're under arrest." Rod
stood very still. The sergeant grinned. "Not
quite what I had in mind," Yorick muttered. "Wherefore
are we arrested?" Gwen asked. The
sergeant shrugged. "That's for the general to say. Are you
coming peaceably, or not?" The glint in his eye said he
hoped "not." Rod
sighed and capitulated. "Sure. I always cooperate with
the authorities." "Well,
almost always," Yorick muttered. "Converse
with the General was enjoyable," Gwen agreed. Behind
her, most of the soldiers' faces broke into slow, sly
grins. "A
woman can't say anything around here without being suspect,"
Rod sighed. "Of course, they didn't stop to think what
kind of a woman would find a masochistic general to be
pleasant company." The
grins vanished; the soldiers stared in horror. Rod
nodded, satisfied. "I don't think you'll have any trouble
around here, dear. Now we can go." They
might have been the dregs of military society, but they
marched very nicely—all the way down the street, into
the headquarters building. They came to a halt while the
sergeant knocked on Shacklar's door, and'"the recep- tionist
(human—it was a frontier planet; and male—it was a
military prison) officially told him he could enter. Then they
marched right into the office, and came to a stamping 52
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 53 halt in
front of Shacklar's desk. The
General looked up from his paperwork and smiled warmly.
"Very good. Sergeant." He saluted. "Dismissed." The
ex-slob stared. "But, General... these people, they're..." "Very
pleasant conversationalists," the General assured him.
"I've spoken with them already this morning. I'm sure there
won't be any problem—especially with the Chief Chief
available." He nodded toward a purple Wolman who stood
beside his desk. The
sergeant looked the Wolman up and down, and did not
seem assured. "If'n it's all the same to you, sir..." "But
I'm afraid it's not." Shacklar's tone was crisp, but polite.
"That will be all. Sergeant. I thank you for your concern." The
sergeant and all his troops eyed the Wolman, Rod, and
Yorick warily—and Gwen almost with alarm. But the sergeant
barked, "About/are/ For'ard harch!" dutifully. The squad
pivoted with a multiple stamp, and marched out. The sergeant
lingered in the doorway for One more glower, but Shacklar
met his gaze, and the man turned and disappeared. On the
other hand, he didn't close the door. Shacklar
ignored it. He turned to the Gallowglasses, beaming.
"A pleasure to see you again. Master Gallowglass, Mistress
Gallowglass." He turned an inquiring glance to Yorick.
"I don't believe I've had the pleasure?" Rod
gestured toward the ape-man. "Oh, this is..." But
Yorick cut him off. "Ander Thai, General. But I used to be a
comic actor with a two-bit rep company, so they call
me..." "...
Yorick," Rod finished. He swallowed. "Uh, Gen- eral—has
it occurred to you that you might be in a rather dangerous
position?" "Outnumbered,
you mean? And both of you with weap- ons?"
Shacklar nodded. "I'm aware of it, yes." "It...
doesn't bother you." "Not
particularly. I'm trusting to your honor, old boy." Rod
stared. Then he said, just by way of information, "You're
a fool, you know." "I'm
aware of that, too." Shacklar smiled up at him. Yorick
locked glances with Rod, and his thoughts were loud.
This man is vital to the future of democracy, Major. If you
so much as lay a finger on him... At which point the
mental signal deteriorated into some rather gruesome graphics. Not
that Rod needed the urging. He gazed at Shacklar's warm,
open countenance, and sighed. "I never kill fools before dinner-time;
it's bad for the digestion." Ruefully, he was
remembering a few occasions when he'd played the same
gambit himself; but it had worked, he had gained trust... ... and
it was working again, now. Shacklar
wasn't the only fool in the room, he decided. A faint
smile touched the comers of the General's mouth; he
relaxed. "I don't believe you've met this gentleman— Chief
Hwun, of the Purple tribe—and acclaimed as Chief of all
the Wolman tribes." "No,
I don't believe I've had the pleasure." Rod tried to remember
how the salute went—crossed arms, fingers touching
the shoulders... Before
he could try it, the big Wolman said, "Them do- um
it—this man and woman in-um funny clothes." Rod
stared. Then he
said, "Not much on courtesy, is he?" "Uh—"
Yorick glanced about, then at the General. "I know
it's none of my business, but... what does the Chief think
M... Mr. Gallowglass did?" Rod
caught the near slip, and gave Yorick points; he'd realized
the hazards of having Shacklar think he might be entitled
to give Rod orders. "Why, trespassing^ of course, on
Wolman land." He turned back to Shacklar. "But we cleared
that up a couple of hours ago." "Well,
yes—but the Chief's now charging you with an additional
transgression." 54 Christopher Stasheff Rod
frowned. "Isn't that 'double jeopardy,' or some- thing?" "Not
at all, since it's a crime you weren't charged with before." "What
crime?" "Murder." Rod set
a mug of ale down in front of Gwen, then turned back to
the bar. "Two of whatever passes for whiskey here. Doubles." "Done."
Cholly thumped two heavy glasses down on the bar,
and upended a bottle of vaguely brownish fluid over them.
"So he let you loose on your own recognizance?" "Yeah."
Rod shrugged. "We just promised not to kill anybody
before dawn tomorrow, and he said, 'Excellent. Why
don't you have a look around the town, while you're here?'...
That's enough!" "As
you will." Cholly waited a second longer, till the brownish
fluid was almost up to the rims, then set the bottle down.
"Yer trial's tomorrow at sunrise, then?" "If
you can call it that." Rod frowned. "Isn't that a little lenient,
for a couple of suspected murderers?" Cholly
nodded. "Even here. I'd guess the General doesn't think
you're guilty." Rod
nodded. "Is he hoping we'll escape, or something?" "Where
to?" "A
good point." Rod pursed his lips. "So we're just supposed
to relax and enjoy life, huh?" "That—or
find evidence to clear yourselves. Hard to do that
inside a cell. yer know." Rod
frowned. "It is, now that you mention it. We were planning
to do something of that sort, anyway." "Well,
then." Cholly beamed. "The General knows his man,
don't he? Let me know where I can help." "Thanks.
We will." Rod turned back to the table, set one of the
glasses down in front of Yorick, sat himself down across
from Gwen, and took a hefty swallow. Then he sat THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 55 very
still for a few minutes, waiting till the top of his head settled
back on and the room came back into focus. When it did,
he exhaled sharply. "What do they make that out of?" "Something
almost compatible with Terran biochemistry, I'm
sure." Yorick looked a little defocused himself. Rod
took a deep breath, then a very cautious sip. He set the
glass down gingerly, exhaled carefully, and sat back. "Now!"
He looked from Yorick to Gwen and back. "You were
both there; you heard everything I did. What was all that
about?" Gwen shrugged.
"We chanced to be in a position suspect at a
time when a man was slain, my lord." "Yeah,
but I highly doubt we were anywhere near this 'Sun-Greeting
Place,' or whatever it is. Also, I don't believe in
coincidences, especially not when they're so convenient." Gwen
frowned. "In what way dost thou think them op- portune?" "For
our enemies." "I'll
drink to that." Yorick lifted his mug, also his glass. "You'll
drink to anything." But Rod clinked glasses with him,
anyway. "Here's to the enemy—may he be con- founded." "Whoever
he is." Yorick drank, then set his glass down and
leaned forward. "But I'll agree with you. Major, some- body's
definitely out to get you." Rod
stared. "When did I say that?" "On
our way from the castle," Gwen explained. "Oh."
Rod frowned. "Yeah, I did say something of the sort
then, didn't I?" "Does
he get this way often?" "Off
'n' on," Rod answered; but Gwen assured Yorick, "'Tis
only when matters of great moment preoccupy him." "Oh."
Yorick turned back to Rod. "Is that when you get paranoid,
too?" Gwen
frowned."What is the meaning of that word?" "Suspicious,"
Rod explained. "He means that I feel as 56 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 57 though
everybody's out to get me." "Oh!"
Gwen turned back to Yorick. "Nay; he is always in that
condition." "But
this time, he's right." They
turned in surprise; that voice hadn't been one of theirs. The
newcomer was slender, and wore the same uniform as all
the other troopers, but she made it look totally fem- inine.
It couldn't have been deliberate: her blond hair was shorter
than most of the men's, cropped close and showing her
ears; but there was something in its styling, something about
the way she held herself, something in the delicacy of her
features that made her very clearly female. "That's
a professional opinion," she added. "They're out to get
you." "Who?"
Rod demanded; but Yorick said, softly, "What profession?" "Secret
agent," she snapped, "spy." And to Rod, "You should
be able to say better than I can. Who'd rather see you
dead than alive? Not that it matters much; on this planet, anybody
who's getting hassled is my friend." Rod
just stared at her, but Gwen pushed a chair out. "Sit, an it
please thee." The
woman sat, scowling. "You've got a funny way of talking." Rod
said, "I hate to be blunt, but—who are you?" "I'm
Chomoi Shershay—and you'd better hear the whole of it.
I was a government spy, up until about five years ago." "Five
years." Rod frowned. "That was just about the time of
the PEST coup, if I remember..." He managed to bite
off the sentence just before he said, "... my history rightly." "Yeah."
Chomoi nodded. "I was a secret agent for the LORDS
party, digging up information for them and helping set up
assassinations on some of their more outspoken ene- mies. I
knew I was helping kill people, but I never saw it happen,
so it didn't bother me much. I didn't think it would, either."
Her face lost expression. "But after the coup, I suddenly
found out I was part of the secret police, and the bosses
ordered my squad to go hunt down a professor." Her mouth
twisted. "He was a gentle old duffer, quiet and hum- ble,
and you could see from his house that he and his wife took
good care of each other. We yanked him out of bed in the
middle of the night, and kicked him out of his house into a
darkened floater—and he was terrified, scared stiff but he
never blamed us. Not a curse, not a word of anger, just
stared at us with those wide, frightened eyes that knew, and
understood..." She shuddered. "So they laid into him harder,
of course. Even on the way to HQ, they were work- ing him
over. It was cruel, vicious beating until he was out cold. I
was lucky—I only had to drive. But I still had to hear
it.... "Then
we landed on top of Base Building, and I had to help
carry him inside. His face was so bloody and swollen that I
wouldn't have recognized him. We laid him out on the
table, ready for the sadists." Her face worked, then was still.
"Oh, they try to pretty it up by calling it 'interrogation,' but
it's still just plain torture. They clip electrodes on to them,
instead of thumbscrews, but agony is agony. I didn't have to
stay and watch it, but I felt soiled and debased anyway,
as though I'd been turned into something less than human.
They told me I could go back to quarters, but I went
straight to the Boss, and told him, I quit. "He
sat back in that plastic-walled office behind his stain- less
steel desk, and just laughed at me. Then he said, 'You can't
quit the Secret Security, Shershay. The only way you go out,
is feet-first.' 'It's a deal,' I said, and I slammed out of his
office. But I headed for the portal as fast as I could walk. I
didn't run—that would have been advertising—but I
walked very fast. He was as good as his word, though; I saw a
gunman running to intercept me as I came in sight of the
main portal. I just kept going while he pulled up and aimed
at me, then I jerked to the side at the last second. 58 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 59 He
wasted time trying to track me with the gun, then he squeezed
off a shot, but the bolt didn't come anywhere near me. I
lashed out with a kick, and caught him right under the
chin with my heel. His head snapped back, and some- thing
made a cracking sound, but I landed on the other side of his
body, and I landed running. Right out the door." She
paused for breath, trembling, and Yorick said softly, "How
far did you get?" "About
a kilometer. Because there was a courier in a floater,
just coming in. 1 kicked him out at gunpoint and took
off—but 1 just went over the parapet, and down into the
city, before they could get an intercepter after me. I was in the
Old Town—the part where the streets go this way and
that—organic, yo0 know? I ducked in there, and was gone." "You
knew better than to stay there, though," Rod said softly. "Of
course." Chornoi shrugged. "Not that it made much difference.
They had the cordon out by dawn, and a SecSec force
behind me, tracking. I stepped up to a food-counter, to put
down a bowl of soy-meal—and when 1 came out, they
jumped me." "Hard?"
Yorick asked. Chomoi
glared at him. "Very." She
turned to Rod. "But 1 healed. Oh, I was still bleeding here
and there when they hauled me up in front of the judge—that
was only a couple of hours later. And, of course, SecSec
had six witnesses who swore they'd seen me kill that
gunman; they'd never been anywhere near him, of course.
I think one of them had watched it on a security monitor,
though. Which didn't matter, 'cause they played the
recording—and the judge said, 'Re-form her.'" Gwen
frowned, not understanding; but Rod paled. "They were
going to wipe your brain and install a new personal- ity?" Chomoi
nodded. "And if I didn't live, what difference did it
make? But I didn't even get that far. They slammed me into
the floater, to go to the re-form center—but we never
even lifted. There was a courier there, with a docu- ment.
Seems the whole time I'd been in front of the judge, SecSec
had been going to the Secretary -General, convincing him
that secret police were military personnel—so they didn't
bother re-forming; they just loaded me into a convict barge,
and shipped us all out to Wolmar." Her mouth tight- ened.
"It wasn't a pleasant trip. It lasted two weeks, and only
three of us convicts were women. The rest of the soldiers
tried to take turns on us." She glared at Rod. "But three
is just enough to guard each other's backs. After we killed
a couple, they held off. They tried to get the ship's brass
to tie us down, but they told us they just steered the damn
thing and made it go; we convicts were each other's problems."
She shivered. "We had to take turns sleeping, but we
got here intact." "And
here?" Gwen's eyes were huge. Chomoi
shrugged. "It's a little easier now. Oh, the other two—when
they found out how much they could make, once
the convicts were getting paychecks again—they set up
shop. They own their own houses now, and each of them is
richer than any man on the planet." Gwen
was pale now, and her hand trembled as she lifted her
glass, then put it down. "Yet thou didst not—how didst thou
say it..." "Go
into business." Chomoi nodded, eyes glittering. "But I had
to fight 'em off every day, at first—two or three in any
twenty-four hours, till I got a reputation. Now it's just two or
three a week. The ones who survive out here are smart,
though—they back off when it starts getting dan- gerous,
so I've never had to kill one." "Yet
do they not come at thee in company?"^Gwen whis- pered. "That's
why I was sitting back there." Chomoi jerked her
head toward a table in a back comer. "I can see the 60
Christopher Stasheff door,
and the whole room, but nobody can come at me from behind.
They haven't tried, though." She took a sip of her ale,
but grimaced as though it were bitter. "Gotta say that much for
male chauvinism—when there're so few of us, each
one is pretty precious. Any one of them might come at me
by himself, but he doesn't want any of his mates to see him
trying." "They'd
string him up by his toes," Yorick said quietly. "Probably
for target practice." Chomoi shrugged. "Better him
than me." She
lifted her mug for a long swallow, then slammed it down.
"So, there you have it. I can't walk through this burg without
getting razzed, so anybody who's getting hassled, I'm on
their side. Especially women." She nodded to Gwen. "And
I think I can trust your man, because he's with you— so why
would he want me?" Her mouth twisted in self- contempt.
"Oh, don't give me that sympathetic look! I know I'm a
hot enough item." She turned and glowered at Rod. "Maybe
too hot. I want to get off this planet, so badly that I can't
think of anything else—and you folks haven't been here
before, which means you haven't been sentenced; so you
might get to leave. You might be able to spring me." Rod
frowned. "I thought this was a military prison. Shacklar's
just the warden. How can he have the authority to let
you go?" "He
can do anything he wants—now," Chomoi said, with a
mirthless smile. "PEST cut us off four years ago— right
after I got here, in fact. They claimed trade to the outlying
planets was a losing proposition—real losing, tril- lions
of therms' worth. And a prison planet was all loss— it was
much cheaper to kill the criminals. So they just stopped
trade. The next freighter in brought us the news." Rod
frowned. "How come there was a 'next' freighter? I
thought they stopped trade." "We
had a little trade going on our own, with some of the
other outlying planets—but we had no more supplies THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 61 coming
in from Terra, no new machinery or spare parts. The
good General-Governor made peace with the natives just in
time." "Thou
canst sustain thy selves?" Chomoi
nodded. "The Wolmen bring in the food and fiber,
and our men do the mining and manufacturing. But the end
result is, we're not a prison planet anymore—we're a
colony. And Shacklar's the Governor as well as the Gen- eral,
so he can do anything he damn well pleases with us. If he
wants to let us go, we can go—but where to?" She waved
an arm. "There's nothing out beyond that Wall but grass—and
Wolmen." "He
won't let you leave the planet?" "Oh,
sure, if he thinks one of us should be allowed to— and if
we can afford it." She shrugged. "He can't give away free
spaceships, you know." Rod
exchanged glances with Yorick. "Well, when the time
comes, we'll find some way to get the cash." Yorick
nodded. "I think the lady could be useful, Major. Real
useful." "Vacuum
your brain," Chornoi snapped. "I offered to help
you, not service you." "Wasn't
even thinking of it," Yorick said virtuously. "I meant
knowledge-help. I know the basics about this planet, and
about PEST..." Chornoi"s
mouth twisted. "Who doesn't?" "Yeah,
but, well, uh—about Wolmar. You've been here a few
years, you know the lay of the land. It always helps to have
a local on your side." Chomoi
shrugged. "I'm as local as they come around here.
At least I know who's who, and where the bodies are buried—some
of them, anyway. And I've spent time with the
Wolmen." Gwen
frowned. "How didst thou come to that?" "They
looked safer than the soldiers—and they were, while I
was on probation. But probation with each tribe 62 Christopher Stasheff gave me
a year to get my feet under me, and tuck my emotions
into place." Chomoi shrugged. "What can I tell you? It
worked." "So,"
Rod mused, "you're willing to help—if we help you." "Yeah,
if you'll help me get off the planet." "If
we can." "Well,
sure—if you can." Chomoi tossed her head im- patiently. "Of
course," Rod mused, "if we do manage to get off this
planet, you'll make us a marked crew. I mean, PEST has to
have at least one agent here and if you leave, he'll blow
the whistle. Then you'll have an assassin hot on your trail
before you get past the first light-year." "I
understand that." Chomoi's tone was brittle. "I couldn't blame
you if you didn't want to take the chance." Rod
shrugged. "I'm not too worried about it." Especially since
we're planning to leave via time machine. "After all, there's
no danger from assassins as long as we're on Wol- mar—and
without your help, we might not live to get off the
planet." Chomoi
nodded. "I'd say that's true. You said it your- self—that
Wolman's murder was too nicely timed. It had to be
designed to put you and your wife behind bars—or into an
early grave." "We
do have enemies," Rod admitted, "and I think they would
be more interested in the 'early grave' option." "We
will rejoice in thine assistance," Gwen assured. Chomoi
gave her a peculiar look, but said, "Thanks, lady."
And to Rod, "So what've we got?" Rod
shrugged. "A Purple corpse." He added a bleak smile.
"Even though all Purples are present and accounted for." Yorick
spread his hands. "That's about all the information we
have. Not exactly what you'd call a lot." "Nowhere
near enough," Chomoi agreed. "We've got to THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 63 learn
more before we can make any guesses about who really did
it." Yorick
leaned back, fingers laced across his belly, thumbs twiddling.
"Well, you're the local expert. Tell us—where do we
get more information?" "At
the scene of the crime," Chomoi answered. "Certes,
'tis no great need," Gwen protested. "Thou hast affairs
of thine own to be about." Maybe
it was the word "affairs" that made the young private
redouble his efforts. "Aw, come on, Ma'am! I'm from
Braxa! We used to make our own brooms there, all the
time." He gave her a quick grin over his shoulder. "How else'd
our mamas keep the houses clean?" He turned back to
Gwen's broomstick. "See, it's just this little rope here that's
come untied. All it needs is a proper square knot. Now,
you just put your finger on it, right there..." Gwen
did. Of course, that necessitated bending over, and swaying
closer to the young man. He swallowed hard, and gave
the knot a jerk that almost broke the cord. Behind
his back. Rod was tossing a loop of rope up to catch
around one of the inch-thick spikes that studded the top of
the Wall, and beckoning. Chornoi clambered up it, hand
over hand, with Yorick right behind her. Rod came last,
and tossed the rope over the far side of the Wall. Yorick slipped
down first, then Chornoi. Rod glowered down at the young
sentry's back, then turned to leap, catch the rope, and
glide down. He landed lightly, and Chornoi stared. "How
did you do that? Without breaking your arches, I mean." "Practice,"
Yorick grunted. "Come on, let's get out of here."
He bolted across the open stretch of brightly-lit land, into
the shadow of a copse fifty feet away. No alarms went off;
the sentry was looking at something else at the-moment. Rod
held his breath, feeling the jealousy climb up to con- sume
him. Then a whisper and a rustle, and he whirled 64 Christopher Stasheff about
to see Gwen gliding in for a landing on her broom- stick. Chomoi
turned around, did a double take. "How did you get
here?" "I
trust that young man will count himself amply repaid for his
kindness." Rod snapped. "Husband,
I prithee." Gwen laid a gentle hand on his forearm.
"What choice was there? He'd ne'er ha' trusted Demoiselle
Chomoi." "True
enough." Rod clipped off the words. "May I con- gratulate
you on a successful flirtation—I mean, diversion. And
I'll cut out that kid's liver and lights if I ever bump into
him again." "Truly,
husband, 'tis unworthy of thee." Gwen's eyes were
large with reproach. "Be mindful that the lad spoke to a
Gramarye witch, and, moreover, one who can cast thoughts
and feelings. Truly, the lad had no chance." "In
more ways than one," Rod sighed, "and you don't need to
mention your powers to explain it. I suppose I don't have
any right to be angry with him, do I?" "Nay,
certes," Gwen breathed, swaying close to him. "But
we tarry." "How
the hell does she know where to go?" Rod muttered to
Yorick. "Okay, so the planet has a moon or two, so we've had
light almost all the way, and when the big moon set, she
just had us wait twenty minutes till the other one rose. But
even with it, I can scarcely see twenty feet in front of me!" "Well,
/ can see fine." Yorick grinned. "You Sapiens have
just gone soft, that's all. Too many millennia of lighted streets." "What's
she?" Rod grumbled. "A Neanderthalette?" Yorick
shook his head. "Not a good enough build. Kinda scrawny,
y' know? And the face is kinda flat and angular. But I
think she's a nice kid underneath it all." Actually,
Rod had been thinking that Chomoi was a clas- THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 65 sical
beauty—or would have been, if her face hadn't been constantly
pinched with hostility. And her body was any- thing
but "scrawny." However, he could understand why she
wouldn't measure up to the Neanderthal ideal of fem- ininity.
The comment on her interior self, though, he doubted. "You
must be seeing deeper than I am." Yorick
shrugged. "You Saps must be damn near blind." Rod
wondered if he meant that to be interpreted both ways. "Come
on." Yorick stepped up the pace. "We've got some serious
catching up to do." Chomoi
strode ahead of them, as briskly as though she hadn't
realized she was climbing a thirty-degree slope. Fi- nally
she came to a stop, and the men huffed and puffed up beside
her, with Gwen silent at Rod's shoulder. "Here
it is." Chomoi waved a hand. They
stood on top of a ridge, oriented roughly east-west. The
moonlight showed a plain stretching out for miles about them,
unending grassland broken only by the occasional copse
and a line of stunted trees that straggled across the prairie,
marking a watercourse. Rod
took a deep breath. "Quite a view." Chomoi
nodded. "It's spectacular by sunlight, but I don't think
we can wait for that." She pointed. "There's the actual Sun-Greeting
Place." A stone
step rose from the ground a few feet in front of them.
Thirty feet away, an upright slab bulked large against the
night. Chomoi slipped a slender flashlight out of her jacket
and aimed it at the boulder. Its beam showed that the top of
the standing stone had been flattened from front to back
and leveled, then notched, eight deep gouges cut out of the
rock. The first, fourth, and eighth were very deep. "The
shamen come up here every morning to greet the sun,"
Chomoi explained. "They take it in rotation. It's a religious
ritual, of course, but it has a very practical purpose, too—every
morning, the Shaman of the Day sees how close the sun
is coming to one of the big notches. The middle 66 Christopher Stasheff one is
the equinox—there're sixteen months here; the two moons
revolve eight times a year, and they rule the months in
alternation. Figure that the first groove is the winter solstice.
The sun starts there, moves down to the middle groove
for the vernal equinox, goes on to the eighth groove for the
summer solstice, then moves back to the middle groove
for the autumnal equinox, and on back to the first one." "New
Year's," Yorick said. Chomoi
nodded. "And it's up to the shaman of the Purple tribe
to keep an eye on the sun. When it rises behind the fourth
notch, he goes home and tells everybody to start planting.
When he sees sunrise through the eighth notch, he
tells everybody to celebrate." "A
midsummer night's dream?" "You
could call it that," Chomoi said sourly. "Then the sun
starts to swing back, and when it rises behind the fourth notch
again, the shaman tells the tribe to get ready for harvest." "Then
back to Midwinter, and the whole thing starts all over
again." Yorick knelt by the stone step. "Want to shine that
thing down here, Ms.?" "Why
not? But call me 'Chomoi,' all right? We're work- ing
together now." The
light gleamed on the rough stone at the base of the slab.
Yorick ran a finger across the surface, and stopped at a dark
blot. They
all stared, silent for a moment. Then
Yorick's finger went on to trace another drop, and another. "Blood,"
Rod said softly. "I'm
not quite equipped to run a chemical analysis," Yorick
mused, "but I'd say that was a pretty good bet. Want to scan
the area, Ms. Chomoi?" "Well,
that's an improvement, I guess," Chomoi grunted. She
moved the circle of light slowly over the area around THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 67 the
stone step. The grass stood about three inches high. "Nice
to find out they keep it mowed," Yorick said, "but that's
about all I see." Rod
nodded. "Not the slightest sign of a struggle. Whoever our
hatchet man was, he was remarkably neat." "Damn
near inhuman," Yorick agreed. "Not
quite." Chomoi's lips were thin. "Some of my col- leagues
were extremely efficient. I wasn't too bad, myself." Yorick
looked up. "But the blood on the stone does kind of
indicate that the Wolman met the cleaver when he stepped up here
to greet the sun." Rod
frowned. "Yeah. So what... Oh!" "Right."
Yorick nodded. "Who steps up to the Sun- Greeting
Place to greet the sun?" "A
shaman," Chomoi breathed. "But
none of the shamen are missing," Rod pointed out. "So
what?" Yorick shrugged. "None of the Wolmen are missing.
So why shouldn't it be a shaman who's not missing, instead
of just an ordinary warrior?" "More
to the point," Chomoi said softly, "why shouldn't it be
Hwun? After all, he's the shaman of the Purple tribe, and
they're the ones closest to this place." "No
reason at all, except that Hwun is very much alive. Far too
much so, for my liking." Rod frowned. "What is this
business about Hwun being the chief chief, when he's also
the Purple shaman? I've heard of overlapping direc- torates,
but isn't this a little too obvious?" "No
problem there." Chomoi shook her head. "Wolman government
is basic democracy. Major—very basic. They just
sit around in a circle and discuss who's going to be leader.
And when most of them agree—well, that's who the
leader is. Every clan does it that way—and, once they've decided
on a leader, they tend to stay with him, So when the
clans gather for a tribal meeting, it's the clan headmen who sit
down to elect the tribal leader." Yorick
nodded. "Which means that one of the tribal chiefs 68 Christopher Stasheff is
going to be the national chief." Chomoi
frowned at him. "You had experience with this kind of
thing?" "We
were Number One. So they held a tribal meeting like
that to fight the soldiers better?" "You
have been around. But it was a national meeting— all the
tribes banded together for an all-out war." "Makes
sense." Yorick agreed. "After all, it was probably the
first time in their history that they'd had somebody to fight
besides each other." Gwen
shivered. "Must men forever be fighting, then?" "Sure.
How else would we get you ladies to notice us, instead
of the other guys?" Yorick turned back to Chomoi. "This
wouldn't happen to have been the first time they'd ever
banded together for anything, would it?" Chomoi
stared at him, then nodded slowly. "Yeah. Up until
the convicts came, they'd always been fighting each other,
just the way you said." Yorick
nodded. "Nice of you to help out that way." "Yes,
bringing civilization to the poor savages." Rod's eyes
glittered. "I always find unification fascinating." Something
in his voice made Chomoi look up with a scowl.
"Don't make any mistake. Major. It was the Wol- men's
idea to get together to fight us, not the colonists'. Just a
marriage of convenience, that's all." "And
as fragile as such unions usually are, I'm sure— but one
which Shacklar and Cholly have steadily been trying to
strengthen." "Oh,
that's deliberate enough, sure—and Shacklar def- initely
likes having a national leader he can deal with. But they
chose Hwun, not him." "At
a national council?" Chomoi
nodded. "The tribal leaders got together, so of course
they chose one of their own number. That's how come
Hwun, the Purple chief, wound up being acclaimed chief
Wolman chief." "Makes
sense." Rod nodded. "But why'd they elect a THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 69 shaman
instead of a general—excuse me, 'war-chief?' I mean,
how good a tactician is a pholk-physician going to be?" Chomoi
shook her head. "Medicine's only part of it, Major,
only a spin-off, really. His main function is spiritual. He's a
holy man." Rod
shuddered. "I don't like the sound of that. Religion and
politics make a lousy combination." "But
it's very useful when you're trying to keep all the factions
of your people together," Chomoi pointed out. "That's
Hwun's main job. As to fighting when they went to war,
he had four generals, one for each tribe. They took care of
the tactics; he just had the final say on strategy." "Neat."
Rod scowled. "In fact, a little too efficient for my
liking." "But
his constituents can recall him at any minute," Yorick
pointed out. Chomoi
gave him an irritated glare. "That's right, in fact.
How'd you know?" "Y'
seen one oral culture, y' seen 'em all," Yorick said. "Not
really true, but they do all have certain characteristics in
common. Government by consensus is one of 'em, and instant
recall is part of that." "Instant,
yes—by the most effective means available. At
least, sometimes. In fact, it has occurred to me that we may be
looking at an impeachment here." Yorick
shook his head. "You'd know better than I would, but I
find it hard to believe. This kind of a society wouldn't understand
that kind of sneaky killing. If somebody wanted to
challenge the head honcho, he'd just do it. In fact, the more
witnesses he had for the fight, the stronger his support would
be." Rod
nodded. "That sounds right. Besides, you said it yourself,
Chomoi—some of your colleagues are inhumanly efficient.
This is such a neat job that it fairly screams 'profes- sional.'" Slowly,
she nodded. "Yeah. Probably well armed, too." 70 Christopher Stasheff Rod
frowned. "But he didn't use a blaster. If he had, there
wouldn't have been blood." Chomoi
shook her head. "A pro wouldn't have. Major. This
was right at dawn, remember? A blaster bolt would've been
seen. It also might have set a fire, and people would have
really started wondering." She shrugged. "Sometimes the
oldest weapons work best." "Well,
one thing's sure, then." Yorick stood up, dusting off his
hands. "It wasn't any Wolman who did this killing. I mean,
they may be pretty enthusiastic, and I'm sure they're skillful,
but when you get right down to it, when it comes to
killing people, they're really amateurs." He nodded to Chomoi.
"One of the soldiers did this—and one trained for commando
work." "Probably."
Chomoi gazed at the dark spatters on the stone.
"Don't sell those Wolmen short, though. They've become
very competent warriors since they started fighting these
convict-soldiers. Very competent—and they've been developing
a lot of skill with blasters, ever since Shacklar took
over and the truce began." "I
do not understand," Gwen murmured. "Why doth he give
Wolmen his weapons, when to keep them to his own men
would yield him great advantage?" Chomoi
shrugged. "He seems to think that if it comes to war,
the colonists are going to be wiped out, sooner or later.
We're so heavily outnumbered that our only real hope for
survival is peace with the Wolmen." "And
the only way to be sure of that," Rod said stiffly, "is
to meld the two cultures into a single, unified society." Chomoi
nodded. "And having all the blasters on the soldiers'
side, doesn't exactly help build Wolman confi- dence." "Maybe
not." Yorick looked around. "I get the feeling we're
missing something. There may be evidence of a strug- gle in
the area around here—or some other kind of evidence that we
won't find at night." "True,"
Rod said judiciously. "With only a flashlight, THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 71 we're
limited to looking at what we already suspect. We'll have to
wait for daylight to get the Big Picture, and any clues
we haven't thought of." "There's
a problem with that," Yorick pointed out. "Aye,
my lord," Gwen added. "We must needs be at the Governor's
great hall in the mom—e'en by dawn." Rod
shrugged. "So what? We already skipped town, didn't we?" "Aye,
yet they did enlarge us upon our parole." Chomoi
stared. "What is she talking about?" "She
means Shacklar only let us go, because we promised to come
back in the morning." Rod's mouth tightened at the
corners. "'Twould
be dishonorable, an we did not return." "Well,
true, but this isn't Gramarye. Honor isn't quite so
important here." Gwen
stared at him, scandalized. More importantly. Rod realized
with a sinking feeling in his stomach, he didn't believe
it himself anymore. "All right, all right! We'll have to go
back to town! Besides—skipping town is one thing, but
skipping the planet is entirely another!" Gwen
frowned. "What is a 'planet,' my lord?" Chornoi
just stared at her; but Rod took a deep breath and
said, "Well. A planet is a world, darling. It's not flat, you
see—it's round, like a ball." "Assuredly
not!" she cried. Rod
shrugged. "Okay, so don't believe me—just take my word
for it. I came to Gramarye on a 'shooting star,' remember—and
I got to see the planet from way up. Way up—and
it's round. Oh, believe me, it is round!" "He's
telling you the truth." Chornoi frowned, puzzled. "I've
seen planets from space, too, and they're round, all right.
Like that." She pointed at the single moon that was still
up in the sky. "It's just a very little planet. The word means
'wanderer,' see, and you know how the moon wan- ders;
it moves all over the sky." "Aye."
Gwen frowned, trying to absorb the alien con- 72 Christopher Stasheff cept.
"There be others, be there not? Stars that do wander." "Right."
Rod nodded. "They're worlds, too. But most of the
stars, the ones that stay put—well, they're suns, just like
the one that gives us light and heat during the daytime." "Can
they truly be?" Gwen breathed, eyes round. "Nay, surely
not! For they be but points of light!" "That's
because they're so far away," Chomoi explained. "Nay,
it could not be." Gwen turned to her, frowning. "For
they would have to be so far distant that..." She broke off,
her mind reeling as she realized just how far away that would
have to be. Chomoi
watched her, nodding slowly. "Yes, ma'am. That's
how far away. So far that it takes their light quite a few
years to get here." "Yet
how can that be?" Gwen asked, looking from Rod to
Chomoi and back. "How can light take time to come to a
place?" "Well—it
travels," Rod said. "Believe us, honey—there's no easy
way to prove it. I mean, it has been proven, but it was
very hard to do, very complicated. Light travels at 186,282
miles per second. That's about six trillion miles in a
year." Gwen's eyes lost focus, and Rod confided, "Don't try,
dear. We can't really grasp the idea of a distance that huge—not
really, not emotionally. But we can be intimi- dated
by trying." He turned to Chomoi. "The nearest star here—it
wouldn't happen to be visible, would it?" "Oh,
yeah. It's the third star in the ban-el of 'The Blaster'— one of
our homemade constellations." Chomoi stepped up beside
Gwen and pointed. "You see those six stars, forming a rough
parallelogram—you know, a rectangle leaning side- ways?" Gwen
sighted along her arm. "Aye, I see them." "Well,
that's the handgrip. And that line of four stars at a right
angle to them? That's the barrel. The third star in from
its end is our nearest neighbor." Chomoi shrugged. "It
doesn't really have a name—just a number on the star- charts.
The soldiers call it 'The Girl Next Door.'" THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 73 "How
far away is it?" Rod asked. "Just
under seven light-years." "Dost
mean..." Gwen swallowed. ".. .that the star I see now
is not truly the star? That 'tis but light that hath left it
seven years agone?" "Right."
Rod nodded with vigor. "We're not seeing it as it is,
but as it was seven years ago. Very right, dear. For all we
know, it could be blowing up right now—but we wouldn't
find out about it for seven years." Secretly, he was impressed
with the quickness of Gwen's understanding. His
wife just stared up into the night sky, lost in the immensity
of the concept. "And
planets," Rod murmured, "swing around and around their
sun in circles that are just a little bit egg-shaped." Gwen
whirled to stare at him in astonishment. "Nay— for
surely the Sun doth go about the Earth! I do see it rise and go
across the sky daily!" Rod
shook his head. "It just looks that way. It's the earth that's
turning^ really." He cranked with a finger. "Around and
around, like a spinning top. Stop and think about it— if
you're turning around and around, it looks as though Yorick,
there, is turning around you, when he's really stand- ing
still, doesn't it?" Gwen
gazed at Yorick, then slowly began to turn around in
place. After two revolutions, she said, "'Tis so." She stopped
and looked up at Rod. "Yet merely from looking, how can
I tell whether 'tis he that's moving, or I?" Rod's
breath hissed in. He'd known Gwen was intelli- gent,
but he was amazed by the quickness with which her mind
darted on to the next question. He stared at her, as- tounded
by her mental leap. Then he smiled weakly. "Well, you
have to have other kinds of evidence, too, dear. For example,
when we look through telesc... uh, closely at other
planets, we can see their moons going around and around
them. That explains why our own moon wanders the way
it does—it's really revolving around us. Which makes
it a pretty good bet that we're revolving around our 74 Christopher Stasheff sun,
especially after we've found out that it's a heck of a lot
bigger than any of its planets." He shrugged. "And the bigger
it is, the harder it pulls." She
stared at him for a long moment, then said slowly, "And
is it for that reason that we will have such great difficulty
in leaving this 'planet?'" Rod
caught his breath, staring at her. Then he opened his
mouth, breathing in, and finally said, "Yes. The planet pulls
things to it, just as the sun pulls the planet toward itself." "Then
why doth the planet not fall into the sun?" "Because
it's going too fast. Like..." Inspiration hit. "Like
you, when you're trying to catch Geoffrey. He goes flying
past, and you grab him, but because he's going so fast,
you can't pull him in against you. On the other hand, you're
holding on tightly enough so that he can't get away, either,
so he just swings around at the end of your arm. Now,
imagine that he refuses to stop, and he just goes on swinging
around and around you, forever. And it's that same kind of
pull, like your pull on him, that attracts things to the
planet. Of course, from where we're standing, that 'at- tracting'
looks like 'falling.' We call the force 'gravity.' The planet
pulls on the object—like this." He pulled her up against
him, and wrapped his arms around her. "And it doesn't
want to let the object go." Gwen
smiled, her lids drooping. "Doth the object, then, not
also draw the planet?" "You
do learn fast, don't you? Yes, the object pulls, too, but its
pull is very weak, because it's so small. You and I, now,
aren't all that much different in size." "Nay,"
she murmured, "we are well matched." Rod was
definitely losing interest in the lecture, but there were
people watching. "Now. Your original question was, why is
it so hard for the object to get away from the planet?" She
smiled up at him. "Wherefore should it wish to?" "Can't
think of a good reason, myself," Rod admitted, THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 75 "but
just for the sake of argument, let's assume it does. Go ahead
and try." "An
thou dost wish it," she sighed, and pushed against him. He
loosened his arms a little, letting her move away a few
inches. "See—you have to be able to push really hard to get
away from me. And that's how people leave planets— in
flying ships that can push really hard against the planet." "They're
called 'spaceships,' by the way," Yorick put in. "Don't
let him baby-talk you, milady." "I
would not consider it," Gwen said, with some asperity. "And
the ship," Rod said, "has to push hard enough to go fast
enough—that's called 'escape velocity.' And when you're
up to escape velocity..." He let go, and she stum- bled
back. "... you escape. And that's how you get off the surface
of a planet. See?" "Indeed."
She came back, straightening her hair, the gleam
of battle in her eye. "Yet could we not build such 'velocity,'
my. lord? Thou and I, together?" In
spite of himself. Rod took a step back. It took him a second
to realize she was talking about telekinesis. "Well..." But
Yorick was watching them with growing apprehen- sion.
"Uh, Major—milady—don't do anything rash!" "It
would be," Rod admitted. "We might be able to do it if
we pooled our forces, darling—but there's another little problem."
He coughed delicately and looked up at the stars. "You
see, we're not the only thing that the planet's holding to
itself. It's also holding the air that we breathe." She
stared, at a loss. "About
twenty miles up..." Rod pointed. "... you run out of
atmosphere. It's just empty space, without any wind, not
even a breath of fresh air—or a breath of anything, for that
matter. That's why Chomoi said she'd seen a planet from
space—because there wasn't any air there. Just empty space." Slowly,
Gwen lifted her eyes to the stars again. "So much 76 Christopher Stasheff blackness
between them... Yet how can there be 'space,' as thou
dost call it, without air to breathe? Is that not the 'space?'" Rod
shook his head. "Air is a substance, too, just like water—only
lighter, not as dense. It covers the planet's whole
surface, but only because gravity holds it there. The farther
you are from a planet, the weaker the pull feels, until
it can't even hold air anymore. And when that happens, when
you've got space with nothing in it, we call that 'vacuum.'
That means there's nothing to breathe, too, of course—so
even if we could get out there, honey, we wouldn't
last long." Slowly,
Gwen lowered her gaze to him again, but the stars
stayed in her eyes. '"Tis wondrous," she breathed. "Nay,
I shall trust thee in this, my lord. But I shall trust, also,
that together, we may find a way." Chomoi
shook her head in exasperation. "Don't you know better
than to put that much trust in a man?" "Nay."
Gwen turned to her with a smile, catching Rod's hand
behind her back. "And I trust that I never shall." It was
nice to know that she felt so warm about it, es- pecially
since Rod was feeling a chill run down his back and
spread out to envelop his rib cage. She had learned it all so
quickly! Everything she'd heard, she'd understood instantly,
or almost. And every single one of those concepts was
totally alien to her culture. He was beginning to dread that
she might be smarter than he was. It was one thing for him to
understand her culture, but it was entirely another for her
to understand his. "Well,
be that all as it may—space, vacuum, and es- cape,"
Chomoi grumbled, "but the here-and-now is that we need to
look at this place by daylight, and you two have to be back
in town before morning." "I'd
say that's pretty clear. It comes down to you or me," Yorick
said. "And, if you'll pardon my male chauvin- ism
..." THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 77 "I
won't," Chomoi snapped. "I told you I've spent time among
the Wolmen. I'll be safe, believe me, especially since I never
made any bones about how much I didn't like the way the
colonists did things. The Wolmen heard about it and
began to chum up to me—oh, not making passes or anything,
don't worry about that; they've got their own ideals
of beauty, and I'm not up to their standards." Rod bit
his tongue. "But
they did cultivate me as a possible ally within Shack- lar's
camp. Not that I ever would've betrayed the sol- diers.
.." A shadow crossed Chomoi's face. "... I hope. Hope
even more that I never have to find out the hard way ...
Anyhow!" She straightened, eyes flashing. "It's enough to
guarantee that I'll be safe, till I see you back in town." "That's
kind of odd, as diplomacy goes," Rod said, frowning.
"On their part, I mean. That kind of wily statecraft doesn't
quite square with the usual concept of the unso- phisticated
aborigine." "Shacklar
and Cholly have been trying very hard to so- phisticate
them, thank you," Chomoi snorted. "Cholly's traders
are really teachers in disguise." "Oh!"
Rod lifted his head, a few facts suddenly colliding and
yielding solutions. "So that's why he doesn't make much money
off his pharmaceuticals trade." Chomoi
nodded. "Something like that. His traders keep the
prices low and the payments high, so that the Wolmen will
keep coming back to talk to them. They've been doing a very
good job of giving the Wolmen a modem education— including
political science. And they begin it with Machia- velli." Rod saw
Yorick open his mouth, and said quickly, "So they
know the realities of technological culture—including back-stabbing." Chomoi
nodded. "And a lot of other things you wouldn't expect
them to know. But it has the advantage of letting them
take the long view." 78
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 79 "Including
being careful to protect a potential ally." "Yes,
as long as the truce holds, and it'll hold at least until
your trial is over." "And
thou wilt return ere then?" Chomoi
nodded. "I'll check out this area as soon as it's light.
I should be back on the civilized side shortly after dawn.
If I'm too late to catch you before the courtroom, I'll
drop in there." Her smile hardened. "I'll be back, don't worry.
I'll be back. You folks go on now ... What are you waiting
for? Go on, now! Go!" Slowly,
they turned, and began to go down the hillside. "Dosta
truly believe she will be secure?" Gwen asked. Yorick
shrugged. "I dunno—these boys are savages, even though
they're synthetic ones. What do you think, Major?" "I
think they're male," Rod answered, "and I think Chor- noi
knows just how much of a woman she is, regardless of what she
said about their standards of beauty." "There's
truth in that," Gwen agreed, "and I doubt not she
could lay low any warrior who sought to best her." "Well,
it'd be an even match, at least." "No,
not really," Yorick disagreed. "After all, she is a professional." Gwen
turned back for a last look, concern furrowing her brow—and
froze, with a gasp. Yorick
and Rod turned back to look. Chomoi
stood at the top of the rise, stripped naked and glowing
in the moonlight. As they watched, she scooped her
fingers into a flat roundel and rubbed them over her arm.
The skin darkened. "Body-paint,"
Yorick murmured. "Betcha it's purple, Major." "And
I'll bet we'll find out tomorrow." Rod turned away, shaking
his head. "Come on, troops. Somehow, I just be- came
sure she'll be safe." "As
the mercury said to the water, 'Pardon my density.'" Yorick's
gaze swiveled from Rod to Gwen and back. "But if we
can do it this way, why that charade with the sentry on the
way out?" "Why,
for that Chomoi did not know we were witch- folk."
Gwen tucked her arm more tightly into Yorick's. "Yeah—you
know what we are," Rod reminded him, "but
Chomoi probably doesn't even believe in ESP, let alone know
we've got it." "I
see." Yorick nodded. "Mustn't shock the poor thing, must
we? After all, she might decide she's on the other side." "Well,
her volunteering was an enormous stroke of luck..." "Sure.
Now I get it. Oh, I'm quick." "Indeed
thou art, in regard to most matters," Gwen as- sured
him. "Yeah,
we all have our blind spots," Rod agreed. "Now, as one
agent to another—do you really think Chomoi will learn
anything more than we already found out?" Yorick
shrugged. "Hard to say. I don't really think there was any
more evidence up there at the murder site, but you never
know, do you?" "True,
true." Rod gazed steadily at the top of the wall. "On
the other hand, she was pretty obviously planning to interrogate
some Wolmen." "Well,
at least Hwun," Yorick qualified. "I mean, he does
have to come up to greet the sun tomorrow morning, doesn't
he?" Rod
shuddered. "That guy gives me the creeping chil- lies." "In
truth, he is cold," Gwen agreed. "Not
what you'd expect, in a Gestalt culture," Yorick agreed.
"Not quite human, y'know?" "Look
who's talking," Rod grunted. "Could
we hold down on the racial slurs, "here?" Yorick had the
rare case of using the term correctly. "Besides, even if he
is Mr. Fishface, I'll bet Chornoi will get every ounce of
information that he's got. I mean, male is male." 80 Christopher Stasheff "I
know what you mean," Rod agreed, "and I don't doubt it for
a second. It's just that I don't expect there to be a hell of a
lot of information for her to get." "True,
true." Yorick looked towards the Wall. "The really important
information is likely to be in there—if we can just
figure out where to look for it. Now, let us think. Major, milady—who,
besides you two, might have reason to want a
Wolman dead?" "Well,
we don't have any reason to," Rod snorted. "But the
obvious answer is VETO... or SPITE," "Or
both of them," Yorick grunted. "Futurians
of some kind. They tried to assassinate Gwen and me
and, when we turned out to be a little too lethal, kidnapped
us back in time as a second choice." "Not
too bad, either. I mean, without help, your chances of
getting back to the future are very slender." "Nay!
Rather, we would surely have returned, sooner or later,
to the year from which we left," Gwen objected. " 'Tis simply
that, when we did, we'd have been five hundred years
dead...." "That
is a problem, I think you'll admit. There's a definite limit
on how much fun you can have in that condition. But it does
bring up the question of why they sent you to this particular
here and now." "Wolmar."
Rod frowned. "Right after the PEST coup d'etat."
His eyes lost focus as he gazed off into space. "Nice question..." "And,
sin that thou didst ask it, I doubt'me not an thou hast an
answer." Yorick
glanced sideways at Gwen. "Where'd you get her.
Major?" "Just
lucky, I guess.... What was your answer?" "To
make it easy to try another assassination attempt." Yorick
grinned. "The early PEST years are ideal for the purpose.
The interstellar totalitarian government is brand- new, at
its brightest strength, with plenty of agents left over THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 81 from
its coup, but not yet tied down to the central planets as
secret police." Rod
nodded, feeling numbed. "Yeah... that does kinda stack
the odds in their favor.... But why one of the frontier planets?
Why not Terra?" "Too
hard to cover up a murder attempt." Yorick shook his
head. "Too many people." "Yeah,
but would they really care?" "There
is that," Yorick said judiciously. "But a much more
practical point is that, with all those people to hide among,
it'd be too easy for you to get away. And they know the two
of you well enough to realize that you could be very
hard to hold on to." "A
point," Rod admitted, "and it is hard for us to just disappear
here in the grassland, isn't it?" "Or
even in the town," Yorick agreed, "what there is of it." "Yet
they have already attempted murder," Gwen pointed out,
"and failed. Would they not essay summat more sub- tle?" "Such
as trying to frame us for murder?" Rod nodded. "Yes,
I think you've summed it up nicely, dear." "A
nice little death sentence would suit them just fine/' Yorick
mused, "especially with a bunch of savages to insist on it
not being commuted to something humane, such as life
imprisonment." Rod
snorted. "If
you say so," Yorick said affably. "But it's the best theory
I can come up with. Got any other candidates in mind.
Major? Who else might want to create a handy little murder
incident?" Rod
glowered, staring at the top of the Wall, thinking it over.
Finally he said, "Shacklar." A
sentry paced by, dark against the stars.
- They
fell silent, staring, eyes locked onto him until he passed,
and the curve of the wall hid him from sight. 82 Christopher Stasheff Rod
hissed, "Now!" and closed his eyes, concentrating on the
feeling of lightness. He began to drift upward out of the
shadow. Gwen matched his pace, rising on her broom- stick.
They accelerated, moving faster and faster. Yorick swallowed
heavily and clamped his jaws shut. Up,
over the wall, and down the other side they glided, Yorick
slung between them. His feet jarred against earth, and he
let go of them as though their arms were hot metal. He gave
himself a shake, heaved a deep breath, and turned to Rod
with a bright smile. "Now! Just why did you suspect General
Shacklar?" "Let's
talk about it when we're a little further from the Wall."
Rod darted an uneasy glance toward the walkway at the
top. "Come on, let's go!" They
dashed across fifty yards of open ground, into the shadow
of an outbuilding, plowed to a halt, and propped themselves
against the shack, chests heaving. "After all," Yorick
panted, "this little murder just might bring all Shack- lar's
last ten years of work crashing down. He's managed to get
the two sides almost to the point of joining in a single government.
Why would he take a chance on busting it up?" "To
finish the job." Rod grinned. Yorick
and Gwen stared. "Think
it over." Rod felt quite pleased with himself. "Gwen
and I have given him the perfect opportunity to hatch his
united government. We're totally new, so no one's going to
gripe much if we're just handed over to the Wolmen. That
would give our friendly natives a heck of a lot more confidence
in Shacklar, with the added advantage of having made
the Wolmen negotiate with Shacklar as a nation, all banded
together. So all the General has to do is make it clear that
the Wolmen are just as much involved in deciding this
case as the colonists are, and it could be the first action of that
unified government he's been trying to develop." "Very
good, so far as it goes." Yorick nodded, lips pursed. "But
what if the gamble fails? What happens if you manage to
disappear, or if you're so inconsiderate as to prove your- THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 83 selves
innocent, or something? Then he's got a civil war on his
hands." "Not
all that civil," Rod said, scowling. "I think he could smooth
over a 'Not guilty' verdict, if he had to. He's got the two
sides getting along well enough right now. They even
need each other a little. Both sides sure want what the other
has to offer. All he has to do is find them a convenient excuse
for forgetting the whole thing." "Just
a face-saver." Yorick said thoughtfully. "Ever con- sider
diplomacy as a career. Major?" Rod
opened his mouth, but Gwen spoke first. "He hath, and he
doth." She looked from Rod to Yorick. "Yet neither of thee
doth explain why no Wolman is missing." Both
men stood stock-still." "Shall
I tell thee?" Gwen said, smiling. "It may hap that Shacklar
hath had his assassin disguise himself as a Wol- man." "Yeah,
it's possible." Rod kept his eyes on Yorick as he nodded.
"And, of course, the Futurians could have done that,
too." Yorick
returned the nod. "Very possible. Major." "So,
then." Gwen set her fists on her hips and looked from
the one to the other. "We have two schemes, either of which
may serve. How are we to find out which is true, gentlemen?" "Or
if neither is." Rod shrugged. "We've got to find more
information." "Yeah,
we keep coming back to that, don't we?" Yorick rubbed
his temple with a forefinger. "And
how wilt thou accomplish this finding, my lord?" "Go
to the place where people talk, of course." Yorick grinned.
"Feel like a drink. Major?" "Very
much, but..." Rod exchanged glances with Gwen. "I
don't know if it'd be too healthy for us to^how up in Cholly's." Yorick
spread his hands. "So it's my job. So what? Do I care?
Do I worry about those bloodthirsty soldiers mis- 84 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 85 taking
me for a spy? No! Do I ask for honor? Do I ask for praise?" "You're
asking for it, period! Okay, we're thankful, we're grateful!
We'll praise you to the skies! We'll even give you a good
reference! What do you think you might hear that's worth
repeating?" Yorick
elaborated a shrug. "If I knew, I wouldn't have to
socialize. Y' never know—maybe somebody's doing an awful
lot of sudden spending. If he is, three guesses where he got
the funds? Oh, you can find out all sorts of stuff you weren't
expecting!" Rod
pondered. "Might be. But remember, this is all just a
guess. For all we know, the Wolman could have committed suicide.
Our hypothetical assassin isn't even a rumor." "Don't
worry, I won't give the rumor currency—not so much as
a farthing." Yorick flashed him a grin. "I'm off to the pub
with the public. Major. See you in the false dawn." He
tugged his forelock in Gwen's direction, and turned away to
disappear into the night. "I
trust the dawn will be all that is false," Gwen mur- mured. "A
point," Rod admitted. "What do you say we follow him?
Discreetly, of course." "Assuredly,"
Gwen agreed. "Who can be so discreet as ourselves?" Rod
proffered his arm. She hooked her hand over his elbow,
and they wandered off into the night, following Yorick's
mental trail. "Yet
is there not greater hazard here, my lord? We might, after
all, sit safe in some shed and listen with our minds." "No
doubt." Rod poked his nose over the windowsill for a quick
peek at the inside of Cholly's Tavern. "But I can't resist
watching that muscle-bound jester in action. Besides, we're
at the back of the building, and in the shadows. Nobody's
apt to see us. I mean, they do have indoor plumb- ing
here." Inside,
Yorick was gradually bringing the conversation closer
and closer to the politics of the moment. "Aye,
here's to our Wolman brothers!" A corpulent cor- poral
lifted his mug in a toast. "And
our Wolwoman sisters," a PFC agreed. A
trooper shrugged. "You have 'em as sisters, if you want.
Me, I'd favor closer relations." He won a general, leering
laugh, and a middle-aged private called, "Relations is what
they'd be, shavetail. These Wolmen don't hold with casual
acquaintance. Seducers go quick to the shotgun." Yorick
juggled with it, and lifted his glass. "Well, here's to the
distaffs. May they not be disowned by distiffs." His
answer was a chuckle that died a quick death. Sol- diers
fell silent, glancing at each other. "Don't know much, do
yer?" A sergeant snarled. Yorick
frowned at him, and shrugged. '"Last come, first numbed.'
So the Wolmen get mad at us. So what?" "So
what, he says!" growled one of the older privates. "Yer
wasn't here when the battles was real, chum! Yer didn't have
ter go out 'gainst them bloody spears and see yer buddy's
bowels ripped out!" "Yer
didn't have an arm chopped off," growled a maimed veteran,
"and see the stump a-pumping!" "Yuh
didn't have their devil's yowling clawing at yuh ears,
whiles yuh pulled back tuh the Wall with a dozen, where
yuh'd gone out with a hundred," growled a grizzled sergeant,
"and them spears and arrows poking at yuh from all
sides." "Don't
sell them short," a gnarled corporal grated. "Vi- cious,
they is, when they's fighting." "And
they isn't no cowards," another rumbled. "Arrow- heads
and spears can kill a man as dead as any blaster-bolt, my lad.
And y' can't duck 'em, when they come in clouds!" "How
many did we lose?" The grizzled sergeant glared down
into his beer. "A dozen a day? Sixty in a week? A hundred?" "And
for years it went on, years and years!" A fortyish 86
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 87 sergeant
slammed his tankard down on the bar. "We'll not have
those days back—no, not at any cost!" With a
shock, Rod recognized Thaler. "Well,
even I wouldn't go that far," the grizzled sergeant mused.
"I can think of some prices I wouldn't pay." "For
all that, so can I," the fortyish one admitted. "But there's
plenty of prices well worth it!" He glared around him.
"What's two lives, against the thousands that a war would
cost? What's two lives, hey?" The
room was silent. Finally, "Aye," grunted the grizzled veteran,
"but like as not, they'll squirm out of it at the trial." "Only
if they're innocent," Yorick put in quickly. "Okay, so I
haven't known Shacklar as long as you have—but I'd have
faith in his justice." "Innocent
or not, who cares?" Thaler turned to glower at
Yorick. "If they're freed, the Wolmen will explode and swarm
down on us again! And this time, every man jack one of
'em has a blaster!" A
mutter of apprehension ran around the bar. Most men shuddered,
and the room was quiet. For a
time. Then a voice said, "Kill
'em." Shocked
silence. Then
another voice. "Aye." "Aye,
kill 'em!" "What
matter two lives, in place of thousands?" "Aye!
Give the Wolmen their dead bodies in the morning, and
they'll go away!" The
grizzled sergeant frowned. "But when Shacklar finds out..." "He
won't make no fuss," Thaler said, with a vicious grin.
"What's the dead, compared to the living? Nay, Shack- lar may
be sheet-pale, but he'll say naught." "But
they're innocent!" Yorick protested. "So're
the men who would die in a war!" Thaler snarled. "What's
two innocents against a thousand, laddie? Eh?" "But
the trial!" Yorick bleated. "Would you want to go without
a trial?" "They're
not me," Thaler snarled. "They're not any of us." That
drew a low rumble of agreement. "But..."
Yorick stabbed with a finger. "If you sell them for
peace, what's gonna happen when one of you is ac- cused?" "Oh,
my bleedin' heart!" the grizzled sergeant growled. "What's-a-matter,
bucko? You want war?" Thaler looked Yorick
up and down, as though measuring him for a coffin. "Ayuh,
I think that's it. You've never seen a battle, have you,
laddie? And you're sick with craving to be blooded." "The
hell I am!" Yorick said quickly. "I saw my share of
scrapes before I wound up here—and calling 'em 'police actions'
didn't cut the casualty lists!" "I
don't believe a word of it." Thaler slipped off his bar stool
and stepped up very close to the Neanderthal, blood in his
eye. "You don't have the look of a fighter to me. But you'd
be glad enough to see us die in your place." "Let's
go get them," someone growled. "Aye!"
"Aye, get 'em and blast 'em!" "Serve 'em on a platter!"
"Aye!" "You're
in it, laddie." Thaler fixed Yorick with a glit- tering
eye. "Come with us now, or we'll know you're against us, and
a traitor to the whole of the colony!" "With
you?" Yorick stared. Then he
leaped off his bar stool. "I'll do more than come with
you! I saw the two of them scurrying for cover when I was
coming in here. You come with me, and I'll show you
where to find them!" Thaler
stared, then slowly grinned. "Let's
go!" Yorick shouldered his way through the mob, heading
for the door. '- Rod and
Gwen exchanged one quick, appalled glance, then
shot away from the building at top speed. 88 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 89 Where,
my lord? Gwen's thoughts sounded inside Rod's head. Anywhere,
Rod answered, looking around frantically. There!
He pointed to two huge barrels, lying on their sides, empty.
Crouch down!" Gwen
did, clutching her broom to her, eyes squeezed shut.
Rod hefted the barrel up and lowered it gently over her.
Then he crouched down beside her, staring at the second barrel,
concentrating, blocking out the rest of the world. The
barrel lifted slowly, then descended to settle over him. He
relaxed and sat back, leaning against its side, but kept his
eyes shut, listening with his mind, seeing through the eyes of
one of the less-intelligent soldiers back in the middle of the
mob. Yorick
exploded out of the tavern with the lynch mob behind
him. "Come on! I'll show you the last place I saw them!" Gwen's
thoughts rang in Rod's head: How could he turn against
us so thoroughly, so quickly? I don't
know, Rod answered grimly, but I'm considering taking
up a new hobby. Say—carving ... The
sound of the mob faded, but it still clamored inside their
minds. The soldiers ran frantically into the night, then slowed
as the first flush of enthusiasm began to wear off. Rod's
medium-soldier began to grow resentful—what was he
doing, out here in the middle of the night, running no- where? Then
Yorick's voice crowed, way ahead, "There they go! Quick,
after them!" The
soldier's enthusiam leaped up again. Filled with ex- citement,
howling with bloodlust, he ran after his compan- ions.
They swerved to the left, dashed down a darkened street,
and ran for several minutes. The soldier's breath began
to rasp in his lungs, and sullen resentment began again. Yorick
howled, "There! Between those two buildings'. I saw 'em
run! After 'em, quick!" Excitement
boiled up again, and the soldier leaped after his
mates, the thrill of the chase pounding through his veins. On down
the street they ran—and on... and on... and on... Rod
thought at his barrel; it lifted, and he turned to Gwen as her
barrel drifted up, then dropped down on its side. They
shared a guilty look. "How
could we have doubted him?" Gwen murmured. "Easy—I
never did trust anybody who was always cheer- ful.
But I was wrong—dead wrong." "Not
'dead,' praise Heaven!" "But
a fool." Rod's mouth tightened. "What's going to happen
to me if I keep doubting my real friends?" "We
shall repay him," Gwen assured, "with our safety." "True,"
Rod agreed. "That's what he wants most right now.
And, come to think of it..." He turned toward the tavern
with a glint in his eye. "He has bought us a little time
here, hasn't he?" Gwen
looked startled, then smiled. "He hath indeed, my lord.
Art thou mad as a bantam cock, thus to beard thine enemies?" Rod
nodded. "Not a bad simile, my lady. Y'know, I'm feeling
a bit thirsty. Shall we?" "Certes,
an thou dost wish it, my lord." She clasped his "After
all, everyone who's out for our blood has already left,
right?" They
turned to face the tavern, threw back their shoul- ders,
and stepped off in unison. With a
jaunty swagger, they sauntered into Cholly's Tavern. Cholly
looked up to see who was coming in, then looked again,
wide-eyed. The
half-dozen patrons who were still there looked up, wondering
what could startle Cholly—then stared, them- selves. Cholly
recovered right away, turning back to mop the 90
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 91 bar.
"Well then, now. Master and Missus! What'll be your pleasure?" "Just
a pint." Rod slid onto a bar stool. Gwen slid up beside
him, hands folded on the edge of the bar, the very picture
of demure innocence. Rod grinned around at the other
patrons, and they swallowed heavily, managed feeble grins,
and turned back to their drinking. Cholly
set a couple of foaming mugs in front of them, and Rod
turned his attention back to the important things in
life. He took a long drink, then exhaled with satisfaction. "So!
What's the news?" All of
the patrons suddenly became very concerned with their
beer and ale. "Oh,"
Cholly said affably, "nothing terribly much. The word
from the Wall is that the Wolmen're beginning to drift up and
pitch camp, just out of blaster range.... There're twenty
or thirty people out howling fer yer blood.... The gin'ral's
sent the captains out t' remind people where their battle
stations are...." Rod
nodded. "Slow night, huh?" "Humdrum,"
Cholly agreed. "I gets rumors all the time." "Yeah,
about those rumors..." Rod cocked a forefinger. "Hear
anything about Shacklar?" Cholly
looked up, startled. "The gin'ral? What about 'im?" Rod
shrugged. "He seems to be taking the whole thing very
calmly, if you ask me." "We
didn't," a young soldier reminded him. Rod
shrugged again. "Whatever. Is he always so cold- blooded
about crises?" "Gin'rally,
yes," Cholly said slowly. "I've known him to get
excited when he can't find his cat-o'-nine-tails, but nothing
else seems to fash him much." "Cat-o'-nine-tails?"
Rod frowned. "I thought you said he
outlawed that." "He
did." Cholly fixed him with a level gaze. "But who's to
arrest the General-Governor, hey? Quis ipsos custodies custodial,
young man." '"Who
will police the police,' huh?" Rod nodded. "A point." "He
never does anything to anybody else, without a good reason,"
Cholly supplied helpfully. '"To
anybody else,'" Rod repeated. "Well, I can accept that." "Yer
don't have much choice," a fiftyish ranker snarled. "He's
always fair," Cholly reminded. "More'n
fair," the ranker growled. "And
what he does is always for the greatest good of almost
everybody, as Jeremy Bentham used to say." Rod
didn't like the sound of that "almost." "I thought Bentham's
line was, 'the greatest good of the greatest num- ber.'" "Well,
that's almost everybody, ain't it?" "Better
than Bentham hoped for, probably," Rod admit- ted,
"but nothing to lose his head over." As long
as there's progress," Cholly sighed. "That
there is," rumbled the grizzled veteran, "with the General.
Every year he makes life a little better for every- body." "Except
the Wolmen?" "The
Wolmen, too!" The young soldier looked up in surprise.
"I mean, would you believe it? He's actually trying to ease
us soldiers into getting along with those savages! Permanently!" "Why
don't I have trouble believing that?" Rod won- dered. "Always
a skeptic," Cholly sighed. Rod
turned back to him. "I'll bet this little mprder will set his
plans back a ways." Cholly's
eyes suddenly clicked into "wariness" mode. The
young soldier said stoutly, "Don't you believe it!" and the
grizzled veteran agreed, "He'll find a way to make 92 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 93 this
work out for the best of all of us." "Colonists
and Wolmen?" Rod said, with a lift of one eyebrow. "Don't
you doubt it!" the older man commanded. "Oh,
I don't," Rod said softly, "not one bit." "Well."
The young soldier looked up in surprise. "You're won,
then?" "Totally
convinced," Rod confirmed. The
grizzled veteran still glared at him with suspicion, and
Cholly just rolled his eyes up, but the young soldier grinned
happily. "Well! That's done, then." He set both palms
against the edge of the bar and, with a manful push, slid
off his bar stool. "For my part, if I don't hit my bunk within
the quarter hour, I won't make my sentry duty in the morning.
Of course, I'll have a nice, snug berth in the stockade
waiting for me." "Morning?"
Rod pricked up his ears. "How early? I mean, it's
only..." He glanced at the clock over the bar. "...
twenty-five hundred. ... Huh?" The
young soldier grinned wickedly at Cholly, jerking his
head toward Rod. "He is new here, isn't he?" The
young always so enjoyed being able to feel superior. "There're
twenty-six hours in a Wolmar day, chum," he advised
Rod. "If I get to bed by twenty-five hundred, I'll have
plenty of time for my six hours, and still make my five
o'clock sentry-go." Rod
shuddered appropriately. "Horrible hours. Say, uh ... you
didn't happen to notice anybody going outside the Wall
yesterday morning, did you?" The
young man shook his head, not quite noticing Cholly's
frantic signals. "Nobody, except for Sergeant Thaler."
He lifted his mug in a toast. "Your health, Cholly." "Yours,
Spar," the bartender sighed. Spar
downed the rest of his beer and turned away to the door,
wiping his mouth on his sleeve. He waved, and drifted on out. Rod
turned back to Cholly. "That's strange. Thaler isn't one of
your traders, is he?" Cholly
opened his mouth, but the grizzled corporal was a
phoneme ahead. "No. Not that it matters—they usually come in
around midday, anyway." "Oh,"
Rod said, with total innocence, "they do?" "Thaler's
a valuable noncom," Cholly warned. "Shacklar trusts
him down to his boot tops." "Yes,"
Rod said softly, "that's what worries me." "Milord."
Gwen laid a hand on his arm. "I bethink me thou
hast had ale enow, for this night." "Hm?"
Rod looked up in surprise. He caught the meaning in her
gaze, and said, "Oh!" He turned his attention to what was
going on outside the tavern for a minute, and heard disgruntled,
frustrated, thirsty thoughts—the lynch mob, coming
back. "Uh, yeah! Probably. We should be going." He
chugged the rest of the mug, set it down. "Put it on my tab,
will you?" Then he slipped off the stool, offered Gwen his
arm, and turned to stroll out the door. "Thanks for everything,"
he called back. Cholly
raised a hand in farewell. "Keep the faith." Rod
wondered which one, but decided not to ask. As soon as
they were out the door, they leaped to the side, ran around
to the back. They crouched down by the window with
the bulk of the building between them and the returning lynch
mob, ears and minds wide open, listening. Rod had one eye
above the windowsill. After a moment, Gwen joined him. The mob
streamed in, breaking up into individual soldiers who
began to think as people again. "Ar, what a waste of good
drinking time!" "I've had more luck chasing extinct species!"
"Reminds me of the last time I went fishing..." "Blinkin'
witches, that's what they are!" growled a portly private,
bellying up to the bar. "Witches!"
Sergeant Thaler sneered. "Nay, ain't nothin' but the
natural in this!" He turned to glare at Yorick. "Natural fowl,
that is! Led us a merry chase after the wild goose, didn't
you?" 94 Christopher Stasheff "Who,
me?" Yorick shook his head violently, all offended innocence.
"You've got the wrong bird. Sergeant." "Have
I really, now?" Thaler purred, sliding off his bar stool
and taking a step toward Yorick. The
Neanderthal laid a hand over his heart. "Never chased a wild
goose in my life. Just wait till they fly by, usually. Not bad,
with a little orange sauce and a side of peas..." "No
more of yer lip!" Thaler snarled. "Y' won't turn us aside
with yer jestin' this time!" He wrapped a hand in Yorick's
jacket, and jerked his head close. "You're in ca- hoots
with 'em, ain'cha?" The
nearest soldiers looked up, startled. Then they scowled,
and an ugly murmur began. "I
saw him in here with 'em this afternoon," a private called. "Aye,
and right chummy he was!" Thaler
slid a knife out of his boot and rested the point against
Yorick's belly. "I shave with this, so mind you tell the
truth. You're in it with 'em, ain'cha? Up to yer eye- brows.
And all you're angling for, is helping them escape." "Whup!
Whoa! Hold it, here!" Yorick waved a hand. "Fair
trial! Let's be fair about this!" "Nay,"
an older corporal growled. "Where's yer mind? We've
been through that, and through! We wants dead mur- derers,
not live suspects!" "I'm
not talking about them—just me!" "What
should you have a trial for?" Thaler snarled. "You're
trying to help them get away, and that'll bring a war on
us!" He shouted out to the rest of the soldiers, "He's a
traitor! A traitor to the colony, and all of us!" "Aye!"
The soldiers began crowding around. "What do you
want, all of us dead?" "Never
seen the color of blood, have yuh?" "Aye!
Let's show him his own!" "Who's
got a rope here?" "Whup!
Hold it! I give!" Yorick waved both hands as though
he were erasing a blackboard. "I admit it! I'm guilty! THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 95 Just
back off, boys!" He heaved a sigh. "You caught me. All
right. Anything except the rope and the knife. I'll show you
where they really are." Outside,
Rod and Gwen exchanged appalled glances. Then
they dove for the empty barrels again. "This
way!" Yorick bellowed, charging toward the door. The
soldiers parted and let him through, taken by surprise. He
leaped out the tavern door, bellowing, "Right on the first
try this time! Come on! Catch the witches!" The mob
roared out behind him, baying at full voice. Footsteps
thundered right past the two barrels, then faded into
the distance. The
barrels glided up. Rod and Gwen uncoiled, and Rod shook
his head. "I've got to see this. I've just got to." "Aye."
Glints danced in Gwen's eyes. "How will he turn them
this time?" "I
dunno, but he'll find a way." Rod caught her hand. "He's
a man of amazing resources. He may not be able to manipulate
symbols—but people are another matter en- tirely.
Come on; they're getting away!" Feather-footed
and silent, they fled through the night. They
sighted the mob just as it came into a large, open plaza.
Beyond it, the Wall bulked large against the stars. Yorick
plowed to a stop and held up a hand. "Quiet!" he bellowed
at the top of his voice. "I hear them coming! Ambush
stations, quick!" All the
soldiers froze for an instant, startled. Then they melted
away, as sudden as a cloudburst and as silent as the night,
disappearing among the low plasticrete buildings around
the plaza. Rod
felt a chill spread outward from his spine. These guys
are good! he thought at Gwen. We'd better be, too! After
all, we wouldn't want them to really find us, would we? Nay,
certes! Gwen melted into the shadows. From the darkness
that had swallowed her came a thought: My lord? Wilt
thou come? 96 Christopher Stasheff Just a
minute. Rod held up a hand. Why waste the chance? Come
on—home in on Sergeant Thaler's thoughts for me! Gwen
smiled slowly, then beckoned. They tiptoed
away behind the huts and houses, drifting silently
as ghosts behind soldiers whose attention was riv- eted to
the main pathway, with the Wall at its end. They
drifted around to the side, then back in, coming up
behind the leaders. Rod hefted his knife, pommel first, but
Gwen held up a hand to stop him. She scowled, glaring at
Sergeant Thaler. The man suddenly jerked stiff, eyes bulging
out, throat swelling. Then his eyes rolled up, and he fell
back—but he didn't make any noise, because he didn't
hit the dirt. Rod caught him, heaved him up over a shoulder,
and turned to tiptoe away. Gwen
tapped Yorick on the shoulder. He looked up at her,
startled, then grinned. She beckoned, and he drifted out
behind her. The
plaza lay still in the moonlight. After a
while, somebody muttered something. Somebody else
muttered an answer. Then another muttered, and an- other,
and another. The voices grew louder. Then, one by one,
the soldiers began to drift out into the plaza. They looked
about them, baffled and angry. "Where
be they?" a corporal growled. "Another
wild goose." A superannuated private turned his
head and spat. "He's
had us again," another snarled. Then he called out, "Sergeant!
Sergeant Thaler! Sap the bastard!" They
stilled, waiting for the sound of the blow, for Thaler's
angry oath—but silence filled the spaces of the night. "Where's
the sergeant?" a private asked. "I
saw him hide over there." A corporal pointed toward the
shadow of a low, one-storied building. They
started toward the spot, walking faster and faster. The
back of the building was bare, the space around it empty. THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 97 "Not
a sign of him!" "Y'
don't mean Thaler would've run out on us!" "That's
right, I don't mean that." A staff sergeant pointed at the
dirt. "Look at that sign. There's been a scuffle here, there
has." "He
did for him!" the private cried. "That lousy grinning blockhead
did for the sergeant!" "Stove
in his skull, likely." The corporal's eyes turned very
pale, very hard. "Let's find him." "Aye!
The bloody, grinning ape!" "Spread
out, lads!" the sergeant roared. "Find the bas- tard,
and string him up!" "What
good'll that do?" A private scratched his head. "A
world of good, for my soul," the sergeant snapped. Then a
cunning gleam came into his eye, and he grinned. "Besides,
one dead body's as good as another, ain't it? We'll just
tell the Wolmen they was wrong; we did some clever detectin',
and found out he killed their bloomin' warrior!" The
private grinned slowly, his eyes lighting with devilish glee. "There's
a sergeant'll get another stripe for brains," called another
soldier. The
sergeant grinned wider. "Y'
oughta be a lieutenant. Sergeant!" called a young corporal. The
sergeant shrugged, embarrassed. "Don't make it more than it
is, lads." Then he roared, "Let's go find the blighter!" The
soldiers howled and surged after the sergeant as he strode
away between two buildings, following a trail that he
thought he saw. "Welcome
to the wanted list." Rod slapped Yorick on the
shoulder. "Thanks,
Major." Yorick heaved a sigh. "Shame to dis- appoint
those eager beavers out there, though." Rod
nodded, commiserating. "It's hard to find a trail, when
your quarry has flown—literally." 98 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 99 "Yeah."
Yorick turned to Gwen. "Thanks for the lift, milady." "'Twas
naught." Gwen gave him a warm smile. "Ever shall
my broomstick be at thy bidding." "Uh,
thanks, but I don't think I could last through enough flight
hours to qualify." Yorick's grin turned a little queasy. "Definitely
a vivid experience, though." "And
we're in the one place where they'd really never think
to look for us." Rod glanced up as footsteps crossed above
his head. Yorick
leaned back against the wall, blowing out a stream of
cigar smoke. "Gotta hand it to you. Major. When you go to
ground, you do a real job of it." Rod
shrugged. "Comes of long practice." He nudged the unconscious
body that lay between them. "What do you think
we ought to do with him, Cholly?" "Be
gentle," the tavemkeeper advised."Fact is, if you've any
bloody intentions, you can take 'em right out into the night
with yer. I'm keepin' yer down here just 'cause I don't like to
see innocent blood shed." "Thaler
is innocent?" Yorick asked, wide-eyed. "As
much as yerself." Cholly eyed him warily. "I
protest." Yorick laid a hand on his breast. "I am in- nocent!
I am pure! I am..." "...
full of it," Cholly finished. "And I've got to be up there
behind the bar when that merry mob you've been leading
comes in from this latest snipe hunt." He turned to Rod.
"How'd ye work that one?" "I
didn't. Ask him." He nodded toward Yorick. Cholly's
gaze swiveled toward the Neanderthal. The caveman
spread his hands. "Just gave 'em what they wanted, mine
host. After all, isn't that what you do?" "Aye,
along with a measure of what they never thought of."
He wagged a forefinger. "That's my calling in life, mind—and
I've had all the disruption of it I can take for one
night. You lie low, and keep quiet, now. If they hear yer
down here, there'll be naught I can do to aid yer." "Oh,
we'll be mice," Rod promised. "With
the cat in sight," Yorick agreed. "Thou'lt
hear not so much as a scratch in the baseboard," Gwen
reassured him. Cholly
turned to go up the stairs, but stopped to cast a worried
glance at Thaler. "He
won't make any noise, either." Rod's smile hard- ened.
"I mean, we wouldn't be so stupid as to take that kind of
chance, would we?" True,"
Cholly admitted. "What ever ye aren't, y're canny enough.
And try to catch some sleep, for I doubt not ye'11 need
it." He
shouldn't have said that. As he turned and went up the
stairs. Rod felt the sleepies coming on. He yawned, then
shook his head and blinked. "Oh, we'll manage some- how.
Right?" "Aye,
my lord. Shall I give to thee..." "...
a mild stimulant?" Yorick fished in his pocket and held
out a pillbox. "Go ahead. Major. Nothing lethal or addictive,
I assure you." Rod
gave the pillbox a jaundiced glance, then sighed, reached
out, and popped one into his mouth. "Why not? You
could have bumped us off at least four times today— and
without laying a hand on either of us, too." Gwen
stared at the caveman, startled. Yorick
shrugged. "I'm on your side, remember? What do I
have to do to prove it—give you a deadly illness, so I can
nurse you through it?" "Nay."
Gwen smiled, and Rod said, "Not that we mistrust your
ministrations, understand—we'd just rather not need them." Gwen
glanced at Thaler. "Yet I beg of thee, do not give this
one any lasting malady."
"' "Oh,
of course not!" Rod said, shocked. "Nothing
lasting," Yorick agreed. He reached out a boot 700 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 101 toe to
prod the unconscious sergeant. "Come on, soldier, up and
at 'em. Reveille's about to blow—and so are you." He hefted
and shoved, and the sergeant flopped over, limp as a
leaky rainsack. Rod
sighed, and looked up at his wife. "When you do it to
'em, honey, you really do it right. Wake him up, will you?" Gwen's
brow furrowed as she gazed at Thaler. His eyelids fluttered,
then opened. He looked about him, frowning and blinking,
then rolled up onto one elbow, rubbing the back of a
hand across his eyes. "How ... where..." "I
called 'ambush stations,'" Yorick reminded him. "I didn't
say who was going to be ambushed." Thaler's
head snapped up. He glared at the caveman. "You
are in cahoots with them!" "No,
just a cellar. And so're you." "Yeah,"
Rod said, with a wolfish grin. "You're in this, too,
you know." Thaler
darted glances from Rod to Gwen and back. "What're
you talking about? How the hell could I be mixed up in
this? This is your..." His
voice trailed off as he saw the look in Rod's eyes. In
spite of himself, he inched away—and ran into Yorick's toe.
His head snapped up with a wild look, which met Yorick's
flinty gaze. The caveman grinned. He had a lot of teeth.
"Don't mean to inconvenience you. Sergeant. It's just that
you were talking about altering my collar size, and I thought
you might appreciate my returning the favor." "You
bastards'." Thaler growled, but his face paled. There
was a slam overhead, and a thundering of feet. Rod
scowled up at the ceiling. "Squire
Mob," Gwen informed him. She turned to Thaler. "Thy
followers return." Thaler's
face brightened. He took a deep breath—then swallowed
hard as he froze, eyes rolling down to look at Yorick's
blade, its point resting against his Adam's apple. "Softly,
softly," the Neanderthal crooned. "You wouldn't want
your buddies to know you'd been caught like the greenest
new chum, would you? Especially caught by the very
people you were hunting! Can you imagine the lowliest private
being willing to take orders from such a klutz of a sergeant?" Thaler's
eyes turned calculating. He closed his mouth. "Having
second thoughts?" Yorick nodded. "Wise. I al- ways
knew you were the prudent sort." "Always
an eye for the main chance, anyway," Rod agreed. "That's
a nice Sergeant." The dagger backed away a little—but
only a little. "Now—the Major, here, says he'd like to
get to know you better." "Yes,
indeed." Rod stepped a little closer. "It's been very instructive
meeting you. Sergeant, but I'd like it a little longer
on the information, and shorter on the rhetoric." "He
means he'd like you to answer a few questions," Yorick
explained. "See?
He understands." Rod nodded at Yorick. "Now— what
were you doing at the Sun-Greeting Place yesterday morning?" "I
wouldn't tell you the time of day," Thaler spat, but Rod
felt the answer leap into the sergeant's mind. He couldn't spare
time for the details, especially since Gwen's gaze was riveted
to Thaler, all her attention focused on his thoughts. Yorick
snatched Thaler's wrist, whipped his arm through a half
turn, and wrenched it up behind his back. Thaler exploded
into mad thrashing, but he couldn't budge the Neanderthal's
grip. "Manners,
manners!" Yorick chided. "We must be polite, now.
Tell the nice major what he wants to know." Thaler's
eyes bulged, but he clamped his jaw shut, ex- uding a
whining sound. '"' "Yeah.
Let's just be friendly about it all." Rod gazed up at the
ceiling, lips pursed. "Now... just what were you 102 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 103 doing
outside the Wall yesterday morning, anyway?" "Stuff
it, sniffer," Thaler growled through clenched teeth. Rod
frowned. Sniffer? Odd term. He'd have to find out what it
meant in local slang. "Well, you do kind of wonder, when a
sergeant takes off in the middle of the night. I mean, without
any sign or explanation, he just trots past the sentry, and
heads for the high hills. You can't help wondering: where
was he going to? What for? Who told him to?" Yorick
twisted the wrist a little harder, and Thaler's jaw gaped
open. But he groaned and panted, "No... way... tell..." But the
answers were there, popping into his mind, one after
another, as Rod called for them. "Yes,
I suppose there is no way to tell," Rod mused, "but
you can't help wondering what the whole reason was. Why, in
the middle of the night? Why not just wait until morning?" Yorick
dangled the knife point in front of Thaler's eyes, letting
it swing back and forth. The light glinted off the edge.
Thaler gazed at it, fascinated, but he still muttered, "Go
peddle your product in Hell." "I
don't think it'd keep too well," Rod sighed. "Uh... what
say, dear?" Gwen
was tugging on his shoulder, thinking, / have learned
all he knows. Aloud, she said, "There is no point in
tormenting him further, my lord." "You
call that torment?" Rod scoffed, and his mind added, That
was just a little stage dressing, dear, to convince him we
meant business. Of course, we weren't planning on completing
the transaction. If we had... Spare
me, Gwen thought quickly. But bind him, my lord. "Ah,
well," Rod sighed, "why waste time on a know- nothing?
Roll over and play dead. Sergeant, so we don't have to
make it real. Okay?" Yorick
let go of Thaler's arm and began to rub his shoulder
solicitously. Thaler knocked his hand away and growled,
eyes full of apprehension. "Don't
worry, we're just going to tie you up," Rod ex- plained.
"We can do it with you awake, or out cold, it's completely
up to you. Come on, now, don't be difficult— roll
over on your stomach, there's a good fellow. Hands behind
your back..." Thaler
glared at him. Then,
suddenly, he surged to his feet, fist cutting up at Rod,
who leaned back at the last second, but not far enough. The
punch clipped his cheekbone, and he staggered back, hands
snapping up to guard automatically. Fury flamed, white-hot,
but he managed to direct it toward Thaler, block- ing his
next punch, leaning aside from the kick, then whirl- ing
back like a spring unwinding. Thaler blocked and countered,
but Rod had spun inside his guard, slamming a fist
into his belly. Thaler bent forward, eyes bulging again, the
whining coming out of his nose. Yorick flipped him over
and let him fall, face down in the dirt, dropping down with
him and pinning a knee across his back, pressing his wrists
together and holding them while Rod whipped a rope around
them. "Gently, Sergeant," he soothed. "We could have
done this the nice way, you know." "On
the other hand," Yorick pointed out, "we could have been
much rougher about it, too. I didn't get my licks in, Major." Rod cut
another length of rope from the coil on the shelf. "You'd
think Cholly would keep some tape around here." "What
for?" Yorick shrugged. "This isn't his ordinary line of
work, you know." "Yeah,
you've got a point." Rod reached down for Thaler's
ankle. The sergeant slashed a kick at him, but Rod was
expecting it now. He leaped aside, caught the ankle as it
passed, and bent it on up toward Thaler's buttocks. "Come, come,
now! Do you really think I'm such an innocent? Haul a
little on that other rope, will you, Yorick?" The
Neanderthal yanked Thaler's wrists up toward his 104
Christopher Stasheff shoulder
blades. The sergeant made a whinnying sound, and his
legs relaxed. Rod whipped them together with the rope, then
ran a length from ankles to wrists, pulled so that Thal- er's
legs were bent. "Now for those nifty new knots I've been
practicing!" "Change!
Innovation! Always gotta go for the new stuff," Yorick
grumbled. "You Sapiens are all the same! I'll stick to the
good old tried-and-true ones, thank you." Rod
sneaked a peek. "If that's your idea of an old knot..." "I
meant really old. You Sapiens never even learned 'em! ...
There! All neatly packaged. Roll over, pretty boy!" He flipped
Thaler onto his back. "We don't trust you not to yell."
He pinched Thaler where he had the most flesh avail- able.
The sergeant opened his mouth in a bleat of sheer surprise,
and Rod jammed a handkerchief into it. Yorick grabbed
Thaler's head and held it still, while Rod wrapped another
handkerchief over his mouth and around behind his head,
tying it with a square knot. "Sorry you're going to be
feeling so dry, especially with all that beer just overhead. But
don't worry, somebody's bound to find you, right after breakfast." Yorick
tucked his hands under Thaler's shoulders and nodded
to Rod who caught Thaler's knees. They both heaved up and
carried the sergeant over under the stairs, where it was
nice and dark. Gwen's
thoughts sounded in Rod's head, disappointed: Didst
thou truly need be so rough? 'Fraid
so, dear. Rod thought back. Didn't you see what his
psyche was doing when you woke him up? Gwen
was silent a moment. Then: Aye, indeed. The feeling
of helplessness, of being totally without defense. Rod
nodded. Psychologically, he can handle this much better
than your mental knockout, with no visible means. This,
he can comprehend; it's ordinary to him. He can deal with
it. He shrugged. But we had to make it convincing. An thou
sayest it. Gwen sighed. Shall I tell thee, then, what
his thoughts were? THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 105 That,
I'd like to hear. Rod strolled back toward her, beckoning
Yorick, and sat down, with the length of the basement
between them and Thaler. The Neanderthal settled beside
him, and Rod breathed, "Aloud, but softly, so the big guy
can hear, but his victim can't." "What
do you mean, my victim?" Yorick snorted. "I
kind of got the gist, while we were questioning," Rod went
on, "but I missed the details." "Oh,
so that's what you were doing!" Yorick grinned. "I
wondered why you gave up so easily." Gwen
just stared at him. "I
wasn't kidding, dear," Rod said softly. "We were being gentle." "Relatively,"
Yorick agreed. "But then, everything is rel- ative,
isn't it? According to the anthropologists, I'm even a
relative of yours." "Removed,"
Rod said quickly. "Several times re- moved—but
not far enough." "Aw,
you're just a stickler about the straight line of de- scent,"
Yorick groused. "Sure."
Rod shrugged. "It's mine. We've got a common ancestor—but
you guys branched off into a dead end road that
fizzled out." "If
you can call a hundred thousand years 'fizzling out,'" Yorick
snorted. "As to its being a dead end—well, at least we left
Terra in good shape, when we ran off." "Gentlemen!"
Gwen held up her hands, one palm toward each
mouth. "Will it please thee to hear what our sergeant did
outside the Wall, yestermom?" "Yeah,
that would be nice." Rod turned back to her, all attention.
"He never went anywhere near the Sun-Greeting Place,
did he?" "Not
by a league," Gwen confirmed, "nor a dozen leagues, for all
that." Yorick
frowned. "Spare me the suspense. What was he doing
outside the Wall?" "He
did perform the role of a courier," Gwen explained. r 706
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 107 "The
General-Governor had sent him to bear word to the Chartreuse
tribe." She turned to Rod, frowning. "Tis an odd
name for a color." "Unchartered
territory," Rod agreed. "So what was he telling
the Chief?" "Yeah."
Yorick frowned. "Why the hell did he have to go out
in the middle of the night?" "For
that," Gwen explained, "the Chartreuse tribe had borrowed
a great sum from the General's—'bank,' did he call
it?" "Savings,"
Rod explained. "Think of embers banked, to be
saved through the night, dear." "Tis
an odd word, yet an odder thought." Gwen turned to him,
frowning. "Why do these folk not keep their money themselves?
Wherefore must they give it to others to save for
them?" "Too
much chance of thieves," Rod explained. "This way,
instead of always worrying about robbers, they only have to
worry about the banker—and they always know where
Tie is." "Almost
always," Yorick qualified. "Well,
true," Rod admitted. "Anyway, it's much more efficient." "An
thou sayest it," Gwen sighed, "though I bethink me I'll
comprehend thy 'gravity' sooner than thy banks." "Just
think how the Wolmen feel. So the Chartreuse tribe owes
the Bank of Wolmar a lot, huh?" "Aye,
yet they did have the wherewithal to repay stored in the
bank. Naetheless, they had sent to ask for the..." she
scowled "... for the... 'interest rate?'... on the loan, as it
did compare with the 'interest rate' they did receive, on
their saved money." She frowned. "What is this 'interest rate,'
my lord? Doth it denote the degree of attention the Chief
doth pay to the Banker?" Rod had
to swallow hard. "I suppose you could say that, dear.
What it means, though, is how much the bank is paying the
Chartreuse tribe for the use of its money." Gwen
stared. "But why would the bank wish to use money?" "Same
reason any of us would," Yorick sighed. "To
invest, dear," Rod explained, "Say, to buy shares in a
captain's trading voyage. He wants to make the voyage right
now, not in ten years, which is how long it would take him to
save up the money by himself." "Then
this bank will make more money from the cap- tain?" "A
lot more, and it'll deal with lots of captains, not just one." Gwen
frowned, eyeing him strangely, then sighed. "An thou
sayest it. I ken the meaning of the words, but I do not ken the
manner of thought that doth produce it." Rod
said "I'm not certain about it, myself." "Yet
wherefore doth the bank pay the Chartreuse for the use of
their money, whiles the tribe doth pay the bank for the use
of its money? It doth but go about and about in a circle,
my lord' It maketh no sense!" "I'm
not sure it does to me, either," Rod confessed. "But I think
it works this way: if the Wolmen are getting twelve percent—twelve
BTUs for every hundred—and are only paying
ten percent for the money they've borrowed, they make two
percent profit by keeping the money in the bank, instead
of using it to pay off their loan." Gwen
stared. Then
she took a deep breath, and said, "Yet the bank thereby
doth lose this two percent thou speakest of! Where- fore
doth it pay more than it doth receive?" "I
can't make sense of that one, either," Rod confessed. "The
only thing I can think of is that Shacklar must run the bank,
and that he's willing to take the loss to make the Wolmen
dependent on him. After all, if a man has all your money
locked up, you're... not... too... apt to make war on
him!" He stared, his eyes huge. "My lord! Of course! He's
buying them off!" "Yet,
then, if they send to learn of their money's interest, THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 109 708 Christopher Stasheff doth it
not mean..." Gwen's eyes rounded, too. "Nay, certes!
They did seek to recover their money, that they might be free
to make war!" "Without
taking a loss on it," Rod said grimly. "Which is
plenty of reason for Shacklar to send a courier out in the middle
of the night. Just what was the message he carried?" "That
the interest rate was but now increased by five parts
in a hundred." "A
five percent hike, on the spur of the moment?" Rod goggled,
and Yorick whistled. "This Chartreuse chief knows how to
bargain! Nothing like the threat of war to motivate the
General into giving them a little extra profit." "Very
sharp," Rod agreed. "What did the Chartreuse tribe send
back—a polite 'Yes,' or a withdrawal slip?" "Sergeant
Thaler did bear back word lauding General Shacklar
for his honesty, and naught more." "Which
means they left their money on deposit." Rod drew a
deep breath. "Y'know, Shacklar's not too bad a horse trader
himself. What's five percent against forestalling a war? He
may just have had the right idea, trying to bring the
Wolmen into the modem world." But he wasn't sure that
applied to Gwen. "Here,
then!" Cholly's voice called down the stairwell. "Have
a care, mister and missus! Here's one who wants t' talk t'
yer!" Rod
looked up, adrenaline thrilling through him. Chomoi
came down the steps, face a bright pink. Gwen
smiled. "Thou dost seem newly scrubbed." "Of
course," Chomoi snapped. "Wouldn't you be?" "Aw!
I thought you looked good in that color," Yorick protested. Rod
relaxed, feeling the adrenaline ebb. "Yeah, it was the
real you." "Oh,
stuff it!" she blazed. Rod
stared, taken aback for a moment. "What's the mat- ter?
Didn't you like being a Wolman?" "What
do you think?" she snorted. "It's not easy, being Orange." Yorick
pushed a crate over with his foot. "Sit. Tell us what's
happening under the big open skies." "Do
not heed their impudence," Gwen advised. "Truly, within,
they rejoice to see thee home and hale." "They
sure hide it well," Chomoi growled. "Thanks."
Rod nodded. "Now, tell us what happened out there." Chomoi
snorted, and dropped down on the crate. "Noth- ing.
Absolutely nothing." They
stared at her for a moment. Then
Rod sighed and leaned back. "We couldn't really expect
anything more, anyway. But somebody must have come to
the Sun-Greeting Place." "Oh,
he did—and it was Hwun, all right." "But
he smelled a rat?" Then Rod struck the heel of his hand
against his forehead. "Of course—what's the matter with
me? He knows every member of his tribe by sight! Why
didn't I..." "Don't
worry, I did." Chomoi's mouth turned down at the
comers. "He's a Purple chief, so I was wearing Orange paint.
And I staged it well: When he came up in the false dawn
there, with the sky just beginning to glow in the east, he
found me on my knees, weeping." Her eyes lost focus; she
gave a slow, critical nod. "Yeah, I did it well.... He just
stood there for a few minutes. I pretended I didn't notice.
Then he reached down and grabbed my shoulder." She
winced. "He grabs hard! Talk about a grip of steel..." "I
trust he did not hurt thee!" Gwen frowned, concerned. Chornoi
shook her head. "I don't think he meant to, and I
suppose he was sympathetic, by his lights. He said, 'Woman.
Why you weep?'" "Wait
a minute." Yorick held up a finger.-^'Didn't he want to
know your name?" Chornoi
shook her head. "No need. I was from another 110
Christopher Stasheff tribe—that
was all he needed to know. And that I wasn't trespassing—because
I was on sacred ground, which is open to all.
So I told him that I was weeping for the man who was
killed yesterday morning. And Hwun said, 'But him not of
your tribe.'" "Oh,
did he!" Rod lifted his head slowly. "That means the
corpse must've still had his body-paint on when Hwun found
him." "Which
means Hwun washed it off." Yorick frowned. "Yeah,
to hide the victim's identity." Rod scowled. "Why would
he want to do that?" But
Chomoi was shaking her bowed head, waving her hands
in front of her, palms out. "No! Hold it! Stop! You're both
missing the main point!" "Which
is?" Rod asked. "That
Hwun wants to get all the tribes together, and the dead
Wolman could be a very powerful common focus. But it'll
work much better for that, if nobody can tell which tribe
he came from." They
sat still for a moment. Then Rod nodded slowly. "Yeah...
that could be..." "More
than 'could,'" Chomoi snorted. "Then
he did tell thee thou wert not of the slain man's tribe?"
Gwen said. Chomoi
nodded. "So why was I weeping? Well, I had to
think fast, I tell you! But I did, and I told him I was weeping
for all Wolmen, that I would weep for any, who died at
the hands of the Colonists!" She frowned. "I was waiting
for him to tell me to stand up, but he never did." "And
for him to warm toward a weeping woman?" Rod said
softly. Chomoi
glared at him. "I told you, I don't fit their stan- dards
of beauty!" Rod
didn't believe it. "Even so—you were female, and grieving.
And you're young enough. You were waiting for something
resembling a chivalrous response, weren't you?" THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 111 Chomoi
held the glare a moment longer. Then her mouth twisted,
and she admitted, "Yes, I was. But there wasn't any—not
the ghost of a one." Yorick
grinned. "Well, you knew the Wolmen were a bunch
of male chauvinists." "Sure,"
Rod cut in. "Any primitive culture's going to be patriarchal." "Not
'any.'" Yorick held up a palm. "But these guys are. Comes
from imitating commercial fiction, no doubt." He turned
back to Chomoi. "So you stood up anyway, huh?" She
shrugged, irritated. "I was getting a crick in my neck." "So
you stood up," Rod inferred. "Slowly, sinuously, with a
few discreet wriggles." Fury
flared in Chomoi's eyes, but she didn't answer. "It
didn't work?" Rod said gently. The
fury faded a bit. Reluctantly, Chomoi inclined her head.
"All he did was start reasoning. He pointed out that I
shouldn't take it so hard. As a bona fide female, I had more to
gain'from the colonists than to lose." Rod
scowled. "Was he being sarcastic or something?" Chomoi
shook her head. "No... From his tone, he was just
stating the facts of the case. As though it was a logical point,
you know?" "These
subsistence cultures end up preoccupied with common
sense," Yorick said. "So how did you answer that one?
After all, there is a surplus of Wolman women, with the
resulting polygamy." He frowned. "Odd, though—you wouldn't
expect a leader to be quite so carefree about one of his
people's women going to the men of his enemies." "Well,
that's just where I hit it. I put on the big indignant scene—that
no true Wolwoman would want a man all to herself,
if that man wouldn't be a Wolman, just a colonist. But
Hwun just went on telling me, in that emotionless style of his,
that it would make much more sense for me to have one man
all to myself, if I could. r 112
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 113 Rod
frowned. "I thought he was trying to get the Wolmen out of
association with the colonists." "So
did I. I stepped a little closer, snapping that there would've
been plenty of Wolmen to go around, if the col- onist
soldiers hadn't killed off so many of our men in the war.
But Hwun told me that there are always two percent more
female children surviving infancy than male.... I wonder
who does his statistics?" Yorick
shook his head, looking dazzled. "Odd bunch of primitives
they've got here." "Must
be Cholly and his educational force." Rod shrugged.
"I'm surprised he didn't quote the last IDE census at
you." "No,
but he did finally get around to praising my patri- otism.
Almost as an afterthought. Then he fed me some sort of line
about how literate cultures always destroy oral cul- tures,
then swallow them up or kill off their members." Rod
just stared at her for a moment. Then he said, "Not exactly
what I usually think of as a call to arms." "Well,
it could have been, if he hadn't sounded like some damn
professor!" Rod
wondered at her irritability. Of course, Chomoi was always
touchy... "So what did he say to comfort you?" "Nothing."
Chomoi turned away in disgust. "All of a sudden,
he spun around and ran over to the stone step. And believe
me, he can sprint!" "Primitives
stay in good physical shape," Yorick assured her. "Not
that good! I swear he could've run a horse race without
the horse!" She shook her head, exasperated. "He got there
just in time, too. He barely set foot on the stone, and the
sun came up." "Natural
sense of timing," Yorick said. "Which
some people don't have." Rod fixed him with a beady
eye. Chomoi
shook her head in exasperation. "Talk about a wasted
night!" "Oh,
I don't know." Rod pursed his lips. "At least, now we're
pretty sure he didn't want anybody to know which tribe
the corpse came from. That's something." "Not
much," Chomoi snapped, but Gwen smiled with gentle
amusement. "Thou shouldst not be so aggrieved, solely
for cause that he did not sway to thy charms." Rod's
eyebrows shot up as he turned to look at her. Chomoi
sat very still, paling. Then she heaved a sigh. "All
right, so my feminine pride's been hit. How'd you know,
Ms.?" Gwen
answered with a shrug of her shoulders. "The lilt of thy
voice, the tilt of thine head. Thou art quite knowl- edgeable
in the use of thy womanhood, art thou not?" "I've
gotten pretty good at it," Chomoi admitted, "ever since I
found out that the Wolmen have a very stiff code of honor
where women are concerned—especially unmarried ones.
It was such a welcome relief from my fellow colo- nists!" "Also
safer?" Rod guessed. Chornoi
nodded, chagrined. "I've always been a favorite with them,
and not just because I was disaffected. Maybe they
all thought I'd make a nice addition to their lodges, I don't
know—but it was nice to be treated like a lady again after
all these years. And I got to be pretty good at flirting." She
sounded vaguely surprised. Rod
frowned. "But if their code of honor was so stiff that
they wouldn't even try to seduce you..." "Oh,
I didn't say that!" Chornoi glared icicles at him. "They
all did, always, every single one. That was what was so nice
about it. I could flirt all I wanted to, then say 'No,' and
they'd accept it. Even if they didn't want to, they'd stop
right away." "But
this Hwun did not attempt to seduce thee?" "Not
a bit, not the tiniest flirt. Not even aTeer, let alone a
bedroom eye." Rod
cocked his head to the side. "But it sounded as though
he was interested in you." 114
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 115 "Oh,
yeah! In who I was, and why I was there, but beyond
that... Well, he didn't even seem to be aware that I was
female!" Yorick
shook his head. "Odd. Definitely odd. Anoma- lous,
in fact. Y' might expect that kind of thing in a civilized culture,
but..." "Whoa!
Hold it!" Chomoi's palm went up. "What makes you so
sure the Wolmen aren't civilized?" "Because
the word means 'citified,'" Yorick answered, irritated.
"At least pick legitimate nits, will you?" "Yet
wherefore wouldst thou look for such behavior in cities,
yet not in the country?" Gwen asked. "Because
it takes a higher degree of technology to build cities
than to build temporary villages," Yorick said. "I suppose
I really should have said 'highly-technological,' instead
of 'civilized.' I mean, can you really call it a 'city' if it's
only got a hundred thousand people, and not a single factory?" "Yes,"
Rod said, with conviction. Yorick
shrugged. "All right, so we're down to defini- tions.
Me, I think of industrial ugliness as a 'city'—you know,
steam engines, power looms, railroads, factories..." "No,
I don't know." Rod shook his head. "I didn't study that
much archaeology. But I can play straight man—'Why would
you expect a man from an industrial civilization to not
even notice that a woman was a woman?'" Yorick
frowned. "Well, maybe not 'expect', but at least not be
surprised by. In the industrial culture. Major, you make
progress by putting each item into its own separate pigeonhole,
so you can control it and assemble it with a lot of
other things into whatever new gadget you want—and what
you do with your tools, you also do with your minds. So the
industrial man starts seeing 'emotion' as one aspect of the
mind, and 'intellect' as another, and he puts each one into
its own separate pigeonhole in his soul, where it can't get in
the other's way. So you might not be surprised to find that a
leader who was currently dealing with a major prob- lem,
might have sex safely pigeonholed out of the way for the
time being." "But
to the point where he wouldn't even notice that a woman
was a woman?" Chomoi stared, appalled. "Oh,
he'd notice it, all right—but he'd ignore i> "Even
to the point of not responding as a man?" Yorick
shrugged. "What can I tell you? It's possible. But the
Wolman culture isn't industrial—it's tribal, with a very basic
technology that concentrates on wholeness and indi- viduality.
They see everything as weaving together into one great
big configuration—and sex as a natural part of life, just
like every other part. Feelings and thoughts are naturally interwoven
in a culture like that. The one leads to the other, in an
endless circle." Rod
pursed his lips. "Are you trying to tell me that Hwun wasn't
reacting like a true tribal chieftain?" Yorick
stood still with his mouth open. Then he closed it,
disgruntled. "Well, yeah, something like that. Right." "Well,
I'd say you pinned that one right on the donkey. But
there's something that really bothers me about that guy's attitude."
He scowled off into space, chewing at the thought mentally
for a few minutes, then shrugged his shoulders with a
sigh. "I can't pin it down." "Give
it time," Yorick advised. "It'll come home." "Wagging
a tale behind it, no doubt." The
door at the top of the stairs slammed, and Rod was on his
feet, one hand on his dagger. "Nay,
my lord." Gwen laid a hand on his forearm. "'Tis more
likely a friend than an enemy." Boots
appeared on the stairs, marching down, with loose green
trousers tucked into them. Then a white apron ap- peared,
tucked over an ample belly; then a barFel chest and bull
shoulders, with Cholly's grinning face on top of them, and a
huge tray piled high with steaming goodies in his 776 Christopher Stasheff hands.
"Thought yer might like a nibble. After all, the sun's almost
up." "And
our time with it?" Rod reached out to help lift the tray
down. "Here,
now! Away with yer!" Cholly swung the tray up out of
his reach. "Can't leave these things t' base amateurs, yer
know! Sit down, sit down! The pleasure in a meal is as much in
the service as in the cuisine." Rod put
his hands up, palms out. "Innocent, sheriff." He sat
down. "There!
That's a bit better." Cholly kicked a crate into the
middle of their circle and set the tray down on it, then picked
up platters and began to fill them with eggs and sausage,
muffins, toast, steak, and fried potatoes. "It's a local
bird does these eggs, now, not yer average Terran hen. But
she's a good fowl, and takes pride in her work. Lower in
cholesterol, too." He set the plate on Yorick's lap. "And I won't
tell yer what the steak was in its earlier incarnation. Just
relax and enjoy it." "Good,
though," Yorick mumbled around a mouthful. Rod
eyed the sausages warily as they passed him, bound for
Chomoi. "What's in the cartridges?" "Pork."
Cholly heaped a platter for him. "Naught but good
old pork. Major. Where yer finds human folk, yer finds
pigs. And why not?" He passed the plate to Rod and began
to load another. "They're tasty, portable, and thrives on yer
garbage. So what if they're omery, and got nasty tempers?
Just give 'em some mud, and they'll rest content." He set
the plate in front of Gwen and turned to serve Yorick and
Chomoi, but found they'd served themselves while he wasn't
looking. "Ah, well-a-day!" he sighed, and folded his
arms, watching the Gallowglasses dine with enthusiasm. "Eh,
it does my old heart good to see the young'uns tuckin' into
their tucker like that!" "Couldn't
be more than a few years older than we are," Rod
mumbled. THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 117 "Don't
bet on it, laddie." Cholly wagged a forefinger at him.
"I'm all of fifty." "Why,
he is ten years my senior!" Gwen said brightly. "A
positive antique," Rod agreed. "But he cooks well, so we
won't hold it against him." "Have
it as you will, it does my heart good to see folk enjoy
my food." But Cholly's face puckered into a frown. "Yer
surely do seem the carefree pair, don't yer?" "What?"
Rod looked up, surprised. "Oh. Just because we
don't seem particularly worried?" He shrugged and turned back to
his plate. "We aren't." "Wherefore
ought we be?" Gwen looked up in wide-eyed innocence. "Well..."
Cholly coughed delicately into his fist. "There is this
little matter of a million or so wild savages who're thirsting
fer yer blood." "He's
so clinical with his descriptions, isn't he?" "Aye,
my lord. Dry and bare of emotion." "It
don't worry yer." Cholly tipped his head toward them, eyebrows
lifted. Rod
shook his head. "Why should they? We can always escape." "We
do excel at quick disappearing," Gwen confirmed. "'Tis
merely a matter of waiting thine opportunity." Cholly
looked astounded. "Then why not escape now?" Rod
shook his head. "Don't want to create an incident." Gwen
nodded. "When we do depart, we'd liefer not leave a war
in our wake." "I
mean," Rod explained, "if we don't go to that trial, what's
going to happen to Wolman-colonist politics here?" Cholly
was still for a moment, gazing off into space. Then he
said, "'Tis a point well-taken—and 'tis good of yer to
care. But ought yer not have some concern fer yer- selves?" -' "We
do," Gwen assured him. "We
meant what we said—if push comes to shove, we 118 Christopher Stasheff can
always disappear, fade into the woodwork. But there would
still be the little problem of getting off this planet," Rod
explained. Cholly
leaned back on one leg, scratching where his sidebum
had been. "Aye. There'd be some difficulty to that.
That's why they made the whole planet a prison, now that
yer mention it. Mind yer, there's a-plenty of places to hide
here on Wolmar; there're some patches of mountains that
not even the Wolmen would bother to go to, but as would
have game enough to support just a man and his wife, and
mayhap even a family." Gwen
shook her head and swallowed. "Nay. "Tis this matter
of family, even as thou sayest. I must needs return to
them, look thou." Cholly
just gazed at her, brooding, his lower lip thrust out.
"Aye, I can understand that. But where be they. Missus?" Gwen
opened her mouth to answer, but Rod said quickly, "On
another planet, far away." "Aren't
they all!" Cholly sighed. He set his hands on his hips
and stared up at the ceiling beams. "Aye, then, 'tis needful
indeed. But I can't give yer any help if y're out to launch,
in a manner of speakin'. My men only work dirt- side." '"S
okay." Rod shrugged. "We weren't really expecting anything." "Yet
'tis good of thee to offer thine aid," Gwen said softly. Chomoi
looked up from her plate and shifted a mouthful of food
over into her cheek. "That reminds me, speaking of
people hiding out in Wolman territory..." Cholly's
attention shifted to her, with total intensity. "Say," he
commanded. "Strangers."
Chornoi finished chewing and swallowed. "I've
spent most of the last month wandering around among the
Wolmen..." "That,
I know." Cholly said. "And I'll not argue that they're
more considerate, and more mannerly than our col- THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 119 onists—and
if a lady says 'No,' they'll agree, and not take exception.
After all, they've plenty of women on hand. But how did
this bring you knowledge of strangers?" Chomoi
shrugged. "It takes one to know one. I'm sure their
disguises fooled the Wolmen, but I saw through them— maybe
because I was looking from the outside." "Indeed,"
Cholly breathed. "And what have these false Wolmen
been doing?" "Nothing
much. Claiming a free lunch, and a place in the
shade for a few hours, which the Wolmen were glad to supply—that
good old primitive code of hospitality...." "Members
of the same tribe, no doubt," Cholly breathed. "Oh,
sure, if they'd come from a different tribe, that would
have been a horse of a different color! But being of the
same hue, if you follow me, they had the green-carpet treatment...." "The
green carpet being grass?" Rod asked. "Of
course." Chomoi gave him an irritated glance. "So the
visitors just sat down, filled up, and discussed the fate of the
world." "For
some hours, yer said?" "Two
or three. Then they drifted on. But afterwards I heard
the occasional Wolman talking against General Shack- lar and
us colonists." "Not
exactly what I'd call a positive symptom," Yorick said. "Nay,
certes," Gwen breathed. "What
complaints had they?" Cholly asked. "The Wol- men
hailed Shacklar as the voice of reason, right from the start.
The only gripes about him came from Terra, and she was
only objecting, because our good General-Governor didn't
need her!" "Ever
the way with women," Yorick sighed, and Chornoi favored
him with her skewerest glance. -» "Of
course, she hasn't been complaining lately." Cholly noted.
"How can she, when she's cut us off?" Yorick
started to answer, but Chornoi snapped, "Can it!" 120 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 121 Rod
shrugged. "Okay, so there are a few kvetchers out beyond
the Wall. Why let it bother you? There are always a few
malcontents." But
Yorick looked doubtful now, and Cholly shook his head.
"Malcontents stay in their own villages, but Ms. Chor- noi's
seen several of 'em wandering about." Chomoi
nodded. "All different tribes, too." Cholly
shook his head again. "That smacks of organi- zation." "Plus
a lot of body-paint," Rod added. "Could be the same
agents, just changing their colors each time." "Like
enough." Cholly shook his head. "I'll have to apprise
the General of it." "If
you have to." Chomoi was suddenly as tight as a wire.
"Just don't tell him who did the noticing, okay?" "Be
easy," Cholly assured her. "I've only to refer to 'my sources,'
and he never questions." "Of
course." Chomoi relaxed. "All those traders. What difference
would it make which one brought the news?" "None,
to him." Cholly frowned. "Some, to me." He turned
to Rod and Gwen. "But I take her point. It's worth talking,
fer yerselves." "Why?"
Rod looked up. "Because it gives us a way to have a
body, where there isn't a Wolman missing?" Chomoi
shook her head. "That body was a real Wol- man." Rod
frowned. "How can they tell? Tattoos?" "That,
and other tribal marks." Cholly
nodded in agreement. "Yer wouldn't notice 'em in the
usual course of action. However, fer yerselves, yer might
be able to use 'em to win a stay of execution, by demanding
that Hwun prove none of his own people was responsible
fer the murder, nor that it wasn't committed by no
impersonator, neither." Rod
smiled slowly, and Gwen said, "They're as likely to
demand that we prove there were no false Wolmen had a blade
into this, either." "True,"
Rod agreed, "but no one could expect us to have evidence
about real Wolmen, could they?" He grinned at Choraoi.
"Thanks, lady. That might win us time." "I'm
not a lady," Chomoi snapped. Before
Rod could say it, they heard the tavern door open upstairs,
and a dozen pairs of boots tramped across the floor above
their heads. "Ah!"
Cholly looked upward. "Yer escort's come, I dare say." The
troop didn't lead them to Shacklar's office. Instead, it took
them to a giant log cabin between the tavern and the administrative
compound. "What
is this?" Rod asked the lieutenant. "Town Hall?" "Close
enough," the man growled, and he threw the door open.
Rod and Gwen marched in, shoulders square and chins high.
Their escort followed. Rod
took a quick look around. Inside, you couldn't have told it
was built of logs. The walls were paneled and plas- tered,
and the furniture was so smoothly finished that, at first
glance, it looked like plastic. There
was a beautifully finished desk, too, squarely in front
of Rod, and at least six feet high. Shacklar would've been
dwarfed behind it, if his chair hadn't been so huge and
ornate. Real leather upholstery. Rod noted. Well, col- onists
had to make do with what they could find. The
side desks were just as sumptuous, but a foot shorter. The one
at the left had five Wolmen behind it, and the one at the
right had five soldiers, each of whom had officer's insignia
gleaming on his collar tabs. Rod
scanned the scene and saw the basis for a consti- tution. A
sergeant stepped out in front of Shacklar's bench, thumped
the floor with an oaken pole tipped with chalk, and
bellowed, "Order in the court!" Rod bit
back the traditional rejoinder, but Gwen caught his
thought, and had to suppress a smile. 722
Christopher Stasheff "Accused,
please present yourselves," Shacklar said qui- etly. Rod
looked at Gwen. Gwen looked at Rod. They shrugged,
and took a joint step forward. "How
do you plead?" Shacklar inquired. "Guilty,
or not guilty?" the sergeant prompted. "Not
guilty," Rod said firmly. "Proof!"
Hwun was on his feet behind the Wolmen's bench.
"What proof them show? Must give evidence that them
not do murder!" "Come
to that, I don't believe I'd mentioned that a mur- der had
been committed," Shacklar mused. "Horrible over- sight.
But really, old chap, I must request that if you intend to
prosecute the case, you remove yourself from the bench." Hwun
stared at him, then slowly nodded. "It is sensible." Rod
stared in amazement as the Wolman came down from
the bench and around in front of it. The move seemed completely
at odds with what he knew of the intractable, hostile
Wolman chief. Why had he been so quick to agree? There
was a slight stirring at the back of the room, near the
outer door. Out of the comer of his eye. Rod noticed Yorick
and Chomoi slide in quietly. He bit his lip in vex- ation—he
hadn't wanted them to get pulled in so openly. The
soldiers might assume guilt by association. But it
was nice to feel their support. Hwun
strode up to glower at Rod and Gwen. "You say you not
guilty. Give proof!" Rod
suddenly realized that he and Hwun were going to determine,
right here and now, whether Wolmar's legal code would
be basically Napoleonic, or basically English. If it were
basically Napoleonic, it would assume that the accused was
guilty, and had to prove his innocence, which meant that
the rights of the individual wouldn't be the most im- portant
element in the constitution about to be bom. "No,"
Rod said softly. "It's not our job to prove we're innocent.
You have to prove we're guilty!" Hwun
just stared at him, and his gaze was so cold that THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 123 Rod
could have sworn it was giving him frostbite. "That's
so." The
Chief Chief spun around to look at the colonists' bench.
A slender officer was on his feet. With a shock. Rod recognized
the officer who had been so courteous to them on the
Wall the morning before. "Lieutenant
Corrigan," Shacklar acknowledged. "On what basis
do you state agreement with the accused?" "Why
not?" Corrigan answered, with an easy smile. "Still, it's
common sense, sir. We know nothing of these two peo- ple,
except that a Wolman patrol chased them to us. If anything,
that would indicate a Wolman bias against them. No,
really, in all fairness, we must ask that some reason be given
for believing them guilty of a capital crime." "The
point is well-taken." Shacklar turned to the Wol- men's
bench. "Those of us present at the hearing yesterday morning
have heard such reasons, but the majority of the individuals
making up this court have not. We will hear it stated
anew." Rod
breathed a sigh of relief—the English concept had won
out. The laws ofWolmar would assume that the accused was
innocent, and the state would have to prove his guilt, which
meant that the rights of the individual would be the most
important element in the embryonic constitution. All of a
sudden, the term "founding fathers" gained a whole new
meaning. Shacklar
turned back to Corrigan. "However, Lieutenant, I must
ask that if you intend to take the part of the accused, you
also step down from your bench." Thereby
preserving an equal number on each side. Rod noted,
as well as establishing the functions of prosecutor and
defense. He hoped Shacklar would be as careful in his judgment
as he was in his establishing of precedents. Corrigan
stared blankly for a moment, then heaved a sigh and
stepped down to the floor. Shacklar
turned back to Hwun. "Please present your proofs.
Chief Chief, your reasons why we should believe 124 Christopher
Stasheff v THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 125 these
two people murdered a Wolman." Hwun
only stared at him. Shacklar
leaned back in his chair, fingers steepled, totally at
ease. Finally,
Hwun said, "They were there." Rod
breathed a sigh of relief. The English concept had triumphed. "Yester
morning," Hwun went on, "them outside Wall. Outside,
in middle of plain. Who know where before that?" "Precisely,"
Corrigan agreed. "Who does know?" Hwun
didn't even acknowledge him. "Wolman found dead.
Dead, at Sun-Greeting Place. Me found body! Who would
kill him? Only colonist!" His finger stabbed out at Rod and
Gwen. "Only them outside Wall—no reason! So!" He
folded his arms across his chest. "Them kill Wolman." "Oh,
come now!" Corrigan scoffed. "There were traders outside
the Wall, too, and Wolmen from other tribes. Even if you
assume that no member of his own tribe would kill him..."
He spun to the General, stabbing a forefinger. "Which
point has not been established, sir!" Then back to Hwun.
"Even if, if, no member of his own tribe slew him, there's
no reason to think a member of another tribe didn't!" Hwun
kept his face turned toward Shacklar. "Wolmen not
bloodthirsty." Shacklar
sat very still, and the faces of the other officers froze.
Rod could almost hear the laughter they were holding back,
and really could hear them thinking. That's not how it
looked! "Wolmen
not slay other Wolmen!" Hwun thundered. The
officers' faces stayed frozen. Just what the blinking hell do
you think you were doing when we came here— holding
community picnics? Shacklar
managed to sublimate his feelings into a huge sigh,
and leaned forward. "Be that as it may... Accused!" "Uh,
yes?" Rod looked up. "Were
you, or your wife, at the Sun-Greeting Place yes- terday
morning?" Rod
shook his head. "Never saw it till we went to look for
evidence last night." Hwun's
head snapped around to stare at Rod, but Shack- lar
said, "And no one was slain last night." He turned to the
panel of Wolman chiefs. "Would any of you happen to know
where these two were first sighted?" "In
middle of Horse Plain," answered the Purple chief. "On
foot?" Corrigan asked. "On
foot," the chief confirmed. "And
that's a good ten kilometers from the Sun-Greeting Place.
At what time did your warriors sight the accused, Chief?" The
chief shrugged. "Sun not up long." "Soon
after dawn," Corrigan translated. "Was the sun completely
above the horizon?" The
chief nodded. "How
far above?" The
chief demonstrated with his hands. "Two fingers' width." "Two
fingers' width, at arm's length." Corrigan held his own
fingers out, squinting at them. "Perhaps a half an hour after
dawn." He dropped his hand, and was looking at Hwun. "I
submit that it would have been rather difficult for the defendants
to kill a man at the Sun-Greeting Place, and be in
middle of the Horse Plain, ten kilometers away, half an hour
later." Hwun
stared for a moment, then said, "Could have killed earlier." "Indeed,
they could have," Corrigan countered, "but did they?
Have you the slightest shred of evidence that indicates they so
much as met the deceased, let alone slew him?" Hwun
gave him a long, cold stare. Then, turning to his fellow
Wolmen with frigid dignity, he drew himself up and stated,
"Soldiers stalling." His forefinger jabbed oat at Rod and
Gwen again. "These two did murder! Plain for all to see!"
He turned back to Shacklar. "And all can see soldiers not
deal fairly with Wolmen! Oh, with goods, cash, pipe- 726 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 127 weed,
soldiers deal fair—but not life! Then, no soldier deal fairly!" The
other chiefs glared, then began to mutter to one another,
darting hostile glances at Shacklar and the officers' panel.
The officers stiffened, their faces turning to wood. "Give!"
Hwun thundered, holding out a hand, palm up. "Give
these two to Wolmen! Give murderer of brother into our
hands, to slay in justice here, now!" "Justice!
Why, you pious prig!" Chornoi was on her feet, raging.
"You're not looking for justice; you're looking for a
scapegoat! You know damn well that if you can't satisfy your
fellow chiefs, they'll kick you out of office! And you can't
satisfy them all, if it turns out it was a Wolman who murdered
a Wolman! Because if it was, the murderer's tribe will
defend him, and the victim's tribe will charge out for revenge!
And that'll be the end of your nice little Confed- eration!" "Not
so!" "Wolman law!" "All tribes heed!" The chiefs were on
their feet, shouting. But
Hwun drowned them all out. "Justice! Seek only justice!" "Justice!"
Chomoi sneered, pacing up to him. "How can a
tyrant seek justice? Because that's what you really want to be,
isn't it? King of all the Wolmen! Tyrant! Dictator! That's
all you are—just a power-driven machine!" Rod
stiffened, feeling as though his spine had turned into a hot
wire. Facts suddenly connected in his head, and sparked into
fusion. "Machine!"
Chomoi spat. Hwun's
hand lashed out so fast it seemed to blur, cracking backhanded
against Chornoi's jaw. She shot back, crashing into
the colonists' bench. Rod
bellowed, rage erupting as he whirled toward Hwun, which
brought him just far enough to the side so that the Chief
Chief's fist hissed past his ear. An icicle stabbed Rod as he
realized the blow would have killed him. He was fighting
for his life! The
hell with fighting fair! He came
out of his crouch in a whirl, knee driving up into
Hwun's groin. It struck— With a
hollow crack. Rod
howled as his knee burst into fire. Everyone
in the courtroom stood frozen, galvanized by the
sound. Hwun's
hand reached for Rod's throat—but Rod's leg gave
way, and crashed to the floor. Hwun's hand clawed through
empty air. Fear sizzled through Rod, opening a channel
for the scarlet wrath that boiled through him in a raging
torrent. Rod focused it on his hand, shoving himself back up
onto one knee, concentrating on the hand's edge, willing
it into a sword, a battle-ax, slamming out in a chop so fast
that no one noticed it had turned into the shiny gray of
tungsten steel. It crashed up into Hwun's jaw. The Wol- man
shot into the air and crashed down to the floor, right in
front of the Wolman bench. Rod
knelt, arm falling limp, panting, wild-eyed, amazed and
terrified by his own action. / couldn't have hit him that hard! Aye,
thou couldst. Rod
looked up, and saw the steel of his hand reflected in his
wife's eyes. But
Hwun was rolling to his feet... ... and
a searing, ruby ray skewered his head. For a
frozen moment. Rod could see the line of light joining
the Wolman chieftain to the blaster in the General's hand,
seeming as much a part of him as his uniform. Then
the moment thawed, the beam of light winked out, and
Hwun crashed to the ground. The
Wolmen stared, appalled. Then
they leaped to their feet, blasters whipping out from under
their cloaks. "Blood!" They howled, "Justice!" 'Treachery!"
"Kill!" But
Shacklar vaulted over his bench and landed beside Hwun's
body. He yanked off the chief's loincloth. The other 728
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 129 Wolmen
howled, outraged—but the howls died, and their eyes
bulged as they stared, frozen. For a moment, the room was
totally silent. Then
groans welled up from the Wolmen's chests, as they
gazed in horror at the smooth curve of a groin without genitals. Rod
shoved himself over to Hwun, whipping out his dagger.
He gripped the corpse's hair, and the blade sliced keenly
around in a single stroke. Rod peeled back the skin. There
was no blood, no fatty tissue—only the bland curve of a
beige skull, with four hairline cracks forming a perfect rectangle. The
chiefs still stared, too stunned to move. Rod
jammed the tip of his dagger into one of the cracks and
pried. The material resisted for a moment, then the rectangle
popped open. Rod stared at a cluster of jewels, gleaming
from the darkness inside. "Molecular
circuits, of course," Rod explained. "Each one of
those 'jewels' was a computer big enough to run all the
utilities for a small city." He
lifted his stein for a swallow, and Cholly asked, "How did you
guess he was a robot?" "Easy,"
Rod said, with a wry smile. "In fact, I can't understand
why I didn't figure it out, for so long. I mean, a
Wolman had been murdered, right? But no Wolman was missing.
Which meant there was one extra Wolman." He spread
his hands. "Couldn't be. And we'd met Hwun. He hadn't
shown any emotion at all, except anger—but a very cold
anger, if you follow me. That's how he was in every- thing—very
cold, very factual. I suppose it was his lousy logic
that sidetracked me." "Yeah."
Yorick scratched his head. "How could a com- puter
'brain' do such sloppy thinking, as to think you two were
guilty just because you were outside the Wall that morning?" "Especially
when there were others out, too." Rod held up a
forefinger. "Thaler—and we don't know how many traders." "Right.
So how come Hwun didn't see that suspecting you
two, didn't make sense?" Rod
shrugged. "He could only think the way he'd been programmed—'garbage
in, garbage out.' But it really should have
hit me when Chornoi told us that he didn't show the slightest
flicker of response to her flirting, even though every other
Wolman she'd met liked flirting so much that it was her
guarantee of safety. That really should have made Hwun stand
out in my mind. And the real clincher is that he broke off
conversation with her to run over to the stone step and greet
the sun just before it rose." Yorick
frowned. "So?" "How
could he have known?" Gwen breathed. Yorick
sat for a moment. Then he lifted his head slowly. Rod
nodded. "His programming included a schedule of sunrises.
Yeah, I really should have caught that. But all those
factors didn't add up and hit me until Chomoi called him a
machine right there in the courtroom—and I realized that
explained everything odd about him." "And
that's when yer figured out that the robot committed the
murder?" Cholly asked. Rod
nodded again. "Totally possible, if you program it to be
an assassin, which is why the laws against doing that are so
stiff. But our Futurian buddies don't care too much about
laws." "It's
illegal to use blasters to kill people, too," Yorick said,
wryly. "But your average murderer can't afford a robot for the
job. So how often do you come across a homicidal android?" "First
one I've ever seen," Rod said. "Every other robot was
programmed to protect life." "Was't
therefore thou didst not look for a murderer to be a...
'robot,' didst thou term it?" Rod sat
still, then nodded slowly. "Yeah, darling. That's probably
why. Know me pretty well, don't you?" He smiled 730
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 131 at
Gwen. "And yes, you've got the word right—'robot.' The
word means 'worker,' literally. It's a machine made to look
like a human being, or to do the work a human being does." "Yet
how was't this 'robot' did so perfectly resemble the true
Hwun?" "Now
we come to the real villain." Rod's mouth tight- ened.
"Somebody very obviously planned the whole thing ahead
of time... carefully, too. Someone—probably one of
those fake Wolmen Chomoi mentioned—took a picture of
Hwun, then sculpted the robot's face to look exactly like his.
And put him where he could be sure the robot would be able
to find Hwun alone." "At
the Sun-Greeting Place," Yorick interjected. "Then all he
had to do was make sure the robot's programming included
the right moves for making a fuss after the murder was
over." "So."
Chomoi scowled. "Hwun went up to say his mom- ing
prayers—the real Hwun, I mean—and as he turned to face
the sun, the robot hit him." She shuddered. "At least it was
quick." Rod
nodded. "The robot mutilated the face so nobody'd realize
he wasn't the real Hwun. Then it took the body to the
closest stream, washed off the paint, and brought it to the
nearest tribal village, howling for vengeance. Then it just
took Hwun's place and did the best it could to make a huge
fuss." Yorick
nodded. "Neatly done." "Very
professional," Chomoi agreed. "So who's the bas- tard
who programmed the "robot?" "I'm
afraid we're not to know that," a voice sighed. They
turned, startled, as Shacklar stepped up to their table.
"It seems my shot burned out the android's memory, along
with its vital functions—and, of course, the program with
it." "Not
a huge surprise." Rod nodded. "I mean, the program is the
most vital function." "Precisely."
Shacklar laid his hand on a chair. "May I join
you?" "Aye,
an't please thee," Gwen said. Rod
cast a stem glance at her. Shacklar
pulled out the chair and sat. "Mind you, I'm not
apologizing. The monster had to be stopped, stopped instantly—and
there was only one way to do it. We're fortunate
that the controlling computer was located in its skull,
where I placed my first shot." "Not
just 'fortunate.'" Rod smiled. "You were pretty sure that's
where it would be, weren't you?" Shacklar
grinned. "Teleology generally wins out. If we make a
machine in our own form, we put the computer in the
head, simply because that's where our brains are, even though
there's more room in the torso. Which, of course, is where
my second shot would have gone." "But,
fortunately, it wasn't needed." Rod smiled. "Mind you.
General, I'm glad you did it—very glad, considering it Was
me the blasted thing was trying to kill." Shacklar
acknowledged his support with a nod and a smile.
"But I'm afraid we'll never be able to tell what the program
was exactly. And, of course, there will be no means of
guessing who programmed it, or why." Rod
shrugged. "We can speculate." "True."
Shacklar's smile intensified. "We can always speculate—but
we ought to remember that we're merely conjecturing." "Naetheless,"
Gwen reminded them, "we are proven in- nocent." "Oh,
quite true," said the General. "There's absolutely no
question of that. And my problem, that of pacifying the Wolmen,
is nicely solved." "Yeah."
Yorick grinned. "As soon as the Major showed them
what was inside Hwun's skull, they didn't have any trouble
believing the robot committed the murder." Shacklar
nodded. "And I can turn the 'dead' android over to
the Wolmen—which I have done—so that, if they 732
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 133 have
any doubts at all, they can take it apart themselves, to see
that it really is only a machine." "Which
they will do, of course." Cholly came up behind them
and reached across shoulders to set new mugs of ale down
for everyone. "And just think how much they'll leam about
cybernetics!" "Oh,
I did." Shacklar contemplated his mug with a smile. "Moreover,
by having 'slain' the android myself, I seem to have
become something of a celebrity among the Wolmen." Yorick
grinned. "'Demon-killer,' huh?" Shacklar
nodded. "Then
you've got it all." Rod set his palms down on the table.
"Your Wolmar Federation—the prototype for your government
of colonists and Wolmen, coming together in two
separate bodies to decide a common problem." Shacklar
looked up, surprised. "Very perceptive, really, Mr.
Gallowglass. Do you do this sort of thing yourself?" Rod
opened his mouth, but Gwen answered. "He hath occasion
for awareness of it. Then he hath guessed aright?" "Indeed,"
Shacklar answered. "In fact, I've had the first draft
of the Constitution sitting in my files for several years, waiting
for the right moment." "Which
we have managed to trigger for you," Rod in- ferred. The
General nodded. "Copies are currently en route to each of
the four Wolman tribes, and the officers and rankers of our
Parliament." "And
with your new status," Yorick pointed out, "you don't
have to worry too much about whether or not the Wolmen
will accept the new Constitution." Shacklar
smiled. "I do seem to have gained an impressive amount
of credibility with them, yes." "He's
a demigod," Yorick explained. "Certainly."
Cholly grinned. "It makes the Union all the tighter,
to have the whole thing both triggered and solved by
somebody who's neither Wolman nor colonist." Rod
inclined his head. "We thank you." Chornoi
glared. "How could you know whether or not she
does?" Rod
just stared, but Gwen said, "Be sure, he doth." Chornoi
rounded on her. "Then how come you don't know
what he thinks?" "I
do." Gwen shrugged. "In this instance, he spoke first." "I
just wish," Rod went on quickly, "that I knew whether or not
the nasty who programmed the robot was trying to sabotage
the General-Governor's budding republic, or to assassinate
Gwen and myself." "Why
not both?" Yorick spread his hands. Chornoi
nodded. "Does it really matter?" "Well,
kind of. If we knew which, we might be able to figure
out why." "A
point," the General admitted. "However, I think we'd best
stay with the pragmatic aspect of the situation. No matter
what their ultimate goal was, old boy, I daresay someone
is attempting to kill you." "I...
would... say that was a reasonable guess." Rod gazed
into Gwen's eyes as he nodded slowly. "Therefore,"
the General said, "it behooves us to get you off-planet
as quickly as possible, before your would-be as- sassins
create an incident that does rip Wolmar apart." Rod looked
up, with a sour smile. 'To our mutual benefit, eh?" "Let
us say, a point of intersection between our areas of interest." "Well,
no offense, General, but we'd love to leave. Any ideas
how to escape from a prison planet?" "Ah,
but we're no longer a prison." Shacklar held up a forefinger.
"When the Proletarian Eclectic State of Terra cut us off
from the central government, we became an inde- pendent
entity by default. Of course, I do understand that I have
some genuine homicidal maniacs livingrhere, and I wouldn't
loose them on the galaxy—nor any of my sado- masochists."
He shivered, took a deep breath. "Nor any of the
truly dedicated thieves. Still, you must understand that 134
Christopher Stasheff we do
have some export trade in the raw materials for pharmaceuticals..." "He's
talking about pipeweed," Cholly explained. "Quite.
And we've discovered that we can actually make a small
profit, trading with other outlying planets." "Enough
to exchange for the few imports you really need?" Shacklar
nodded. "Our main markets are Haskerville and Otranto." "Otranto?"
Rod frowned. "That's a resort planet!" It still had
that reputation in Rod's time, five hundred years later. Then
his eyes widened. "Oh. That kind of pharmaceutical." "No,
not really." Shacklar smiled. "It's simply that a great
many ships berth at Otranto, with pleasure-seekers from
all over the Terran Sphere. They also carry a bit of cargo,
especially if it's low-bulk—so one of the pharmaceu- tical
companies operates a factory there, bringing in raw materials
from several of the outlying planets, extracting their
essential chemicals, and shipping them on to the central planets
for further processing and distribution. Thus we've managed
to maintain some trade." "The
rejects have managed to stay civilized in spite of the
in-group, eh?" Rod couldn't help smiling. "If
you must put it in the vulgar cant," Shacklar sighed. "In
fact, it was one of the freighters that brought us word of the
PEST coup." Rod
suddenly realized where the conversation was head- ing.
"There wouldn't happen to be a freighter in port right now,
would there?" Shacklar
nodded. "On our moon. You must understand that
due to our genesis as a prison planet, it can be quite difficult
to go from our spaceport to our moon. In fact, there are
some very elaborate security procedures left over from the
PEST days, which I've seen no reason to relax. How- ever,
since I've no records of any of you three being crim- inals,
I've no reason to detain you." "And
every reason to help us move on, huh?" r THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 135 "Thou
wilt assist us in our travels, then?" Gwen asked. "I
shall be delighted." Shacklar gravely bowed his head. Rod
held his breath, screwed up his courage, and took a
chance. "Of course, we couldn't agree to go without our guide." Yorick
looked surprised, then grinned. "Yeah. We think we're
gonna need her expertise, no matter where we go." Shacklar
gave Chomoi a long, assessing gaze. Slowly, he
nodded. "Given her history, I don't believe she should have
been with us to begin with." Hope
flared in Chomoi's eyes. "I
certainly see no reason to detain you further, made- moiselle."
Shacklar inclined his head with grave courtesy. "And
to be certain no other officials misunderstand, I'll equip
you with an official pardon." Rod sat
back with a sigh of relief. "General, your co- operation
is amazing." He frowned at a sudden thought. "But
there is the little matter of the fare. I'm afraid we don't have
enough money for the tickets." Yorick
started to say something, but Shacklar was already gazing
off into space and nodding. "I'm certain that could be
managed. As I say, we do have something of a trade balance.
I believe the Bank of Wolmar will prove willing to
advance funds for the next leg of your journey." "Our
greatest thanks." Gwen's eyes sparkled. The
General held his eyes on her for a few moments. He may
have been always calm and cool, but he wasn't immune. Personally,
Rod was amazed at just how anxious Shacklar was to
be rid of them. GWEN
RELEASED HER shock webbing with a bemused frown. "Why,
that was naught! Or, at least, 'twas naught when I liken
it to the terror of that devil's ride from the planet to the
moon." She turned to Rod, anxiety shadowing her eyes. "Be
we truly in the sky, my lord?" "We
be," Rod assured her. "And
that bare, great hall that we came into from the ship—that
was truly on the moon? Truly perched upon that circle
of light within the nighttime sky?" "It
really was, dear. Of course, that 'circle of light' was actually
a ball of rock, five hundred miles thick." She
sank back into her seat, shaking her head. "'Tis wondrous!"
Then she looked down at the chair beneath her. "As
is this throne! How marvelously soft it is, and how wondrous
is this cloth that covers it!" She looked up at Rod. "And
they are not for nobility alone?" "Well,
technically, no." Rod frowned. "Though I suppose anyone
who can afford space travel has to be as rich as an I aristocrat." "Or
a criminal," Yorick added, from across the aisle. "In which
case, he doesn't have to pay anything at all." "Yeah,
but the accommodations aren't quite this classy. And he
doesn't really want to be going where he's headed, either." "True,"
Yorick said judiciously. "Of course^, if you're going
away from prison, you're not too picky about the service." "This
isn't really all that fancy," Rod explained to Gwen. 139 140 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 141 "This
whole room is just a little blip on the side of a great, big
freight-carrier, so they can carry passengers if they have to." "Or
get a chance to," Yorick added. "We bring in a lot more
money per cubic meter than cargo does." "That
is somewhat reassuring." Gwen looked up at Rod. "But
explain to me again the nature of this moment of strangeness
that we but now suffered, when it seemed that up was
down and, for a moment, I had thought we were on the
outside of this ship of the skies." Rod
shook his head. "Don't know if I really can, dear. I know
the words for it, but I'm not sure what they mean." "Then
say them to me," she urged. "Okay.
The fastest anything can go is the speed of light— about
186,280 miles per second, remember? But the only reason
light goes that fast is because it's made of infinites- imal
little motes called photons..." "There's
nothing to it," Yorick confided. Rod
nodded. "Right. Nothing at all. Photons don't weigh anything,
don't have any substance, any 'mass.' If you or I
climbed into a spaceship and tried to go faster and faster until
we got to the speed of light, our ship would get shorter and
shorter, and heavier and heavier, and more and more massive.
And the more mass it would have, the more power it
would take to make it go faster." "So
there doth come a point at which each mite more of power,
doth make so much more 'mass,' that the ship doth go no
faster?" "Right!"
Rod beamed at her, delighted again by her quickness
of understanding. But a chill passed through his belly—how
could she understand so quickly, when her cul- ture
didn't give her the necessary background concepts? "Technically,
we would be going just a fraction faster; we'd always
be getting a tiny bit closer to the speed of light, and a tiny
bit more, and a tiny bit more, but we'd never quite reach
it." "I
cannot truly understand it," she sighed, sinking back. "Yet
an thou dost say it, my lord, I will credit it." "Well,
that helps a little. But you'll understand it thor- oughly
soon enough, dear, or I quite mistake you. Then you can
decide for yourself whether you believe it or not." "Yet
what is this 'other space' thou, and Yorick and Chomoi,
did say we have passed into?" "Oh."
Rod rolled his eyes to the side, pursing his lips for a
moment. "Well, you see, dear... uh... Otranto, the planet
we're going to, is about forty-five light-years from Wolmar.
The distance that light can travel in a year is about five
billion, eight hundred eighty million miles—and forty- five
times that is something like 265 trillion. And that's roughly
how far it is from Wolmar to Otranto." She
turned her head from side to side, wide-eyed. "'Tis inconceivable." "Totally.
We can't even imagine a distance that great, not
really. It's just a string of numbers." "But
we do get the main point," said Yorick, "which is that
even if we could go almost as fast as light does, it'd still
take us fifty years to get to Otranto." "And
I don't know about you," Chomoi added, "but for myself,
I have a lot of better things to do, than just sit around
aboard a ship playing checkers for that long a time." "I
assure thee, so have I." Gwen shivered. "But
we can't go any faster," Yorick reminded her. "Not if we
want to stay solid. No faster than the speed of light." "So
we go around it," Rod explained. Gwen
squeezed her eyes shut, shaking her head. "I can- not
comprehend that." "Neither
can I," Rod admitted. "But there's a gadget in the
back of the ship called an 'isomorpher,' and when the pilot
turns it on, it makes us isomorphic with H-space. I'm not
sure what H-space is, but I gather it's a kind of space that
isn't quite part of this universe."
- Gwen
frowned. "And we are part of that H-spaee?" "Well,
no, not part of it, really." Rod sat back, staring at the
comer of the ceiling, pursing his lips. "Just identified r 742 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 143 with
it—point for point, atom for atom. Which is what we are
right now." He looked around at the interior of the cabin. "But
I feel no differently," she cried, "nor doth aught appear
transformed!" "We
aren't." Rod shook his head. "We aren't different, at
all—relative to this ship, and relative to each other— because
we're all isomorphic with H-space right now. But when
the ship's computer pulls out the pattern for what normal
space is like, near Otranto, and when it identifies that
pattern, it'll turn off the isomorpher, and we'll go back to
being ordinary parts of the regular universe." "Tis
magic," Gwen said firmly. "Personally,
I agree," Rod sighed, "but the man who explained
it to me, assured me it was all perfectly natural, and
thoroughly understandable." "So,"
said Gwen, "are my witch-powers." "Only
on Gramarye, my dear." Rod squeezed her hand. "And
I suppose all this isomorphism and H-space is normal and
understandable out here." He turned to Yorick. "I don't suppose
it's possible for Dr. McAran to shoot you the pieces of the
time machine while we're in this condition, is it?" Yorick
shook his head. "He can't lock onto us. Major. However
his time machines work, it ain't through H-space." "I
thought not," Rod sighed, "which is too bad, because this is
going to be at least half the trip—two days, at least. But he
can do it once we're back into normal space." "Well,
he can try." Yorick frowned. "But that's what I was
trying to signal you about back there at Cholly's, when you
were talking to the General-Governor. Locking onto a moving
object that's any smaller than a planet, is an awfully tricky
operation. If Doc Angus misses, the components he's trying
to throw at us are lost for good, and time machine parts cost
enough to make even him wince." Rod
just stared at Yorick for a moment. Then he said, "You're
telling me that, even though we have a good day or two
between our break out point and Otranto, forty-eight perfectly
usable hours without any interruptions, you're not going
to be able to build us a time machine?" Yorick
shook his head. "Sorry, Major. 'It ain't in the state
of the art.'" "And
probably never will be," Rod sighed. "But inside a shed
back on Wolmar would have been a moving target, too—and
you were so sure you could manage it there!" "Yeah,
but it was a stationary target, relative to the huge mass it
was sitting on. It was only the planet that was moving—and
all that planetary mass is easy enough to lock onto.
Then it's just a matter of aiming at a small target that stays
put, relative to the large one." Yorick shrugged. "You know
what a planet's gravitational field does to space-time, Major.
It makes space curve, so it does most of the focusing for
you. All you have to do is lock onto the planet's rotation, and as
soon as you have that rate figured out, it's no problem. But
here..." He spread his hands, a gesture taking in the whole
cabin and the vast ship outside it. "I mean, this whole freighter
can't be more than half a kilometer long!" "Well,
what do you expect?" Chomoi snapped. "Bush- league
planets don't get the big ships, you know." Yorick
ignored her. "Half a kilometer, two kilometers, what
difference does it make? That's just a dust-mote on the
planetary scale. It just ain't big enough to have enough mass to
have any major effect on the curvature of space!" He
shook his head, looking doleful. "Sorry, but I can't get you out
of this mess while we're in transit." "Oh,
well, I should have known better," Rod sighed. "All
right, if we can't get a portable time machine here, we'll
just have to find some quiet place on Otranto where we can
set one up." Yorick
nodded. "Shouldn't be any problem. Major." "It
shouldn't have been any problem on Wolmar, either." Rod
gave Yorick a jaundiced glance. "I don't suppose there'd happen
to be a permanent time machine somewhere on Otranto,
all ready and waiting, would there?" Yorick
shook his head. "Not that I know of. In fact, the only
permanent installation that I know about, at this point 144
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 145 in
history..." He frowned. "Well, I can't say I know about it,
damn it!" "Where
is it?" Rod exploded. "All
right, all right!" Yorick held up both palms, shield- ing
himself. "Not so loud, okay? We're pretty sure that the LORDS
party, the ones who are running the Proletarian Eclectic
State of Terra, had some Futurian help in engi- neering
their coup d'etat—and they've probably stayed in contact,
all the way through their regime. I mean, PEST could
have figured out which planet was going to rebel, when—but
it is kind of odd that they just happened to always
have a naval squadron right nearby." "Very
odd," Rod agreed. "So you're pretty sure there's a
permanent time machine somewhere in PEST headquarters on
Terra?" "Yeah."
Yorick gave him a bleak smile. "But good luck getting
to it. It belongs to the opposition, and it's guaranteed to be
very tightly guarded." "Well,
nothing ventured, nothing gained," Rod sighed. "I
always did want to visit humanity's ancestral home, any- way." "Well,
that's great! I mean, you'll love it there. Major, it's..."
Suddenly the Neanderthal's eyes widened in horror. "My
lord! Chomoi! We shouldn't be talking about this with her
around!" "So
I thought," Gwen agreed. "The poor lass was overly wearied.
I thought it best that she slumber awhile." Yorick
turned around, craning his neck over the back of the
seat, and saw Chomoi slumped in her recliner, head rolled
to the side, breathing deeply and evenly. "Well, that's a
relief! Thank you. Lady Gallowglass! I really gotta keep a
better eye on my tongue!" He frowned. "That didn't sound right..." "We
catch your meaning," Rod assured him. "Thou
hast yet to tell me of this Terra' of thine," Gwen reminded. "Earth,"
Rod answered. "The place where your ultimate ancestors
came from—and mine, too, of course. And every- body's.
It's the planet where humanity evolved, the only planet
where our bodies really feel at home." "Not
anymore, they don't." Yorick shook his head. "The whole
place is concrete and steel now." He frowned. "Well, there
are a few parks..." "Are
we to go there, then?" "We
can't. This freighter is going to Otranto. But maybe, there,
we can find a ship that's going to Terra." "Of
course, we may not need to," Yorick said. "If we can
just find a quiet place for a little while. Doc Angus can shoot
me the spare parts I need to make a time machine." He
sighed. "Of course, there is another little problem..." Rod
felt the familiar cold chill spread over his back. "Oh?
What problem?" "The
Futurians. I mean, they kidnapped you in the first place.
Then they set up an elaborate little plot that had almost everybody
on Wolmar cooperating in an attempt to assas- sinate
you." "Yeah,
but that was Wolmar," Rod said. "And the people of this
time haven't invented faster-than-light radio yet, so their
communication is still limited to couriers riding FTL ships,
like this one." Yorick
nodded. "But VETO and SPITE have time ma- chines.
So they can send a message from Wolmar to Otranto, and get
it there the next day." He frowned. "Or the day before,
if it comes to that." Rod
stared. "So
it's quite possible. Major, that we might find a re- ception
committee waiting for us." Rod
leaned back, trying to relax. "Give me a little while to get
used to the idea." "Sure."
Yorick leaned back, too, and twiddled his thumbs. "You've
got time. A couple of days, at least/' "The
waiting is driving me crazy," Chomoi growled. "Anticipay-hay-hay-shun,"
Yorick sang. 746
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 147 The
world twisted inside out. Then it
twisted right-side-out again, leaving Gwen hold- ing her
stomach. Rod clapped a hand over his mouth. They both
swallowed, hard, then looked across the cabin. Chomoi was a
delicate shade of green, and Yorick was gulping air. "Yes,"
he said finally. "Well—the wonders of modem travel, right?" Rod
nodded. "The price you pay for speed, and all that." The
Neanderthal heaved himself to his feet and waddled down
the aisle to the viewscreen. "As long as we're back where
there's something to see, let's look at the outside, instead
of this saccharine melodrama that nobody's been watching
anyway." He punched a button, and a vast vista of
unwinking stars replaced the 3DT program. "Hey!"
yelped Chornoi. "How'11 I find out whether or not
Chuck will stop Allison from marrying Tony, because she's
about to have Tommy's baby, but doesn't want Karen to have
Tony, even though she really wants to marry Chuck?" Then
she fell silent, awed by the majesty of the panorama before
her. The computer had dimmed the brightness of the sun, of
course, or they wouldn't have been able to look directly
at it, even though it was only a very small disk in the
center of the huge screen. Blips that were planets floated around
it, brightened and colorized electronically—and the net
impression was gorgeous. Gwen caught her breath with delight.
"Eh, my lord! Be this truly how a sun and its worlds do
appear?" Rod
nodded. "This is the real thing, darling. Of course, if you
saw it with your naked eye, the sun would be a lot brighter,
and the planets would be lost in its glare. They aren't
lined up so neatly that you can count them, but you can
ferret 'em out. Let's see—there's one, that little dot near
the sun, that's probably a planet. And, yes, there's number
two, a little further away, and number three..." "Yet
what is that one that doth grow?" Rod
frowned. "Yeah, that is kind of funny." "Not
humorous at all!" Yorick whirled and scuttled back to his
seat. "That swelling dot is growing knobs and fins! Web in,
everybody—we're about to be intercepted!" Rod
stared. Then he whipped about to Gwen, but her webbing
was still secure from break out. So was his, for that
matter. "What's
the trouble?" Chomoi looked around at them, frowning.
"So they're intercepting us. They're not going to shoot
us down, you know." "No,"
Rod grated, "we don't know. They tried to kill us twice
already, remember?" Chomoi
stared at the screen, her eyes growing huge. Gwen
frowned up at Rod. "What is it, mine husband?" "Another
ship," Rod explained, "and there's no way to tell
who's steering it." Across
the aisle, Yorick looked nervous. "I'm sure the captain
is busy trying to find out that very datum." The
glowing dot had swelled into the form of a spaceship, seen
head-on. It spat a bolt of light that washed the screen with
searing brightness. The ship lurched about them, and somewhere,
a huge gong chimed. "Yoicks!"
Yorick bleated. "What a way to answer a hail! Doesn't
his radio work?" Rod
felt his stomach sliding over toward his left kidney. "Everybody
hold on! Our pilot isn't waiting for a second sentence!" On the
screen, the attacking ship slid up to the upper right-hand
comer. Another bolt of energy shot out from it— and off
the screen. "Missed!"
Rod squeezed his fist tight. "Way to go, skip- per!
Zig your zags!" His
stomach dropped back toward his coccyx. Gwen gasped,
and Chomoi moaned. On the screen, the attacker veered
toward the lower left-hand comer, and the stars wheeled
behind it. The sun slipped toward theTeft, too. "Be
brave, dear." Rod clasped her hand. "It has to end some
time." Hopefully, the right way... "
'Tis not... entirely... unpleasant," Gwen gasped. "I 148 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 149 shall
become accustomed to it, my lord." "I
hope you won't have time..." The
enemy ship fired another bolt that lit up the upper right-hand
comer of the screen. The sun-disc drifted off the screen
to the left. "Missed
again." Rod nodded. "Have we got a good pilot!" "Or
a good computer," Yorick added. "No human being could
react this fast. So just punch the buttons for 'evasive action.'" Rod
glowered at him. "Just had to make a point of it, didn't
you?" Yorick
grinned. "What can I tell you? Homo sapiens has its
limits, too." "You
don't have to be so happy about it, though... Whoa!
Hold on!" The
other ship veered into the center of the screen; the sun-disc
disappeared entirely. "What
is that maniac doing?" Chomoi gasped. "Trying
to get between the ship and the planet." Rod put out an
arm as Gwen leaned over against him—or tried to, but the
webbing held her tightly. "Smart!"
Chornoi's eyes glowed. "If he can get close enough
to the planet's surface, the bandit won't dare shoot, for
fear he'll fry innocent people." "I...
don't... really think that would make him hesi- tate."
Rod scowled. "But he might attract the attention of the
local constabulary." "You
mean I'm supposed to cheer for the cops?" Chomoi asked. "Why
not? You were one..." On the
screen, the pirate spat another bolt. It mush- roomed
out to fill the screen with glaring whiteness, and the
whole cabin sang as though they were inside a piano string.
Stars glared through a ragged hole in the ceiling. "Abandon
ship!" Yorick howled. "Or is it the other way around?" But Rod
didn't answer. His eyes lost focus as, frantically, he
concentrated on his psi powers, seeing the passenger blister
not as it really was, but as he wanted it to be. In his mind's
eye, he saw the little bulge falling away from the main
freight ship. He pictured a thin membrane sliding over the
open side, where the ship had been. Yorick
looked around, flabbergasted. "Hey! I can still breathe!
How come we're not drinking vacuum? How come our
blood isn't boiling out our noses, from sheer lack of air pressure?" Chomoi
saw Rod's abstracted gaze. "Major, what are you
doing?" To Rod,
her words seemed to come thinly from a great distance.
Carefully, he answered, "I'm... holding the air ... in...
with us." Chomoi
stared. White showed around the irises of her eyes. "Gwen?" "Aye,
my lord." "We're...
falling." "Our
ship was heading toward the planet when the pirate shot
our cabin off the freighter's side," Yorick explained, "so
we're still going toward the planet, too." Gwen
looked from the one to the other. "Is that not where we wish
to go?" "Yeah,
but... not so fast..." Rod answered. "Take us down...
darling... slowly..." Gwen
looked about them, and finally thought to look up. She
gasped. "But... there is no 'down,' my lord. There is only
some great bulge above us, a curving wall of blue, with
swirls of white!" "That's
... Otranto," Rod grated. "We're
not close enough for it to seem like 'down' yet," Yorick
explained, "but we're moving toward it, right enough. It's
just that we're moving toward what you call 'up,' just now." Gwen
stared. "But how can one fall upward?" "Gravity,"
Yorick explained. 750 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 151 Gwen's
eyes opened wide. "That's to say that when I toss a
ball into the air and it falls, 'tis the earth that pulls it
down." Yorick
nodded. "Yeah, that's most of it. Of course, the ball
pulls, too." Gwen
smiled. "Though so small a pull, could scarce be more
than a wish." "I
suppose that's one way of looking at it." Yorick sucked in one
cheek. "The ball wants to come down." "And
so... do... we," Rod grated. "The
closer we get to each other, the planet and us," Yorick
explained, "the stronger the pull." Gwen
stared. Then her mouth opened in a silent "O." Yorick
nodded. "So the closer we get to the planet, mi- lady,
the faster we're gonna be going." "Very...
fast... already," Rod reminded him. "Yeah."
Yorick gave a bleak smile. "We're already trav- eling a
thousand miles per second." "And
we will gain speed as we fall?" Yorick
nodded. "Unless you can do something about it." "Well...
may nap I can." Gwen leaned back, gazing thoughtfully
up at the bulge of the planet above them. "Do
it... soon," Rod begged. "Uh,
yeah." Yorick scratched at his ear. "That's the other thing I
forgot to mention, Lady Gallowglass. It's called 'friction.'
You know how when you rub your hands together, they
start feeling hot?" Gwen
nodded, not taking her eyes off the planet above. "Well,
we're going so fast that just our hull pushing through
the air can be friction enough to cause a lot of heat,"
Yorick explained. "Enough to kill us." "So,"
Gwen mused, "I must slow us and cool us." Beside
her, Rod nodded. "Molecules... slow 'em down..." "Thou
hast explained that to me oft enow, my lord," Gwen
said, with some asperity. "I must own, 'twas thou who
didst teach me what my mind did when I did stare at a
branch, and made it burst into flame. Nay, I ken the slowing
of these 'molecules,' as thou dost term them. And, I
think, I can slow our descent enow so that we may land gently."
She frowned up at the planet. "Let us begin by putting
the world where it doth belong." Slowly,
the huge curve moved off to the side. There was no
sensation of movement, but the sun-disc slowly slewed into
the center of the hole in the ceiling. Yorick
exhaled sharply. "Yes. Everyday occurrence. Right." Gwen
nodded, satisfied. "Now we fall downward." Across
the aisle, Chomoi stared, aghast. "What are they?" "A
witch and a warlock," Yorick informed her. "But that's
just the local term, where they come from." "This
isn't really magic?" Chomoi said hopefully. Yorick
shook his head. "Just psionics. These are two very
high-powered espers." Chomoi
sat back, going limp. "I'm glad to hear that's all it
is." "Right."
Yorick's smile soured. "It's so much less scary when
you can give it a name, isn't it?" "The
pirate is gone now," Gwen informed them. "Huh?"
Yorick looked up and saw a clear sky. "Well. Guess
once he saw he'd shot off our cabin, he figured we were
dead." "He
had every right to," Chomoi said devoutly. "Well."
Yorick laced his fingers across his midriff and settled
back into his acceleration couch. "Might as well relax and
enjoy the ride." "It
may be rough," Gwen warned. '"S
okay! That's just fine. Lady Gallowglass!" Yorick held up
a palm. "No matter how you slice it, it's going to be a
hell of a lot better than I thought it was." Actually,
it was rather boring from that point^on. Gwen was
very good at slowing them down, but she had a lot of speed
to kill, so it did take a little while. Every now and then,
things did begin to get a little too warm, and Gwen 752 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 153 had to
frown in deep concentration until they cooled off. Yorick
did some exploring, and found a couple of emergency oxygen
generators, but even so. Rod was worried that he might
have to try to precipitate the carbon out of the carbon dioxide
in the air, and he wasn't exactly burning to have black
dust all over the glowing brocade of his new doublet. At one
point. Rod said, "Dear... the planet... is turning ...
under us. Match... velocities..." "That
means matching the spin of the planet," Yorick explained.
"'Velocity' is how fast something's going in any given
direction. Just make sure we're moving at the same speed
as the world's surface." "How
am I to do that?" Gwen asked. "Find
some landmark," Yorick explained. He glanced at the
viewscreen. "Can't do much with that, the power cut off as
soon as we broke away from the ship. All we've got is a
little emergency power for lights, air, and heat, nothing left
over for sight-seeing." Gwen
frowned at the screen, and it burst into life. A landscape
reeled across it, blurred by speed, obscured by darkness. Yorick
stared. "How did you do that?" Then he squeezed his
eyes shut and shook his head. "Never mind—I don't think I
want to know. But try to pick out some big landmark, Lady
Gallowglass, and slow us down until it stays put in the
middle of the screen." The
landscape began to slow. Moonlight outlined ridges that were
chains of hills, showing a groove that must have been a
valley. In its
center, pricks of light glittered. "Civilization!"
Chomoi cried. "That's gotta be a city! Only
people make that kind of light! Quick, Lady Gal- lowglass,
put us down there!" Gwen
concentrated harder on the screen. "I will essay it..." Chomoi
leaned over to Yorick. "How come she can talk while
she's doing it, and he can't?" '"Cause
she's better at it than he is." Yorick spread his hands.
"What can I tell you? She's been practicing since she was
bom, and he only found out he had power three years
ago." Chomoi
reared her head back, looking askance at him. "How
come you know so much about them?" "Friend
of the family," Yorick assured her, "and if you met
their kids, you'd want to be friendly, too." "There."
Sweat beaded Gwen's brow. "Master Yorick, is that
as thou didst wish it?" "Beautiful,"
Rod mumbled. Yorick
looked at the screen. It was as rock-still as though someone
had hung a map at the front of the cabin. He blinked.
"How the hell did you do that? I didn't feel a thing!" "I
slowed us folk as I slowed the vessel." Yorick
stared at her. "Right." He shook himself. "Sure. Inertia—what's
that? just a frame of reference, right?" "Then
refer to that frame." Gwen pointed at the screen. "That
square of darkness in the center—what is it?" Yorick
leaned forward, squinting. Then he shook his head.
"Can't tell yet. Lady Gallowglass. When we're closer, maybe." The
tiny square started growing. It swelled until it filled the
screen. Moonlight silvered the dark square, revealing textures. "Treetops!"
Chomoi exclaimed. Yorick
stared. "Did you drop us lower, or did you just make
the picture get bigger?" Chomoi
pointed. "See that silver thread straggling kitty- comer
across it? Has to be a stream." "I
think it's a park. Lady Gallowglass." "Then
there should be few folk about," Gwen said, with growing
excitement. "'Twill make a good landing field." The
park swelled in the screen. They could see individual trees,
which moved off to the edges of the screen as they grew. Gwen
concentrated all of her attention on the screen. 754
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 155 The
stream grew broader and broader, filling the center of the
screen. Then it drifted off to the right and out of the screen
entirely. Chomoi
and Yorick stared for a few seconds, holding their
breath. The wreck jolted violently, slamming every- body
back against their acceleration couches. They all sat still
for a few minutes. Then
Gwen spoke, her voice soft in the dimness of the emergency
lights. "My apologies. I had not meant to strike with
such force." "Oh,
that's fine!" Chomoi held up a palm. "Wonderful."
Yorick nodded, with great enthusiasm. "Believe
me. Lady Gallowglass, that's a much softer landing than we
were expecting." "Any
landing is just great," Chomoi added. Yorick
loosed his webbing and stood up. "Here, let me give
you a hand." He helped Gwen disengage her webbing. She
caught his arm as she stood. "Gramercy, Master Yor- ick." "Oh,
it's nothing. It's... Hey! The major! Is he all right?" Rod was
leaning back in his couch, his eyes closed, chest heaving. "Aye,
he is well." Rod
pried an eyelid open. "Yeah." The other eyelid opened,
too, and he rolled both eyeballs over toward Yorick. "Just
a little tired." "He
did aid me in the moving of the vessel," Gwen explained. "A
little tired." Yorick nodded. "Sure, Major. Uh—be- fore we
do anything else—how about a little nap?" Rod
shook his head, loosening his webbing and strug- gling
to his feet. "Haven't got time. We've got to get out of here
before dawn." Yorick
reached out to stop him, saying, "No, Major. You're
not..." But Rod was already past him, tottering toward
the hatch. Yorick
shoved himself to his feet with a shrug. "Well, he's
got a point. We landed pretty close to the terminator, as I
remember my last glimpse of the viewscreen." Chomoi
hurried after Rod, bleating, "But how do we know
the air is even breathable here!" "Because
approximately two million colonists are already breathing
it." Yorick swung into step beside her. "And, of course,
there's always the hole in our own roof. Nice try, lady,
but you're not going to stop him with cobblestones for
roadblocks." Rod
threw his weight against the locking lever and shoved. The
door swung open, and he went with it. He half fell, half
jumped, and felt as though he were dropping through molasses.
As his feet touched the ground, Gwen was beside him,
holding onto his elbow. "Gently, I prithee, my lord!" "Why,
with you there to cushion my falls? Thanks, though, darling." Gwen
smiled, and shook her head. "Wilt thou not rest, my
lord? ...Nay, 'tis even as thou sayest, we must be gone—yet
favor thine own weakness, I prithee!" Rod
smiled gently at her. "You can always float me, if I
collapse, dear. After all, I won't be able to float alone...." He
looked around. "Hey! Not bad." One
moon was high in the sky, and another just above the
horizon. Between them, they gave just enough light to show
manicured lawns and sculpted trees all about them. Rowers
rustled in formal beds, their petals closed against the
night, and a small pond gleamed like a mirror a few hundred
yards away. "Why...
'tis beautiful," Gwen breathed, looking about. Yorick
sidled up next to Rod and nudged him with an elbow,
pointing toward Chomoi. She was silent, her face strained
and eyes haunted, drinking in the lush beauty around her. Rod
looked and nodded. "Yeah. Glad we get her off that prison
planet." "Aye,
the poor lass!" Gwen said. "To have so much of beauty,
after years of such bleakness...." 156 Christopher
Stasheff "We
may have it again, if we don't get out of here." Rod scanned
the trees and shrubbery, feeling his fatigue shoved into
the background as adrenaline spiked him. "No way to tell
which inviting piece of topiary is hiding a vision pickup. Maybe
even sound." Yorick
nodded. "Somebody's got to have noticed we dropped
in on them." "Well,
then, let's see if we can disappear before they send a
welcoming committee." Rod turned away. "See if you
can't wake up Chomoi, will you?" Yorick
reached out carefully, touching Chomoi's arm. Her
head jerked around, eyes wide, and Yorick stepped back fast,
just as a precaution. "I really hate to interrupt your reverie,
Ms., but we gotta get going, or we're going to have company." Chomoi
whirled, staring about her, wild-eyed. "Right."
Yorick nodded. "No telling where from. Only that
they're on their way." "We
can't be sure of that." Chomoi swung back to him. "But
we'd be fools to take the chance. Which way did the Major
go?" Yorick
pointed, and Chomoi set off after Rod and Gwen at a
pace that made Yorick hustle. They
came out onto cobblestones as dawn was lightening the
sky, permeating everything with a dim, sourceless light, punctuated
by slivers of late moonlight. It was the time when
night had died and day hadn't been born, a time between
realities, when nothing is definite and everything is
possible—a time of fantasy when anything can happen. And the
landscape was right for it. Mist rose about their knees,
and its tendrils wisped up to veil a row of half- timbered
houses, their second stories overhanging the street. Shop
signs creaked in the breeze. Far away, something barked. "Why,
'tis like home," Gwen said, wide-eyed. "Yeah."
Rod frowned. "Wonder what's wrong?" "Why're
we talking so softly?" Chomoi whispered. THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 157 "Who
could be loud in a place like this?" Yorick mur- mured. "Besides,
we might wake the neighbors." Rod shouldered his
fatigue and mustered his resolution. "And we don't want them to
see us—just yet." "Wherefore
not?" "Because
they're going to find that capsule that brought us
here, and we don't want some idle bystander with a high sense
of drama telling the authorities that they saw us near the
park this morning." "I
get the point," Yorick said. "Some enthusiastic soul might
jump to the conclusion that we came in on that ship." "But
wherefore ought we wish him not to?" Gwen looked from
man to man, puzzled. "We were aboard it." "Yeah,
dear, but whoever tried to shoot us down thinks we're
dead. We wouldn't want to disillusion him, would we?" "Or
her," Chomoi put in. "But
when they find the empty ship, they will know we do
live!" - "Yes,
but they won't know what we look like!" "Camouflage,
Lady Gallowglass," Yorick explained. "Odds
are that our attacker doesn't know what we look like, aside
from a general description. He'll know we escaped, but
nothing more since nobody on Otranto has seen us. But if he
can get a detailed description from an eyewitness..." "Hold
on!" Chomoi held her hands up like a football referee.
"Time out! You're both assuming that pirate was out to
get us! He could have just been after the ship!" Rod
looked at Yorick. Yorick looked at Rod. "All
right, all right! I get the point!" Chomoi snarled, yanking
her hands down. "Come on, let's go!" She set off down
the street, walking fast. Rod
followed after her. "Can I help it if I'm^ cynic?" "Dost
thou wish to?" Gwen murmured. Four
blocks later. Rod came to a sudden halt. "Would you
look at that! You'd think a surveyor had drawn a line 758 Christopher Stasheff and a
town board had declared a zone." "Probably
did," Chomoi declared. "There
goes the neighborhood," Yorick sighed. "And
the business district begins." Rod agreed. "But
what manner of business isn't?" Gwen wondered. "Woman's
oldest," Chomoi stated. "Oh,
they're not that exclusive." Rod pursed his lips. "I see at
least three gambling halls in there, and five saloons." "And
five feelie theaters, three dance parlors, two opium dens,
and a pawnshop." Yorick looked up and down the street.
"Have I missed anything?" "Yes.
But they haven't." As far
as they could see, the street was one mass of blinking,
scrambling, writhing holographic displays in gar- ish
colors, advertising every form of pleasure conceived by mortal
man and woman. "Wonder
what the buildings look like?" Yorick mused. "Who
can tell?" Rod shrugged. "Even if you could see one,
you couldn't be sure it was real." Chomoi
nodded. "That about sums up this whole planet, from
what I've heard." "I
thought it was a resort." "It
is. And it's amazing what people will resort to, if they
can find the money." "Otranto,"
Rod said, remembering the planet's reputa- tion,
stronger than ever in his own time, five hundred years later.
"Isn't their motto, 'It's been a business doing pleasure with
you'?" "No,
but it will be," Yorick assured him. He took a deep breath.
"Well, folks—we gotta get through it, right?" "Right."
Rod squared his shoulders and stepped manfully in.
"Breathe every five steps, friends." That
wasn't as easy as it sounded. The signs weren't just visual—most
of them were aural and olfactory, too. And, occasionally,
tactile. The company waded through a me- lange
of sounds and smells, their senses assaulted by every THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 159 glamour
in the state of the art. Erotic images gyrated and beckoned,
male and female; delectable aromas wafted out to
envelop them; images of riches and luxury flashed before their
eyes. Holographic hucksters stepped out to entice them, as real
as life and twice as pungent. They gritted their teeth and
forced themselves to keep going, wading through every distraction
they had ever desired. A
sleek, unbelievably handsome young man stepped out of a
doorway, muscles rippling underneath his evening clothes,
one arm full of long-stemmed roses, the other dan- gling a
diamond necklace. Chomoi swerved after him like a
needle to a magnet. "Hold
it, sister." Yorick caught her arm. "Just illusion, remember?
Besides, he costs money." Chomoi
shook herself, coming out of her trance with a gasp.
"Thanks. They almost got me with that one." "Close,"
Yorick agreed. "Courage, lady. You're almost out of
it." "How
do you know?" Chomoi wondered. "I
don't—but this kind of thing can't go on forever!" "Optimist,"
she snorted. However,
the colony was young yet; the cheapside didn't last
more than a quarter mile. They came up out of aromas and
sensations with huge, rasping gasps, into clear, quiet air. "I
don't think I could have taken much more." Rod sagged against
a lamp post. "And
you didn't even have any money." Yorick finally took
his hand off his hip pocket and flexed it. "I think I've got
cramps." Cramps
in your soul, friend? Does this mortal world pain you,
with its plethora of Philistines?" They
looked up, startled. A monk
stood before them—the real, genuine article, in a
brown robe and rope belt. No tonsure, though. "Why,
he is quite like those at home," Gwen cried. 160
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 161 "Uh,
well, no, not really, dear." Rod scratched the tip of his
nose. "Just looks like it." "Nay!
He doth wear the badge! Dost'a not see?" Gwen
pointed, and Rod looked. The robe had a breast pocket,
and in it was a small yellow-handled screwdriver. "You're
a Cathodean." The
monk bowed his head in greeting. "Brother Joseph Fumble,
though my acquaintances generally call me Brother Joey.
And yourselves?" "Gwen
and Rod Gallowglass." Rod pointed at his wife. "She's
Gwen." He gestured toward the other two. "He's Yorick,
and she's Chomoi." "Pleased
to meet you," Brother Joey said, with a small bow.
"I don't suppose any of you would be interested in taking
up religion?" "Uhhhh..."
Rod glanced uncomfortably at Gwen. "We're, ah,
pretty well set along that line, thanks. I take it you're a
priest?" "No,
but I'm working on it." Rod
eyed the man; he wasn't all that young. "But you are a
deacon." "Oh,
yes, everything set except final vows." Brother Joey sighed
and shook his head. "It's just that I'm not really sure I'm cut
out for this sort of thing." "For
what? The priesthood?" Brother
Joey nodded. "I've got the drive, mind you; I've visited
nine planets so far, but I've had spectacularly little success
as a missionary. Only two converts so far, and they were
both religious recidivists." He brightened. "I'm an excellent
engineer, though." "I
see the problem," Rod agreed. "But isn't Otranto a rather
odd place to be preaching?" "Apparently
it is, but I thought it would be an excellent, ah,
'hunting-ground,' if you follow me. Sort of a virgin wilderness
of the spirit. I mean, if there's any planet where people
need religion, it's Otranto!" "Yes,
but considering how much money most of them have
spent to come here to wallow in pleasure, and how much
more the rest are making from giving it to them, it's the
last place I'd expect to find people in remorse." "And,
apparently, your expectations are sharper than mine,"
the monk sighed. "But it seemed such an excellent idea!" "Yet
not all clergymen must needs be missionaries," Gwen said
gently. "Mayhap thou wouldst be more suited to a village
church." "Uh,
if you two are gonna talk about it..." Rod glanced nervously
along their back trail. "Would you mind if you keep
walking while you do? I admit it'd take a genius of a bloodhound
to track us through that aroma heaven back there, but
we did kind of stand out, being live people in the vapor-light
district at this hour of the morning. I need room." "Well,
you'll find it in this neighborhood, I assure you." Brother
Joey fell into step beside them, gesturing about him. Rod had
to agree with him. The houses, if you could call
them that, were far apart and far back from the road, each
one sitting centered on several acres of ground, with flawless
lawns rolling down to the walkway. The nearest was a
gloomy old Tudor manor house, but right next to it was a
Gothic castle. A rambling Georgian mansion glowered across
from it, and the lot after that held a medieval ruin. "Odd
notion of housing developments they have here." Rod
frowned, looking about him, and sniffing the air. "Smells like
rain." "It
always does, here," Brother Joey assured him, "and it's
always overcast, except for the first half-hour after dawn each
day. Just enough so that those who like sunrises, can have
them." "They're
doing such wonderful things with weather con- trol
these days." Rod shook his head in wonder. "But why?" "To
make Otranto stand out," Brother Joey explained. "There
are only a half-dozen of these pleasure-planets so 162 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 163 far,
but that's already enough to make the competition strong—after
all, there are just so many really wealthy citizens
in the Terran Sphere." Chornoi
nodded. "And most of them want to go to Or- lando." "Orlando
does seem to have the general tourist trade locked
up—'something for everyone,' and all that. I under- stand
they have a separate continent for each amusement theme." "More
like very large islands," Chomoi said, "but there are a
lot of them, yes." Brother
Joey nodded. "So the other pleasure-planets have to
specialize. They draw only a small percentage of the customers,
but that small percentage comes to a billion a year.
They attract those customers by doing only one theme, but
doing it in all the variations that a whole planet has room
for." "Oh."
Rod looked around at the ruined castle and the gloomy
manor houses, with the heavy gray sky brooding over it
all. "I take it Otranto opted for Gothic romance." Brother
Joey nodded. "They even renamed the planet for the
purpose. It used to be Zane's Star IV." Chomoi
said, "They've filled it with haunted houses, gloomy
moors, and the most elaborate graveyards ever to bear
bodies. The tourists get to live out their fantasies, dressing
up in full costume and stalking around their bor- rowed
family mansions, listening for clanking chains or moaning
ghosts." "So,"
Rod said, "I can expect to see a whole pack of decadent
aristocrats haunted by family spectres?" Chomoi
nodded. "And a bevy of penurious governesses, a host
of crochety country squires fairly overflowing with Weltschmerz,
and a veritable zooful of assorted monsters." "But
the biggest attractions, of course," said Brother Joey,
"are the dreamhouses." "Yeah."
Chomoi gazed off into space with a dreamy smile.
"You lie down, take a drug that puts you into a trance..." Rod
jerked to a halt, staring in horror. "A zombie- drug?!!?" "No,
no! It just deadens bodily sensations, and heightens suggestibility.
A zombie-drug would totally knock out the forebrain,
leave the customer without any freedom of choice! And
choice plays a big part in it—the customer actually gets to
react! Of course, he reacts pretty much in keeping with
the plot line, unless he's a real maverick...." "Plot?"
Rod frowned. "I thought he just dreamed!" "Well,
she does, but it's a dream coming out of a com- puter
directly into the customer's brain. Completely pre- scripted,
of course—and the customer plays the hero or heroine.
I hear it's the ultimate entertainment—exciting, emotion-stirring,
full color, total sound-surround, full range of
aromas and tastes—and the full sensation of touch." She shivered.
"Bodice-rippers cost extra." Gwen
was staring in disbelief. "I
understand," said Brother Joey, "that it's all consid- erably
more vivid than reality." "Oh,
no!" Rod squeezed his eyes shut. "Why do I sud- denly
feel sorry for anyone who's been through one of those?" "Possibly
because most of their customers are never able to be
satisfied with actual life, after they've been through one
such dream. As a result, they constantly crave another dream,
and another." Brother Joey shuddered. "Under such circumstances,
to claim they're not addictive, just because they
don't build physical dependence, is simply weaseling with
the meaning of the term." "Never,"
Gwen said, with total determination, "shall I ever
essay such." "Oh,
but they're not dangerous!" Chomoi cried. "They can't
be, or the dreamhouses would lose customers." Rod
shook his head. "Forget about the dream itself. You're 164 Christopher Stasheff lying
there, out cold, for a few hours, right?" Chomoi
shook her head. "Just a few minutes, real time. An
hour, at the most." "An
hour?" Yorick turned to her, frowning. "Just how much
does this emotional candy cost, anyway?" "Only
a couple of hundred kwahers..." "A
couple of hundred? For less than an hour?" "That's
real time," Chornoi protested. "But while you're dreaming,
it seems to go on and on for weeks—maybe even months!" "So
you're really paying for weeks of entertainment." Rod
nodded, his mouth wry. "But it only costs the house a few
minutes' use of its facilities. Talk about high turn- over.
..." "The
overnight vacation," Yorick mused, gazing off into space.
"Fun, excitement, and romance, all in an evening's sleep...." Rod
shook himself. "What are we, the dreamhouses' advertising
bureau? The fact remains that while your mind is
enjoying this total illusion, your body is lying there, totally
vulnerable!" Chornoi
nodded. "That's why the dreamhouses guarantee your
safety." "How
can they do that? I mean, while you're asleep, they
could..." Rod stared in horror. "My lord! They could just
channel indoctrination into your brain, along with the entertainment!" "No,
they couldn't," Chomoi said quickly. "I mean, they could,
but it's totally illegal. The laws safeguarding dream- house
patrons are very rigid." "Rather
elaborate, too," Brother Joey agreed. Rod shrugged.
"So? As I believe I pointed out not too long
ago, murder is illegal, but people get killed anyway." "But
these laws get enforced! Very tightly!" "So
do the laws against murder. It doesn't help the corpse much." Chomoi's
jaw set. "Say what you like—the dreams are THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 165 safe.
Not even the police are allowed to disturb a dreamer." "Oh!"
Rod smiled brightly. "So a dreamhouse is the perfect
hiding-place for a crook on the lam!" "As
long as his money holds out," Yorick qualified. "The
Church used to be able to offer a better deal than that,"
Brother Joey sighed. "You
can't deny we could use a good place to rest." Chomoi
stabbed a finger at Rod. Rod
parried. "And you can't deny we're short on cash. In
fact, we're going to have trouble scrounging fare to Terra." "Of
course..." Yorick pursed his lips. "... we might be able to
persuade the local government to want to get rid of us,
really badly, again..." "Not
too badly," Rod said quickly. "I
must ask your pardon," said tall, dark, and bloodless as he
brushed past them and hurried away, muttering to the man
beside him, "We will be late for our call." "Aren't
you getting into character a little bit early?" his partner
asked. Chomoi's
head swiveled, tracking him. "Wasn't that guy a
little long in the tooth?" "I
do get the feeling I've seen him before," Yorick agreed. "Count
Dracula?" Rod stared. "And who was that guy with
him?" "The
one with the shaggy face?" Yorick asked. "For a minute,
I thought he was a relative." '"Twas
a werewolf," Gwen gasped. "More
like one who got stuck halfway." Rod had vivid memories
of the werewolf he'd had to fight once. "Didn't you say
the customers like to dress up in costumes here?" "Yeah,
but they wouldn't be up this early in the morning!" "Especially
if the guy pretending to be the vampire was really
going to try to get into character," Yorick agreed. "After
all, we might get sunshine any minute now." "I
gotta see where they're going." Rod started after the pair.
"Go ahead, call me gullible, but I gotta see!" 766 Christopher Stasheff Gwen
and Chornoi exchanged glances, then shrugs. "Wherefore
not?" "Can't think of a reason." "One
direction's as good as another when you don't know where
you're going," Yorick agreed. "I'll
come along, if you don't mind," Brother Joey said. "After
all, I'm not doing much good where I am..." "Who
among us is?" Yorick sighed. They
came out into a village square, surrounded by half- timbered
shops on three sides, the fourth open to a gloomy castle
atop an artificial crag, several hundred yards away. A rough
hillside with picturesque, stunted trees led up to its
walls. "Good
landscape architect," Rod noted. "Or
set designer." Yorick pointed. "Look." "My
lord, what be these folk?" Gwen asked. "A
group of arcane specialists, dear," Rod answered. "I think
they're making a story." The
square was littered with people, most of them in Bavarian
peasant costumes, one or two in nineteenth century business
suits. Right in among them were people in up-to- date
coveralls. Most of them were gathered around a long table
fairly groaning with food. A woman
in her early twenties, with a focal headband low on
her forehead and her hair tied up in a kerchief, hurried
past them. The headband had thickened the air in front
of her eyes with twin forcefields, suggesting how she would
have looked if she were wearing spectacles, which is what
the forcefields were—energy lenses. She carried a computer
pad in her left hand. As she passed, she glanced up at
them, then jerked to a halt, frowning at Rod and Gwen. "How
did the costumer get you into those rigs? You're at least
three hundred years out of period! Those outfits are Elizabethan,
if they're anything. Go back to Wardrobe and tell
them you want nineteenth century Bavarian." She turned to
Brother Joey, looking him up and down. "You'll do, but if
you've seen one monk, you've seen 'em all." Brother Joey
started to protest, but she held up a hand. "No, don't THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 167 tell
me—'Monk, he see; monk, he do.' I've heard it already. I don't
remember ordering you, though." "Maybe
somebody else...?" Yorick suggested, grinning hugely. The
young woman threw up her hands. "Producers! What do they
expect production secretaries to do, if they keep bypassing
'em and ordering things on their own? Strogan- off!"
and she was off, careening through the crowd. "Stroganoff?"
Yorick looked at the table. "Little odd, for
breakfast." "I
think it's somebody's name." Brother Joey pointed at someone.
"See the plump fellow she's talking to? The one in the
gray flannel coverall?" Yorick
nodded. "Probably giving him what-for, about sending
for a monk when the script didn't call for it." "You're
enjoying this," Chomoi accused. "Why
not?" Yorick couldn't stifle a chuckle. "I just love other
people's mistakes!" "Do
you get the feeling we've wandered into a 3DT set?" Rod
asked Brother Joey. "Oh,
of course," the monk confirmed. "Where else would so many
weird people seem so normal?" "What
is a '3DT set'?" Gwen asked. "An
absurdity based on a fantasy derived from a reality that
never existed," Rod answered. "The abbreviation stands for
'Three-Dimensional Television'—pictures that look and move
like real people, but are absolutely artificial. The folk you see
there, use 3DT for telling stories. Well, no," he said,
correcting himself instantly, "not telling, really— showing.
They show a story, as though you were right there, watching
it happen." "Yes,
but this story is much more interesting." Brother Joey
beamed, watching the actors mill about. "I've been watching
these people for three or four days-now. They're fascinating,
they take so much time to do something that seems
so simple!" "Well,
if they're making it look simple, they must be 768 Christopher Stasheff doing
it really well." Rod had enough experience trying to mn an army,
to be sure that managing even a hundred people had to
be a minor nightmare. "My
lord," said Gwen, "who are those men with those devices
strapped on their shoulders?" "Camera
operators, darling. Those little plastic bulges are 3DT
cameras. When they're recording, the men will wear
special goggles that sense every movement of their eye
muscles, and transmit them to the cameras. Then the cameras
will automatically 'look' wherever the men do." Chomoi
frowned. "I thought they made all these 3DT epics
on Luna." Brother
Joey looked up in surprise. "Oh, no! Not since the
PEST regime took over Terra and cut off the unprofitable planets.
The ones that still had trade operating, adapted— quickly,
too! And while they were at it, they developed ways of
making their own entertainment. You really didn't know
about this?" "I've
been out of circulation for a while," Chomoi said, flustered. "Cloistered,
you might say," Rod put in. Chomoi
glared daggers at him, but Brother Joey nodded with
full understanding. "Oh, a retreat? Well, let me explain it to
you, then. You see, some of these people were nice enough
to explain it all to me. Not the young lady in the kerchief
and computer tablet, of course—she's always busy, and she
never remembers me from one day to the next. But the
'extras' do—the ones who just dress up like peasants and
lurk in the background, bystanding." "They
get paid for that?" Brother
Joey nodded. "So they always have a great deal of time
on their hands, and they're glad to talk." "But
how can the company afford it?" Rod looked around, frowning.
"This looks like a pretty expensive operation." "Oh,
yes, it certainly is! So when PEST cut them off, they
had to work out ways of cutting costs. The main one THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 169 seems
to be specialization: Each 3DT company works in just
one genre, and settles down on whichever pleasure- planet
has its kind of settings." "So
this company is making a Gothic epic—a horror story,"
Rod observed. "But didn't PEST want to keep the resort
planets?" "No.
Pleasure costs money, so it isn't profitable." "For
the customers, at least." Rod gave him a dry smile. "Never
mind how much money it makes for the sellers." "PEST
doesn't. They're rather puritanical." "Most
dictatorships are, during their early years." "All
PEST could see was the amount of money Ten-an citizens
were spending on those 'foreign' planets, so they cut off
trade with the resorts. They reasoned that if the dissolute
couldn't go to the pleasure-planets, the money would
stay at home." Rod's
smile gained real warmth. "I take it that only drove up the
price of transportation?" "Correct.
Which did rather hold down the number of people
who could come here from Terra." "Let
me guess—most of the ones who do are in the PEST
bureaucracy." "Why,
how did you know? You're right, of course—the really
wealthy will keep their privileges, no matter who sits on the
throne. But it has been hard on the people who live here;
they're experiencing some rather lean times." "But
not starving," Rod noted. Brother
Joey shook his head. "No. They're managing, on the
handful of Terran patrons, and the few who come in from
each of the frontier planets." "Which
makes them a nexus," Rod said softly, "one of the few
surviving links between the outlying planets and the
shrunken Terran Sphere." "Yes."
Brother Joey looked directly into his eyes. "Some trade
survives. Only a trickle, perhaps, but it's there. In both
directions." 170 Christopher Stasheff Yorick
grinned. "No wonder our freighter was bound for Otranto." "The
resorts become trade centers." Rod nodded slowly, as
understanding dawned. He'd always thought the resort planets
of his own time had become Sin Cities to service the
merchants. He'd never realized it could have begun the other
way. "And
that," Yorick went on, "is why we're here." "Oh."
Brother Joey looked up in surprise. "Did you want to go
to Terra?" Rod
opened his mouth, but a short, lean man with white hair
and a face with a few wrinkles bawled, "Mirane!" "Over
here, Whitey!" the girl with the computer-pad called
back. She dived into the crowd and plowed toward him. As she
came up to him, he said, "About time to roll, isn't
it?" "Eight
o'clock," Mirane confirmed. "And all present or accounted
for." "'Accounted
for'?" Whitey's eyebrows lifted. "How many are we
missing?" "Only
a couple of extras." Mirane touched a few keys on her
pad. "A middle-aged peasant and a matron in a babushka." "Nobody
we can't shoot without." Whitey scowled up at the
sky. "But we can't start until the clouds cooperate. What is
it with that weatherman? He promised us a low overcast,
with threatening thunderheads, and all we've got is a
high haze!" "We
paid enough for it." Stroganoff, the plump man, joined
them, scowling. "Check and find out what happened to it,
will you, Mirane?" The
young woman punched buttons on her computer- pad,
then pulled a handset from a pouch at her belt and talked
into it, frowning at the sky. The
plump man paced. "Hang it, we've got three stars, THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 171 five
supporting actors, and a hundred extras tied up here! We
can't afford to waste time on a weatherman who can't deliver!" "So
sue him." Whitey lounged back against a shopfront, hands
in his jacket pockets. "You worry too much, Dave." "Somebody's
got to." Dave pinned him with a glare. "It's
okay for you to talk, you're just the director!" "Also
the backer," Whitey reminded him. "It's my money we're
wasting. Come off it, Dave, relax." Dave
heaved a sigh. "You make it sound good, Whitey. But
blast it, we've got a schedule to keep! If we get behind a
little every day, pretty soon we'll need an extra day's shooting—and
that'll cost you a couple of therms! Besides, we lose
Gawain after the twenty-seventh." "So
what's a leading man?" Whitey shrugged. "We'll just
have to make sure we get all his scenes shot before then." "All
right, all right! So make sure of it, will you?" "Oh,
all right." Whitey heaved himself up with a sigh and
stepped over to a fiftyish woman behind a complicated- looking
console. He talked quietly with her a moment, then turned
to call out, "Okay, Gawain, Herman, and Clyde! As long as
we're waiting, let's run the first part of the scene, before
the mob jumps the vampire." "Where
I throw the handkerchief?" asked a little man in a dark
blue robe and pointed cap sprinkled with signs of the
zodiac. Whitey
nodded. "Let's take it back a bit, to where Gawain has
just come out of the inn and seen Herman waiting for him
across the plaza." "Right."
A blond young man in a tweed suit stepped up beside
Whitey. "I just woke up and found out breakfast wasn't
even made yet, right?" "That's
it, Gawain. And a nice young guy li^e Dr. Vailin wouldn't
even dream of waking somebody up just to get him a
cup of coffee." 772 Christopher Stasheff "So
I'm stepping out into the false dawn to let the chill wake me
up." Whitey
nodded again. "That's right. You enter from cam- era
left, take a deep breath, look around, and see Count Dracula." "Over
there." The young man pointed at the vampire— and
frowned. "Aw, come on, Herman! You had all night with
that script!" "Just
making sure, lad." The vampire closed the cover on a
small computer-pad and handed it to a coveralled bru- nette.
He turned back toward Gawain and straightened his collar.
"Now, then: 'It is pleasant, is it not? The air of my Transylvania.'" "The
approach of dawn clears the air," Gawain agreed. "But
aren't you becoming careless, my lord? The first rays of the
rising sun will touch you quite soon." "What
is existence without risk?" the vampire asked. "Only
a dull, endless round of absurdity. Still, I do not hazard
greatly; I have yet a little time." "Thirteen
and a half minutes," snapped the little man in the
blue gown. "Ah,
my colleague is always precise," Dracula purred. "You
have not been introduced, I believe. Dr. Vailin, allow me to
present the esteemed sorcerer, Vaneskin Plochayet." Gawain
gave a slight bow. "Charmed." "Not
yet," the sorcerer chuckled, "not yet." "Not
ever," Gawain's face became stem. "The words of Aristotle
will preserve me from your illusions. Master Plo- chayet." The
little sorcerer cackled, and Dracula sneered, "Surely you do
not believe that your puny science can avail against our
might, young man! You are not now in your native Germany,
so far to the north and west! Nor are you in Italy, the
Land of Faith; nor Greece, the Land of Reason! Nay, both
are..." He broke off, turning to the director. "Damn it,
Whitey! Am I supposed to make that sound realistic?" THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 173 "Of
course not," Whitey retorted, "it's a fantasy. Just make it
believable. Come on, come on! 'Greece, the Land of
Reason...'" Herman
sighed and turned back to Gawain. " 'Nay! Both are my
neighbors—and uneasy neighbors they are. For you bide
now in Transylvania, home of witchcraft and horror! Southeast
of Austria, southwest of Russia we bide, poised between
the lands of Reason and the land of feudal darkness, where
your Science can have no sway!" "Not
so," Dr. Vailin smiled, almost amused. "Science rules
the universe, even this small, forgotten comer—for science
is the description of Order, and Order proceeds from the
Good. No creature of Evil can stand against its symbol!" He
slipped a crucifix from his breast pocket and brandished it. The
Count shrieked and cowered, hands raised to ward him
from the sight of holiness. But his sorcerer-ally leaped in
front of him, hurling something as he shouted an incan- tation. It was
a silk scarf, and it fluttered to the pavement at his feet. "Cut!"
Whitey bawled, and he turned to the woman be- hind
the console. "Well! That was a majestic flop. What happened,
Hilda? The kerchief was supposed to fly across to
drape itself over the crucifix!" Hilda was
punching buttons, looking miffed. "Sorry, Whitey.
It's the static-charge generator. It was working ten minutes
ago, I swear!" "Don't,"
Whitey advised, "it's not nice. Get the gremlins out of
it, will you?" "Clouds!"
Dave slapped Whitey on the shoulder, pointing at the
sky. Ominous
charcoal-colored thunderheads were drifting to- ward
them in full majesty. Whitey
turned to Mirane, beaming. "You got through!" She
nodded. "Just a clerk's foul-up. They promised it'll be
nicely ominous within fifteen minutes." 774 Christopher Stasheff "Awright!"
Whitey grinned. "Now we can get to work!" He
turned to Hilda. "How soon can you have that static generator
fixed?" Hilda's
jaw set. "I'm a special-effects operator, Whitey, not a
repairman!" "Specialists!"
Whitey rolled his eyes up. "Preserve me from
'em, Lord—or David. You're closer. Talk to her, will you?"
He turned back to Mirane. "What else can we shoot?" Dave
heaved a sigh and rolled over to Hilda. "Don't you know
how the gadget works?" She
stared at him for a moment, then blushed and shook her
head. "Sorry, Dave. I just push the buttons." Whitey
turned away from Mirane, bawling, "Places for Scene
123!" Dave
stepped up to Mirane. "Where's the nearest elec- tronics
tech?" "They're
all kinds of them on this planet," she answered. "Somebody
has to keep all those holo effects working. But they're
all on salary, Dave, and they've all got regular rounds. I don't
think we could get one on less than a day's notice." "Blast!"
Dave scowled. "And I was hoping we could finish
up with Clyde and Herman today. Well, no help for it.
We'll just have to scratch the scene and pick it up to- morrow." Mirane
punched keys, and frowned at her pad. "Another day of
Clyde and Herman will cost you a therm and a half each.
And the minimum crew for an extra day is 843 kwahers." Dave
paled. "That'll put us over budget." "Uh,
your pardon, please." Brother Joey stepped up. "I'm
afraid I eavesdropped." "Not
hard," Dave grunted. "We haven't exactly been tiptoeing," "Perhaps
I could help." Brother Joey slipped his screw- driver
out. "I'm very good with gadgets and gizindigees." Dave
stared a moment, then smiled with tolerant pa- tience.
"This isn't exactly a job for a hobbyist, fella." THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 175 "I
made a living at it," Brother Joey said, poker-faced. "I
used to fix holo gear on spaceliners." Dave
really stared now, his lips parting toward a grin. "But
you're not in the union!" Hilda howled. "He
doesn't have to be; we aren't on Luna now." Dave grinned
wickedly. "Or anywhere within the Terran Sphere, for
that matter—so we don't have unions yet." "Well,
we ought to," Hilda grumbled. "Why,
Hildie?" one of the camera ops said. "If we had, you
couldn't've gotten in—or any of us, except Harve, here.
He's the only one who had an uncle in the union." Harve
nodded. "Besides, union max was twenty kwahers a day
below what they're paying us here." "Bribery,"
Hilda snapped. "Lousy union-busters." "No,
victims." Harve grinned wickedly. "There ain't too many of
us out here, Hilda. We can call down top money." "It's
right here, I think," Brother Joey called, his head and
shoulders inside an access hatch. "The trouble, I mean. A weak
chip." "How
canst thou tell?" Gwen knelt beside the hatch, peering
in with avid interest. Rod
listened with growing trepidation as Brother Joey explained
about test meters. Gwen's infatuation with tech- nology
was really beginning to be depressing. "Paranoid?"
Chornoi asked at his shoulder. "Always,"
Rod assured her. "Turn
it off, please." Brother Joey pulled himself out of the
hatch and looked up at Hilda. "Let it cool down." Tight-lipped,
she stabbed at a button, and the telltale lights
died. Brother
Joey stood up, dusting off his hands, and turned to the
producer. "That chip quits when it overheats. Just get it to a
circuit-doctor, and have him put in a new one." Dave
pressed a hand to his forehead. "You mean we have to
scrap the scene, after all?" "No,
of course not. Just have somebody run over to the multi-shop
and pick up a freezer. You know, one of the little 776 Christopher Stasheff plug-in
sticks for cooling down martinis? I'll frost that chip for you
just before you run the scene. That'll get you through the
day." "My
savior!" Dave grabbed him by the shoulders. "No,
that's toy boss." Brother Joey held up a cautioning forefinger.
"But I get paid, you know. In my business, we have to
pull our own weight. The chapter house is too far away to
send me a salary." "Union
rates plus!" Dave turned to Mirane. "Send a gopher
for a freezer, will you?" "He's
on his way." "That's
my girl!" Dave spun away too fast to see Mirane blush.
"We just have to wait for this scene, Whitey." "I
was going to, anyway." Whitey surveyed the ersatz peasant
mob. "Hey, wait a minute—who put the monk in with
the farmers?" Mirane
stepped up beside him, frowning. "He's in cos- tume.
And that outfit goes with any period—after 1100 A.D.,
of course." "Yeah,
but the poor vampire wouldn't stand a chance with a
priest in the crowd. Besides, look at that little yellow screwdriver
in his pocket. They never had those in nine- teenth
century Transylvania." He turned to Dave. "Who hired
him for this scene?" Dave
opened his mouth, but Brother Joey answered, "Nobody." Mirane
was touching computer keys again. "He's right. I
checked off all the extras, and he's not included." She looked
up at Rod, frowning. "None of you are." "Never
claimed to be," Rod confirmed. Dave
was frowning. "Uh, come over here a second, would
you?" Rod and
Gwen exchanged glances, then stepped over to the
producer. "I
hate to seem rude," Dave muttered, "but if you weren't hired
for this scene, what're you doing here?" Rod
shrugged. "Just watching." THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 177 "Tourists!"
Dave heaved a martyred sigh. "How do you keep
'em out? Look, folks, I appreciate your interest, but we
can't have you mixing in with the cast. Just too many legal
problems." "Well,
that's show biz," Yorick sighed. "Very
short career," Rod agreed. "'Twas
pleasant, whilst it endured," Gwen concurred. "Um,
I don't mean to give you the bum's rush, especially since
we just hired your friend, here, below-the-line." Dave nodded
toward Brother Joey. "You're welcome to watch, if you
want to. Just stand way behind the camera ops, okay?" "I
shall surely watch!" Gwen stepped over to Brother Joey
and knelt down to study what he was doing. Appre- hension
prickled Rod's spine. "Figure
it out?" Whitey asked, stepping up. "Yeah—and
I appointed them guests." Dave waved to- ward
Whitey. "This is the director, folks. His name's Tod Tambourin." Chomoi
stared. So did Rod. Even Yorick looked im- pressed. "Yes,"
Dave sighed, "the Tod Tambourin." "The
poet laureate of the Terran Sphere?" Chomoi gasped. "Not
anymore," Whitey assured her. "PEST took the laurels
away. They didn't like my verses—decided I favored individualism
too much. Horrible, immoral concepts, you know,
such as 'freedom' and 'human rights.'" Chomoi
paled. "PEST did that?" "Hey!"
Yorick clasped her shoulder. "Don't take it per- sonally.
It's not as though you did it." "But
I did," she breathed, "I did." "So
did every person who voted extra power to the Ex- ecutive
Secretary," Whitey snorted, "but I'm not about to blame
each one of 'em." He shrugged. "Besides, they're paying
for it now, anyway. Just a bunch of poor suckers, that's
all." "Yes,"
Chomoi whispered, "we were." "Hey,
don't let it bog you down! Spend too much time 778 Christopher Stasheff cursing
yourself for what you did yesterday, and you'll hamstring
yourself for tomorrow! Besides..." Whitey shrugged.
"I never was too comfortable being 'Tod Tam- bourin,'
anyway. Always preferred being 'Whitey the Wino.'" Chomoi
stared. Then she straightened, and her mouth firmed
with resolution. "Well!
Always glad to have admirers around." Whitey turned
to pump Rod's hand. "What do you think of my show?" "Uh..."
Rod cast a look of appeal to Gwen. "You wrote the
script for this epic?" "Yeah,
me." Whitey frowned. "What is it? What don't you
like?" Rod
took a deep breath and plunged. "Little on the wordy side,
isn't it?" "Hm."
Whitey gazed at him, scowling. Then he
turned to Mirane. "Call Gawain over here, will you?
And Clyde and Herman." He gazed off into space, abstracted. Rod
turned to Dave with a word of apology on his lips, but
Dave held up a palm. "Shh! He's working." The
actors came up, and Whitey said, "Herman, take it from,
'You are not now in your native Germany,' will you?" Herman
frowned. " 'You are not now in your native Ger- many,
so far to the north and west! Nor are you in...'" "All
right, cut!" Whitey chopped down with his hand. "Condense
it, Herman. How would your character say it?" Herman
stared at him for a moment, then smiled and said,
"'Surely you do not believe that puny science can prevail
against me, young man!'" Mirane
stared up at him, her linger keying the dictation mode on
her keypad. '"You
are in my Transylvania now, not in your native Germany,
where logic prevails!'" Herman went on. '"No, you are
caught between Faith and Reason to the west, and THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 179 witchcraft
and superstition to the east...'" "That's
enough." Whitey chopped crosswise with his hand.
"I get the point; I tried to work in too much geography at one
blow. Okay, let's try it this way: Uh... 'You are trapped
here, young man—trapped in Transylvania, trapped between
the logic of Germany, to the west, and the super- stition
of Russia, to the east.'" "Dracula
would keep the 'my Transylvania,'" Herman said
softly. Whitey
nodded. "Right. Yeah, he would." He flashed a glare
at Rod. "Always listen to the actors, because they know
the characters better than the writer does." "But
the writer created those characters!" Chomoi ob- jected. "But
the actor re-creates the character his own way," Whitey
corrected her. "If I get an actor to portray my char- acter,
it ceases to be just mine anymore. It becomes that actor's
character, even more than mine, or the actor will do a lousy
job." He turned back to Herman with a grin. "But / get
the final say." "Only
because you hired the producer," Clyde snorted. "It's
immoral, young man—the Executive Producer doing his own
directing." "It's
my money, and I'll spend it as I like, old-timer. Now—'You
are trapped in Transylvania, my Transylvania, the
land of superstition... no... the land of Superstition and
Sorcery... no. Superstition and Black Magic... where Science
can have no sway!'" They
went on, overhauling the section of dialogue. When they
were done, Mirane reminded, "We were going to shoot the
scene with the peasants." "Of
course!" Whitey struck his forehead with the heel of his
hand. "How much time have we wasted?" "Not
a second," Dave assured him. "We'll make it all back,
because it'll be a better epic. But we should shoot all the
day's scenes, Whitey." 180 Christopher Stasheff "Right!
Back to your places!" Whitey spun to the camera ops.
"George, you go over by the south wall. Harve, over here,
next to me!" "That's
one disadvantage of the writer doing his own directing,"
Dave confided to Rod. "A separate director could have
been shooting a different scene, while he was over- hauling
this one." "But
how can he?" Chomoi cried. "How can he allow his
deathless prose to be violated this way?" Whitey
heard her, and turned back, raising a hand. "Guilty. I
hereby confess to writing deathless prose, on occasion— and
even immortal verse, now and then. But when I do, 1 do it
alone, with only a split of vin ordinaire for company, and I
do it for me, myself, only. It's pure self-indulgence, of
course—'art for art's sake' really means 'art for the artist's
sake.' It's the sheer personal gratification of doing something
as well as I can possibly do it, of expressing my feelings,
my view of existence, my self—and it's for me, alone.
Oh, I don't mind if other people read it, and it's nice if they
like it. Sure, I enjoy praise; I'm human, too. But that's
just a by-product, a side issue." He looked around at the
crowd of actors and technicians. "This—this is another matter.
It's another thing entirely. This script, I wrote for other
people, and I make it with a host of other people. If no one
else ever hears it or sees it, it will have failed. Worse, it'll
be absurd, without purpose. Without an audience, it's incomplete." He
turned back to Herman and Gawain. "Okay, Mirane'll tidy
that up and get hard copies for you. But let's tape it with
the script the way it is first, just in case." The
vampire and the hero nodded happily and went back to
their places. The little sorcerer followed, grumbling con- tentedly. "Places!"
Mirane spoke into a ring on her index finger, and her
voice boomed out of a loudspeaker. "Quiet on the set." "Mist,"
Whitey said quietly. THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 181 Fog
seemed to grow out of the ground, rising up to obscure
Herman and Clyde. "Lights,"
Whitey commanded. High in
the air, light suddenly glared from six spots. The two
camera operators sauntered out to the side and turned toward
the actors. Everyone was silent for a moment, then Harve
said, "Balanced." "Ditto,"
George called. Whitey
nodded. "Roll." "Rolling,"
the camera ops responded. "Confirm,"
said a man at a console behind Whitey. "Action,"
Whitey called. The set
was quiet a moment longer. Then Gawain came out of
the hotel, looked around him with a bemused smile, and
inhaled deeply. "It
is pleasant, is it not?" said a sepulchral voice with a heavy
accent. "The air of my Transylvania." The
mist thinned, gradually revealing the tall, cloaked figure
and the stooped, gnarled silhouette behind him. "The
approach of dawn clears the air," Gawain agreed, and the
scene went on. Whitey
stood by, approving, at peace. Finally,
Clyde stepped forward, hurling the silk kerchief. Hilda
watched, alert, pushing sliders and twisting a knob, and the
kerchief fluttered straight at Gawain, settling over the
crucifix. Herman grinned, showing his fangs, but this time
everyone froze. Silence enveloped the set again. Then
Whitey sighed, and called, "Cut." Everyone
relaxed, and Herman came striding out of the mist,
grinning and chatting with Clyde. Gawain grinned and turned
away to have a word with a young lady. Noise swelled up, as
everyone started chattering, released from the thrall- dom of
silence. ^ Whitey
turned to Rod with a raised eyebrow. "Little better that
time?" "Uh...
yeah!" Rod stared, astounded. "It, uh... it helps to do
it for real, huh?" 182 Christopher Stasheff "Yeah,
it does." Whitey turned and looked around. "But the new
dialogue will make it work better." He turned back to Rod
with a smile. "It only seems natural if you don't break
the spell, you see." Rod
gazed at him for a moment, then said, "No, I don't think I
do. You mean the old dialogue might make the audience
realize they were just watching a show?" "It
might," Whitey said. "If it stood out for you, it might distract
them. Then we might as well have never come to this
place. Our work here would have been wasted." He smiled
suddenly. "But I don't think the new version will distract
anybody. No. It'll hold their attention." Rod
frowned. "Why do you care about that so much? Isn't
it enough just to know you did the job right?" Whitey
shook his head. "If the audience is bored, they'll spread
the word, and nobody'll buy the cube to view, and if
nobody buys a copy, we won't make money. If we don't make
money, we can't make any more epics." "But
that's not the main reason." "No,
of course not." Whitey grinned. "Let's get down to
basics—if nobody watches it, there was no point in making
it." "What
point?" Rod demanded. "You've been the top poet of your
time! Your place in history is guaranteed, and so is your
bankroll, if you can afford to make an epic like this! Why
should you sully your reputation by making 3DT epics?" "Because
people need to learn things," Whitey said, "or they'll
let themselves fall prey to slavemasters—the way the
Terrans actually voted in the PEST regime. And that hurts
me, because I want everybody to be free to read what I
write. I don't want to take a chance that some censor might lock up
my manuscript and not let anyone read it. So I'm going
to teach them what they need to know, to insist on staying
free." "With
a horror story? A Dracula spectacula?" Rod ex- claimed. "You've
got it," Whitey affirmed. "Even this, just a THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 183 cheap
work of entertainment, can do it. What'll they learn? Oh,
just a few random bits about Terran geography. After all,
most people don't know where Transylvania was, or how the
Dracula legend came to be, so we give them just a few
facts about that. And along with it, just a touch of the
history of Terra's Europe—and the peasants' struggle out of
the chains of feudalism. Just a few facts, mind you; just a
dozen, in a whole two hours. But if they watch two hours and
twelve facts every day of their lives, they can learn
enough to yell 'No!' when the next man on horseback comes
riding in." "You're
a teacher!" Rod exploded. "On the sly! This is covert
action! Subversive education!" "I'll
plead guilty again." Whitey grinned. "But I can't claim
all the credit. Most of these techniques, I picked up from a
cheery old reprobate on a frontier planet." "Cholly!" "Oh,
you've met him?" Whitey grinned again. "Charles T.
Barman, officially." "I,
uh, did hear something of the, uh, sort..." "The
rogue educator," Whitey said, "the only professor living
who doesn't worry about tenure. Business, maybe, but not
tenure. Strog and I spent a year with him out on Wolmar.
Quite a chap, that. Couldn't believe how much he taught
me—and at my age!" He grinned. "Not that I didn't throw
him a curve or two. Dave and I thought up some techniques
between us that he'd never dreamed of." But his
words had suddenly moved away from Rod, become
remote. He was remembering that Whitey the Wino had
been the creative force behind the DDT's mass- education
movement. It had culminated in the coup d'etat that
eliminated PEST, and brought in the Decentralized Democratic
Tribunal of his own times. But the history books hadn't exactly
stressed the fact that Whitey the Wino was the
same person as the revered, austere poet, Tod Tam- bourin. He'd
been quiet too long; Whitey's attention had strayed. 784 Christopher Stasheff He
turned away to call the extras, bustling around to set them up
in a rough semicircle, facing toward the cameras. A
portly man in a tan coverall moved among them, passing out
flails and pitchforks. "And
you two lounge out here in the middle for your dialogue."
Whitey waved, shooing two actors into place. "Come
on, now, hit your marks! You know, ninety degrees to each
other! Upstage man sets up the over-the-shoulder! Okay,
let's run through the lines." "I
don't know... maybe we shouldn't try it," the inn- keeper
said through his walrus mustache. "We
got to try it," the old farmer answered, testing one of his
pitchfork points with a finger. "Ow! Ya, that's sharp enough." "To
do what?" the innkeeper was irritated. "To poke him in his
zitsfleisch? What good is that going to do with a vampire,
hanh?" "You
talk like an old woman," the farmer snorted. "The pitchfork
is just to hold him off while we get a rope around him." "He'll
just go to bat," the innkeeper warned. The
farmer shrugged. "So? We'll have Lugorf standing by with
his butterfly net. Sooner or later, we slam the stake through
his heart." "And
then what?" The innkeeper spread his hands. "So he lies
there in his coffin for twenty, thirty years. Sooner or
later, some young idiot who's looking for a reputation will go
down there and pull out the stake, and where will we be?
Right where we are now." "We've
done it before," the fanner maintained, "and we'll
do it again." "Again,
and again, and again," the innkeeper moaned. "How
many times do we have to go through it?" "How
many times did our ancestors have to?" the farmer growled.
"Five hundred years they've been cleaning up his messes!" THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 185 "Five
hundred years?" The innkeeper frowned. "That was the first
of them—back when 'Dracula' was a title, not a name." "That's
right. It meant 'dragon,' didn't it? Shame on them,
giving dragons a bad name like that!" "At
least dragons didn't hurt people for the fun of it," the
innkeeper agreed. "At least, that's what they say about the
first one." "His
name was 'Vlad.' They called him 'the Impaler."' The
innkeeper nodded. "I remember. This mountain country
was just a bunch of tiny kingdoms then, wasn't it?" "Ya.
No kingdom bigger than a hundred miles each way, but
their rulers called themselves kings." The farmer shook his
head. "What a life for our poor ancestors! Trying to scratch
a living out of scraps of level ground, whenever they
weren't busy dodging whichever petty king had a war going at
the moment!" "Always
fighting," the innkeeper grumbled, "always a battle.
It wasn't any better the first time they woke him, a hundred
years later..." Rod
listened, amazed, as the two men gossiped through a
three-minute history of the Balkans, as seen through the eyes of
a couple of Transylvanian peasants. It was ridicu- lous,
it was asinine—and it was working. "So
stick a stake in his sternum... and, at least, we get twenty
years of peace," the farmer reminded the innkeeper. "Maybe
that doesn't mean much to you, but my cattle start looking
pale when there aren't enough gullible people around." "Where
do you think the gullible people stay away from?" the
innkeeper retorted. "My inn! Maybe you've got a point. No
matter how you bite it, the Count's bad for business." "So
we nail him down again," the farmer sighed, hefting his
pitchfork, "and twenty years from now, our sons take their
turn. So? You do what you have to do to make a living, right?" 186 Christopher Stasheff "Right."
The innkeeper nodded. "Each generation has to kill
its own vampire. You don't stop planting crops just because
there's a drought." "Right,"
the farmer agreed, "and you don't..." Out of
the comer of his eye. Rod saw the arm whirl, saw the
pitchfork fly. "Down!" he bellowed, and leaped into a
dive at Chomoi. His shoulder slammed into her as she
howled in anger. She chopped at him as he tried to untangle
himself enough to stand up, then managed to get a
one-handed choke hold—and froze, staring at the pitch- fork
sticking in the ground, its handle still vibrating. Rod
knocked her hand loose, bawling, "Stop him!" He leaped
to his feet, whirling toward the mob of extras, just in time
to see the ersatz peasant disappear into the crowd. Rod
bellowed and leaped after him. The
crowd parted, giving him plenty of room. It made
a nice lane—just in time. At its far end. Rod saw the
"peasant" disappearing into an alley. Gwen
caught a broomstick out of the hands of a stunned extra,
leaped on it, and shot off after the "peasant." Hilda
stared after her, then gave her head a quick shake and
scowled down at her console. "Now, how the hell did 1 do
that?" Rod
sped down the lane and into the alley. He was just in time
to see the "peasant" disappearing around a comer. Rod
kicked into overdrive and pelted after him. The
"peasant" dashed back out. Rod stared, then launched himself
into a flying tackle. But the "peasant" saw him coming
and jumped forward, and Rod smashed into the pavement
with a howl of rage. He landed judo-fashion, but pain
seared his side. "Down!"
Gwen cried. Rod did
a good imitation of a pancake, just in time for Gwen to
flash by directly above him on the broomstick. He
rolled to his feet, shaking his head, and hobbled after her
with a limping run. A block
later, he saw Gwen coming toward him, carrying THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 187 her
broomstick. "What's the matter?" he called. "Isn't this backwards?
I thought it was supposed to be carrying you." "I
had no wish to scandalize those who live here," she explained. "Honey,
this is the one planet in the whole Terran Sphere where
they wouldn't think much of it. They might ask you how you
did the effect, though. I take it our man got away?" Gwen
nodded. 'There is a town square. From it doth open
many streets." "Here,
let me see." Rod limped on past her. The street curved
and ended in a plaza, where five narrow, crooked streets
fanned out amid tottering houses. The lanes twisted away
out of sight. Rod
stood in the center, looking about him and shaking his
head. "Right, lady. He could have gone down any one of
them." "Aye,"
Gwen agreed. "We have lost him." Rod
glowered from one street to another, remembering the
pitchfork sticking in the ground. "The bastard almost got
Chomoi. Didn't take them long to find us, did it?" "Peace,
husband." Gwen laid a gentle hand on his arm. "The
man himself is of no consequence. E'en an thou wert to slay
him, a dozen more like to him would spring up." "Like
dragon's teeth," Rod agreed. "The one we need to get
is the one who's sending them out. But we don't even know
what outfit he works for!" "Is
he not of our old enemies from tomorrow?" "SPITE
or VETO? I'd thought so, but that ersatz extra was
after Chomoi, not us." "Gwen's
eyes widened. "Her erstwhile employers?" "The
PEST secret police." Rod nodded. "Probably. I was right
when I said we'd be a marked crew if we took her along." Gwen's
hand tightened on his arm. "We ^cannot desert her." "No,"
Rod agreed, "we can't. Besides, we still need a native
of this era to guide us. Okay, so we could probably 788 Christopher Stasheff find
one who isn't as big a potential liability as Chomoi, but
we'd still have GRIPE and/or VETO after us." "Thou
dost but seek to discover reasons," Gwen accused. "When
all's said and done, thou'It not abandon a compan- ion." "Probably,"
Rod admitted. "Sometimes I wish I had as high an
opinion of me as you do." Gwen
smiled, and slipped her arm through his. "That is my
province, my lord. Thou mayest entrust it to me." "Then
I will." Rod smiled down at her. "And try to perform
the same function for you." "Not
too well," she murmured, as his face came closer. '"Tis
drafty, placed up so high." "Oh,
come down off your pedestal for a moment!" Rod muttered.
Then his lips brushed, touched, and claimed hers. A
minute or two later, she murmured, "We must preserve those
poor folk from Yorick." "Yeah,"
Rod sighed, clasping her hand around his arm as he
turned back. "We must save those poor, innocent city folks
from our Stone Age country slicker." As they
came back to the shooting site, they heard a voice
protesting, "But we weren't really planning it that way...." "Dam
straight you weren't." Whitey's voice was grim. "In
fact, this whole elaborate explanation has the definite ring of
an ad-lib. Now, what say we try it again—with the truth?" "If
you say so," Yorick sighed, "but you're not going to believe
this." "So
what else is new?" "We
are ... or at least, two of my friends are. They were bom
about five hundred years from now. And there's an interstellar
organization out to get them. It kidnapped them and
dumped them back here." Whitey
just stared at him for a moment, then said, "You're right.
I don't believe you." "Then
try this," Chomoi snapped. "I used to be a spy THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 189 for the
LORDS. That's right, I'm one of the ones who got us all
into this mess! But after the coup, I realized what an amoral,
calloused cadre they were, and tried to quit, so they sent me
to Wolmar. Gwen Gallowglass and her husband got me out
of there, and I'm trying to guide them to Terra." Whitey
stared at her while the slight remaining amount of
color drained out of his albino face. Then he said, "That, I
believe." He turned to Stroganoff. "Take over, Dave. I suddenly
got hit with a yen for a stroll." "Sounds
good to me, too." Stroganoff was pale as a skid row bum
with an air conditioned bar available. He turned to
Mirane. "Tell 'em to go home." "Home?"
Mirane yelped. "Are you crazy? They each have to
be paid for the full day; it's in their contracts!" "Do
it," Whitey said grimly. "It's cheaper than a coffin." Mirane
stared at him for a moment, then threw her computer-pad
up in despair. She turned to the cast and crew, stretching
out a hand to catch the pad. "Okay, that's it for the
day! Strike the setup and go home!" One or
two of the extras cheered, but the principal actors and the
technicians stared at her, then scowled and started packing
up. Mirane
watched them for a moment, then turned to Whitey.
"You run a good company. This is the first time I've ever
seen a crew who'd rather finish the shoot than have
the day off." "They're
good kids," Whitey agreed, "but I'd rather be shooting
with them tomorrow, than having them come to my
funeral." He turned to Rod, Gwen, Yorick, Chornoi, and
Brother Joey. "I think you'd better come with me." "I'm
not sure whether it's safer with us, or away from us,"
Stroganoff explained to Mirane. "Neither
am I, but I don't feel safe alone.",, Dave
nodded. "Let's go, then." They
hurried to catch up with the cortege. As they
came up, Rod was saying, "Why a casino?" "Safest
place," Whitey explained, "except for a dream- 790 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 191 house.
I mean, you're out there in public, where plenty of people
are watching you, and the management doesn't want any
unpleasant scenes for the patrons." "I
like the dreamhouse idea better." Chomoi had a happy, faraway
look. "So
do I," Whitey grunted. "Whether it's a PEST agent who's
after you or not, he's on a free planet now, and he has to
adhere to local laws. And the dreamhouses are very good at
keeping unwanted clients out." He turned to Rod. "Stroganoff
and I aren't exactly popular with PEST, either." Dave
nodded. "They know about our epics. And they know
that education is the dictator's enemy." "And
the easiest way to stop your epics is to stop you?" "Like
a dropped watch." Whitey nodded. "If there's an agent
after your friend Chomoi, he might decide to bump us off,
too." Chomoi
screeched to a halt. "Bye-bye." She turned away. "Come
back here." Yorick put out a hand to catch her, then
snatched it back as she whirled, chopping out. "See? I knew
I could stop you." "There's
not much point in going off by yourself, Miz," Whitey
said. "If there's an assassin on the planet, we're in danger.
The only difference in having you with us is that we have
some idea of where the bastard is." Chomoi
hesitated. Stroganoff
nodded. "It's easier to duck when you know where
the knives are coming from." "There
speaks a true organization man," Yorick muttered. "But
a dreamhouse is out." Whitey started walking again. "There's
the little matter of cash; I don't have enough of it." Stroganoff
nodded. "Every penny's tied up in this epic." "We're
a little short ourselves," Rod said. "When
PEST took over Terra," Whitey went on, "they also
took over my royalties. Oh, not that they've attached my
earnings, or anything, but they're censoring the mail, and
they won't let my agent send me a check. So the roy- alties
are there, piling up nicely in a trust fund on Terra, and no
doubt they'll do my heirs all kinds of good, five hundred
years from now—but that doesn't help much, at the
moment." Rod had
a faraway look in his eyes. "You say we're going
to a casino?" "Take
your choice." Whitey turned to him with a dry smile.
"The planet's lousy with 'em. Every pleasure-planet is."
But he frowned at the look in Rod's eye, then suddenly grinned
and slapped his thigh. "Of course! If your eccle- siastical
friend can fix a static generator, he can gimmick a roulette
wheel as easy as pi!" Brother
Joey went pale. "Rig a roulette wheel? My heav- ens,
that would be stealing!" "So
what do you think the house is doing?" Whitey demanded.
"Come on. Brother, all we're asking is that you make
the machines shave a few percentage points in our favor." "No."
Brother Joey's jaw finned. "I couldn't possibly do
anything so immoral." "That's
right, preserve your integrity," Whitey sighed, "and
more power to you. Brother, for sticking to your prin- ciples.
But that still leaves us without admission to a dream- house." "Oh,
not necessarily." Rod was gazing at his wife. "That wasn't
exactly what I had in mind, anyway." Gwen
had gained an abstracted, dreamy, fascinated gaze. "
'Twould be but a matter of having some whirling wheel come to
stop where we wished it to, would it not? Or causing a pair
of dice to fall as we chose?" "That's
right, nothing heavy-duty. Think you can handle it,
dear?" "I
will be delighted to essay it," Gwen answered, with a smile
that made Rod shiver. After all, he knew what she could
do when she put her mind to it. Whitey
frowned. "What is she—a telekinetic?" "Among
other things," Yorick muttered. 192 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 193 "Well,
well!" Whitey offered Gwen his arm. "Allow me to
escort you, Ms. Gallowglass!" "Lady,"
she corrected. "Would
I be seen with anything else? Where a reporter can see
me, anyway. Shall we go?" They
sauntered off toward the nearest casino, with Rod, Chomoi,
Yorick and Brother Joey in tow. Dave and Mirane exchanged
glances and followed. "Lesjeux
sont fails," the croupier pronounced. He wore a satin
dressing gown, muttonchop whiskers, and a stuffed raven
on his shoulder. At least. Rod thought it was stuffed, but it
kept turning its head to regard him with a beady ruby eye. A
robot, no doubt, but was its eye really a lens for a surveillance
camera? "Les
jeux sontfaits," the croupier said again, "the bets are
made." "The
die is cast?" Rod suggested. 'Won,
monsieur," the croupier said primly. "We play roulette
at this table, not hazard." "Oh!
My apologies." Rod bit his lip in consternation; the
last thing he wanted was to stand out enough for the croupier
to recognize him. The
wheel spun, and Rod gazed at it, fascinated. He had lost
most of the 10-therm stake Yorick had given him, before he had
begun to get the knack of just how hard to think at the
hopping ball. But he'd picked it up, bit by bit, and was now
winning seven games out of thirteen. That was enough; he'd
made back his stake, and his profits were rising slowly but
steadily. On the other hand, he wasn't winning so fla- grantly
as to attract notice. Since
this was his turn to lose, he glanced around the room,
seeking out his companions. They were easy to find in the
midst of all these mock werewolves, vampires, an- cestral
ghosts, and decadent aristocrats. Especially the de- cadent
aristocrats; they seemed to be in fashion this year. Rod
couldn't decide whether it was the 'aristocrat' part, or the
'decadent,' that made those disguises so attractive to the tourists. But
Rod's people were dressed in ordinary coveralls or, in
Gwen's case, in Renaissance peasant garb. They were definitely
conspicuous—and that worried Rod, but there was
nothing he could do about it. They
seemed to be doing a good job of keeping a low profile
in other ways, though. Whitey had given them a brief
lecture on how to win and get away with it. "Lose a lot.
But make the odd win bigger than all the little losses, so that
you make an overall profit. Don't make any fortunes, though,
just a dozen therms or so. When we pool our win- nings,
we'll have enough to buy safe hiding." They'd
paid attention, and seemed to be doing well. Gwen
was just one of many at the craps table; and, if her pile of
chips was growing steadily larger than those of the other
players, nobody seemed to be taking any particular notice
of it. Yorick was building up large stacks of chips at the
poker table; Whitey was busy demonstrating that he was a
better whist player than the dealer. Stroganoff and Mirane were
making a valiant try at contract bridge, but doing their part
for the overall image of the group by losing—and Brother
Joey was walking around in a daze. Rod
turned back to the table, satisfied—everything was going
according to plan. "Red
twenty-one," the dealer called, and Rod stared as a pile
of chips slid over in front of him. Then he shrugged, scooped
them into his palm, and turned away. "Monsieur?"
the croupier inquired politely. "I'm
going to quit while I'm ahead," Rod explained. "That
last win wasn't supposed to happen." And he saun- tered
away from the table, leaving the croupier staring after him.
"Red twenty-one," he murmured, and that reminded him; he
ambled over to the blackjack table. He'd always wondered
if the casino version was really an honest game, and
this was his chance to find out. Who better to play blackjack
against the house than a mind reader? 194 Christopher Stasheff Behind
the bar at the far end of the hall, the huge 3DT tank
suddenly went black, drawing bleats of protest from the
loyal few who'd been watching a particularly obnoxious melodrama.
Then it lit up again to show a benign, handsome face
three feet high, with steel-gray hair turning white at the
temples. "Fellow citizens." The face looked stem. "And you,
honored guests. The Government of Otranto has just been
notified that four dangerous criminals landed their spacer
illegally on the surface of our fair planet, during the darkest
hours of last night." Rod's
head snapped up. He stared at the screen, then "covered
and turned back to fix his gaze on the blackjack Jle.
Out of the comer of his eye, he noticed that his companions
had done the same thing, except for Gwen and Whitey,
who were so wrapped up in their games that they didn't
seem to have noticed. "These
criminals are convicts, who have escaped from the
prison-planet Wolmar," the voice went on. "The High Vampire
has just confirmed the report, and believes the criminals
are at large on Otranto." The
screen dissolved to a picture of Rod. It was an atrocious
likeness, really, obviously a candid, taken while Rod was
running somewhere, and he'd never really looked best
from his left profile—but he had to admit, with a sinking
heart, that it was recognizable. "This
man is their ringleader," the unseen announcer went
on, "currently traveling under the name of Callow- glass." The
picture dissolved to a shot of Gwen. Even in a mug shot,
she was beautiful. "These
are his accomplices," the announcer went on, "a woman,
posing as his wife..." Rod
sneaked a quick peek, and was relieved to see that the
other patrons were all staring avidly at their games— well,
almost all. And none of the croupiers were looking; his own
dealer had a clamped and rigid jaw, but he was THE WARLOCK
WANDERING 195 staring
firmly at the cards. No doubt they'd been warned about
such distractions, and about what unscrupulous but light-fingered
customers do while a dealer's back was turned. Chomoi's
picture was on the screen. "... a young woman," the
announcer went on, "no doubt unaware of the company into
which she has strayed..." "Twenty-one,"
the dealer admitted, as he laid a black jack
onto the top of Rod's hand. "Uh—thanks."
Rod slid the chips into his purse and stood
up. "Think I need a drink." "...
and a very burly man of particularly repellent as- pect,"
the announcer finished, as a picture of Yorick ap- peared
in the tank. "He even looks like a brute." "He's
talking about you, you know," Rod muttered into Yorick's
ear. "Not
a word of truth in it," the caveman said automat- ically.
He looked up. "I don't mean to gripe. Major, but I've
got a hell of a hand going, here, and... HUH?" "These
convicts are presumed armed, and are highly dangerous."
The announcer was back on the screen, gazing somberly
out at the customers. "Please, if you are a right- minded
citizen who values your personal safety, and the safety
of your beloved Otranto—if you see any one or more of
these criminals, notify a Public Safety official immedi- ately." He
droned on, but Yorick said grimly, "I think I got the gist of
it." "So
does he," Rod pointed out. "In fact, he's got the gist of both
of us. Not to mention..." "So
don't." Yorick's glance flicked around the room. He sat up
a little straighter, and the grim set of his mouth actually
seemed to be curving in a slight smile. "Damn
it," Rod hissed, "you're enjoying this!" "No,
but I get a thrill out of it. If I didn't, I'd go into another
line of work." Yorick looked up at Rod, his eyes narrowed.
"Look, my face was on the screen; they might 196 Christopher Stasheff recognize
me. Or you, for that matter—or Chomoi, or Lady Gallowglass.
We'll have to depend on our local friends for a way
out of this." Rod
looked furtively over his head at Whitey. "Think we can
trust him?" "You
know his history as well as I do. Major. And, as they've
pointed out, they're in kind of the same class of pickle
jar as ourselves." "So
we can trust them—as much as we can trust anybody here."
Rod slapped Yorick's shoulder. "You might think about
cashing in your chips." Yorick
nodded. "At the end of the play. I don't want to look
conspicuous." This
was analogous to a wolf claiming he didn't want to stand
out in a flock of sheep, but Rod let it pass. He saun- tered
over to the whist table where Whitey was holding away,
the gleam of battle in his eye. Rod leaned down and murmured,
"The party's over." "You're
out of your mind," Whitey snorted. "I'm on a roll." "The
ones who're going to be rolling you, are the neigh- borhood
police. Their local hallucination was just on the screen,
identifying me and my three companions as dan- gerous
criminals. He even showed the nice people our pic- tures." "I
fold." Whitey laid down his cards, raked in his chips, and
stood up. The dealer looked up in surprise, but Whitey was
already on his way over to the cashier's cage. "You'd better
round up your crew. I'll get Dave and Mirane mov- ing." Rod
nodded. "Meet you at the exit." He turned away toward
the craps table and sidled up to a comely woman who was
staring at the dice in fascination, lower lip caught between
her teeth, a damp strand of hair straggling loose at the
side of her forehead. "Sorry to interrupt, dear, but I think
you'd better wrap it up." "'Tis
what I'm attempting, yet they have so cursedly THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 197 much
money that I nearly despair of gaining it all." "Spoken
like a true housewife." Rod glanced at the mountain
of chips in front of her, then stared in horror. "My lord!
They'll never let us out of here with all that!" "Assuredly
thou canst make it to disappear, and appear again
where we may find it." Gwen shook the dice in her hand. "No!"
Rod hissed. "Don't you remember what Whitey said?
If we win too much, they'll steal it back!" "Not
whiles I've breath in my body!" "They
can fix that. Not that they'll have to; the whole casino
just got the message that the four of us are on the lam.
Showed everyone our pictures, too." Gwen
froze, paling. "Wherefore did I not hear this mes- sage?" "You
were a little preoccupied." Gwen
held still a moment longer, then nodded once. "True." With
her free hand, she shoved about half her pile of chips
out. The croupier stared at the mound, astonished. Then
Gwen's arm flashed down, and the dice sprang out, bounced
up against the board, and fell back onto the baize, two
gleaming ivories with single black dots in the center. The
croupier released his breath with a hiss. "Snake eyes!" "Oh!"
Gwen clenched her fists in exasperation. "I've lost!"
She stooped to scoop her chips into her apron. "Well,. I've
wisdom enough to quit while I may." "Naw,
you can get it back. Come on, double or nothing," the
croupier urged. Gwen
shook her head with decision. "I thank thee, but I've
wanted to try my skill at that little hopping ball within the
wheel." The
croupier relaxed, with only a slight smile. "Right, lady.
Roulette. Yeah, go ahead." And he smiled, showing fangs. Gwen
hurried away with Rod. "Wherefore did that man 798 Christopher Stasheff not
recognize me from this picture thou sayest all did see?" "The
house personnel were careful not to look. They figured
it might be part of a swindle—somebody putting a fake
squawk on the tank to distract them, while their partners cleaned
up the tables." Rod saw Yorick heading away from the
cage, sliding a billfold back inside his tunic. "Just hand your
chips to the man inside the wire net, dear. He'll give you
bills for them." "But
wherefore is he gaoled?" "The
wire's to keep us out, not to keep him in. When you
have your money, go over by the doorway; I'll meet you
there. Right now, I have to go pry Chomoi loose." He steered
her toward the cage and left her there. Then Rod turned
away toward the fourth member of his crew, but saw Yorick
bending over, muttering into her ear. She sat very still,
then deliberately set about finishing the hand. Rod approved;
she wasn't going to look suspicious, no matter how
much it hurt. He turned to find Whitey chatting with Mirane,
who was growing paler by the syllable, and saw Dave
saunter around the perimeter of the room, admiring the
wallpaper—no doubt looking for the back door. Then,
across the big room. Brother Joey waved, catching Stroganoff's
attention. The monk must have found an "Au- thorized
Personnel Only" door. Rod turned toward Gwen just as
she came up beside him, shaking her head as she held up
a wad of bills. "I still cannot believe, my lord, that mere
ink on paper can have such worth." "Don't
worry, we'll spend it before the rest of them catch on."
Rod tucked her hand into the crook of his elbow. "Let's meander
on over toward Brother Joey, dear. He seems to have
found a bolthole." Gwen
frowned. "Wherefore might we not go out as we came
in?" "What,
broke? Oh, you mean the main entrance! No, there
is a chance it might be guarded. Besides, you remem- ber the
doorman? You know, the one wearing the ghost makeup
and the shroud, who looked so bored? Odds are he THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 199 was
watching the tank, even if nobody else was. No, I think we'd
better settle for what our good Brother has found." Ten
feet from the door, someone behind them gasped and
yelled, "That's them! The people who were on the tank! Stop
them!" "Somebody
would have to be observant!" Rod groaned. A dozen
or so ersatz Rochesters and Janes looked up, staring
at them, then nudged their neighbors, nodding to- ward
Rod and Gwen (they were too polite to point). Their neighbors—several
score languid Byrons and Wollstone- crofts—looked
up and stared. Then they all started grins that
turned into hungry leers, and voices began to call, "Who are
they?" "Convicts! We just saw their pictures on the tank!"
"On the tank?" "Convicts?" "Quick! Don't let them get
away!" "Catch them!" "There they go!" And in
two seconds, the crowd of cultured, refined pa- trons
had turned into a howling mob, boiling toward Rod and his
companions. "I
might have known," Rod groaned. "Boredom—and we're
something to do!" Gwen
hung back. "They could not stand against us, my lord!
There cannot be but an hundred of them!" "That's
too many to be sure we won't kill somebody! And
besides, while we're mowing them down, they could maul
these people who've been trying to help us!" He
could see her hesitate. "I mislike to run from such as
these, my lord." "I
know what you mean, but in this case, discretion is definitely
the better part of valor. Fly, dear!" Fortunately,
Gwen didn't take him literally, but they were at the
door almost as quickly as though she had. They jammed
in between Chomoi and Mirane, just as Brother Joey
slammed into the pressure-plate lettere4, "Authorized Personnel
Only." "I
never expected to be that right!" Rod waved Chomoi through
first, then Mirane. "But
I'm not authorized," she protested. 200 Christopher Stasheff "Yes,
you are," said Whitey. "You're one of my person- nel,
and I'm an author. Git!" Mirane
stopped, gazing up at the dreamhouse facade with foreboding.
"I don't like it, Whitey." "I
thought it was a little too rococo, myself." Whitey frowned
up at the front of the building. "And all those chubby
little angels are definitely declasse. But it's their services
we're buying, not their decor." "You're
right; I don't care a fig how it looks. It's just the
idea, Whitey. I can't stand the thought of being so helpless!" "Yeah,"
the old man said grimly, "I know what you mean. But
there isn't much choice." "There
isn't really any danger, either!" Chomoi glared daggers
at Whitey. "The dreamhouse will guard you as though
you were one of their own, Miz—which you will be, in
a way." "Why
does that idea make me shudder?" "Because
you think of being absorbed." Stroganoff laid a hand
on her shoulder. "It's a fear we all have, from time to
time. But in this case, it's foolish. The laws that guard dreamhouse
patients are very strict, Mirane, and they're very
tightly enforced." "I'm
sorry you got caught up in this," Whitey said, his face
hard. "But if PEST actually does try anything against us,
they're likely to catch you in the overflow." "You're
worrying about nothing, really!" Chomoi smiled brightly.
"And it'll be fun. If only half the things I've heard are
true, it'll be more fun than you've ever had." Mirane
still looked doubtful, but she clutched her com- puter-pad
tightly and followed them in. The
thinclad attendant just inside the front door smiled brightly,
ran a practiced eye over them, added in the fact that
they'd come in a batch, and asked, "Single dream, or group?" Yorick
frowned. "What's a group dream?" THE WARLOCK
WANDERING 201 "You'd
all be tied into the same computer," the hostess explained,
"and you'd share the same dream. Only two of you
would be the protagonists, of course, but you'd all be characters
in it." Whitey
gave his companions a jaundiced glance. "How does
the computer decide who's going to be the hero, and who's
going to be the heroine? Chance?" "No,
it matches character to personality type. And it's less
expensive, on a per person basis." "Less
expensive?" Mirane pounced. "How does the bill- ing
work?" "For
individual dreams, you'd each be charged 937 kwahers,"
the hostess explained. She ignored Rod's gulp and
went on, "that's about 7500 kwahers for all of you. But a group
dream only costs 3000 for any number of persons up to
thirteen." "There're
eight of us," Mirane muttered to Stroganoff. "The
group dream might even leave our fugitives enough cash
for passage to Terra." "Don't
worry about us," Rod hissed. "Thank
you, Don Quixote," Whitey snorted. "Don't for- get,
the faster you're off Otranto, the safer we are." "Why
do they say that, everywhere I go?" Rod sighed. "Speculation
later." Whitey nodded to the hostess. "We'll take
the group dream, Miz." She
took their money, then took them to a wide, low- ceilinged
room with ten couches upholstered in varying degrees
of opulence, and invited them to lie down. They did,
casting wary glances at the headboards full of electronic gear. "Hold
very still," the hostess cooed. "This won't hurt a bit." They
were each ramrod stiff as she fitted skull caps over their
heads. "Nothing penetrates the skull, ""she assured them.
"The electrodes just fit against your scalps and induce the
dream through the bone." That
wasn't exactly reassuring, but they submitted with 202 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 203 good
grace, and all took their medicine like good boys and girls.
It was thick and syrupy, and tasted like pomegranates. "Now
just relax," the hostess soothed, but the drug flowed through
their veins so fast that they were very relaxed in- i deed,
before she finished the sentence. Delicious languor enveloped
them, and they drifted off into a sleep that was so
welcome, it was positively sybaritic. The
young woman glanced about to make sure no one
; was
watching, then quickly stepped into the shadow of a ; huge
old tree and fumbled with something behind her back. j "There!
Dam bosom-binder keeps coming unfastened!" She : stepped
back out, with her mammary measurements dras-
; tically
dwindled. "Golly whillikers, Deviz, it's really unfair ; to have
to put up with so much out in front, when some | lucky
girls scarcely have any!" Her
Scots terrier looked up at her and yapped in agree- ment. The
young woman glanced about nervously. "Golly whil- likers,
Deviz, maybe we shoulda stayed on the street where we
live! I don't think I like this gloomy old neighborhood!" She
swallowed heavily. "Maybe I wouldn't be so scared if I
weren't still a virgin. But all those spooky old houses set back so
far from the sidewalk... And all those bony old trees,
with the brown and sere leaves dropping off and drifting
to the ground like the ghosts of sorrows worn out with
grieving." She frowned, jogging the side of her head with
the heel of her hand. "What's the matter with me? I don't
speak like that!" There
was a sudden flurry of yaps, and her head snapped up,
just in time to see Deviz go bounding away after a dim and
spectral squirrel. "Deviz!" she yelped, and leaped to follow
him, the skirts of her jumper billowing in the breeze. "No,
Deviz! Not in there!" But the
dog dashed right after the bounding rodent as it leaped
through the rusty grillwork of the ancient fence and sprinted
up the rotting flagstones of the curving path, all the way
up the hill to the gaunt old house that brooded over the
scene. "No,
Deviz!" The girl struggled with the rusty gate, then climbed
over the fence. Her skirt caught on one of the iron points,
but she yanked it loose and leaped down to follow her
dog. She
almost caught up with him on the porch, but the door
suddenly opened, and the squirrel shot through with Deviz
hot on its heels. The girl bolted after them, but skid- ded to
a halt as she saw the lady who stood in the doorway. "Good
afternoon, my dear." She was tall, slender, and pale,
with just a touch too much rouge, and glossy black hair
that swept down to her shoulders in a straight fall, turned
up just a little on the ends. The girl stared, then squeezed
her eyes shut, opened them, and looked again. She
couldn't be sure, but she thought the woman's eyeteeth were
much longer than usual. And very sharply pointed. "Do
come in," the lady purred, stepping back from the doorway. Dread
rose up in the young girl, but her beloved dog was in
that house, so she hadn't much choice. With reluc- tance
weighing down her dainty feet, she stepped across the threshold. Her
hostess closed the door with unseemly speed. "My name is
L'Age D'or. What is yours?" "Petty,"
the girl stammered, "Petty Pure." She stared around
her. "Golly! You've got an awful lot of real old things...
YIKE! One of them moved!" "Why,
yes, that's my uncle." L'Age took the arm of the old
gnarled man with the yellowed straggling hair and the shiny
black suit. "Petty Pure, allow me to introduce Sucar Blutstein." The old
man stared at Petty, his eyes wide and round, his
mouth stretched wide in a grin. A drop of moisture dripped
from one pointed fang. Petty shuddered. "Ah,
I see you've noticed his dentition." L'Age smiled, revealing
her own fangs. "It runs in the family." 204 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 205 "Puh...
pleased to meet you, I'm sure," Petty stam- mered. "And
I," Sucar Blutstein chuckled, "and I." "Keep
a lid on it, you old fool," L'Age muttered to him, "or
you'll scare her off." Aloud, she said to Petty, "Won't you sit
down and make yourself comfortable? I'll ring for tea."
She stepped over to the comer to pull on a bell-rope. A
moment later, the butler shambled in, and Petty gasped in
horror. He was a giant, seven feet at least, and all his clothes
were way too small for him. His feet were too large, and his
face was seamed with scars and was squarish, with a
ragged hairline. His eyelids drooped, and an electrical contact
protruded from each side of his neck. He hooted sullenly. "Tea,"
L'Age snapped, then beamed at Petty. "Cream or lemon,
my dear?" "Uh...
cream, if you please. And sugar." Petty scrunched back
against the high back of her wing-chair in terror. "And,
um, tomato juice for me," L'Age finished. "And some
teacakes, of course. Yes, that will be all, Frank." The
butler growled and shambled from the room. Petty
slowly uncurled. "What... what is he?" "Oh,
just some tinkering I did in an idle moment." L'Age waved
the issue away. "Now, my dear, tell me about your- self.
Have you any family?" The
butler shambled into the kitchen, grunting. Auntie Diluvian,
a fat, sweaty old woman in a floor-length gaudy dress,
looked up from the pot she was stirring. "She wants what?
... Tea? Whatever for? ... Company? A virgin? Oh, yes,
I'm sure they welcomed her with open arms—first real food
they've seen in years. Been living on that son of hers, she
has—.and what he's been living on, I hate to think.... Roderick!" Uncle
Roderick, an aging hunchback, looked up from the
tomatoes he was squeezing. "Eh?" "Run
upstairs and drain me two ounces," Auntie Dil called. "But
he already gave today," Uncle Roderick protested. "It's
a special occasion," Auntie Dil snapped. "He'll just have to
pump up some more." "Bleed
him white, that's what she'll do," Roderick grum- bled,
but he picked up a small beaker and trudged up the back
stairs. On the
first floor landing, he limped past the sumptuous mistress
bedroom and turned into the adjoining chamber. It was
spare and Spartan—only a bare wooden floor, blank beige
walls, and, in a comer, an old, forgotten, dried-up Christmas
tree, its balls cracked and broken, its tinsel sadly tarnished. In the
center of the room stood a dusty old canopied bed, and on
it lay a bronzed body, eyelids closed, chest rising and
falling gently. "The
poor lad," Uncle Roderick sighed as he hobbled over
and sat in the straight chair beside the bed. "The poor lad."
He took the young man's unresisting hand, propped it over
the edge of the bed, held the beaker under the wrist, and
turned the little spigot set into the vein. Dark ruby fluid welled
out and into the beaker. When it had risen to the "2 oz."
line etched in the glass. Uncle Roderick turned off the little
faucet, wiped it with a hanky, and laid the hand gently back on
the bed. "There, there," he soothed, even though he knew
McChurch couldn't hear him. "There, there." He
stood up with a creak of old bones and a sigh, and turned
away to leave, but stopped in the doorway to look back at
the incredibly handsome young man, his muscular shoulders
and chest bulging up from under the sheets, his eyes
closed. Uncle Roderick sighed and shook his head, and
shut the door behind him. As he
reached the bottom of the stairs, Sucar Blutstein fairly
pounced on him, eyes glittering. "Did you get it? Do you
have it?" 206 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 207 "Oh,
yes. Master Blutstein," Roderick sighed. "Oh,
bliss! Oh, rapture!" Sucar Blutstein poised clawed fingers,
drooling only a little. "Let me see it! Let me taste..." He
broke off as Roderick held up the beaker, showing the two
inches of dark red fluid. Blutstein stared at it, lips writhing
back in terror. "Aieeeee!" He squeezed his eyes shut,
raising his hands to block out the sight. "Take it away! Take it
away!" He staggered off toward the drawing room, shuddering. "Ah,
the poor man," Roderick sighed. "How horrible to be a
vampire, but feel your stomach turn at the sight of blood."
Shaking his head, he limped on into the kitchen. "Did
you get it?" called Auntie Dil. "Of
course I got it," Roderick grumbled as he hobbled over to
his wife. "What was he to do—leap up and fight me off?
When he's been in a coma these two years now? The
poor lad!" "Poor
lad, my great toenail!" Auntie cried. "Who gave him the
blow that first laid him cold, eh? Yourself!" "Well,
yes—but who'd have thought he'd never waken? Besides,
what would you have had me do, when his mother and his
uncle were stepping in through our front door with- out so
much as a by-your-leave, to tell us this was their house
now, and we'd have to serve them forevermore, or serve
as entrees?" "So,
of course, you smashed your club into the only one who
wasn't threatening us!" "But
he was the only one who looked strong enough to do any
damage," Roderick protested. He pulled the step- stool
over to the doorway and climbed up with two boards and a
string. "And
what are you doing now, you old fool? You know your
traps never work!" "Well,
we must keep trying, mustn't we?" Roderick glared pointedly
at her steaming cauldron. "Or do you intend to give
over stirring up witch's brews?" Auntie
stepped in front of the cauldron as though to defend
it. "What else should I do? I'm a witch, aren't I?" "No.
You're a fortune-teller." Roderick used the one board
to prop up the other. "Only an old Gypsy fortune- teller.
Which might be why none of your brews ever work. But if
you don't deride my traps, I'll say nothing of your potions.
What's the secret ingredient this time?" "Silver
salts," Auntie Dil snapped. "What's in the bucket?" "Water."
Roderick climbed back up the step stool and hefted
a pail up onto his impromptu shelf. "Only water." "What
good will that do?" "Probably
none, but I've tried everything else." Roderick tied
the string to the bucket handle and led it over to a thumbtack
in the door-comer. "Besides, I read a story when I was a
boy..." "That
was a witch, you idiot, not a vampire!" "Oh,
that's why the salts! But doesn't it have to be pure silver?" "Look
out!" Auntie Dil cried, but the door crashed open, and
Roderick went flying. So did the bucket, but it only flipped
over once and clanged down over the head of the monster
coming through. He froze for a second in stunned astonishment,
then tore the bucket off with a roar. "Now,
now, nephew." Auntie Dil slipped between the giant
and Roderick. "I know it's nasty to be drenched like that,
Frank, but it was just an accident. He meant it for that old
biddy and her uncle." The
monster grumbled and growled, rubbing the contacts in his
neck. "Yes,
I know it could have short-circuited you, and I'm sure
he's sorry." Auntie Dil turned to glare over her shoulder. "Aren't
you, Roderick?" "Oh,
indubitably," Roderick moaned, pulling himself to his
feet and rubbing his back. The
monster glowered at him, grumbling something deep in its
throat. Then it turned back to Auntie Dil and grunted a
question. "The
tomato juice? Yes, it's ready." Auntie Dil poured 208
Christopher Stasheff the
contents of the beaker into a small glass and set it on a tray
with the tea service. She took down a shaker and started to
sprinkle something into the glass, but Frank caught her hand
and shook his head, rumbling negatives. "Oh,
all right, I'll leave out the arsenic," Auntie Dil grumbled.
"But we do need some lemon slices. Be a dear and
fetch them from the icebox, won't you, Frank?" The
monster turned away, and Auntie Dil whirled to snatch
up a pharmacist's bottle. "Now! Just a pinch of the silver
nitrate..." She stopped suddenly, pressing a hand to her
brow. "Nay! Wherefore do I such deeds? Tis naught that I
would ever consider..." "Yeah,
I know what you mean." Roderick squeezed his eyes
shut, then opened them again. "I get the feeling that I'm not
really Roderick. Some name like that, maybe, but..." "Oh,
we all get these feelings from time to time," said a
smooth, urbane voice. "Nothing to worry about, really— just a
trick our neurons are playing on us, like dejd vu." "Oh,
no!" Roderick recoiled in horror. "It's Old Nick!" "Not
old at all." The suave, debonair devil stroked his goatee.
"And not Old Nick, just Old Nick's son. But you can
call me 'Buzzabeez.'" "Well,
that's just fine for you," Roderick said, with a truculent
frown, "but what do I call myself?" "Roderick,"
the devil said, with steel in his tone, "and don't
you dare try to be anything different!" Then he smiled, softening
his approach. "I know how it is—you keep having these
flashes, snatches of feeling that you're really someone else.
Don't let it bother you; it's just a symptom of an internal conflict.
I have them myself. You wouldn't believe it, but every
now and then I find myself muttering in Church Latin!" "You're
right," Roderick growled, "I don't believe it." "Whether
you believe it or not, you'll do it!" Buzzabeez glared
around at the three of them. "I'd like to make one thing
perfectly clear: You're under my power, and you'll damned
well do as you're told!" "'Damned'
is right," Roderick snorted. THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 209 "And
that'll be enough out of you!" Buzzabeez stabbed a
finger at Roderick, and a half-dozen little red dots blos- somed
on his cheeks and forehead. He howled with pain, bowing
away and covering his face with his hands, and Buzzabeez
chuckled. "Phantom hornets—gets 'em every time.
Don't worry, though; a little vinegar and some ice cubes
will get you through it... Uh, uh, there!" He whirled to stab
a finger at Auntie Dil, who'd been trying to sneak the
shaker into the waste basket. "Now," said Buzzabeez, "sprinkle
it in!" He moved his finger slowly, and Auntie Dil's
hand tracked with it, back to the juice glass, upending the
shaker and sprinkling. Buzzabeez nodded, satisfied. "That's
a good old girl. Now then, you!" He pointed to Frank.
"Take the tray back out to the ladies, right away!" Frank
shuffled over, muttering and groaning, but he picked up the
tray and turned toward the door. "Better,"
Buzzabeez nodded. "Much better. All right, you
just do as you're told from now on. And no more of this
subversive individualism, do you hear? Because I'll be watching!"
He waved a hand over himself and disappeared. For a
moment, the kitchen was filled with the faint sound of
distant buzzing; then that faded, too, and Frank went on out the
door. Roderick
groaned and finished dabbing his face with little plasters.
Then he turned to set the step stool against the doorframe
again, and hobbled back up with his two boards and
bucket. "You
forgot to refill it," Auntie Dil snapped. Roderick
groaned again, and started back down. Frank
shuffled into the drawing room and set the tray on the
little table between L'Age and Petty. "That'll
do," L'Age snapped. "You can go now." Grumbling,
Frank went. ~" Uncle
Sucar leaned forward, smacking his lips. "Patience,
Uncle," L'Age said sternly, "you'll have your refreshment.
But our young guest first." 270 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 211 "But
of course," Sucar breathed, "of course." "What
a beautiful service," Petty murmured. "Pewter, isn't
it?" "Why,
thank you, my dear." L'Age added cream to Petty's cup.
"Yes, it is pewter. Silver is so terribly flamboyant, really....
There." She handed Petty a fragile china cup and saucer.
"Feel free to sip. You'll excuse me if I don't, though." "She
has to drink her tomato juice before it clots," Uncle Sucar
explained. "Oh,
of course," Petty agreed, then frowned. "What?" "Uh,
Frank!" L'Age called quickly. The
butler shambled forward, grumbling again. "My
cigarette." L'Age flourished a 100 mm Russian at the end
of an immense ebony holder. Snarling,
Frank fumbled out an archaic tinder box and struck
flint against steel. The spark fell into a mound of lycopodium,
and a gout of flame shot up, out-flaring mag- nesium. The
light hit the silver salts in the tomato juice and developed
a quick portrait—of a muscular form in an up- stairs
room, in a bed. Petty gazed on the face of Adonis, and gasped.
"Um—if you'll excuse me, I think I'll just run upstairs
to the power room." She set down her teacup and rose. "Oh,
but we've one down here," L'Age informed her. "I'm
sure the one upstairs is much nicer." Petty tripped away
toward the wide, curving staircase beyond the drawing room
archway. "Quickly,
Frank! Fetch!" L'Age cried. Frank
roared and whirled about, crashing heavy-footed after
Petty. Very heavy-footed, and he had a doubtful look on his
face. But Petty glanced back, gasped in horror, and fled. L'Age,
however, felt no compunction. She dashed past the
slow-footed Frank and grabbed a lever just inside the hallway.
As Petty hit the first step, L'Age hauled on the lever,
and the first three stairs fell away as a hidden panel opened.
Petty's scream faded away as she dropped into the cellar. "Down!"
L'Age commanded, glaring at Frank and point- ing
into the hole. Muttering
protest, Frank sat down on the edge of the hole,
one foot at a time. "Faster,
monstrosity! Faster!" Frank
grumbled something that sounded like, "Not right." "Don't
you dare preach to me!" L'Age screamed, and slammed
a kick into his fundament. Frank bellowed as he dropped
into the cellar. He
picked himself up just in time to see Petty pelting madly
up the cellar stairs. Frank heaved 1) a sigh, and 2) himself
(to his feet). He thudded over to the steps just as Petty
reached the top. She pounded on the door, rattling the latch,
screaming. Frank waited for her to take a breath, then rumbled,
"Turn." "What?"
Petty looked down at her hand, saw it shaking the
knob back and forth. "Oh! Yes! Thanks." She turned the
knob and burst out into the foyer just as Frank pounded up to
the halfway mark. "Catch
her, Frank! Catch her!" L'Age screamed, but Petty
had rounded the turn and was vaulting over the hole in the
staircase. "Can't anybody around here do something right?"
L'Age howled, and yanked on another lever. With a
rumble, the stairs started moving—downward, of
course. Petty cried out in frustration and ran harder, but the
escalator picked up speed, and she just barely managed to stay
in place. "Catch
her, Frank! Catch her!" L'Age screamed. Frank
plowed his way out of the cellar with a rumble of disgust
and veered around the comer to the stairway. He leaped
the open trapdoor—and hit the escalator. Even his huge,
galumphing strides couldn't make headway, though admittedly,
he wasn't trying very hard. "Incompetents!"
L'Age screamed. "All I get in this script are incompetents!"
She glared up at the ornate brass-armed 272
Christopher Stasheff chandelier
that hung over the stairway, then tore open a black
panel in the foyer wall. With a snarl, she threw a power
key, then thrust her hands into two metallic gloves. Current
began to hum through servomotors, and the brass arms of
the chandelier curved downward into two huge hands.
They swung down on their lengthening chain, grop- ing
toward Petty. Suddenly, they plunged and snatched. Petty
leaped aside with a scream, and the giant hands closed on
empty air. The shock gave Petty a boost, and she made it two
more stairs. The giant hands groped after her. Out in
the kitchen, the Scots terrier came bounding up to
Roderick, yapping and growling. Roderick frowned down at it.
"What's that? What did you say?... Logical incon- sistencies?
What, for example?" The dog
snarled and barked sharply. "Yes..."
Roderick nodded, lower lip thrusting out. "Now that
you mention it, I had noticed that..." , The
dog yapped three times and growled. "Frank
couldn't expend all this energy without a re- charge,
that's true," Roderick agreed. "And it is rather odd that a
couple of vampires wouldn't have drained Auntie Dil and
myself when they commandeered our house..." Deviz
yapped frantically, angrily. '"Wake
up?'" Roderick frowned, shaking his head. "What are you
talking about? We are awake." The
terrier nearly went frantic. "What
do you mean, we're just dreaming?" Roderick shook
his head again. "I don't understand." "Nay,
but / do!" Auntie Dil cried. She swept out the kitchen
door with Deviz at her heels, yapping triumphantly. Auntie
Dil sailed into the foyer, crying, "Frank! Frank! Whoever
thou truly art. Thou must waken! Dost'a hear me? Then
hearken! Frank, waken!" "You
meddling busybody! What do you think you're doing?"
L'Age cried. Frank
only grunted and kept running. "He's
a very primitive android," Buzzabeez explained as THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 213 he
appeared. "He can't take more than one order at a time. But you
can! Now get back to the kitchen—that's your place!"
He stabbed a finger at the swinging door. "My
place? Only for that I'm a woman? Nay! For I'll have
thee know I'm a lady of power!" Auntie Dil drew back her
hand, cupping invisible energy. "Just
my luck—an activist housekeeper," Buzzabeez snorted.
"All right, go ahead. Try it!" "Croak
and hop!" Auntie Dil cried, throwing a whammy. Blue
sparks coruscated around Buzzabeez. He stood against
it, letting the sparks dissipate. Then he advanced on her,
seeming to swell and grow taller, and infinitely more menacing. "But...
how? Wherefore?" Auntie Dil cried, as she backed through
the swinging door into the kitchen. "Why,
because you're only..." The
swinging door swung. "Yeowtch!"
cried Buzzabeez, as it slammed into his face. He
pushed through, rubbing his nose and glowering at Aun- tie
Dil. "It's because you're only a witch, you old bat!" "I
resent that!" L'Age's voice cried on the other side of the
door. "Only
a witch," Buzzabeez snarled again, "and I'm a devil.
A full-fledged, high-powered, hundred-percent devil— and
much more evil than any mere witch..." He suddenly closed
his eyes, pressing his hand to his forehead and sway- ing.
"What am I saying? I can't be evil; I mustn't be! I mustn't
give in to it... No, I must! If I don't enforce some disorder
here, who will?" He lowered his hand, glaring at Gwen.
"Where was I? ... Oh, yes." Buzzabeez grinned his most
oily. "A devil's more evil than any witch—so I'm much
more powerful. That's the hell of it." But
Auntie Dil straightened, glaring in fury. "Nay! Evil's not the
source of power—not of my sort of power, at all accounts!
For I am no Auntie Diluvian, but Gwendylon Gallowglass,
most powerful witch of Gramarye!" Roderick
stiffened, staring. Then he squeezed his eyes 214
Christopher Stasheff shut,
and gave his head a quick shake. "I
am Gwen Gallowglass," the old fortune-teller cried, "and
I will not tolerate such deceptions and..." "Be
quiet, you fool!" Buzzabeez shrieked. "You'll ruin the
whole selection!" And he stretched his hand backward to
throw, as a fireball exploded into existence between his fingertips. "Look
out, Gwen!" the old hunchback cried, and he threw
himself at her. His shoulder slammed into her a split second
before the fireball hissed through the air where she'd been,
and she tumbled head over heels into the dumbwaiter. \ Roderick
hauled 1) himself to his feet, then 2) on the
: dumbwaiter
rope. The compartment lifted up out of sight.
; "/'//
take that rope!" Buzzabeez snarled, but the bell j chimed,
and Roderick cried, "Second floor! Linens and | bedroom
furniture! All out!" | "Out
of the way!" Buzzabeez howled. "Let me at that | dumbwaiter!" Roderick
slammed the panel shut and whirled around to face
the devil, leaning back and folding his arms. "What dumbwaiter?" "That
dumbwaiter you're leaning against!" Roderick
shook his head. "Never was such a thing. Just a
figment of your imagination." "What
are you talking about?" Buzzabeez cried. "I saw it with
my own eyes!" "Yes,
but can you really believe the evidence of your senses?
That might have been a hallucination, you know." "Ridiculous,"
the devil scoffed. "Claim that, and next you'll
be saying the whole universe is maya, illusion." "Well,
isn't it?" Roderick demanded. "At least, if you're a good
Hindu." "But
I'm not—I'm a good Catholic!" Buzzabeez went rigid,
shocked at his own words. "What am I saying?" "That
you're a good Catholic," Roderick answered oblig- ingly. THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 215 "Yes,
yes! I'm a good Catholic.. .No! I mean, I'm a bad
Catholic! No! I mean..." "You
mean, nothing exists," Roderick prompted. "That's
right! Nothing exists! None of you! You're all just
figments of my imagination! This is all just a dream. ... NO!
I can't be saying that!" "See?
Even your words don't exist!" Roderick jabbed a forefinger.
"Come to that, even you don't exist!" "What
are you saying? Of course I exist!" "Ah,
but how do you know you exist?" "Why,
because I think! Cogito, ergo sum!" Buzzabeez clapped
his hands over his mouth. "lyuch! Latin!" "Bite
your tongue!" Roderick reproved. "Wash your mouth out!" "Yes!
With brimstone! And hot coals! Even as the angel cleansed
the lips of the prophet Isaiah with ... Oh, hell! Hel-1-l-l-l-p!"
And Buzzabeez fled screaming, and faded into
thin air. "Thick
air, really." Roderick sniffed, and wrinkled his nose.
"Phew! Now I know why religions use incense... Well!
Back to work." And he limped merrily out into the foyer,
where the escalator was still running, with Frank galumphing
along after Petty, who was sprinting flat-out for all she
was worth, and dodging the claws of the erstwhile chandelier,
which still somehow hadn't managed to catch her. Roderick
limped over to the stairway, pulled open a panel underneath
it, yanked off his wooden shoe, and shouted, "Down
with the bosses!" as he threw it into the gearbox. He
slammed the door shut just as something inside cracked like a
cannon shot, and the escalator jerked to a halt. Petty
shot on up the stairway and catapulted into the room at
the top. ., Frank
crashed down flat on his face. Inside
the bedroom, Petty slammed the door shut. There was a
hasp with a broken safety pin hanging by a thread; 216
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 217 she
slapped it shut and jammed the pin through. Outside,
L'Age screamed, "After her, iceberg bait!" Frank
scrambled to his feet and slogged on up the stairs, rumbling
curses. "Break
down the door!" L'Age howled. "Get her out of there!" Obediently,
Frank hammered at the door with his fist. The
safety pin held. Petty
whirled about and sagged back against the door, gasping
for breath, chest heaving. The
light of the oil lamp glowed on Sucar's face. He knelt
beside the cot, rubbing McChurch's hand and moan- ing,
"Wake up, wake up! Oh, I know it's no use; I've been trying
for years, but if I keep on, maybe someday you'll open
your eyes. Wake up, McChurch! Surely your name will
protect you. Though I admit, it didn't do you much good
when I shoved you in front of me at that crazy little hunchback.
Oh, I never dreamed he'd render you insensible! I
didn't mean it to happen, and I promise you, I've never tasted
a drop. I never really wanted to be a vampire, any- way—but
my mother would have her way! It's not really my
natural role, you know; it's not my identity, it's not the real
me! Not that I've anything against that kind of person, you
understand—I just can't stand the sight of blood! At least,
not the blood of people I like." He cocked his head. "Now,
there's a thought! How about the blood of people I don't
like? Take L'Age, now—could I acquire a taste for her?
Could I lust for some of her blood? How would I feel if I
had a chance to drain her? Ah, now that would be another
matter!" Petty
stared at the handsome, muscular, unconscious young
man, and gasped in wonder. The extra strain was just a
little too much for steel hooks and eyes; with a muted ripping,
her bosom expanded, lifting and mushrooming out- ward
with a whoosh of displaced air. McChurch
frowned and turned his head a little, as though listening. Petty
didn't even notice; she was lost in gazing at her ideal
of male beauty. McChurch
looked up at her, blinking, frowning. Then the
sight of her registered, and he rolled out of bed with his
eyes glowing. He was completely naked, and Petty did notice
that, but a second later, she was wrapped in his embrace,
and wasn't seeing much of anything, because her eyes
were closed for her first, and very long, kiss. In the
wall, a panel slammed open, and Auntie Dil jumped out.
She ran to McChurch and Petty and began to shake them,
crying, "Waken! Thou must needs waken! Dost thou not
know thou dost slumber? And this weak and idle theme is no
more yielding but a dream!" "If
this is a dream, let me sleep forever," Petty murmured, and
went back into the clinch. "Nay!
Now I say nay/"Auntie Dil seized McChurch's arm and
threw her weight back against it, trying to pull them
apart, but McChurch stood like the rock of Gibraltar, as
though he'd traded a horizontal coma for a vertical one. "Nay,
nay!" Auntie Dil cried, tears in her eyes. "Dosta not know we
come dreadfully close to the moment when the monster,
Frank, shall come crashing through the door?" "All
right, that's enough of that!" Buzzabeez snapped as he
climbed out of the dumbwaiter. "Let go of that body!" Auntie
Dil whirled to face him, arms outspread to protect the
couple. "How didst thou come to be in that chamber?" "I
materialized there, to make sure your husband wasn't around."
Buzzabeez advanced on her with a tiger's tread, glowering.
"Now go to the kitchen, where you belong!" "Go
to hell," Auntie Dil retorted, "where thou dost be- long!" "Uh-h-h-h-h
... End of scene!" Buzzabeez waved his hands
back in front of his face, then whirled and stabbed a finger
at the door. "Next scene!" The
broken safety pin gave way and the door crashed down.
Frank stumbled in over it, and L'Age leaped past him,
took one look at Petty and McChurch, and sprang at 278
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 219 Petty,
shrieking. Her talons dug into Petty's arm as she yanked
the girl away from McChurch, and her fangs flashed down at
the virgin's fair, unprotected throat. Her
chin jarred against McChurch's arm as he raised it to fend
her off. "Please, Mother! I'd rather do it myself." And his
head descended down over Petty's again as he
. folded
her back into his embrace, r "Ah,
young love!" Roderick sighed, peeking in through the
doorway. Then he frowned. "But that seems to remind me of
something. I just wish I could remember what...." ' "Don't
let it bother you," Buzzabeez said quickly, "just i a
momentary aberration."
. Roderick's
roving gaze fell on Auntie Dil. He shook his
| head in
wonder. "I know it sounds ridiculous, but I really want to
be with that old slattern right now." And he started into
the room, just as L'Age howled in rage and frustration, pulling
out a dagger and charging at Petty. Deviz
scampered in between her feet. L'Age
tripped and crashed to the floor with a shriek that would
have wakened bats. Roderick,
hurrying toward Auntie Dil, bumped into the ancient
Christmas tree. It swayed and tottered. { "No!
"'Buzzabeez cried in anguish. "Catch it!" And he sprang
forward, but the tree crashed down onto L'Age. Her head
jerked up, eyes staring in agony, mouth gaping for a scream—and
froze. "Well,
what do you know," Roderick murmured into the sudden
hush, "the tinsel was real silver." "Food!"
Sucar screamed, and he pounced on L'Age with wild
joy. "At last! Something I can really sink my teeth into!"
He lifted L'Age by the shoulders and reared his head back,
fangs springing out as he bared her throat—then froze.
Puzzlement clouded his features. "How did I used to do
this? It's been so long that I can't remember!" "Just
the way you're doing," Roderick prompted. "Bare her
throat, then bite!" "Don't
give him any help!" Buzzabeez clapped a homy hand
over Roderick's mouth, and Roderick recoiled at the stench.
"You can't do it," the devil assured Sucar. "Not without
condiments." "Condiments!
Of course! Now 1 remember!" Sucar dug in his
coat pocket and pulled out a saltshaker with a trium- phant
flourish. "I always carry it with me, for my tomato juice!" "No!"
Buzzabeez screamed. "Don't you dare touch her with
that!" "Why
not?" Roderick asked. "Because
... because..." Buzzabeez was trembling. "Why,
because it isn't in the script!" "What
is a 'script'?" Auntie Dil asked, frowning. "Only
a prediction," Roderick assured her. "Nothing that can't
be changed." "You
can't change it!" Buzzabeez howled. "It is written!" "But
I don't have to follow it. We are the masters of our own
actions." "Heresy!"
Buzzabeez screamed. Deviz
yapped up at Roderick. "What?...
He's afraid? Yes, I can see that.... That means what?
He shouldn't be? Why? ... Because if he really had power
over us, there wouldn't be any reason for fear? Hm! Good
point, that!" Roderick looked up brightly. Buzzabeez
could see his brain working, and shuddered. "I
order you not to think! It's immoral! /'// do the thinking around
here!" "No
you won't," Roderick said reasonably, "you'll just follow
a script." He frowned at the devil. "What makes you so
tense, anyway?" "I
don't know." Buzzabeez stood rigid, trembling. "I really
don't know." Roderick
pursed his lips. "Could it be you really want Sucar
to use that salt?" "I
prefer saltpeter," Buzzabeez corrected. "After all, I'm a
devil." "Don't
worry," Roderick assured him, "I'll figure it out." 220
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 221 "That's
what I'm afraid of!" "What?
People doing their own thinking?" Roderick nod- ded.
"Makes sense. You never can tell what'll happen then. Makes
life totally unpredictable. And I am thinking, now." Buzzabeez
nodded, still trembling. "Becoming pretty willful,
too." "Yes,
I am, aren't I?" "Thou
art near to wakening," Auntie Dil advised him. "Yeah."
Roderick frowned. "I just can't remember who I
really am." "Roderick,"
Buzzabeez said quickly. "Just ordinary old Roderick." "Close."
Roderick nodded. "Close. But maybe just a little
too much." Sucar
pressed a hand to his forehead. "Come to think of it.,,.
I used to be somebody, too...." "You
still are," Buzzabeez snapped. "No,"
Roderick contradicted, "right now, he's who you want
him to be. And doing what you want him to do. We all
are—just taking your orders, without resisting much. Between
you and the script, you've had all of us just meekly accepting
your orders." "Yes!
Wonderful way to live, isn't it? So peaceful! So harmonious!" "For
you, maybe. Not for the rest of us." "But
isn't it better this way?" Buzzabeez pleaded. "NO!"
said everybody, all at once—except L'Age, who was
frozen, and Petty and McChurch, whose lips weren't free at
the moment. Buzzabeez's
face wrinkled with disgust. "What a re- volting
development!" "Good
idea!" Sucar cried. "Let's have a revolution!" "Shut
up," Buzzabeez snapped. But
Sucar went on. "Myself, I'm beginning to remember that
I'm not really me—not Sucar Blutstein, anyway." "Shut
up," Buzzabeez snapped again. "I
was once someone else," Sucar cried, "but somebody did
something to me, fed me something, that made me into what I
am now!" "Shut
up!" Buzzabeez shouted. "No,
you shut up!" Roderick commanded. "Sucar has the
floor." "Who
appointed you chairman?" Buzzabeez snarled. "I
did, myself!" "And
I impeach Buzzabeez!" Sucar cried. "I move that Buzzabeez
be deposed!" Deviz
yapped. "He
says, 'I second the motion,'" Roderick explained. "All
in favor?" "Aye!"
shouted Auntie Dil, Roderick, and Sucar. Deviz barked. "The
vote is unanimous," Roderick confirmed, "except for
L'Age, who's incapacitated, and McChurch and Petty, who're
oblivious. The motion passes, and so does Buzza- beez." "You
can't do this!" Buzzabeez shouted. "We
just did, as I remember." "And
I remember something else!" Sucar cried. "I re- member
that what whoever-it-was fed me, was only sup- posed
to put me to sleep and make me more amenable to suggestion!
But it did more—it made me willing to do whatever
this deposed dumbkopf dictated!" "Watch
the pejoratives," Buzzabeez snarled, but Auntie Dil
cried, "I too," and Roderick said, "Same here." Deviz
yapped and snarled. "He
says, 'The drug that produces those effects is com- monly
known as the zombie drug,'" Roderick translated. "I
deny it!" Buzzabeez ranted, waving his hands. "I deny everything!
I didn't do it! I didn't give orders^for it to be done!
Nobody told me..." "That,
I believe." Roderick nodded. "You're probably just
another poor zombie like the rest of us—but for some 222 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 223 reason,
you were much more apt to do what the script said." "But
that means he's the one who's acting as the voice of the
script!" Sucar cried. "Aye,"
Auntie Dil said, frowning. "I' truth, we know not
what this 'script' doth say, save what he doth tell us." "So,"
Sucar said, with a bright smile, "if we can just wake up
Buzzabeez, we won't have to listen to any nonsense about
this 'script' anymore!" "No!"
Buzzabeez was beginning to foam at the mouth. "You
can't! That'd destroy any semblance of order! It'll shred
sensibility! It'll play dice with the universe!" "But
we'll be able to do as we think right," Roderick said. "See?
Rampant chaos!" "But
we'll all wake up, and quit being zombies," Sucar pointed
out. "Anarchy!" "Grab
him!" They
all pounced on Buzzabeez, who realized what was happening
just a second too late to dodge. He thrashed about,
howling and trying to break free, but Sucar and Roderick
wrestled him to the ground, and Auntie Dil sat on his
legs while Roderick pinned his arms and Sucar pulled out his
saltshaker. "You
can't do this!" Buzzabeez shouted. "It's immoral! It's
unethical! It's against all... GACK!" "Helped
that he had his mouth open," Roderick com- mented. "I
couldn't miss," Sucar agreed. Buzzabeez
swallowed convulsively, and his eyes bulged, staring,
his whole body rigid. He began to tremble, and as he
shook, he faded away and was gone. Auntie
Dil landed with a thump on her rump, and stared at the
empty floor in astonishment. "Forsooth! Wither went he?" Deviz
yapped happily. "He
says, 'Wherever he came from,'" Roderick trans- lated. "But
where is that?" Auntie Dil asked. "None
of us know," Sucar told her. He turned to Rod- erick.
"Do you know where you came from?" Roderick
stared up at the ceiling, frowning, then shook his
head. "Not quite. I can almost remember..." Deviz
yapped, barked, and growled. "He
says he does," Roderick explained. "He says, 'I know
who I am—I am Notem-Modem 409, a computerized notepad—and
I know where I came from. But where did all you
zombies come from?'" Sucar
shrugged. "I don't know, to tell the truth." "Neither
do I," Roderick confessed. "Nor
I," Auntie Diluvian said, "yet I do know that we must
waken." "Good
point." Roderick held up a finger, then used it to point
to L'Age's mouth, frozen open. "Maestro, if you please?" "Glad
to." Sucar turned to sprinkle a little salt into L'Age's mouth.
Instantly, she faded away, and they found themselves staring
at a very dusty oaken floor. "Success!"
Roderick said, elated. "Now for the hard job. You
grab him. Auntie, and I'll grab her." "I
mislike the sound of that, somehow," Auntie Dil said, but she
took hold of McChurch's biceps while Roderick caught
Petty's shoulder. "Now," he said, "Sucar, you stand ready
to sprinkle. All right, now, on the count of three— One!
Two! Three!" He and
Auntie Dil heaved. With a smacking like a huge suction
cup coming unglued. Petty and McChurch peeled apart
and stared in total bewilderment, mouths still wide open. "Gotcha!"
Sucar cried, sprinkling salt in each one's mouth. Startled,
they closed their mouths and swallowed with twin
gulps, then stared at each other, appalled, as they faded. 224
Christopher Stasheff Petty
gave a mew of distress, reaching out toward the van- ishing
McChurch, but she faded too, and was gone. "Success!"
Sucar crowed. "Okay, you three—line up! Shoulders
back! Stomachs in! Mouths open!" Roderick
and Auntie Dil snapped to attention, side by side,
and Deviz sat up on his hind legs next to Auntie Dil. Sucar
walked down the line, sprinkling salt on each tongue, and,
one by one, they faded. Sucar halted, appalled, as he looked
around at the bare, empty room and, for the first time,
became aware of the wind's muted moaning around the
comers of the huge old house. Left to himself, Sucar sniffed,
wiped away a tear of loneliness, and said, "I miss you
very much." Then he
tilted his head back, opened his mouth, sprinkled salt on
his own tongue, and disappeared. One by
one, the dreamers wakened. They opened their eyes,
frowning, squinting against the light, and began to struggle
up from their couches. The
hostess stared at them, horrified, then turned and ran
from the room, crying, "Get the manager! These patrons just
woke up—before the dream ended!" Rod
groaned, and swung his legs over the side of the couch.
"I feel as though I've just been hit by a meteor!" Mirane
slid off her sofa blinking, and tried to stand up. Her
knees gave way, and she caught at the cushions. Stro- ganoff
leaped off his couch with a cry, but she called, "No, I'm all
right. But... but thanks, Dave." And she blushed. Rod
frowned, wondering what the red face was about. Then he
hauled his mind back to the immediate problem. "Hold
on, everybody! Remember, take the helmets off care- fully!
I don't think they could do any harm if we yanked 'em
off, but I'd rather not find out the hard way." Brother
Joey lifted his helmet off with caution, then held it out,
staring at it and blinking, then pushed it away with revulsion. THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 225 Chomoi
took hers off with regret. "Well, it was fun while it
lasted." Rod
looked up in surprise. "You must have been L'Age d'Or." A
short, stocky man in a business coverall bustled into the
room. "All right, what's going on here?" Rod
felt his hackles rise. "Who the hell are you?" "I'm
Roksa, the manager. How the hell did you wake up
before the dream was over?" "Oh,
that's easy enough to answer," Brother Joey said. "According
to the traditional superstitions, you see, you can break
the spell that holds a zombie, by filling his mouth with
salt. Of course, you have to sew his lips shut so he can't
spit it out, and when he comes out of the spell, he may try
to kill you. But after that, he'll go back to where he came
from—his grave—as fast as he can." Roksa
frowned. "What's that got to do with you waking up from
the dream?" Brother
Joey shrugged. "Dreams are fantasies, so the symbols
of superstition work, within the structure of the dream-universe.
When our dream selves realized we'd been fed
zombie drugs, they sprinkled salt on each other's tongues—and
the symbol worked; we went back to where we'd
come from—here." "Zombie
drugs?" The manager darted glances from one face to
another. "Who said anything about zombie drugs?" "I
did." They
all turned, astonished. The tinny voice was coming from
Mirane's couch, where her computer-notepad lay. "I am a
Notem-Modem 409, and I have wireless capabilities for
connection to larger computers—and for interfacing with the
human brain. I have become symbiotic with my operator." - Mirane
paled. Her eyes were huge. Stroganoff
clasped her around the shoulders. "Take it easy,
kid. I know it's hard to take, but any artist has to 226 Christopher Stasheff develop
a feel for her tools." Mirane
snatched up the notepad and clutched it to her. "Consequently,
when my operator entered into the dream- state,
I participated in it with her," the notepad went on. "However,
being electronic, I was immune to the drug, and was
able to realize that the dream was not the safe and pleasant
refuge these patrons had anticipated." "Oh,
I don't know about that," Chomoi muttered. Stroganoff
shook his head. "Lousy plot. Not to mention the
characterization." Roksa's
head lifted, eyes narrowing. "You don't like my dreams,
citizen, you can make your own." "I
just might." "The
zombie drug isn't terribly legal," Rod pointed out. "And
there are supposed to be certain guarantees of safety, for
patrons experiencing a dream." Roksa
shrugged impatiently. "All right, so 1 bent a few rules." "Bent!"
Yorick snorted. "How about 'mangled'?" But
Whitey held up a hand. "Hold on, you two. The laws he
broke don't really matter." "Don't
matter?" "Not
compared to what that dream was doing, all by itself."
Whitey faced Roksa squarely, head lowered a little, glowering.
"That plot just took it for granted that people should
take orders and not think about them. If we'd stayed in it
long enough, we'd have waked up conditioned to just accept
whatever Authority said, without question, without even a
notion of resisting!" Yorick
whistled. "Wow! The ideal brainwashing sys- tem—with
the victims footing the bill!" Roksa
paled and took a step back. "You can't prove that." "Oh,
I think I could," Whitey said with a shark's grin. "A
semiotic analysis of the plot, and a neurological analysis of the
choice-alternatives ... yes, I think I could prove it very
thoroughly." THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 227 "So
what?" Roksa's jaw thrust out a little. "There's noth- ing
illegal about it." "Only
because nobody's thought of it yet. Tell me—do all
your dreams do that?" "I
don't have to answer that question!" Yorick
grinned and stepped forward, massaging his fist. "Why
not?" "Because
of them!" Roksa stepped back and yanked the door
open. A dozen big, muscular men slouched into the room.
Only eight of them carried clubs. The other four carried
blasters. Rod
stabbed a finger at the leader. "You're the peasant! The one
with the pitchfork!" The
leader gave a mock bow. "Wirlin Eaves, at your service." "He's
too modest," Roksa chuckled. "That's Wirlin Eaves, Ph.D." "Ph.D.?"
Rod frowned. "What're you doing leading a bunch
of assassins?" "I
couldn't get a job teaching. Besides, this pays better." "What's
your area," Rod snorted, "political science?" "Naw."
Eaves grinned wickedly. "I'm the real thing—a Ph.D.
in philosophy." Rod
stared. "You're a certified philosopher?" "What's
so strange about that?" "But—you
kill people!" "You
noticed." "How
can a philosopher justify doing such horrible things?" "What
else is philosophy for, these days?" "But
what kind of reasons could philosophy give you for killing
people!" "The
best." Eaves grinned. "It's profitable." "I
thought philosophy was supposed to be ethical." "Haven't
you ever heard of existentialism?" Eaves shrugged.
"Besides, it is ethical; it's just that you don't 228 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 229 agree
with this ethic." He turned serious for a moment. "But if you
really want to know, before I bum your brains out, I'll
tell you. It's a way of exercising power over my sub- jective
universe." "A
solipsist," Rod groaned. "I thought you were sup- posed
to be a philosopher, not a hatchet man. No, one last question!"
He held up a hand as Eaves started forward, and the
thug stopped."What would have happened if we'd slept through
the whole dream?" "Oh,
you would've waked up, same as usual." Eaves shrugged.
"You just would've found yourselves surrounded, that's
all—and wearing straitjackets." "But
the inmates took over the asylum, eh?" "Management's
about to reassert itself," Eaves informed him.
"Take ' em!" He
lifted his blaster. Gwen
concentrated all of her attention on the weapon. Eaves
pressed the trigger with an ecstatic grin. Then the grin
faded into horrified shock. He pressed the trigger again— and
again, and again. His
three sidekicks lifted their blasters and pressed their triggers,
too, with the same lack of result. "What'd
you do to them?" Eaves growled. "You
really don't want to know," Rod assured him. "It might
upset your philosophical system." Eaves'
eyes narrowed. "All right, we'll do it the old- fashioned
way. Now!" He and
his men waded in, swinging their blasters as clubs.
Their mates fanned out fast around the company and started
in with their truncheons. Whitey
shouted and lashed a kick at a thug. The man howled
and dropped his club, as Chomoi barked and chopped at
another one. He blocked and snapped his club down, but she
twisted aside and bounced a chop off another man's neck.
As he dropped, she slashed a kick at the first one, ducked
under a swing from a third and stabbed him in the solar
plexus with a shout, then blocked a swing from the first
attacker and followed it with a kick in the chin. He slammed
back into the wall, and she spun to a fourth thug. Yorick
was much more conservative. He dodged as an attacker
swung a club at him, caught the man's wrist and whipped
it around and up behind his back—way up. The thug
howled as Yorick twisted the club out of his hand and cracked
it down on his skull. Then he shoved the man into an
oncoming assassin, grabbed a third by the neck and rammed
his head into the wall, then turned back just as the second
was picking himself up, and slammed a haymaker into
his jaw. Rod's
head was ringing; Eaves had connected. But so had
Rod, and the lead thug had dropped his blaster. He circled
to Rod's left, guard tight, shaking his head. Rod jabbed
at his belly, his head, his belly again, and caught him
with a right cross. Eaves staggered back, and Rod followed
with a kick that sent him crashing into the wall. Gwen
glared at three other thugs who were crowding back
together, trying to fend off a cloud of dream-helmets and
fallen clubs that whirled at them. Every now and then, one got
through. Mirane
crouched behind Stroganoff, frantically punching keys on
her computer-pad. He stood between her and the thugs,
arms outstretched to shield her as he watched, dazed and
muttering, "I gotta remember this! For my next fight sequence!
Gotta remember!" "Not
quite!" Rod yanked Roksa and the hostess back into
the room and kicked the door shut. He sent the girl spinning
over to Chomoi, who advanced on her, eyes steely. The
hostess backed against the wall, terrified. Roksa tried to
twist to swing at Rod, but Rod had him by the coverall collar
at the end of a very long arm, and Roksa'seyes bulged as the
collar tightened around his neck. He turned back, quickly—and
stared at twelve unconscious men littering the
floor of his dream-room. 230 Christopher Stasheff "Don't
take it so hard," Rod soothed. "Only one of them is
dead." He raised his voice. "A little careless there, Chor- noi." She
shrugged impatiently. "I was in a rush." "I
wasn't complaining." Yorick
shook his head slowly, clucking his tongue. "Messy,
messy! What'll we do with them?" "We
could hook them up to the dream-machines," Chor- noi
suggested. "No!"
Roksa cried. The hostess's terror turned to horror. "It
won't be that bad." Mirane stepped out from behind Stroganoff.
"I've been doing a little reprogramming on your computer." Roksa
and the hostess stared, white showing all around their
eyes. "I
changed it to stop conditioning people," Mirane ex- plained. "But
that's impossible!" "Not
at all; I just told it to insert new plot-alternatives that
stress individuality and skepticism." Roksa
didn't exactly look reassured. "We'll wake up totally
confused!" "No,
just curious. You'll question authority—and you'll keep
questioning, until you find answers you can prove." "But
there won't be time to enjoy life!" the hostess wailed. "Learning
can be fun," Yorick assured her. "Would
you rather not have a life?" Chomoi watched her,
taut and alert. "I...
think I'll take the dream," the young woman said slowly. Rod
nodded. "Very wise." He turned to Roksa. "You'll take
it, too. The only question is whether or not you'll do it
willingly." Roksa
stared at him. Then
his fist slammed into Rod's belly. Rod
doubled over in agony, and Roksa started to turn to the
door, so he was at just the right angle as Yorick's fist THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 231 crashed
into his jaw. The manager folded, very neatly. "Courage,
husband." Gwen was beside him, massaging his
back, soothing. "'Tis but pain, and 'twill pass." Yeah,
but so will I. Rod couldn't say it aloud, due to a temporary
malfunction of the diaphragm. He fought to breathe
in. Finally, air came in a long, shuddering gasp. He straightened
slowly, turning to Mirane. "Can you make it a nightmare?" "We
don't stock any," the hostess said quickly. Stroganoff
gave her the jaundiced eye. "That makes me think I
ought to check through your whole catalog." "We
don't have time," Mirane said quickly. Rod
nodded. "I'm afraid she's right. We've got to hook them up
for the longest time the computer will manage, and get out
of here." He turned to the hostess. "We need some- thing
that will handle a dozen men." The
hostess thought a moment. "How about The Flying Dutchman?" Rod nodded.
"The very thing. I hope Eaves hates Wag- ner." They
wrestled Eaves up onto one of the couches and set the
helmet on his head. Mirane found one of the injectors, pressed
it against his wrist, and squeezed. She turned to press
the "start" button, but Rod held up a hand. "Just a sec. He
should be very suggestible right now." He slapped Eaves'
cheek gently. "Come on, wake up, old man! De- briefing
time. Report!" Eaves'
eyes fluttered and opened, but they were glazed. Rod
stepped back out of sight. "So. You followed the Gallowglass
party from Wolmar in your own ship, and in- tercepted
them on the resort-planet Otranto. What measures did you
take to secure them?" Eaves
nodded slowly. "They took refuge in a dream- house.
I bribed and coerced the manager into giving them the
zombie drug." The
rest of the company stared at Rod, amazed. He nodded,
grim-faced. "Where did you leave your scoutship?" 232 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 233 Eaves
frowned at the strangeness of the question, but answered,
"In the Palazzo of Montressor." -
"What password did you use?" Eaves'
frown deepened, but he answered,"Excelsior." "Send
out the St. Bernards," Whitey muttered. Eaves'
eyes closed, and a gentle smile curved his lips. "When
did you become a double agent?" Rod said softly. "When
did you begin working for GRIPE?" Eaves
raised his eyebrows. "Never. I am loyal to VETO." Then
his face smoothed out, and his breathing deepened. "A
Totalitarian," Rod muttered. "I might've known. They come in
batches." "What's
VETO?" Whitey demanded. "A
secret society that works for PEST." Rod turned away to the
litter of unconscious bodies. "Come on, let's get these bozos
off to dreamland." Whitey
frowned, but he turned to help David heave a thug up
onto a couch. A few
minutes later, the whole dozen were drugged and dreaming. Rod
turned to the hostess, and she shrank back at the look in
his eye. "Any preferences?" he asked. The
girl just stared at him for a moment. Then, reassured, she
gazed off into space, and a reverent look came over her face.
"Jane Eyre," she murmured. "I always wanted to be Jane
Eyre." "With
him as Rochester?" The
hostess' gaze focused again; she turned to look down at Roksa.
Then she implored, "Can't you manage separate dreams?" Rod and
Gwen exchanged glances, and her thoughts said, Grant
what mercy thou canst, I prithee. Rod
nodded. "Yeah, why not? You set up the couches and the
dreams." The
hostess stared at him for a moment, then slowly smiled.
She turned away to punch some buttons on the computer
console. Mirane stepped over to watch her closely, and her
eyes widened. The
hostess turned away with a bright smile. "I'm ready. Shall
we try it?" And she stretched out on one of the couches, pulling
the helmet on and pressing the injector against her arm.
Then she tossed it aside, stretched luxuriously, and closed
her eyes. Rod
gazed at her, chewing at the inside of his lip. "Well, the
quality of our mercy sure isn't strained. Give me a hand with
this hulk, will you, Yorick?" As they
left the dreamhouse a few minutes later. Rod asked
Mirane, "What dream did she give him?" "The
Dunwich Horror." "Hurry,
will you?" Yorick demanded. "That dream will buy us
time, but not a lot of it. We need to get off-planet, and
fast! I don't think even Whitey, Stroganoff and Mirane will be
welcome here after this number." Whitey's
face set. "No. I'm afraid you're right." Stroganoff
stared. "You don't mean it! What about Dra- cula
Rises Again?" "We'll
send back orders for the company to finish it." "But
they'll destroy it!" Stroganoff wailed. "They'll ruin it! It
won't even pull a decent box office!" Mirane
was pale. "That'd be money down the drain, Whitey,
without you there—750,000 therms!" "Graves
are even more expensive," Whitey answered, "especially
on Otranto. And for myself, I don't plan to go on
working after I'm dead." Mirane
and Stroganoff paled, and followed. Rod
clenched his jaw. "It's all because of us. You wouldn't be in
this bind, if we hadn't crashed your set. I'm sorry, Whitey—very." "Don't
worry about it," the poet growled. "I had a hunch you
were worth it." The
tour guide held up a hand to stop them, and pointed 234
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 235 down a
narrow, winding stair. "We're about to go down into the
dungeons—and beyond them. You see, Palazzo Mon- tressor
was built on top of the catacombs." "Which
were built especially for Palazzo Montressor," Whitey
muttered under his breath. "Take
note of the niter on the walls." The guide smiled cheerfully.
"Farther on, you'll notice a pile of bones. We'll move a
few of them aside, and you'll notice a brand-new brick
wall. Fortunato's behind it, of course. All set? Here we
go!" He set
off down the stairway, holding his torch high. The tourists
followed him, single file, with the eight fugitives in
their midst. The walls quickly dampened and darkened; patches
of moss appeared here and there. Whitey
leaned forward and muttered into Rod's ear, "If only
Poe could've collected the royalties while he was still alive!" Rod
nodded. "He would've lived longer." Whitey
frowned. "Yeah... Maybe it's just as well..." They
trooped down a long and winding stairway. The tourists
began to mutter in excitement over the decrepitude of
their surroundings, but Gwen pressed close to Rod, for which
he was infinitely grateful. "My lord, 'tis eldritch." "Yeah."
Chomoi glanced up at the dripping walls. "This place
gives me the creeps." "That's
what it's supposed to do," Stroganoff explained. "You
mean people pay to feel so lousy?" They
came out into a low stone hallway. The guide saun- tered
away ahead of them, carrying the torch and whistling. They
followed the wavering flames, as masonry gave way to
bedrock. They passed by a niche in the wall, with some- thing
in it that was wrapped in old, brittle cloth. Gwen
stared. "What is that?" "A
fake corpse, dear. We're in the 'catacombs.'" The
rest of the tour group oohed and aahed at the sight. One
lady giggled. Rod
scowled. "Now, if I were Wirlin Eaves, where would I have
hidden my scoutship?" The
tunnel broadened out into an open space, about ten feet on
a side. Three tunnels branched off from it. There was a
pile of very realistic-looking skeletons stacked up to the
ceiling against one wall. One
lady stared at it, her face a fascinating blend of disgust,
loathing, and delight. "Is that..." "Yes,
ma'am." The guide gave her a solemn nod. "That's Fortunato's
personal crypt." Rod
lifted his head, a gleam coming into his eye. "What
do you scent, 0 peerless leader?" Yorick whis- pered. "Look,"
Rod said, "if you were Wirlin, you'd want your ship
stashed out of sight, but in a place where you could get at
it any time you wanted it, right?" "They're
moving on without us." Chomoi sounded nerv- ous. "Let
'em." Rod waved a hand. "I find this particular exhibit
fascinating." Yorick
was running his hands over the wall by the pile of
bones. "Here's the button." Rod
nodded. "Press it." Machinery
purred, and the whole wall-full of bones swung outward.
The space behind it was huge and unlit. "Got
a match?" Rod said softly. "Not
since Shakespeare," Whitey grunted, but he lifted out a
lighter, struck a flame, and held it aloft. "Sometimes it's
handy, having vices." The
flickering glow revealed unused maintenance robots lined
up against the walls, a pile of construction material— and the
nose of a sleek spaceship, streamlined for atmos- pheric
flight. "Pay
dirt," Rod breathed.
^. They
stepped forward, awed by the bulk of the ship. It wasn't
really all that big, but in an enclosed space, it seemed gigantic. "Excelsior,"
Rod called softly. 236 Christopher Stasheff Lights
brightened around the craft. With a grunt of sat- isfaction,
Whitey let his lighter snap closed and slipped it into a
pocket. "You
are not Wirlin Eaves," stated a voice from the ship. Rod
nodded. "Eaves couldn't make it. In fact, he may not be
able to get loose if we don't go get help." Silence
hung for a moment, then the ship said, "Ready to
transmit." Rod
stared, strapped for a moment. "Code,"
Chomoi suggested. "The renegades broke it." Rod
nodded, with a grin of relief. "That's right. We can't send
word; it would be intercepted, and so would we. We have to
get back to base to call for help." The
ship was silent. "Excelsior,"
Rod said again. "Eaves told us that word. How
else would we have known it?" Slowly,
an iris opened in the ship's side. With a
sigh of relief. Rod beckoned his people aboard. IF ANY
DETECTORS noticed their takeoff, there was no sign of it.
Still, Rod didn't relax until the ship had isomorphed with
H-space. Then he sighed and hobbled back to the wardroom,
weak-kneed. As he
came in, Gwen was shaking her head in dismay. "I
do not understand. How can people become naught but numbers?" "Not
become," Brother Joey corrected, "just described as. 1
can describe you with words, can't I? Then believe me, I
can describe you even more faithfully with numbers." Gwen
sighed and shook her head. "I must needs accept the
truth of what thou dost say, since I've not the knowledge to
judge it for myself." "I
know." Brother Joey had a smug smile. "That's the secret
of the clergy's success." "But
if this 'isomorpher' of which thou dost speak, doth make
note of me as a mile-long string of numbers which it doth
paint on the wall of eternity, which thou dost term 'H-space,'
and then doth take those numbers off that wall to
build them once again into myself—have I not died, and been
reborn?" Rod
noted that she wasn't at all discomfitted by not having
felt anything major as they isomorphed into H-space. But
Brother Joey was shaking his head. "No. You've simply
changed form, nothing more." Gwen
threw up her hands in despair. 239 240
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 241 "Let's
try something a little more relaxing." Rod held up a
hand to forestall Brother Joey. "I know, I know—to you,
this is relaxing. But the rest of us like a little help." He
touched the base of an air filter, and its telltale glowed to
life. "The smoking lamp is lit. Anyone who wants to pollute,
come sit next to it, Whitey." The
poet grinned and slouched into the chair right under the
filter. He pulled out a long, sinister-looking brown cig- arette,
then his lighter. "Just wine, if you don't mind." Rod
peered at the synthesizer's list. "Chablis, Liebfraum- ilch,
or Reisling?" "Reisling,
if you please." "It's
all one set of buttons to me." Rod said, as he punched. "What'll
it be, Chomoi?" "Bourbon.
Who made you bartender?" "I
watched Cholly. Yorick?" A few
minutes later, with spirits for everyone and Man- ischevitz
for Brother Joey, Rod propped his feet up on the table
with a sigh. "Safe at last—for the moment." Chomoi
shrugged. "We were safe enough, in the dream." "Yeah,
except that a bunch of thugs was getting ready to
package and ship us." "As
long as we were dreaming, who cared?" "All
dreams must end." Yorick frowned. "I wonder how that
one would have come out?" "Oh,
I think it was pretty well wound down." Whitey held
his glass up to the light. "After all, boy had gotten girl." Gwen
was gazing at Mirane, but her eyes weren't quite focused. "Would
have been interesting to see what happened to the
rest of them," Yorick sighed. "But how did Mirane's computer-pad
get pulled into the story?" "Oh,
it was the dog, Deviz." "I
know that, of course." Yorick glared at Chomoi. "I meant,
how did it get tied into the dream-computer?" "Through
Mirane." Gwen kept her gaze on the young woman.
"I think thou mayest have some trace of Power about
thee, my dear." "She's
talking about psi power," Rod explained. "Oh, don't
look so horrified! A lot of people have a touch of one power
or another. You just happen to have enough to be useful,
that's all." Mirane
shook her head. "How can you mind-read a com- puter?" "Thine
did say that it hath capacity for joining to thy mind,"
Gwen explained. "Is that not what 'interface' doth mean?" "Well,
yes, but I'd have to wear a transmitter-helmet." Yorick
shook his head. "Apparently you're capable of sending
your thoughts without one. Projective telepathy— right.
Major?" Rod
nodded. "A little bit of telepathy, period; the com- puter-pad
said it was wireless, so it must be geared to trans- mit." "The
operative point," Brother Joey explained, "is that the pad
has a built-in converter to transform its operating frequencies
to human thought-frequencies. But don't take our
word for it—ask it." He raised his voice. "How about it,
Notem-Modem 409? Did we guess correctly?" "Preliminary
analysis of available data indicates 88 per- cent
probability of validity," the computer-pad confirmed. Mirane
was pale, but she clutched the notepad to her. "So."
Yorick sat back, studying his glass as he spun the stem
between finger and thumb. "Mirane was Petty Pure, huh? I
mean, she was the one who was closest to Deviz." Mirane
blushed, but she nodded. "Thought
so. I was Frank, of course." Gwen
frowned. "Why dost thou say, 'of course'?" "Monster
to monster. Lady Gallowglass.4was the easiest conversion." Rod
nodded. "The dream-computer did seem to match us up
by personalities. But you're no monster." "Tell
it to your folklore. Major." 242
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 243 Gwen
was frowning again. "Yet wherefore would it match myself
with an old hag?" "She
was a witch," Rod explained, "or thought she was. But
don't worry, dear, I didn't exactly find it flattering to be
depicted as a klutz of a handyman, either." "Nor
I as a devil." Brother Joey was magenta. Rod
shrugged. "At least it had something to do with religion." "More
importantly," the friar said in a very low tone, "I was the
voice of Authority." Whitey
snorted. "Well, if you don't like the idea of or- thodoxy,
Brother, you blasted well better decide that before you
take your final vows. Me, I didn't exactly find it com- plementary
to be depicted as an incompetent vampire." "But
you had a heart of gold," Rod pointed out. "Sweets to the
sweet, poet." "Fangs
for nothing," Whitey snorted. He turned to Chomoi.
"But you didn't really enjoy being a meanie, did you?" "Oh,
but I did." Chomoi nodded sadly. "And I wish I really
was. Callous people seem to do so much better in this
world." "You've
been hanging around a tyranny too long." Rod frowned.
"Besides, I thought you'd already tried that way of
life." Chomoi
looked down at her hands, lips tight. "And I couldn't
take it. Right." "Well,"
Rod sighed, "I guess you'll have to settle for being a
good person, underneath it all." "And
that," Whitey said, "leaves only one role uncast." He
directed a stare toward Stroganoff. The
producer shifted uncomfortably. "All right, so I was McChurch.
So way down deep, all I want to do is lie around. Is that
any crime?" "Only
when you really want to bleed for other people," Whitey
said softly. Mirane
stiffened, glaring. "That's a wonderful quality!" "It
is, until he bleeds himself dry," Whitey reminded her. "But
I think you two are avoiding a point." Mirane
and Stroganoff glanced at each other, then quickly glanced
away. "None of your business, Whitey," Stroganoff growled. "Of
course not. That's why I enjoy it so much." Whitey leaned
back in his chair. "But the rest of us have bared our souls a
bit, so it's your turn. Why was McChurch so totally hooked
on Petty at first glance, Dave?" "We
were being controlled by a script," Stroganoff mut- tered. "So
were we all." Chornoi gave him a look of scorn. "Everybody
else turned out to be quite capable of resisting it—except
me; I liked it. And you two. You couldn't have cared
less." "How
could I care, when I was in a coma? And be- sides..." "Strog,
cut it off and talk straight!" Whitey demanded. "Are
you in love with the lady, or not?" Mirane
paled still further. So did Stroganoff, but he blus- tered,
"That's none of your damn business, Whitey! And besides,
I'm a fat ugly fool, and she's way too young." "Why,
thank you." Mirane looked up, some of her color coming
back. "Especially because I'm not really all that young—I'm
thirty-five. You would have noticed, if you'd ever
bothered to look behind the lenses and kerchief. And / think
you're handsome!" Stroganoff
stared at her, totally taken aback. Then he glanced
about him quickly, and stood up, sliding her chair back a
little. "Uh, would you step into my office over here, for a
quick conference?" Mirane
stared at him, surprised. Then her chin lifted, and she
stood up and walked in front of hrm, shoulders back,
over to the far end of the wardroom. Stroganoff fol- lowed
her, pantomimed closing a door, and leaned against the
bulkhead, hands in his pockets, chatting. Mirane watched him
closely. 244 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 245 Gwen's
lips curved a smile that was both fond and amused. Quit
eavesdropping. Rod scolded silently. He turned to Yorick.
"Well. We seem to be in moderately good shape at the
moment." Yorick
grinned, but he swung with the change of topic. "Yeah.
We're bound for Terra, and we didn't have to pay a
dime." "I
like that last part," Whitey agreed. "Unfortunately,
word is probably traveling ahead of us," Rod
sighed. "I expect PEST will be ready and waiting for us by
the time we get there." "How?"
Brother Joey frowned. "Nothing can travel faster than an
FTL ship." "Nothing
except a faster ship," Rod reminded him. Brother
Joey shook his head. "The time we spend in H- space
isn't really transit time, Mr. Gallowglass..." "Rod,"
Rod prompted. "Rod.
Thank you." Brother Joey nodded. "As I was saying,
it isn't really transit time, it's more a matter of seeking
and translating." "Well,
then, bigger ships search faster than small ones." Brother
Joey frowned. "I have to admit that the power input
does have an effect..." "And
bigger ships go faster from breakout point to des- tination,"
Rod added. "Eaves is sure to have a courier after us as
soon as he comes out of the coma." Brother
Joey relaxed. "We have lead enough." "Yes,
(/some other agent wasn't shadowing us, and send- ing off
a report of his own. Ah, for the dear old days of Morse
code!" Rod sighed. "The days of yore, when people communicated
from ship to shore by radio, which could be jammed." "Yeah,
I remember Morse code." Yorick grinned. "Would you
believe I actually learned it once?" Chomoi
nodded. "So did I. Not that we ever used it, but it was
part of basic training, anyway." Rod
slouched down in his chair, and started drumming his
fingers. "Courage,
people," Whitey reassured them. "I know some people
who're working on trying to invent FTL radio." Brother
Joey stared. "How do they think they can do that?" Rod
started tapping his toe against Yorick's. The cave- man
showed every sign of paying close attention to Brother Joey
and Whitey. Whitey
shook his head. "Search me. But there's my granddaughter—she's
a computer expert—and the kid she married;
we traveled together for a while." Think
PEST might really know we're coming? Rod tapped out
against Yorick's foot. "They
settled down on a big asteroid called 'Maxima,' where
they found a lot of kindred souls who liked tinkering with
computers and ignoring PEST." Rod
went rigid. Maxima was his family home. Not a
chance, Yorick tapped back. If there were another agent,
he would've tried to kill us. "So
your granddaughter and her husband are trying to put the
two together, by inventing FTL radio to use against PEST?"
Brother Joey asked. Whitey
nodded. "They figure that's got to be the logical consequence.
See, they figure that the main reason the Ter- ran
Sphere lapsed into dictatorship is because its territory grew so
big that the governing representatives on Terra couldn't
keep track of what was going on at home." Then we
shouldn't have any trouble getting through their security,
should we? Rod tapped. / mean, we are in one of their
own ships. Good
point... "And
not knowing about home, meant that they passed laws
their constituents didn't like?" Whitey
nodded again. "So their constituents wanted to kick
them out of office." 246 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 247 "Naturally,"
Brother Joey murmured. Is
there a time machine on Terra? Rod tapped. '"So
the only way to keep power was to take it," Whitey said. Brother
Joey nodded. "Be done with all this nonsense about
elections, eh?" How
many times do I have to tell you? Yorick tapped back.
// VETO didn't have a time machine in PEST head- quarters,
they couldn't be giving aid! "Ah,
you know the symptoms. And, of course, they couldn't
make the outer planets obey them, if they couldn't get
their orders to them in time—so the sensible thing to do was
to cut off the frontier." "Keep
only the planets they can rule," Brother Joey sighed.
"Well, I'm afraid that does make some sense." Whitey
smiled. "So the whole problem boils down to the
territory having grown too big for the speed of the communications." And if
VETO hasn't been helping PEST, Yorick tapped, I'm a
monkey's uncle! Thought
it was the other way around. Rod tapped back. Awright,
Darwin. Just wait, and let's see what you evolve into. "Wait
a minute." Chomoi sat forward."You mean your granddaughter
figures that if she can develop faster-than- light
radio, PEST will automatically collapse?" "Well,
not right away, and not all that easily, but that's the
gist of it, yes," Whitey confirmed. Brother
Joey sat back, dazzled. "My heavens! What an audacious
scheme!" Whitey
cocked his head to the side, watching him. "Kinda makes
you want to join them, doesn't it?" "It
does, yes!" Rod
looked up, having caught the last bit of the con- versation.
"I expect we could drop you off there, on our way." Brother
Joey gazed off into space. "I do seem to be a better
engineer than a missionary..." "We're
going to try to gate-crash Terra," Rod explained. "We
ought to have a fairly good chance, in one of their own scoutships." Chomoi
frowned. "If PEST hasn't been told who's in this
ship." Rod
shrugged. "Life is filled with these little uncertain- ties." Whitey
shook his head sadly. " 'Fraid I can't come along, folks.
On Terra, I'm a very wanted person." "So
are we," Rod agreed, "but we don't have much choice
in the matter." "But
I do, and this time I'm going to play smart and use it,"
Whitey sighed. "Just let me off at Maxima, will you?" He
looked up as Stroganoff and Mirane came up, holding hands
and beaming. "How about you two? Want to get off at
Maxima?" Mirane
paused halfway down to her seat. "That's where that
cadre of engineers and physicists are building robots, isn't
it?" "The
very place." Mirane
finished sitting. "I'd like to visit there, yes. I'm going
to need to know everything I can about computers." "Oh?"
Whitey perked up. "Just what are you two plan- ning to
do?" "Get
married, first," Stroganoff said, with a smile at Mirane
that could have seared paint. "Then we're going to make
the Grand Tour from pleasure-planet to pleasure- planet." "Oh?"
Whitey lifted an eyebrow. "And what're you plan- ning to
use for money?" "Oh,
we're not going to pay for it," Mirane cried, scan- dalized.
"The company will." "Company?
What company?" "The
epic company," Stroganoff explained. "I've banked 248
Christopher Stasheff enough
to start my own corporation, Whitey. We'll make three
or four epics on each resort, then move on to the next one.
Care to write us some scripts?" "I
just might, depending on what you're planning to do on each
planet, besides making epics." Mirane
gazed at Stroganoff. "Well, we thought we'd try every
dreamhouse, and have duo-dreams together." "Just
the three of you?" Stroganoff
nodded. "Me, Mirane, and Notem-Modem 409." "So."
Whitey leaned back, grinning. "You figured it out, too,
huh?" Mirane
nodded. "PEST has every dreamhouse computer rigged
to condition its users to obey authority, which means that,
eventually, PEST will be able to rule the outer planets without
having to worry about a navy." "But
we only experienced one dream in one computer," Brother
Joey objected. "True,
Brother, but if they could do it to one, they've probably
done it to all." "Sure
can't hurt to check," Stroganoff explained, "and if we
find out PEST has, Mirane and Notem-Modem will reprogram
that computer." "I
do wonder what Master Eaves' thoughts will be, when he doth
waken," Gwen mused. "Probably
the same," Rod grunted. "I have a notion he linked
up with PEST out of pure self-interest." He turned to
Chomoi. "How about you? Want to get off at Maxima?" Chomoi
was pale as ivory, but she shook her head. "I'd be no
safer there than anywhere else, which is to say that I won't
be safe anywhere." She shrugged. "Why not try Terra?
It's the last place PEST would think to look for me." Rod
shook his head. "Sorry I got you into this, folks." "We're
not." Stroganoff smiled as he gazed into Mirane's eyes. Whitey
grinned. "And I'm suddenly looking forward to THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 249 seeing
Lona and Dar again. Might not have managed it ever, if it
hadn't been for you. Talk about a surprise visit!" "I've
had a bit of a surprise, too." Brother Joey was gazing
off into space. "I might have muddled along, wasting years
without discovering my true vocation, but for this." "Not
cut out to make converts?" Rod sympathized. "Oh,
yes, but of a different sort. And on a much larger scale...." "All
that?" Chomoi
nodded. "A hundred security satellites. Major, in a
hundred^lifferent orbits. They're really there—and each one's
armed with everything from lasers on up to a small tactical
nuke." "Well,
our detectors say so, all right. But why? What're they
afraid of?" "Whatever
shows up." "From
outside, or inside? Are those satellites supposed to keep
invaders out, or the population in?" "Yes." Rod
rolled his eyes up in exasperation. "Wouldn't
matter if we could get through the security net,"
Yorick pointed out. "Where could we land?" Rod
frowned at the blue-and-white globe floating in front of him
on the viewscreen. "There must be some farmland, here
and there—maybe even some parks!" "The
farms are run by robots," Chomoi said,"and every square
foot of the parks is covered by a surveillance camera or
two." "Well,
back to the original idea," Rod sighed. "Looks like
we'll have to bluff it out." That
wasn't too hard, up till the actual landing. Whenever one of
the satellites challenged the scoutship^it honestly and
truthfully identified itself as an official government craft.
It even handled spaceport clearance—being a spy ship,
it could bypass Luna, where all commercial ships had 250
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 251 to
dock; shuttles took cargo and passengers down to Terra. It was
a cumbersome system, but it did give PEST total control
over who came to Terra, and who left. Well,
almost total. They really hadn't counted on enemies coming
in on one of their own ships, and a spy ship at that. So the
satellite net bucked the landing request to an actual human,
a division head, and he gave the scoutship clearance to go
directly to the spaceport PEST maintained on Terra for
official use. It all went perfectly smoothly, even the landing—until
they stepped out of the ship. The
little man in the gray tunic with the tan tabard stepped forward
with a smile pasted on, holding out a hand—ob- viously
a bureaucrat. "Welcome back. Agent Ea..." He stopped
short, staring at the quartet stepping out of the scoutship. Rod
managed a sickly grin. "Uh, hi there." The
bureaucrat turned and snapped his fingers at a large man
behind him. There were a half-dozen of them, all bulky, all
with surly frowns on their faces, all in uniform. The one he'd
indicated slipped a small, flat square out of a pocket and
pointed it at the Gallowglasses. The
bureaucrat turned back to them, his face totally with- out
expression. "Where is the agent Wirlin Eaves?" "Uh,
afraid he couldn't make it." Rod swallowed. "Bit of a
rough trip and all, you know. Vicious criminals on that planet
Otranto, not to mention a couple of vampires and a wolfman,
and a rampant dreamhouse computer..." The
bureaucrat turned to his henchman. "Do you have them?
Good. Send for identification." He turned to the rest of the
thugs and nodded at Rod. "Arrest them." "Now,
wait a minute!" Rod held up a hand. "You don't know
anything about us! We're legitimate agents, all of us—except
for my wife, maybe, and I didn't see any prob- lem in
bringing her along on a business trip. We just stum- bled
across this scoutship, and we needed a way to get home,
and nobody else was using it, so..." He swallowed. "Uh,
it was really too bad about Eaves, but he just couldn't make
it." The man
with the flat square pressed a button into his ear and
gazed off into space for a moment, then nodded. "Confirmed.
The crop-haired woman is a renegade agent marked
for execution." "Crop-haired!"
Chomoi squalled. "I'll crop your head, you
foul-mouthed chauvinist!" The man
ignored her. "The other woman and the talkative man are
tied for first place as Public Enemies—and the burly
man is a major foe." Yorick
stared. "Why me?" "I
do not know," the bureaucrat snapped, "but my su- periors
must have had excellent reasons for so designating you." "Don't
worry about it," Rod assured Yorick, "the ex- cellent
reasons just haven't happened yet." The
bureaucrat stared at him, at a loss for a moment. But
only a moment, then his mouth tightened in contempt, and he
snapped his fingers at another flunky, one wearing a
portable control console strapped to his waist and shoul- ders.
The man threw a key and thumbed a toggle, and the air
around the quartet seemed to thicken. A faint moire of colors,
like the refractions on a soap bubble, swam about them in
a sphere. "A
force field now surrounds you," the bureaucrat said. "My
superiors have informed me that the four of you are very
skilled at evading capture, but there is no method of escaping
this globe of force." Yorick
took an experimental kick at the force field. His foot
slowed and stopped, all within the space of an inch or three.
Chomoi stared, then slammed a chop at the moire, but her
hand bounced right back, clipping herin the nose. She
howled in anger. "I
gotta see this to believe it!" Rod aimed a jab at the moire,
straight from the shoulder. It felt as though his hand 252
Christopher Stasheff hit a
mattress. The moire roiled on, unperturbed. The bureaucrat
actually smiled. It was a bare twitch of the
lips, but it was a smile. Gwen
tested the field with her fingers, feeling it with a thoughtful
frown. The
bureaucrat turned away, beckoning to the man with the
console. "Come." The
operator followed him. The
force field scooped the company off their feet as though
it were a snow shovel and rolled them down the hall,
shouting and squalling. The
bureaucrat smiled again. Gwen
scrambled to her feet, flushed with anger, and scurried
to keep up with the force field, one hand touching the
unseen wall, scowling in concentration. Rod
saw, and shuddered. Gwen
reached out and hauled Chomoi to her feet with deceptive
ease. "How can that gleaming slab make an in- visible
wall like to this?" "Well,
I don't know the details," Chomoi panted, "but roughly,
it's a sort of transmitter. It projects a small magnetic field
that triggers a localized warping of the gravitational field.
It wraps itself around the tiny globe of electromagnetic force,
then expands according to how much power the op- erator
feeds into the trigger field." Gwen
nodded, then glared at the back of the operator's head
for a few minutes. Finally, she closed her eyes—and the
moire disappeared. The
operator jarred to a halt, fiddling frantically with sliders
and pressure-pads. "My board died!" The
bureaucrat whirled about, staring, appalled. So did all his
henchmen. So did
Rod. He knew he couldn't even dream of under- standing
that console—and here his wife, who hadn't even heard
of an electron till a few weeks ago, had figured out a
gadget that was so complicated, it was almost abstract. THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 253 At
least, she'd figured it out well enough to turn it off from twenty
feet away. Gwen
smiled gaily, snapped her fingers—and the moire swirled
about them again. Rod stared at it in disbelief, then reached
out to probe. Yes, the wall of force was there again. "Do
not fash thyself," Gwen said to the bureaucrat, "we are
once more enveloped." The
bureaucrat darted a glance at his operator, who was still
stabbing at pressure-pads and jamming toggles. Sweat rolled
down his brow; he shook his head. The
bureaucrat turned back to Gwen, staring in horror. Gwen
nodded. "This time, 'tis of my doing—and 'tis I who
have the managing of it." She smiled brightly at Rod. "Come,
husband, let us go." And she strode straight toward the
bureaucrat. Chomoi
and Yorick yelped as the field scooped them off their
feet again. They rebounded and scrambled back up, and
joined Rod in a quick scurry to keep up with Gwen. The
bureaucrat jumped aside, shouting, "Stop them!" His
thugs instantly formed a line. Gwen
sailed into them. They
flew like tenpins and bounced off the walls. A couple
of them rolled to the ground, unconscious, but the rest
whipped out blasters and started firing. Yorick
frowned, feeling the unseen wall. "It's growing harder." Gwen
nodded, tight-lipped. "My field doth drink the flame
of their weapons. I do feel it." Rod's
head whipped around, staring at her. "Be careful!" In
spite of the strain, she smiled and reached out for his arm.
"Fear not, my lord. I can contain it." The
"my lord" helped. "Mind telling me how you did this
little trick?"
-^ Gwen
beamed up at him. "I felt within that 'console,' as thou
dost term it, with my mind. Thou hadst taught me long
ago, husband, how to make the tiniest bits of matter 254 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 255 speed
their movement, or slow; so 'twas not totally strange to me,
to sense the flow of bits so much tinier. I let my mind
flow with their movement, and did discover how they streamed
in patterns that did set up a small ball of force, which
did summon up and mold a force much greater, from the
earth itself." Rod's
mind reeled, also his ego. Just by feel, with only a
little knowledge to guide her, she had figured out how to shape
an electromagnetic field and use it to make a gravity wave
extrude a bubble of force around them. He patted her hand
and said, "I'm just glad you're on my side." She
smiled sweetly at him. "I, too." "Just
a little warm." Chomoi was feeling the force field with
her fingers. "All that wild, pure energy going into it, and
it's just a little bit warm." "'T
will grow hot soon enow, an we cannot find sanc- tuary."
Gwen's brow was moist. "Tis thou must now direct me." "Sanctuary?"
For a moment, Chomoi just stared, totally at a
loss. Then inspiration struck, and she grinned. "Turn left at
the end of this hallway!" Yorick
waved a hand to fan himself. "Give her every shortcut
you know. It's getting hot in here!" "The
charges in those blasters just have to run down soon,"
Rod grumbled. They turned
a comer, and the hallway opened out into a broad
concourse. People in drab coveralls were hurrying here
and there all about, most of them carrying satchels. Another
half-dozen uniformed men came running, blas- ters
waving, shouting. "So
much for the chance of their charges running down," Rod
growled. "But they won't shoot when there're so many taxpayers
around!" "All
personnel and passengers seek cover," an amplified voice
boomed around them. "Dangerous criminals are at large
within the concourse. Security agents must fire to kill. All
personnel and passengers seek cover!" "So
much for the taxpayers," Rod grunted. Heads
jerked up all along the concourse. Then people dived
for doorways or fled around comers, screaming. "Down
here! Quickly!" Chomoi pointed at a broad stair- Gwen
swerved and stepped onto the escalator. Everyone managed
to stay with her except Yorick, but he was back on his
feet in a second. Behind
them, the uniformed men started yelling in panic. "Oh!
Steps that move!" Gwen cried in glee. "Then 'twas not a
mere dream!" "What?...
Oh! The dreamhouse!" Chomoi wrinkled her nose.
"Yeah, I hated that stairway. But keep walking, please, Miz
Gallowglass. They'll try to head us off." "Certes,
an thou dost wish it!" Gwen tripped gleefully down
the staircase. Rod tripped, period, but the field gave him a
soft landing, and he caught Gwen's hand to steady himself
as he came back onto his feet. "Why
do they shout so?" Gwen frowned back up at the security
guards, who were just appearing at the head of the stairs. "Because
what we're doing is dangerous," Chomoi ex- plained.
"Here,we're at the bottom! See that clear wall, Miz Gallowglass?
Just stroll over there, would you?" Rod
suddenly realized what they were doing. He paled. "All
the way," Chomoi directed. "Up against the door- way—that's
right. Now, we wait." Gwen
turned to face the stairway. "Wherefore do we no longer
flee?" The
armsmen thundered down the escalator, saw the company
against the doorway in the clear plasticrete wall, and
skidded to a halt, frozen in horror. "This
tunnel is a linear accelerator," Chomoi explained. "It's
lined with ring-shaped electromagnets, and they turn on and
off in sequence, so it's almost as though a magnetic field
were moving down this tunnel." Gwen's
eyes had lost focus as she absorbed the concept. 256 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 257 She
nodded. "Ingenious. Yet what purpose doth it serve?" "They
put, uh, 'carriages' inside the tunnel, Miz Gal- lowglass—tubular
carriages, without wheels; they call them 'capsules.'
They're fitted out with seats and carpets, and each
one holds a hundred people." Gwen
frowned. '"Tis an odd mode of travel." "Not
really. You see, these capsules can shoot through these
tubes at hundreds of miles per hour, and there's a huge network
of tubes, so you can get to almost anyplace in the world
through them. If we climbed into a capsule now, here underneath
the island of Medeira, we could be in Puerto Rico,
the nexus for the Americas, in four hours. That's thousands
of miles away." '"Tis
incredible," Gwen breathed. Then her eyes fo- cused,
and she frowned. "How many folk are in such car- riages
at this moment?" "Probably
a million or so." "And,"
Gwen said slowly, "What would happen if these men-at-arms
so filled my field with flame, that I could no longer
hold it in its form?" "All
that energy would be released in a single instant," Chomoi
said softly. "It'd all cut loose in one huge explosion. It'd
kill the four of us, of course, but it'd also wreck this station,
and this section of tube." Gwen
nodded slowly. "Then the force would no longer flow." "That's
right," Chomoi said. "And
all the carriages with all those folk would come to a
halt?" "Yes.
Slowly—but they would stop. And their lights would
go out. Also the fans that blow cool air to them. The farther
down you go, Miz Gallowglass, the hotter it gets." "Would
they all die, then?" Gwen said faintly. "Not
most of them—at least, not right away. But some of them
would be hundreds of miles from the nearest sta- tion—even
thousands, for the ones under the sea floor. So it'd
take so long to get them out, that some of them might actually
starve. More likely, they'd panic and trample each other.
Or suffocate." Gwen
was trembling. "Whate'er the cost, I will not slay so
many." "You
won't—they will. Only they won't take a chance on it,
because they know what their bosses would do to them.
They don't dare risk it, especially since some of the people
in those tubes right now might be PEST officials. Or
their wives and families." Sure
enough, the armsmen were holding a quick con- ference,
darting glances at one another while they kept their blasters
trained on the company. "Shake
'em up a little," Chomoi advised. "Expand the field." Gwen
frowned, but the moire moved away from them on all
sides. It touched the clear wall, then went through it. The
armsmen went rigid, staring. Then one of them barked an
order, and they began to retreat to the "up" escalator. Slowly,
they disappeared from sight, one by one, back- wards. When
the last was gone, Gwen released her breath in a huge
sigh. "Tell me, sin that thou dost seem to know— how can
I dissipate this bubble of force, without the ex- plosion
thou didst speak of?" Chomoi
frowned. "Think you can let all that energy go, slowly?" "Aye,
that I can. Yet where shall it go when I do release it?" Chomoi
expelled a sigh of relief. "Into the wall, Miz Gallowglass.
That's no problem, thank Heaven. Just take us over
next to one of the rock walls, and let" the power discharge." Gwen
looked puzzled, but she moved slowly over to the nearest
solid wall. 258
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 259 "That's
it, so the bubble's just touching it," Chomoi prompted.
"Now, as it gets smaller, move closer to the wall, so the
bubble stays in contact. Okay, try letting go." Gwen
scowled in concentration, and sparks cracked like pistol
shots, wherever the skin of the bubble touched the wall. Rod
watched in awe as the power grounded itself out, wondering
how he'd ever be able to embrace Gwen again. "It's
bedrock," Chomoi explained as the bubble shrank. "The
energy goes through the wall, on down into the bones of the
very earth itself. It's big, Miz Gallowglass, very big. There's
a lot of rock there to soak up power." "Mayhap
it soaks not swiftly enow," Gwen said, frown- ing.
"The stone doth glow." They
looked and, sure enough, the rock wall had turned cherry
red. "I
think the bedrock can take it." Chomoi frowned. "After all,
the bubble's almost gone, and the stone's not softened yet." Rod
nodded. "As long as it's only red, we're probably okay." "Tis
gone," Gwen sighed, as the last of the power jumped into
the wall in one final pistol-shot spark. "Now whither do we
go?" "Why,
into a tube-car, of course." Chomoi grinned. "Shall we?" They
waited by the door in the clear wall for five minutes or so.
It was five minutes too long for Rod; he kept glancing back at
the escalators with apprehension. But finally, a tube- car
swooshed up to the door and hissed to a stop. The door rolled
back, and a stream of people filed out. "Let
'em go, let 'em go," Chomoi murmured. "The more of them
who get off, the more room there is for us." Finally,
they could step aboard. There were only about twenty
people in the car, so they were able to take four seats that
faced each other, but were well away from anyone else. Gwen
glanced nervously at the door. "When will it start?" "It
already did." Chomoi smiled, amused. "Smooth ride, isn't
it?" "It
is, indeed." Gwen's eyes were wide with astonish- ment.
"Yet tell me—how is't we ride? Wherefore hath that little
man's 'superiors' not halted all carriages near to us?" "They
can't," Chomoi explained. "They'd have to shut off
power to this whole sector, and that would leave thou- sands
of people trapped until they could find us. And I think they
realize that if they leave us alone in the dark in a tunnel- complex
like this, they might never find us." Rod's
face was wooden; he was filled with sullen re- sentment,
hearing Chomoi explain the facts of the situation to Gwen.
He glared around him, looking for an outlet for the
emotion—surely it couldn't be jealousy? There!
That gleaming, modest, inch-wide circlet on the front
wall. "Smile," he advised, "we're on somebody's screen." The
other three turned around, staring at the front of the car.
But Rod's eyes narrowed as he glared at it, and the faintest
whiff of smoke coiled out of the vent nearest it. Passengers
in the front of the car began to sniff, frowning. "Neatly
done." Gwen sounded surprised. "Yet where- fore,
husband? What harm was there in it?" "It
was an electronic eye," Rod explained, "and when we
decide to get off this high-speed sausage, I'd rather the security
people didn't know exactly where we did it." "Ah!
Well thought!" Gwen swept the rest of the car with a
thoughtful gaze. "Nay—I sense no more of them..." Rod
stared. She could sense electromagnetic fields now, too? Gwen
shook her head with decision. "Nay, only the one." "Makes
sense," Chomoi snorted. "No douETt the Prole- tarian
Eclectic State of Terra was too cheap to put more than one
audio and one video pickup on each car." Rod's
mouth tightened, though he had a fleeting thought that
Chomoi might have been trying to be tactful. Irritated, 260
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 261 he
directed a glare at the small grille in the ceiling in the center
of the car, thinking searing thoughts. When smoke curled
out of it, he relaxed. "Okay. Audio's out now, too." Yorick
nodded, satisfied. "No way they can tell where we get
out now." Rod
frowned at a sudden thought. "But they don't have to, do
they? They just have to detail a bunch of guards at every
station." He turned to Chomoi. "How many do we have
coming up?" She had
paled. "Only one—the Canary Islands. After that,
the next stop is Puerto Rico.." "So."
Rod leaned back, pursing his lips. "We've got one chance." "Why
bother?" Yorick settled back, grinning. "I always liked
the Western Hemisphere." Rod
suffered a shy grin. "Well, actually, any place will do
fine." The realization suddenly hit him like a bottleful of
champagne. "Hey! We're home! This is Terra—the real, bona
fide ancestral home of humanity! The planet where we
evolved!" Yorick
cocked an eyebrow. "Never been here before?" Rod
shook his head. "Heard about it, though. Lots." Gwen
was looking from one to the other, totally lost. "This
is the planet people started out from, Miz Gal- lowglass,"
Chomoi explained. "Your ancestors spread out from
here in starships, in all directions. They colonized the planets
you live on now." Awe
filled Gwen's face. "There's
still the problem of getting off," Yorick re- minded,
"without getting arrested." Chomoi's
gaze roamed the car. "Most of these people have
luggage, don't they?" "They
do?" Yorick sat up, looking here and there all about
the car. "Son of a gun! I suppose those shoulder bags could
be suitcases." "Sure.
You don't need much room to pack a weekend's clothes." "I'll
never get used to this compact clothing you folks use,"
Yorick sighed. "Personally, I always thought we should leave
spider silk to the arachnids." Chomoi
smiled. "Okay, primitive. What backward planet did you
come from?" "You'd
be surprised." The caveman looked wary. "But I gotta
admit, it is handy having a suit that can fold as flat as a
board." Chomoi
frowned. "What's a 'board'?" Rod
said quickly, "So they've all got luggage. You're not
thinking what I think you're thinking, are you?" "I
think so." Chomoi nodded at a nearby passenger. "He's about
your size, and he's got some clothes to spare." "Of
course, we would have to knock him out," Rod reminded
her. Chomoi
nodded, scowling. "That's the part I don't like. But it
won't do him any permanent damage—and when he
wakes up, he'll never know it was you who robbed him." "We'll
leave cash." Yorick eased a flat wallet out of his pocket. Rod
stared. "You've got PEST credits?" "Sure."
Yorick shrugged. "What kind of a traveler would I be, if
I left home without some of the cash of the country I was
going to?" A
time-traveler, Rod thought, but he had to admit the sense
of what Yorick said. A person who was going to travel chronologically,
should naturally take the same precautions as a
person who was going to travel geographically. It was just
that he couldn't count on being able to exchange cur- rency
once he got to his destination...." "So
why were we going through that whole elaborate routine
at the casino?" Chomoi demanded. Then she frowned. "Oh,
yeah, I forgot. Nobody on any of the frontier planets will
accept PEST credits for anything anymore." "Why—because
they're free of PEST'S tyranny?" "No—because
the PEST BTU isn't worth very much. 262
Christopher Stasheff Legislation
never was a very sound basis for a currency, Major." "The
price of thrift," Rod sighed. "I hate to point this out,
but while we're stealing that guy's pajamas, won't the other
passengers notice?" Gwen
sat very straight for a moment, gazing off into space.
One by one, the other passengers began to snore. Finally,
she relaxed with a bright smile and said, "Nay." Chomoi
stared about her, closed her eyes, shook her head,
and looked again. Yorick
expelled a hissing breath and said, "Yes." Then he
said, "Well." and, "Someday maybe I'll get used to what you can
do. Lady Gallowglass." Privately,
Rod hoped he would, too. Yorick
pushed himself out of his seat. "Let's get on with it,
shall we?" A few
minutes and quick trips to the powder room later, the
four of them sat down again, leaving four suitcases a little
lighter and a lot richer. Gwen
plucked at the flimsy gray fabric. '"Tis so light that I
feel quite unclothed." "I
know what you mean," Chomoi agreed. "After my tights
and jerkin, it feels really odd." "You
weren't kidding with that crack about pajamas, were
you?" Rod asked. "Not
a bit," Yorick said sadly. "But on Terra, going outdoors
is a job for specialists now, so why should anyone else
bother wearing all that heavy, uncomfortable wool and buckram?" "I'm
just not used to common sense, I suppose." Rod looked
down at his bland, gray pajamas. "How come they all
wear the same thing?" Yorick
shrugged. "Standard government issue. This is the
Proletarian Eclectic State of Terra, Major.... Hey! Don't take it
so hard, Chomoi! How could you know what they were
going to do?" THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 263 "By
really thinking about what they were saying," she whispered,
"instead of just latching onto the parts I liked." They
filed off the car with the other passengers, just four more
gray-clad bodies. Rod was glad the pajamas had come with
hoods; it gave them a fighting chance that no one would recognize
their faces. They filed onto the escalator and glided
up. Rod stared at the blank tan plasticrete wall, letting his
thoughts go numb. Then he frowned. "This isn't plas- ticrete
anymore." "Right."
Chomoi looked at him strangely. "Plasticrete is tan.
This is red." "It's
stone!" Rod wanted to reach out and touch it, but the
wall was four feet away from the escalator. "It's real, bona
fide rock! But why so far away?" He looked down at the
shallow stairs cut into the slope beside the escalator. "And
why are there steps there?" "Because
that's the way the Spanish built them," Yorick answered. "The
Spanish?" Rod looked up, frowning. "I thought PEST
was an international government." "Yeah,
but they're thrifty, remember? Why pay good money
to build a new station, when you can just adapt an old
one?" Rod
stared around him. "You mean..." "Right."
Chomoi nodded. "You're in Puerto Rico, Major, where
the Spanish once had a colony. They fortified the island
heavily. We're inside the castle El Morro, built in the seventeenth
century." "Fourteen
hundred years ago!!?!" Chomoi
nodded. "And it's still standing. They built well, back
then." Daylight
struck them like a spray of needles, and the moving
stairs delivered them gently onto a moving belt. Gwen
breathed deeply of the warm, fragrant air. "Why, 'tis Paradise!"
Then she frowned out toward a low rock wall 264 Christopher Stasheff Rod
looked, then stared. "That, dear, is an ocean. Water. All of
it." Gwen
gazed for a while, then said, "Rarely have I seen waters
so blue. What sayest thou, husband?" Rod was
staring up at the other side. "What
seest thou?" Gwen turned to look, and gasped. The red
wall towered up, blotched here and there, but stem
and sheer, tilting back away from them, curving away around
the headland, and up, up, up. "
'Tis the abode of giants'," Gwen whispered. Rod
glanced nervously around the terrace. It somehow seemed
very narrow now. The wall was so huge that it made him
feel like a fly clinging by his toes. "Men
built this?" Chomoi said softly. Yorick
nodded. "Lots of them. And they didn't have much
choice about it." The
slidewalk delivered them to the base of another es- calator.
It carried them into a tunnel, rising up along a rampway.
Rod stared around at the size of it. "Seventeenth century,
you say?" Chomoi
nodded. "What
was this tunnel for? I mean, they didn't have escalators
then." "For
cannon. Major. Huge cannon, ten feet long, made out of
cast iron. They threw iron balls as big as your head, and
they weighed like sin. Tons. You saw those six-foot notches
in the seaward wall, down there on the battlemenis?" Rod
nodded. "Well,
that's what they were for—cannon. Only to get them
there, they had to lower them down this ramp. And to get
them back up, they had to use horses." Chomoi gazed around
her, looking grim. As they neared the top of the rampway,
she nodded toward a niche in the wall with a grille
of iron bars covering it. "Torture dungeon. When some poor
bastard of a soldier broke the rules, they locked him up
there for a while. Not enough room to stand up straight, and not
much in the way of sanitary facilities, either." THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 265 "Plus
knowing all his mates were watching him suffer every
time they came down here." Rod nodded. "Nice guys." "Yeah."
Chomoi looked at the red stone around her, and shuddered.
"A soldier must have thought he was in Hell here,
back then. This piece of rock was all there was for him—and
the officers were his masters." "Legalized
slavery," Yorick said with a scowl. They
came out into the sun again, and found themselves in a
wide courtyard, with a score of rooms cut into its walls. Two
huge cylinders stood in its center. Chomoi nodded
toward them. "Cisterns. They were ready for a
siege here." "Siege,
cannon..." Gwen frowned. "Why so much might?" "Because
Puerto Rico was the gate to the Caribbean, Miz Gallowglass,
and to all the wealth of the countries that lie along
its shores. That's the Atlantic Ocean over there, with Europe
on its far side—but just around the curve of this shoreline,
is the Caribbean. Other countries tried to take this
island from the Spanish, and that wealth with it. The Dutch
tried it first, then the English, so they built this castle to
guard against those enemies." Gwen
gave a somber nod. "It must have guarded well." "It
did," Chomoi agreed. "It was built to ward off seventeenth-century
caravels, but it'd be very effective against
any rebel group that tried to take over the transat- lantic
tube, today." Rod
lifted his head slowly. "So that's why the trip ends here!" Chomoi
nodded. "It'd also be easy to lock out anybody trying
to invade through the tube from Europe. All you'd have to
do would be to lock those big gates over there, and shoot
down from the battlements up there." She pointed up at the
rooftops. They could just make out the shape of the gun-slits
against the sky. It wasn't hard to see the uniformed armsmen
walking their beats, though. Rod
shuddered and looked away. "Not an entirely happy 266
Christopher Stasheff with a
slice of blue between it and the sky. "What is that azure
field?" thought,
under our circumstances." "Don't
worry about it." Elaborately casual, Chomoi strolled
out the main gate. The others followed her, with sighs
of relief. "Where're we going?" Rod asked. "Over
there." Chomoi pointed at the skyline. Another
fortress topped a rise before them. Owen
shivered, then squared her shoulders. "We do what we
must." She stepped onto the slidewalk. "That
was the only tube from Europe?" Rod asked. They
were coming in through another gate in a reddish stone
wall, and they found themselves in another courtyard. Gwen gazed
about her. "Why, 'tis like to the other, only far
smaller." Chomoi
nodded. "Good way to put it. I mean, it makes sense,
doesn't it? If it worked with El Morro, why not do it
again? This is the fortress San Cristobal, Miz Gallowglass—and
yes. Major, that El Morro tube is the only
one from Europe." "For
the whole Western Hemisphere?" Chornoi
nodded. "Oh, it makes for traffic jams, right enough,
but it sure lets PEST control who moves where." "So
why aren't they stopping us?" Yorick muttered. Chomoi
frowned. "I was wondering that, myself. They must
have figured out that we're not in the Canaries." "But
they don't know we're wearing gray," Rod re- minded
her. Chomoi
shook her head. "They've got to have guardsmen out
with our pictures by now. All we had was a change of clothes,
not plastic surgery." They
rode the slidewalk through the courtyard of San Cristobal
slowly, each mulling at the thought. Finally, Yor- ick
said, "You don't suppose the local guardsmen might not be too
happy about PEST telling them what to do, do you?" The
slidewalk shot them into another dark tunnel. THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 267 This
one was low, and not very wide. Discreet, indirect lighting
showed them when the slidewalk turned into an escalator. "They
didn't used to have lights in here," Yorick mut- tered. Chomoi's
gaze snapped to him, eyes narrowed. "They
had charges of gunpowder set at regular intervals. That's
what the lines there are for." Yorick pointed at straight cracks,
an inch wide, that ran up the walls and across the ceiling.
"If they blew up the far end of the tunnel, the near end
would still stand. So if any poor bastard of a soldier had to
come down here at night, he wasn't allowed to carry a
torch." Rod
looked around at the dark close walls, glanced for- ward
and backward, and saw that all the daylight had been blocked
off by the curve of the tunnel. He shuddered. The
slidewalk stopped, and they stepped through a low doorway
into a small tunnel at right angles to the main one. Rod
noticed that they passed another grille of iron bars, blocked
open. He
found himself in a very long room, like a section of tunnel
that had been closed off. Far away at the end, daylight glared
through a small rectangle. "We
wait here," Chomoi explained. "When the next car comes,
we'll go down that escalator to board it." She pointed at a
plasticrete portal that obtruded in the side of the tunnel, hideous
in its smooth blandness. Rod was
looking about him. He noticed a clear panel and
stepped over to it. Behind it was a section of tunnel wall
with five crudely-drawn ships colored in earth tones, and a
scrawled word above them. Yorick
noticed his gaze. "A young officer did that. He led a
mutiny, and they locked him in here'for sixty days before
they took him out to kill him." Rod
darted a quick glance around the chamber. For a moment,
he could imagine what it must have been like to 268 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 269 be
locked up in this small space for so long a time—day after
day, never knowing when he'd be taken out to be slain, with
nothing to do except rant at his fate and curse himself for a
fool. He shook his head, turning away from the thought. "What
does the word say?" "What
would you say, if you were locked up in here for sixty
days?" Chomoi
frowned up at Yorick. "How come you know so much
about this place?" But
Yorick only shook his head, brows drawn so low they
hid his eyes, and muttered something under his breath. A green
panel glowed to life by the stairway. "Loading
time," Chomoi said softly. As they
came into the Atlanta interchange, a 3DT tank burst
into color with a picture of a group. "These persons are
criminals," a resonant voice informed them. "They en- danger
the state and, therefore, every citizen." Rod
stared, appalled. "Wow! I never looked worse!" "It's
the harried, hunted look," Chomoi assured him, "and
they would catch me without makeup." Yorick
nodded. "I look like a thug." Gwen
didn't say anything, but the expression on her face spoke
volumes. "If
you see any or all of them," the voice went on, "report them
immediately to the nearest Security Service officer." "See
the scoutship in the background?" Yorick pointed. "This
must be the picture that the little viper with the loud mouth
had his flunky take." Rod
nodded. "Wonder what took 'em so long to get it on the
network?" "Who
says it did?" Yorick countered. "We could be look- ing at
the hundredth replay." "Yeah,
we could." Rod frowned. "Either way, we'd bet- ter get
gone. Gwen, let's go. Chomoi... Chomoi?" But
Chomoi was over against the wall, talking at a blank viewscreen.
"Yeah, I just saw them!" She was speaking in a
higher, more nasal voice than usual, and fairly danced with
excitement. "I mean, I'm right here in Atlanta, human, and
I... huh?... No, I don't know why you're not getting any
picture. I don't have one of you either, y' know? Hey, what
can I tell you? The way you guys keep up these public call
booths... Oh, them? Yeah! I just got in on the tube from
Florida! And back in Jacksonville, when I was getting on,
they were getting off! ... No, of course not! How could I call
you any sooner? There weren't any call booths on that
capsule! Besides, I didn't see your blurb about them until I
got off here in Atlanta... What? ... Oh, sure, sure! Glad to
help! I always wanted to be a good citizen.... Yeah,
'bye, now." "That,"
Yorick said, leveling a forefinger, "is a damn good
idea." He jumped for another call booth, put his palm over
the vision pickup, and said, "Security Service. Re- porting." But Rod
was already at a booth of his own. "Huh? ... Well,
yeah, I'm in Atlanta now—but, I mean, I didn't see your blurb
about 'em until I was waiting for my tube in Puerto
Rico, and my capsule came right after that, and well, hell,
you couldn't expect me to... Well, yeah! I saw them, yeah!
Sicily, just before I got on the capsule there! ... No, now,
look, I know that was eight hours ago, but, yeah, I'm sure!
... Yeah, I mean, you couldn't miss those clothes anywhere!
What happened to that guy's jacket—did he get scrambled
eggs on it?" Gwen
had her hand over another vision pickup, and was staring
at the microphone inlay. Suddenly she smiled, and said,
"Emergency," and began talking in a fast, nasal voice. "Hello?
... Yeah, them! ... No, no, the four in the tank! The
ones with the weird... Yeah, sure I'm sure... Oh! Yeah,
right here where I'm talking from ... Wfcere? Oh, I don't
know. Someplace in Mexico... Whup! There comes my
capsule!" She
disconnected and turned, to find Rod standing over her.
"What did you do?" 270
Christopher Stasheff She
beamed up at him. "I traced the paths of the 'elec- trons'
with my thoughts, and made each wait one second in an
instrument a thousand miles away, then begin its course anew." Rod
stared. "You mean you figured out how to route that call
through a terminal that far away in just a few seconds?" "Nay—I've
been learning of these things thou dost term 'electrons'
sin that we were kidnapped." "I
noticed." Rod swallowed through a suddenly dry throat. "Uh...
where does Security think that call came from?" "I
believe 'tis called 'Acapulco.'" Rod
turned away, just barely managing to restrain a gib- ber.
"You, uh, seem to have developed a feel for the local dialect." Gwen
shrugged impatiently. " Tis naught, for one who reads
minds." Fortunately,
right then. Rod bumped into Yorick, who was
trying to shoo them all into a tightly-knit group again. "All
right, all right! That's enough with the phone calls, already!
Let's get under cover, before somebody tracks the origins
of these little bulletins of ours, and adds two and two
together, and comes up with three! We need a hiding- place,
don't we?" "Right!"
Rod looked about him, thinking fast. He pointed a
finger. "There!" Yorick
turned, looked, and grinned. "The very place. Come
on, folks, let's go." And he shooed them all toward a shop
front replete with flashing letters, garish holos, and animated
enticers. They sauntered into a huge mouth with incarnadined
lips below a mustache that read, "GAMES ARCADE." Where
the upper teeth should have been was a sign that read, "NO
CALCULATORS OR PERSONAL
COMPUTERS ALLOWED! THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 271 They
louse up our games." As they
stepped in, they were assaulted with a primal cacophony
of whistles, squeaks, booms, shrieks, screeches, chimes,
explosions, cackles, zooms, and rings. Gwen pressed her
hands over her ears. "Aiee! Wherefore must they needs have
such a deal of noise? And wherefore is there so much haze?" The
hall was filled with smoke, and dimly-lit by spot- lights
focused on each separate gaming machine. "It's
supposed to help their concentration," Rod called into
her ear. "They won't be distracted by the other machines around
them, because they can't see them clearly." Gwen
only shook her head, exasperated. As they
plowed on through the arcade, they were assailed by
gunfire from a variety of periods: the booming of mus- kets,
the sharp cracks of squirrel rifles, the continuous racket of
repeating rifles, the rattle of machine guns, the sizzle of blasters.
Names of famous battles flashed past them as they slogged
doggedly ahead. Finally, gasping and panting, they reached
an island of comparative quiet, where there were only a
few rings of people sitting on the floor, chatting and laughing,
and a man talking to a machine. "Praise
Heaven," Gwen gasped. "I feel as though I have just
run the gaunt of the worst of Man's history." Beside
them, a calm voice asked, "What is the accel- eration
of a falling body on the planet Terra?" "Thirty-two
feet per second!" the player cried, and the machine
chimed agreeably. A counter on its panel registered the
number "20." "Excellent," the machine murmured. "What was the
first English novel?" "Richardson's
Pamela!" The
machine chimed again. "Excellent. Why,did Alex- ander's
empire fail?" Rod
looked up at the name of the game. It read, "Universe-Class
Trivia." 272
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 273 "Invalid."
One of the people in the nearest ring held up a hand.
"He can't be using a two-handed sword in pre- Roman
Britain." One of
the other people frowned. "Why not?" "Because
it wasn't invented until the 1200s." "So
what did the British use?" "Axes." The
young man shook his head with deliberation. "He's my
character, and he's using a broadsword." "No
way-o, Wolfbay-o. This game sticks to historical accuracy.
That's Rule Three." "Says
who?" "I
do—and you know Rule One." The
young man sighed and said, "Okay. 'Wolfbay un- limbered
his twenty-pound war-ax...'" "Hold
it." The first man held up a hand again. "Okay,
0-kay! A two-pound ax!" Gwen
bent down and murmured something to one of the other
players. The player answered her, and Gwen straight- ened,
nodding, but still mystified. "What
was that all about?" Rod asked. "I
wished to know the source of the smaller man's au- thority."
Gwen shrugged. "She told me 'tis because he is the...
my lord, what is a 'diem'?" "'Diem'?"
Rod frowned. "I think it was a Latin word that
meant 'day,' dear." "Lost!"
Beside them, Yorick gave a machine a slap. "Doggone
it, this is too much! Three straight losses—in three
moves each!" A
neatly-dressed man was at his elbow in a second. "I'm Alkin
Lam, the manager. Do you have a problem with our games,
citizen?" "I
sure do." Yorick nodded toward the machine. "You know
how this thing gives you three tries on each game? Well, I
never got past the first hurdle once! I think the joystick's
broken!" The
manager stepped in front of the machine and slipped a
credit card into the slot. "Let me see..." He began to play. "This
is one hell of a welcome to Terra," Yorick snorted. "Here
I am, just in from the outlying planets—you know, Wolmar,
Otranto—and I met a guy in a bar who recom- mended
this particular arcade, so I came in here to get a taste
of Terran high life, and what happens? The machine beats
me out!" Rod was
frantically making shushing motions. The
manager stilled, gazing at the screen. Then he looked up at
Yorick with a polite smile. "You may have a point about
this machine, sir. I'll certainly arrange a refund; your acquaintance's
recommendation is exactly what I'm always hoping
to hear. Would you like to step into the back room to try
the really advanced games?" "Fine."
Yorick grinned. "Just take me to them." Personally,
Rod hadn't thought Yorick had exactly been piling
up a sky-high score, even on the kiddie level. But the
manager slipped a "MALFUNCTIONING" sign out of
his coverall, hung it on the machine, and turned away.
Yorick turned with him. Chomoi
and Rod looked at each other in mingled panic and
disbelief. "We
have trusted him thus far," Gwen reminded them. "Wherefore
should we think him mistaken now?" "A
point," Rod sighed, "and I must admit we don't see any
squadron of armsmen charging down on us. Come on." They
turned and followed Yorick and Lam. "With
the advanced games, I really must warn you," Lam was
saying, "that the stakes are advanced, too." "Oh,
sure, I know these machines are really just low- level
gambling." Yorick shrugged. "After all, the govern- ment
has to have an income, doesn't it?"
— "It
certainly does," Lam said grimly, "sixty percent of all
gambling profits." Yorick
nodded. "But you can make a living off the forty percent
that's left over?" 274
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 275 "A
good living." Lam opened the door to the back room. "But
I don't have any assistants—only two night managers. You're
just in from Otranto, and you stepped into a games arcade?" "What
can I tell you?" Yorick shrugged as he stepped through
the door. "We got tired of the Gothic motif." Rod
stepped aside for the ladies, then followed them in, feeling
as though he were walking into a trap. Lam closed the
door behind him. Gwen
was staring around at the walls. "So many books!" Chomoi
gawked. "Why? Why not just keep them on cube?" "Books
are more convenient in a great number of ways." Lam
walked around in front of them, gesturing to an easy chair
and a table with a lamp. "But the main reason is atmosphere.
You can hide away from the world in here— and
about twenty percent of our customers do." Rod was
still looking around. "I don't see anything but books.
Where's the gambling?" "The
gamble is whether or not we get caught," the man- ager
answered- He moved past them, beckoning. They
followed, past six people sitting around a circular table.
The oldest was saying, "All right, Gerry, but you're assuming
that nice, fair political system Plato's proposing, is
representing the whole population." Gerry
frowned. "But that's what he said, isn't it?" "Yeah,"
another student answered, "but that's not what the
real city was like, the one he was modeling this 'Re- public'
of his after." Gerry
frowned. "How?" "There
were a lot of slaves in the population," answered a third
student, "and they weren't represented." Lam
escorted them into a six-by-six cubicle with trans- parent
walls, a small table, and a single chair. He closed the
door behind them and explained, "This is a study car- rel—soundproof,
so the student won't be distracted by the discussion
groups." "Those
are volunteers out there?" Rod asked. Lam
nodded. "They got bored with the games. Sorry to have to
put you through this." He pulled a small rectangle out of
his pocket and passed it over Rod's body, head to toe,
about six inches in front of him. "Turn around, please." Resentment
smoldered, but Rod complied. After all, he was the
one asking for help. "Okay.
Thanks." Lam turned to Gwen. "If you don't mind,
Miz?" An
angry refusal leaped to Rod's lips, but Gwen threw him a
quick, imploring, determined glance, and he swal- lowed
the words. Lam
scanned Gwen front and back, then Chomoi and Yorick.
Finally, he nodded and slipped the rectangle back in his
pocket. "All right, no bugs." Gwen
frowned. "Listening
devices," Chomoi explained. "Surveillance." Gwen's
lips formed an 0. "You
ought to recognize the setup by now. Major," Yorick said,
with a steady gaze. Rod met
that gaze, frowning. Then his eyes widened, and he
spun to the manager. "Good grief! You're a Cholly Barman
graduate!" The
manager nodded. "And our great and glorious mas- ters of
the Proletarian Eclectic State of Terra have decreed that no
one is to learn more than basic reading, writing, and arithmetic.
Oh, a very small number of very talented stu- dents
will be allowed to go on through high school, and maybe
even college—any society has to have at least a few people
to keep the machinery running, and collect the taxes— but the
vast majority will never be taught to read anything more
than the directions on a food packet." Yorick
nodded. "And, strangely, the children-of PEST officials
are already almost all included in that small number of
'very talented' chosen to go on in school." "Despite
the fact that some of their parents are total idiots,"
Chomoi said through clenched teeth. 276
Christopher Stasheff Rod
gazed at the manager. "You're taking quite a risk." Larn
smiled. "I suppose a good lawyer could get me off. All
those games out there are just machines. The customers may be
learning, but nobody's teaching, right? And they don't
leam very much, by the hour." "Sure,
but they spend so many hours at it, that they do leam!" Lam
nodded. "And will keep on learning, for the rest of their
lives, I hope. Which is better than spending all their days
without anything more than the primary education the law
allows." Rod
frowned. "How many of them graduate from the games
to the back room?" "Only
about twenty percent. Most of them are very sat- isfied
with the games, which is why we have to keep think- ing up
more and more challenging ones. But between games, 3DT
epics, and song cubes, I think we're getting a good, solid
elementary education across to about a third of the population." "Tis
remarkable, surely," Gwen said, "yet can you teach them no
more than that?" Larn
shook his head. "Not with the techniques we've worked
out so far, though I understand some drunken poet Cholly
knows, has come up with some new approaches to epics
that're conveying abstract concepts. But the real lim- itation
is learning how to reason—and that takes a live teacher
to guide you." "Yet
ere thou canst so guide them, thou must needs bring them to
this place of study." Larn
nodded. "The few who do develop real intellectual curiosity
are quietly ushered back here to the books, where tutors
can guide their reading and develop their thinking abilities
through discussions. Education always comes down to the
live teacher, right there with the student. Nothing can really
replace the human mind." "And
once they have started learning to think," Rod THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 277 inferred,
"they're not too apt to turn you in?" "No,
not terribly." Larn smiled. "But if they do, there's always
that lawyer." "The
lawyer can't get you off if the case never goes to court
though," Chornoi said softly. Larn
nodded again. "There is that little problem. PEST intends
to enforce the laws, even if they're not sure the person's
guilty. And if they lock up one innocent man for every
three guilty ones, who cares?" "No
one who counts," Rod growled. "Which
means no PEST officials," Chornoi added. "Except.
",Yorick held up a forefinger. "Except that they're not
going to lock 'em up—prisons cost too much. It's a lot cheaper
to terminate them." "Lends
a wealth of new meaning to the term 'executive,' doesn't
it?" Larn gave him a bleak smile. "However, there is
hope, if you can call it that. There're still a lot of jobs that're
cheaper to do by hand than by machine—as long as the
worker doesn't have to be paid." "Convict
labor." Yorick nodded, lips thin. "Well, it beats execution,
I suppose." "Don't
be too sure. For myself, I'd rather not find out the
hard way. So let's get you folks helped and moved on, shall
we? From the 3DT bulletins, I gather the armsmen are after
you, and I don't relish having them as patrons." "They
are," Yorick confirmed. "But behind them are the PEST
spies. They're trying to eliminate us." "Join
the club," Larn snorted. "I
did." Chornoi's face was frozen. "But I began to realize that
their 'more efficient government' was going to end up being
total oppression, so I quit." Larn
shook his head. "Only one way out of the Security Service." Chornoi
nodded. "That's what they're trying for." Larn
gazed at her. Then he gave a bleak smile. "Well, that
explains it all nicely. Can't think what I can do to help, 278 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 279 though;
we can't hide you for more than a few hours—too risky.
How about a quick makeup job?" "That
would help." Yorick nodded. "But what we really need,
see, is to get into PEST'S central headquarters." "What!!?!" "I
know, I know." Yorick held up a hand. "But we're stranded
time-travelers, see, and we think PEST might have a time
machine hidden away somewhere in the bowels of its
labyrinth." Lam
just stared at him for a minute, then shrugged his shoulders.
"Why not? I believe the masses can be educated, don't
I? But they've got an outer wall and an inner wall, folks,
and all the gates are guarded by lasers that fire if you don't
push the right button. The landing pad on top of the building
has blasters all around it, and a dozen live guards day and
night. 1 could go on, but I think you get the point; the
only way into PEST HQ is to be carried in... as a prisoner." Yorick
looked at Rod. Rod looked at Gwen. They both looked
at Chomoi. All four swallowed heavily, and nodded. "Okay,"
Yorick said. "How do we commit a crime?" "We
could have thought of this ourselves, you know," Chomoi
growled as they walked down the concourse. "But
we didn't," Rod reminded her. "That shows we needed
help." ^Chomoi
shook her head. "1 still don't like it. Letting myself
get caught goes against all my training." "Yes,
but this is a bright new innovation," Yorick pointed out.
"This way, getting caught lets you keep control of the situation." "Keep
talking," Chomoi growled, "you may convince me." Yorick
shook his head. "No time. If we're gonna do it, we
gotta do it now." He dropped back and, before the other three
could quite realize what he was doing, he was pointing at them
and shouting, "There they go!" Everyone
walking on the concourse, in both directions, stopped
and stared. Rod
felt the old sick sinking feeling in his stomach and the
itch between his shoulder blades, where he just knew somebody
was aiming a blaser. "Too late now," he growled. "Gotta
go through with it! Run.'" They
broke into a sprint. Behind
them, Yorick was shouting, "Get them! That's Public
Enemy Number One—both of them! And Public Enemy
Number Two! Haven't you seen them on 3DT?" But the
passersby only stared at him, then at the fleeing trio.
Fear haunted their eyes. "Oh,
f crying out softly!" Yorick growled. "If you want something
done right..." And he ran after Rod and the ladies,
howling, "Stop them! Stop!" He'd
managed to catch up to them before the Security Service
finally showed up. Even then, not a bystander was doing
anything but standing by—and most of them had just speeded
up their walk a little, heads down, shoulders hunched. But the
Security Service finally did come swerving around a
comer, and the ones in front dropped to one knee, aiming blasters. "That's
no good!" Rod yelped, and Gwen glared at the blasters
long enough for her companions to charge. The
armsmen almost started to retreat, taken by sur- prise—but
then reflex took over as Yorick slammed a fist into an
armsman's belly, and Chomoi aimed a chop at an- other's
collarbone. They blocked out of sheer reflex, and their
mates joined in. Gwen
caught up and spun, back-to-back with Rod, as he
furiously blocked and punched. She managed to stop every
blow aimed at his back, and if a slender lady's forearm shouldn't
have been able to stop a blaster swung by the barrel,
who noticed? 280 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 281 Chomoi
was chopping and kicking for all she was worth, and
three guardsmen surrounded her at a respectful distance; but
they were watching for an opening, and kept leaping in for a
quick jab. Sometimes she caught them, but they were professionals,
too. Yorick
grabbed an arm and a strap and threw an armsmen into
one of his mates, but a third caught him with a forearm around
the throat and yanked back. Yorick dropped to one knee
and lurched back up, bowing, too fast for the armsman to
counter. He sailed over Yorick's head, but another arms- man
slammed a haymaker into Yorick's face as he stood up- Out of
the comer of his eye. Rod saw Chomoi crumple. Apprehension
gripped his belly as he thought. This is it, dear.
Remember, knock ' em out if they try to kill us—or if they
even get fresh! Aye, my
lord, her thought answered. She dropped her guard,
closing her eyes, and started to fall just before the blow
caught her. Then a sap cracked into Rod's skull, and searing
pain heralded darkness. He came
to with a raging headache and a dry-sand thirst. He
cracked his eyelids open in a squint, and looked around. All he
saw was white tile, and the surface under him was cold,
very cold. He rolled his head to the side, and saw Yorick
and Chomoi strapped to steel slabs, wrists manacled up next
to their heads. As he did, Chomoi blinked, squeezed her
eyes shut, then strained them open. Beyond her, Yorick was
watching him, looking surly. Rod
took a second while a huge burst of relief washed through
him. Then he stared at Chomoi and raised one eyebrow
in question. She squinted against pain, but she nodded.
Beyond her, Yorick shrugged. So.
They were okay. Now the apprehension could claw loose.
Where was Gwen? She was supposed to have stayed awake
the whole time, faking unconsciousness. He
heard a soft moan behind him. Rod
turned his head quickly and winced at the pain, but opened
his eyes wider. He saw
Gwen with her eyes closed. Frantically, he felt for her
mind, and found it lulled, buffered, adrift on a sea of
drugs. Rage
erupted in him, but he fought to hold it in. Not yet.
Soon—but not yet. Not quite. The
anger abated a little, enough for him to notice a nearby
voice saying, "But why didn't any of them use any of
those tricks we've been hearing about?" "They
did," another voice snapped. "They froze the blas- ters." "All
right, so they did pull one. But just one! From what I've
been hearing about this gang, they had a hundred gim- micks
like that in their arsenal!" "So
they panicked," the second voice snarled. "Or maybe their
tricks really were just a bunch of gadgets, no matter what
superstitious claptrap you've been hearing!" "Then
where are they?" "In
a trash cycler, dodo! They ran out of power, and these
yahoos threw them away! Now will you shut up and get
busy finding out what they know about those gadgets?" The
other man grumbled and turned. He saw three out of four
looking at him, and stopped short. "Bruno!" Bruno
turned. "What? Oh, they've come around! Well, isn't
that cozy? Okay, folks, let me explain—you're going to tell
us everything you know about those gadgets you used,
especially that force-field generator and the invisibility field.
And, of course, everything about this revolutionary underground
you're working for. If you don't want to, you're going
to go through an awful lot of pain, but you'll wind up
telling us, don't doubt it." "Wwwhy...
why not use drugs?" Chomoi still squinted against
a headache. "Because
it isn't as much fun." Bruno grinned. He looked up, and
saw the direction of Rod's gaze. "No, don't go looking
for any help from her! We got our doubts about 282
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 283 her, so
we did use drugs to knock her out. She won't wakr up for
another dozen hours." He fell silent, eyes narrowing as he
stared at Rod. Then he nodded and moved forward. "We'll
start with you—and the old-fashioned methods." Rod
felt hands undoing his manacles. Frantically, he retreated
inside his own mind, remembering the analog- appearance
his mind had given him for the inter-universal realm
they'd traveled from Tir Chlis. He knew he only had a few
seconds before the beating started, and with that kind of
sensory stimulation, he'd never achieve a trance. But he
made it—awareness of his body faded out as it was
being lifted upright. Through the limbo about him, he reached
out for the feel of Gwen's mind. There it was, a fragile
hull on waters of Nepenthe, slumbering, removed. Gently,
he moved closer, merged, melded, and moved in- side.
Waken, he thought. We're all done for if you don't. 1 might
be able to handle them alone—but I might not. It hurt
him to say it, but he had to. Dimly,
he felt a stirring; but she lapsed. They
could kill us, he thought. We might never waken. This
time, there was response—the single thought. To- gether. Rod
hauled back on the reins of exasperation, reminding himself
that women's romanticism wasn't completely in- curable.
If that basic drive could be met in oblivion, there was one
that couldn't. Grimly, he conjured up a vision of Magnus
hugging a weeping Cordelia to him, while a glum- looking
Geoffrey sat by, holding a dry-eyed but fearful Gregory.
Alone, without us, he thought. Can you bear to leave
them to strangers? He had
the impression of a titan, roaring up from the waters
to look around. Then it clambered up, rage building into an
avalanche. Rod got
out, and got out fast. Limbo seemed very safe suddenly. But
Gwen would awaken, and fight those sadists alone. He
pulled himself back down, forced himself to become aware
of his body... And it
hit. Pain. Every square inch of his body ached, and
some of it seemed to bum. Instantly he was aware, seeing,
as Bruno threw him back against the steel slab in disgust.
"This is getting us nowhere! You'd swear the guy doesn't
even have a mind! Go get the probes. Harry!" Rage
built, at two brutes who would so maltreat a helpless body—Rod's
helpless body! And they meant to do it to his friends,
too—and his wife! The rage rose, and Rod wel- comed
it, reaching down into it for the power he needed... But
beside him, manacles burst like grenades, and Gwen stepped
away from her slab, fury fairly flaming from her. Bruno
and Harry slammed into the wall, their bodies actually
seeming to grow thinner for a moment before they slid to
the ground. Gwen
turned, glaring in wrath. "They have hurt thee!" she
cried, and began to touch and probe Rod's body. Wher- ever
she laid her hand, the pain abated as the neurons stopped firing.
But even as she did it, howls of agony filled the air, then
were still. Chomoi
stared in horror. "What the hell was that?" "Folk
who watched us, unseen," Gwen answered. "What thou
dost hear came through a device they had, should they need to
speak to those within this chamber. They sleep now, of
course." "Of
course," Chomoi repeated, numbed. "I
would nurse thee a week, an I could," Gwen said gently,
"yet I cannot, and thou must needs arise and aid me." "Oh,
no—Ow!—problem. No, now, I can stand." Rod removed
her hand gently as he hefted himself up onto his feet,
aching in every joint—but functional. He kept hold of her
hand, though.
"' Gwen
gazed at Chomoi's wrists, and her manacles ex- ploded.
She stared, then rubbed her joints to make sure they 284 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 285 • were
untouched by all that force. As she did, two more explosions
burst the cuffs at her ankles. "Watch
out for shrapnel," Yorick said softly. "I
did." Gwen looked up at him. "None struck thee, did it?" "Not
a bit," Yorick assured her. Gwen
nodded and glared at his handcuffs. They burst, then
his ankle-cuffs, too. He
stood up, flexing his fists. "Shall we go?" Gwen
nodded and turned toward the chamber door. "What bearing,
husband?" Rod
frowned, gazing off into space as he opened his mind to
the myriad of thoughts that spun and twisted through the
great complex around them. Down—it would be down low,
for protection... There! He caught the thoughts of someone
thinking about sending something ahead. He fo- cused
on the thoughts ... yes, "ahead" meant "future"— 3511,
after Rod's own lifetime. He nodded, satisfied, and reached
out to touch and meld with Gwen's mind, leading, showing
her. She
nodded. "Aye, I see. Then let us go, husband." The
door blew out and away from them, its hinges and bolts
shredded like raveled rope. Yorick and Chomoi stared, appalled. "She's
angry," Rod explained. "Catch up, folks." They
leaped to keep up with Gwen, and the familiar moire
sprang up around them. Just in time—four guards stationed
outside looked up in alarm, then yelled as they leaped
back, whipping out their blasters. The
blasters burst into flames in their hands. They
howled, throwing the torches from them, nursing their
bums. Gwen ignored them and moved on. The other three
had to hurry to keep up. Chomoi
was still staring back at the guards, then turned her
head around to look up at Rod. "But she's the gentlest soul
I've ever met!" "I
told you," Rod said impatiently, "she's angry." An iron
grille blocked their path. Gwen glared at it, and it
burst into smithereens. She marched through the steel rain of its
pieces, into an intersection. Blaster fire erupted from both
sides. The bubble around them glowed briefly before the
blasters exploded in the armsmen's hands. They screamed and
whirled away. Gwen marched on. "Uh,
I hate to be indelicate," Yorick said, "but..." "Because
she loves me," Rod answered. "Besides, I've got
some power myself, you know. I could survive long enough
to get out of range." They
turned into a stairway. As they came out at the bottom,
they saw a dozen men blocking their path with iron nets.
Gwen narrowed her eyes, and the strands glowed white- hot.
Flames licked out along them, and the guardsmen dropped
them, cursing. Gwen surged forward, and the force field
crashed into the dozen, bulldozing them out of the way.
Some of them screamed as it squashed them against the
wall, but Gwen paid no heed. They
turned a corner into a wide hallway. Twenty men were
drawn up in front of a high double door in two ranks, one kneeling,
one standing, all with blasters ready. The
blasters melted in their hands. They
threw them away with yowls of agony, just before the
door behind them exploded into iron filings. The guards leaped
aside, staring in terror. The iron filings filtered softly to the
floor. Gwen
stepped through the door. A lone
technician stood by a wall full of keys, pressure- pads,
and sliders, with an open-faced cubicle six feet wide set
into it. At the sight of them, his mouth stretched in a grimace
of horror, but he whirled and started slapping at keys
and pads. Gwen
glared. An
invisible hand yanked the man off his feet, three feet into
the air. Suddenly he slumped, unconscious, and the 286 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 287 unseen
hand dropped him in an untidy bundle. "He
sleeps," Gwen explained. The moire around them disappeared. Yorick
leaped for the wall and started turning and punch- ing. Rod
stood slack-limbed in reaction. Only once before had he
ever seen Gwen in a real towering rage, and there hadn't
been anywhere nearly as much power arrayed against her. "Dost'a
truly know how this device doth function?" Gwen demanded. "No
fear," Yorick snapped. "I know the standard settings by heart." "But
this isn't your brand," Rod protested. "No,"
Yorick agreed, "it's a copy. Who do you think invented
the damn thing, anyway?" He twisted a final key. "There!
That's date!" He pushed a slider. "That's location!" He
punched a sequence on a keypad. "That's the secur- ity
code! And the instruction to forget!" He punched at a pressure-pad.
"And that's the time-delay control! Everybody inside!
It'll start up in one minute!" A huge,
hulking shape filled the shattered doorway. "Laser
cannon!" Chomoi yelped. "Inside,
quick!" Rod all but threw her into the six-foot cubicle.
Yorick leaped in after her, and Gwen stepped up. Rod was
right behind her. He turned just as the cannon rotated,
its huge maw facing them. Rod stared into doom. Doom
was suddenly warped and twisted and shot through with
the color-swirl of the moire. Gwen clasped his hand with
both of hers. "Tis as thick a field as I can manage. Now,
husband, lend me of thy strength!" It took
a moment. There had been so much power flying around
loose during that march from the torture chamber— and
she'd been learning so horribly much about electronics! But
after that moment. Rod managed to remember the girl in the
haystack, the mother with the baby in her arms, the gentle
partner, and his thoughts flowed and melded with hers. "Thirty
seconds," Yorick groaned. A
stream of ruby light lit the force field. The
whole doorway filled with a sheet of flame. It raged and
twisted in convolutions—not in a single blast, but in an
endless roiling rage. Sweat
sprang out on Gwen's brow. Her hold tightened on
Rod's hand. Rod
gave her all the energy he had, all there was of him. She
paled, trembling. Concern
flooded him, and washed into her—concern, tenderness,
love. Heat
seared him, a Sahara noon, an oven, a flaming furnace.
Chomoi gasped, and Yorick groaned, "Ten sec- onds." It was
ten seconds of eternity, ten seconds of agony, ten seconds
of the sickening realization that, this time, they just might
not make it, as the flames baked and raged—but it was ten
seconds that were just long enough for their minds to meld
completely, and for Rod to realize, in the midst of Hellfire,
that she was still the same, loving partner, and that she was
still his self-interest, as the flame wrapped them up... The
floor lurched, slamming them against each other, and air
flooded in, blessedly cool. Dazed, Rod straightened, clinging
to Gwen, gradually becoming aware that the flame was
gone, that he was staring into a vast chamber filled with
bench after bench full of electronic equipment, huge wardrobes,
tall cabinets... And,
right in front of them, a short, spare man in a white lab
coat, with a mane of white hair and an eagle's face, on a head
that was too large. He glared up at them with a gaze that
was so piercing Rod almost shuddered, even though he had
borne that stare before. But he
pulled himself together, squared his shoulders and 288 Christopher Stasheff took a
deep breath, then stepped down out of the time machine
carefully and said, "Dr. McAran, I presume." They
were sitting around a circular table, drinking res- toratives
(hundred proof). Around them, other tables filled the
large room, with a variety of people clustered in dis- cussion
groups. Egyptian scribes rubbed elbows with ninth- century
paladins; Sumerian peasants chatted with Ming Dynasty
bureaucrats. The whole room was a glorious me- lange
of periods and styles, a meeting place of the centuries in a riot
of colors, with a nonstop buzz of conversation in a
pidgin English that Rod could just barely recognize as the ancestor
of his own century's Anglic. He
frowned intently at McAran's last comment. "Well, sure.
Of course I understand that Gramarye's pivotal. If it develops
into a constitutional monarchy, it'll be able to provide
the communications system the DDT will need to keep
democracy alive." "More
than that," McAran said. "Your neighbors aren't going
to be standoffish, Major. They're going to leave their home
planet, lots of them, and they're going to fall in love and
marry, wherever they go. A thousand years from now, about
half the people in the Terran Sphere will be tele- paths—because
of your people." Rod
just stared. He felt Owen's hand tighten on his, and squeezed
back. McAran
waved his last earthquake away. "But that's really secondary.
Gramarye's real contribution will be the wiping out of
this artificial dichotomy we've developed between intuition
and intellect, humanity and technology. Your local chapter
of the Order of St. Vidicon is the cutting edge of that
revolution, but it's simply formalizing something your whole
people have been developing since they landed on Gramarye.
Of course, they just view it as magic and me- chanics—and
they see absolutely no reason why one person can't
be gifted in both." Rod
transferred his stare to Gwen. THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 289 She
looked about her, confused, then back at him. "Mi- lord?" "Uh...
nothing. We'll talk about it later." But he tucked her
hand into his elbow and kept firm hold of it with the other
hand, as he turned back to McAran. "Okay, so Gra- marye
is immensely important to the future of democracy, maybe
even to the future of humanity, period. So what does that
have to do with your coming eleven hundred years into your
future, just to meet me?" McAran
looked a little uncomfortable. "Well, I really only
came over to the time machine that was bringing you in.
You're in the twentieth century right now. Major—tech- nically." Rod
pushed his jaw back into place. Yorick
erased the problem. "Doesn't really matter. Ma- jor.
This time-travel base could be located in any century. It is,
in fact—just keeps going for a couple of thousand years,
all the way through the Fourth Millennium. And it was
just as easy to set the controls for this century, as for the one
we were in. Easier, in fact—these are the ones I have
memorized. Quicker to punch in, when you're in a rush." Rod
gave his head a shake. "Okay, if you say so. But..." "Why
did I want to meet you?" McAran wore his grim smile.
"Well, I've heard so much about you. Major!" "Great.
Can I present my side of it?" "No.
Because if Gramarye is pivotal in the development of democracy,
you're pivotal in the development of Gra- marye." Rod
froze. Gwen
gazed at him, wide-eyed. "Me?" McAran
nodded. ., "Why
not her?" Rod jabbed a finger at Gwen. "She's at least
as powerful as I am! And she's done as much as I have
toward putting Gramarye on the road to freedom!" "Aye,
yet I've espoused thy cause only for reason that 290 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 291 I've
espoused thee," Gwen said softly, "and so would I continue
to do, e'en—God forbid!—an thou wert ta'en from
me. Yet had I never known thee, I ne'er would have so much
as thought of it." McAran
nodded. "She was reared in a medieval mon- archy,
Major; she didn't have the vaguest notion of de- mocracy.
Nobody there did—except the future totalitarians and
anarchists, who had come back in time to subvert Gra- marye." "And
she wouldn't have learned advanced technology if those
Futurians hadn't kidnapped the two of you back in time,"
Yorick said. Gwen
shook her head. "Thou canst not avoid it, my lord. Thou
mayest not be the person who doth bring matters to fruition,
but thou art the one who doth sow the seed." She flushed,
smiling, and turned to McAran. "Which doth bring to mind
that thou hast not spoken of the role our children are to
play in this." "Mighty,"
McAran assured her, "but only an extension of what
you two are doing. An extension and an expansion, I
should say, there are four of them, and each of them will grow up
to be more powerful than either of you. Still, they'll only
carry on what you've begun." His frosty smile etched itself
on his face again. "Even if they don't quite realize it." The
exchange had given Rod a moment to recover. He took a
deep breath. "But that still doesn't tell me what I'm doing
here, talking to you." "Do
I have to lay it out for you?" McAran growled. "I want to
make sure which side you're on." . "Why
... democracy's." McAran
just regarded him, with a glittering eye. "No,"
Rod said slowly, finally recognizing the transfor- mation
within himself. "Gramarye's." McAran
nodded. "But
democracy is in Gramarye's best interest!" "If
you're so sure about that," McAran grated, "you won't
mind joining GRIPE." Rod sat
still for a minute, letting the shock pass. Then he
said, "I'm already a SCENT agent. Doesn't that make me an
affiliate member?" McAran
shook his head. "There's no official alliance between
the two groups—just common interest. We don't even
have a formal tie to the Decentralized Democratic Tribunal.
In fact, neither of them knows we exist—and frankly,
we like it that way. So, of course, one of the re- sponsibilities
of membership is maintaining that secrecy." "Of
course," Yorick added, "we do have overlapping membership.
Other than you, I mean." McAran
nodded. "Some of our best agents are SCENT operatives.
We even have a few DDT bureaucrats, and the odd
tribune or two." "Must
be pretty odd, all right," Rod muttered. "So
how about you?" The eagle's eye was still on him. "Are
you for us or not. Major?" Rod met
McAran's stare, and took a deep breath. "For you—but
not part of you. Call me an associate member." McAran
sat still for a moment. Then he nodded. "As long as
you're for us, and not against us." He stood, holding out his
hand. Rod stood, and clasped it. He was amazed at how
fragile and slender the scientist's hand seemed. But
McAran was nodding, and smiling again. "Good to have
you. Major. Now, would you like to go back where you
came from?" "I
would indeed," Gwen said instantly. "Eh, my little ones!" Rod
nodded, grinning. "Yeah. I think I've had my fill of
high-tech society for another dozen years or so. Send me home." '•' McAran
turned to Chomoi. "What do you want to do, 0 worm
in the woodwork?" "Worm?"
She leaped to her feet. "Who the hell do you 292
Christopher Stasheff think
you are, throwing insults around like lava?" "The
volcano on whose slopes the tyrants live," Doc Angus
snapped, glaring. Chomoi's
eyes narrowed. "I made a mistake. It was a bad
one, and I helped hurt a lot of people. But I think I've kind of
paid for some of that on this trip—even if Gwen and her
husband did help me as much as I helped them." McAran's
smile was sarcastic. "Oh. You don't like dic- tators
anymore, huh?" "No,"
Chomoi snapped, "especially on the personal level." "Prove
it," McAran jibed. "Join GRIPE." Chomoi
stared, totally floored. "He
means it, Miz," Yorick said softly. "But...
but... how can you?" Chomoi exploded. "For all you
know, I could be the worst PEST agent alive, trying to
infiltrate your organization!" McAran
nodded. "Possible, very possible—but if you were,
you wouldn't have been helping fight totalitarianism at
every turn." Chomoi
frowned. "When did I do that?" "When
you helped avert a war on Wolmar," Yorick re- minded
her, "and when you helped us fight off Eaves and his
buddies on Otranto. Listen, Miz, if you were really a PEST
agent, you would have shoved a knife in Whitey the Wino's
ribs at your first chance. He's at least as important to
democracy as we are." Rod
nodded. "Charley Barman, too, and you never lifted a hand
against him." "But...
but... I didn't know! I didn't know either of them
were important to democracy!" "Yeah,
but you would have, if you were still a PEST agent.
Besides, you helped get the Gallowglasses through." "Only
because I liked them—personally!" Gwen's
smile was radiant. "Him,
too!" Chomoi stabbed a finger at Yorick. "It's not just
them, you know!" THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 293 "Yes,
I know," McAran said grimly, "and I'll bet this is the
first time in your life you've found people who liked you." Chomoi
stood very still. "I'll
take personal loyalty," McAran said. "I'll take it over
loyalty to an idea, any time—even if it's loyalty to the
group, and not to me." "I
might not like your other people as well as I like him," Chomoi
said slowly. "Then
again, you might." The frosty smile was back. "Why
don't you circulate a little, get to know them better?" "Yeah—kick
around for a while, Miz!" Yorick grinned. "I've
got some buddies here I think you'd like." "Buddies?"
Her tone was frigid. "No women?" "Of
course." Yorick shrugged. "What do you want me to say,
'bosom buddies'?" Chomoi's
eyes narrowed. "Definitely not." "Okay,
then—friends. A person's a person. So I've got friends,
all right? And I think they'd like you. Okay? So why
don't you come and meet them?" "Yes,"
Chomoi said slowly. "Yes," she said, nodding. "Yes,
I think I will." Yorick
grinned, and held out an elbow. Chomoi
hooked her hand through it, and turned to Rod and
Gwen. "Major—Milady—a pleasure meeting you." She
actually inclined her head, smiling. Rod
grinned, lifting a hand. "See you in the time zones." Chomoi
smiled, tossing her head proudly, and whisked away on
Yorick's arm. They stopped two tables away, where Yorick
introduced her to a small troupe of Mongolian bar- barians.
She pressed palms. McAran
watched her go with a victorious smile. Then he
turned back to Rod and Gwen, leading them away. "That's the
basis of our organization here—misfits. None of my people
ever had any friends, never felt they belonged— until
they found us." He cocked his head to the side. "Doesn't apply
to the two of you, of course." 294 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 295 "Oh,
I wouldn't say that," Rod mused. "Thou
hast never been a Gramarye witch or warlock," Gwen
agreed. "Could
be." The frosty smile turned into amusement. "Could
very well be." They
came up to a thirty-by-thirty area, lined with time machines.
One of them had a large sign over the portal, which
said in Gothic lettering, GRAMARYE Rod's
eyebrows lifted. "We rate a machine all to our- selves?" McAran
nodded. "I told you Gramarye's important to us.
It's locked onto real-time there, dating from..." he coughed
into his fist. "... from that little incident we had, with
those Neanderthals." "Yeah."
Rod frowned. "I've been meaning to ask you about
that." "Some
other time, okay?" McAran said quickly. "Right now,
there're some people who've been waiting to see you for a
couple of weeks." "Aye—we
must needs be gone to them, right quickly!" Gwen
leaped into the time machine's cubicle. "Send us to them at
once, doctor, an it please thee!" "Oh,
I could send you quicker than that." McAran peered closely
at the date. "I could set it back a couple of weeks, and
return you to the same night you were kidnapped." Gwen's
eyes lit, but Rod frowned. "How long would it take?" "Only
a minute, to reset the machine," McAran an- swered,
"but the trip itself would take a couple of hours, because
the time-matrix would have to readjust itself into a
different configuration." "I
cannot wait so long." Gwen clasped Rod's arm. "1 doubt
me not an they have been well tended in our ab- sence—and
I bum to see them once again!" Rod
shrugged. "It'll probably have done them good to be
without us for a while, especially since their baby-sitters have
probably been indulging them horribly." "Oh!"
Gwen clasped her hand over her mouth, eyes wide. "Robin
will be wroth with us, to have been so long away!" "Yeah,
but think how glad he'll be to see us come back!" "There's
some truth to that." Gwen turned back to McAran.
"Send us now, doctor, I beg of thee!" McAran
shrugged. "As the customer orders." He reached out and
pressed a button. Rod and
Gwen felt a twisting lurch, and were just fighting down
nausea when they realized they were staring around at
twilit woodlands, and the calm sheen of a pond. Rod
blinked, staring around him in surprise. "Well! Right back at
the pretty little woodland pool I told you about!" "An
thou'lt pardon it, I'd liefer not stay to contemplate it,"
Gwen said, "especially an I doubt the virtue of that crone
who told thee of it." Gwen
threw her arms around his neck. "Eh, husband! We are
home!" "Yeah!"
Rod hugged her to him with massive relief. Then he
remembered the power he'd seen her wield, and that
reminded him how much she'd learned about electron- ics;
and he felt the cold fear seeping through him, at the thought
of grappling a woman who could wreak such may- hem—especially
since it was his own kind of mayhem. And wreaked
at least as well as he could, himself. She
felt the change. "Husband? My lord?" He held
her off at arm's length. "We're not exactly the same
people who left here, are we?" "Wherefore
not?" Gwen stared, startled and hurt. "We are
still ourselves, my lord. Who else could we be?" "Well,
all right, still us," Rod growled, "but we've changed.
And you, shall we say, have learned a lot in the process?" "Yet
it hath not changed who I am, nor the way I do feel toward
thee," Gwen protested. "Nay, my lord. Do not think— 296
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 297 ever!—that
only because I learn more, or gain more skill or
power, that I shall ever love thee less!" "Yeah,
but it's not just your kind of learning." Rod hooked his
hands in frustration at trying to find the right words. "It's
that you're learning my kind of knowledge!" Gwen
stilled, staring up at him. Then she said, "Ah, then.
So that is the way of it." "Yes,"
Rod admitted. "The skills and knowledge I had, that
you lacked, were all that were keeping me thinking I was
good enough for you." "Oh,
how poorly thou dost know thyself. Rod Gallow- glass!"
She threw her arms about his neck and pulled his head
down to hers. "Thy goodness and thy greatness have so
little to do with thy knowledge or skill, or even thy power! 'Tis
thy gentle, caring self that drew me into love of thee, and the
strength of thy resolve that doth shelter me and mine!
'Tis thee I love—not thine attributes!" She drew back a
little, cocking her head to the side. "And, in fairness, thou must
needs own that thou hast learned my skills and knowl- edge,
even as I've but now learned thine." "Well,
yes," Rod admitted, "but that's different." "Only
in that I rejoice at such joining, where thou dost seem to
dread it," Gwen returned. "Yet thou hast no need of such
trepidation, for 'tis thee I love, that inexplicable, unwordable,
indescribable essence that is Rod Callow- glass—and
only that! Not thy power or knowledge!" Then
she frowned as a new thought came. "Or dost thou love me
less, because I know summat of thy magicks?" Rod
stared at her, horrified. Then, slowly, he smiled. "Love
you less, no—but I do feel threatened by it. I'm sure I'll
get over that, though." He caught her hands. "After all, if
you've managed to adapt magic to advanced technology, I've
learned to adapt technology to magic!" Gwen
threw her head back with a silvery laugh, and kept her
lips parted as she swayed back up against him. He buried himself
in her kiss. Finally,
he had to give up and gasp, though he did wish he'd
seen the kiss coming in time to hyperventilate a little. He
hooked an arm about her waist and pointed at the path that
wound away through the trees. "We do have to get back to the
children, you know. Besides, we have a bed in the house." She
beamed up at him. "I think 'twill be an early slum- bering
for them this night, my lord." And,
arm in arm, they strolled away through the trees, hand in
hand, mind in mind, pausing only occasionally to scan
for mental traces of ambushers. They
came in the door with a word of cheery greeting— but it
died on their lips. Rod stared, aghast. The table and chairs
had been pushed back against the walls. A giant of a man,
at least eight feet tall, took up most of the living room
floor, with two people of standard size beside him, one
wearing a robe and pointed hat of dark blue, sprinkled with
signs of the zodiac, and the other a pretty lass in her twenties
with her hair bound in a kerchief. The three of them
were so tightly wrapped in hempen rope that they looked
like candidates for a joint sarcophagus. Geoffrey
stood over the giant with a cudgel in his hand; Cordelia
sat at the woman's feet, singing lightly and em- broidering
a handkerchief; Magnus stood over the wizard, arms
akimbo, as though he were daring the man to try a spell;
and Gregory sat cross-legged on the mantelpiece, contemplating
the whole mess. By the
hearth sat a very worried-looking Puck. At the sound
of Rod's voice, his head snapped up; he took one look at
Rod and Gwen, moaned, leaped into the fireplace, and
darted up the chimney with a howl of despair. Gwen
stared, appalled. Then
she took a deep breath. ^. But Rod
beat her to it. "And just what do you think you've
been doing!?!" "NAY,
PAPA! I AM too old to need one to guide and ward me!" Rod
shook his head. "When you're fifteen, maybe— maybe.
But even then, you won't be old enough to take care of
an eight-year-old little brother—nor a ten-year-old, for
that matter. Not to mention a thirteen-year-old sister." "I
am ten already!" The little girl jammed her fists on her
hips and glared up at him with a jutting chin. Rod
turned to her, suppressing a smile, but Gwen was already
chiding gently. "Mayhap when thou art fourteen years
aged, my sweet, and thy brother Magnus is sixteen, I'll
dare leave the others in thy charge. Yet now..." She turned
to Big Brother. "... thou art but twelve." "
Tis a worthy age," Magnus declared. "Assuredly might I care
for myself." He turned back to Rod. "Many another boy of
my age doth already aid his father in plowing, and..." "Other
boys your age are pages, and taking squire lessons from
the local knight." Rod nodded. "But in both cases, please
notice the presence of an adult—and those boys aren't
taking care of little brothers and sisters!" "Enough
of such chatter!" A foot and a half of elf stepped up
beside Rod's knee, arms akimbo, frowning up at the four
children. "Be still and heed me, or 'twill be much the worse
for thee!" Rod had
a fleeting vision of coming home to four little frogs
in nightshirts and nightcaps. The children fell silent. Glowering
and truculent, but silent. Even though the small- 4 Christopher Stasheff est of
them was twice Puck's size, they all knew that the elf's
idea of fun could be more devastating than their par- ents'
notion of punishment. "Thy
parents do wish to take an evening to themselves," the
Puck rumbled, "to think of naught but one another's company.
The coming-together that this allows them is as much to
thy benefit as to theirs—and well thou knowest that
they could not thus rejoice in one another's company, an they
were continually concerned over what mishaps might befall
thee. Yet my biding with thee will allow them as- surance
sufficient to ease their minds from care, for the space
of an evening." By this
time, four sets of eyes were cast toward the ground.
Cordelia was drawing imaginary circles with her toe.
Rod didn't say anything, but he eyed the elf with re- newed
respect. "Bid
them good night, then," Puck. commanded, "and assure
them thou wilt cheerfully bide in my care till they return." Reluctantly,
and with ill grace, the children came up, one by
one, for a quick peck on the cheek and a perfunctory hug,
for Cordelia and Gregory, and a manly handshake, for Magnus
and Geoffrey (but with a peck on the cheek for Mama). "Go
thy ways, now," Puck said to Rod and Gwen, "and concern
thyselves not with the fates of thy children. I war- rant
their safety, though a full score of knights ride against them—for
a legion of elves shall defend!" "Not
to mention that you, yourself, could easily confound a
dozen." Rod bowed in acknowledgement. "I thank you, Puck." "Bless
thee, Robin." Gwen hid a smile. Puck
winced. "I prithee, lady! Be mindful of my sen- sibilities!" "'Tis
myself who doth bless thee," Gwen assured him. "I
did not invoke any Other. Yet do I thank thee, too. Sprite." "'Tis
ever my pleasure." Puck doffed his cap with a THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 5 flourish,
and bowed. "Ever, when the lady's so beauteous. Go thy
ways, now, free of care—and hasten, ere the gloam- ing
surrenders to Night!" They
followed his advice. Rod closed the door behind them,
and they walked five steps down the path, counting under
their breaths. Then, "Six," Rod said, and, "seven..." On cue,
four small faces filled the window behind them, with
cries of "God e'en!" "Good night. Mama!" "Well betide thee!" Rod
grinned, and Gwen answered with a pursed smile. They
waved, then turned and strode off down the path. "We're
lucky," Rod reminded her. "Indeed."
Gwen sighed. "But 'twill be pleasant to have some
few hours to ourselves once more." They
wandered into the twilit forest, with his arm about her,
she with a dreamy, contented smile, he just contented. "And
wither wilt thou carry me away, my lord?" she murmured. Rod
smiled down at her. "I ran into a little old lady who was
trying to haul some firewood home on her back—and having
very rough going, stumbling and cursing, and need- ing to
put it down every ten feet or so. So I let her ride Fess,
and I carried the wood as far as the crossroads where her son
was going to meet her. She thanked me a lot and, favor
for favor, took me on a short detour and showed me a
little glade with a beautiful mini-pond." He heaved a sigh. "I
swear I never knew there was something so pretty, so close
to home—except, of course, the ones who are in it." She
looked up at him, amused; but he saw the dreaminess behind
the smile, and shook a finger at her. "Now, don't you
dare try to tell me it's just like the days when we were courting!
We only got to know each other in the middle of a minor
civil war." ^ "Aye;
yet did I bethink me of the days thereafter." "Right
after the war, we got married." She
snuggled her head up against his chest. "'Tis what I did
mind me of." 6 Christopher Stasheff Rod
stared at her for a moment. Then he smiled, and rested
his cheek against her head. Suddenly
the woodland path opened out. The branches swung
away, and they found themselves gazing at a perfect pool,
its waters like a gem. Terraced rocks came down to its
edge, festooned with flowers. Branches arched over it like a
sheltering dome. * Gwen
drew in a breath. "Oh, 'tis beautiful!" Then
she saw the unicorn. It
stepped out of the shadows at the edge of the pond to lower
its dainty muzzle to the still water, drinking. Rod
held his breath, but even under the spell of the moment,
his mind automatically registered the fact that the water
must be extremely pure, if a unicorn was willing to drink
it. Then
the silver beast lifted its head, to look directly at them. Gwen
gasped in wonder. Then, slowly, she moved around the
pool, entranced. Rod
followed right behind her, scarcely daring to breathe. As Gwen
drew close, the unicorn stepped back. Gwen hesitated. "Sorry,
dear," Rod murmured. "I
will never regret," she answered softly. "But, my lord, there
is not only wariness in those eyes—there is imploring. Could
it need our aid?" "Sought
us out, you mean?" Rod frowned—then stiff- ened,
as alarm bells went off in the back of his mind. "Gwen—even
on Gramarye, unicorns don't exist..." Gwen
shook her head. "Be mindful of witch-moss, my lord.
On Gramarye, aught that an old aunt may imagine the whiles
she doth tell a tale, can come into being, an she be a witch
unknowing." But Rod
didn't answer. He was gazing about him with every
sense open, alert for the slightest thing out of place, his
awareness widening to encompass the whole of the glen, the
patterns of light that the sunset painted on the shrubbery, THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 7 the
rustling of leaves, the whisper of leather, and the slight chink
of metal behind him... He
whirled about, sword whipping out; the pike smashed past
his shoulder and into the ground. "Look out!" he cried, but
even as Gwen turned, another cudgel cracked into her skull.
She crumpled, and Rod howled with rage, full ber- serker
madness. The glade about him seemed to darken with the hue
of blood. He bellowed as he leaped forward, chop- ping
with a sword that burst into flame. His opponent leaped back,
eyes alight and wary, but without fear. His
buddies closed in from three sides. Rod knew there was one
behind him, too, and he let a glance of his rage dart
backward. Flame burst, and somebody screamed. Rod parried
a blow from the center man while he glared at the thug to
his left. The man slammed back against a tree and slumped
to the ground, but the man to his right stepped in, and
swung down hard. A crack echoed through Rod's head, filling
the world with pain. Through the red mist, he felt himself
swaying. He swung his arm with the movement, slashing,
and the thug fell back with a howl, a red line beginning
to widen across his cheek. But Rod had forgotten his
back; rope hissed and burned across his neck, and yanked his
feet out from under him. A soft body plummeted against him,
knocking the breath out of him. Then they were drag- ging,
bumping, over rough ground, and he realized, dazed, that
the body was Gwen. He howled and slashed at the net around
them, but his sword caught in the ropes. He tugged at it
in fury, hearing somebody call, "We have them! Now— heave!
Two meters more!" Rod
struggled frantically to get his feet under him. What- ever
lay at the end of those two meters, he wasn't going to like. Then,
through the mesh, he saw it—a jury-rigged thing of
telescoping legs, framing a triangular arch that showed only a
blaze of sunlight, harsh on his eyes. He recognized the
transdimensional gate that had taken himself and his 8 Christopher Stasheff family
to the alternate universe of Tir Chlis, and he bellowed in rage
and panic, channeling every ounce of it at the gadget.... He was
an instant too late. The net cut into his back, heaved
up, and shot through, just as the contraption behind him
burst into flame. Sickened,
he struggled against the ropes, got his feet under
him, and surged up to stand. He thrashed the net off him,
and whirled about, wild-eyed. In
every direction, as far as he could see, grassland swept away to
the horizon. The air was filled with the fragrance of
growth, and the sunshine enveloped him with warmth. It
wasn't very far up—which was easy to tell, because the land
was flat as a chessboard. He turned, staring, amazed at the
silence, all the more vivid for the few faint bird-calls and the
murmurings of insects. The land rolled up behind the
net, up and up to a high ridge. Everywhere, everywhere was
grass, waist-high. It
wasn't Gramarye. Rod
glared about him, powerless to do anything about it.
They'd been very neatly caught, he and his wife.... Fury
transformed into horror. The ambush had been ad- mirably
planned; they'd knocked Gwen out in the first few moments.
But how far out? He dropped to one knee, clawing the net
away from her, cradling her head in the crook of an elbow,
patting her face, caressing it, slapping very gently. "Gwen!
Come to! Wake up—please! Are you there? Wake up!"
He poised his mouth in front of her lips, felt for breath, and
relaxed with a sigh. She was alive. Everything else was secondary—she
was alive! Belatedly,
he remembered his psi powers—not surpris- ing,
since he'd only had them for a year or two. He stilled, listening
closely with his mind—and heard her dream. He smiled,
insinuating himself into it, asking her to wake, to speak
to him—and she did. "Nay,
I am well now," she murmured. '"Twas but a moment's
discomfort...." THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 9 "A
little more than that, I think." Gently, Rod probed the
side of her head. She was still; then, suddenly, she gasped.
Rod nodded. "Goose egg already—well, a rob- in's—but
it'll be a goose egg." She
reached up to touch the spot tenderly, then winced. "What
did hap, my lord? I mind me thou didst turn, with a
war-cry..." "A
gang of thugs jumped us. They knocked you out on the
first swing—and they had me outnumbered. Caught us up in a
net, and dragged us through a dimensional gate." She
smiled. "A net? Nay, I must needs think they did find
thy skill too great for them." "Why,
thank you." Rod smiled down at her. "Of course, there's
also the possibility they were under orders not to kill us—and
fighting is more difficult when you have to knock somebody
out, but not kill him." Gwen
frowned. "Why dost thou think they abjured slay- ing?" "Because
they used cudgels, not pikes. But, when they couldn't
take us alive, they settled*for kidnapping us out of our own
time and place." Rod frowned, looking around. "Which
means there should be somebody around, waiting for a
second try." "Aye,
my lord. If they wished us alive, they must needs have
had strong reason." She gazed up at him. "What is this
'dimensional gate' of which thou didst speak? I catch, from
thy mind, memories of Tir Chlis." Rod
nodded. "Same type. But how'd they know where to
waylay us? That gate had to be set up ahead of time." "The
crone," Gwen murmured. Rod
smacked his forehead with the heel of his hand. "Of course!
The whole thing was a setup! She didn't really need my
help... she was a Futurian agent!" "They
knew thou wouldst not refuse to assist one in need." Rod
nodded. "So good old helpful me gave an old lady a hand,
and she bit it! Told me right where to go—and set 10
Christopher Stasheff up her
trap." He shook his head. "Remind me not to do anyone
any favors." "I
would never wish that," Gwen said firmly. "Yet in future,
let us beware of all gifts." "Yeah—we'll
open them under water." Rod looked around,
frowning. "Wonder what alternate universe they've shanghaied
us into this time?" A
ululating cry slashed through the air, and thirty purple- skinned
fur-kilted men rose up out of the tall grass a hundred yards
away. Rod and
Gwen stared. A spear
arced through the air, to bury its head in the earth
half a meter from Rod's feet. Rod
snapped out of his daze. "Wherever we are, we ain't welcome.
Run, dear!" They
whirled and charged, Gwen gathering up her skirts. "Our
abductors could at the least have sent a broomstick!" "Yes,
very careless of them." But Rod chewed at the inside
of his lip. "Still, maybe you had the right idea there, dear.
Let's try it and see. Ready?" He slipped an arm around her.
"Up we go!" They
leaped into the air. Rod put all his attention into staying
up; the natives became secondary, dim and distant. They
rose up a good twenty feet. "Turn,"
Gwen suggested. Rod
banked, worrying about the "why" later. Until he got
good at this game, he'd have to let Gwen do the steering. She had
novel ideas. They swooped back toward the natives
like avenging furies. The
savages screeched to a halt, partly from surprise, mostly
from alarm. Good little victims weren't supposed to attack. "Attempt
a war-cry," Gwen advised. Rod
grinned, and let out a whoop that would have shamed all the
rebels in Dixie. That
was a mistake; it gave the savages something fa- THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 11 miliar.
They snapped out of their shock and closed ranks in front
of the flying Gallowglasses. "Wrong
tactic," Rod decided. "Hold tight." He thought up
hard, and soared way high over the savages' heads, thoroughly
out of bowshot. Then they swung down. "Wherefore
so low, my lord?" Gwen asked. "Just
in case I run out of lift." Gwen
blanched. "If we are going to strike the earth, my lord, I
would prefer not to fly so swiftly." "Don't
worry, babe, I can stop on a dime. Of course, it doesn't
do the dime much good...." The
ground rose up beneath them. They rose with it, too, of
course—and the whooping barbarians were growing smaller
very quickly, behind them. Up, and over the rise— and the
savages disappeared below the curve of the ridge. "Surely
they must be the half of a mile behind us, now, my
lord," Gwen protested. "Will they not have given up by
now?" Rod
nodded. "If you say so, darling. I just hope they were
listening." They
slowed, and dropped gently to the ground. Gwen smiled
as her heels touched earth. "Thou dost progress amazingly
in thine use of thy powers, my lord." "Oh,
you know—just practice." But Rod felt a thor- oughly
irrational glow at her praise. "I must say, though, I'm
surprised it didn't put more of a shock into our hunters." "Aye."
Gwen frowned. "What manner of men were they?" "Oh—just
your average barbarians." "But—they
were purple!" "The
human race is amazing in its diversity," Rod said piously.
"On the other hand, you never know—the color might
wash off in a good rain." Gwen
stared. "Dost'a mean they do paint themselves from
head to toe?" Rod
nodded. "Not exactly unknown. In fact, if it weren't for the
color, I'd guess we were on the Scottish side of 12 Christopher Stasheff Hadrian's
Wall in a country called Great Britain, about 100 A.D." "Were
there truly such?" she asked, wide-eyed. "Sure
were, dear—check any history book, if you can find
one. Painted themselves blue, in fact." Rod frowned. "Of
course, that theme has been pretty well pict over by now...." Clamoring
howls drifted down the wind again. Rod's head
snapped up and around. Over
the ridge they came—purple, waving spears, and howling
like the Eumenides. "Time
to hit the woad!" Rod caught Gwen around the waist
again. "Not
so high this time, an it please thee, my lord." "Anything
to please, my dear." Rod frowned, concen- trating.
The scenery seemed to dim about him, and they rose
just to the tops of the grain. "Forward,"
Gwen murmured. They
shot straight ahead, faster than a speeding spear (just
in case). "They
may not be much on technology, but they've got Terrans
beat all hollow on perverse perseverance." '"Tis
even so. How long can they endure?" Rod
looked back, letting the natives' style percolate through
the filters of his concentration. "Let's see—they're doing a
lope, not an all-out run.... Hey, those guys aren't even
trying! Not really." "Scandalous.
How long can they maintain such a pace?" Rod
shrugged. "As long as we can, I'd guess." "And
how long is that, my lord?" Rod
shrugged again. "I just had dinner. Six or seven hours,
at least." He looked down at Gwen. "Any particular direction
you wanted me to go?" She
shook her head. "All bearings are equal, when thou knowest
not thy destination." Rod
nodded. "I can sympathize with that; I was young once,
myself." THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 13 She
glanced up at him. "Thou art not greatly anxious, my
lord." "No,
not really. These guys haven't invented anti-aircraft guns
yet.... How about you? Worried?" "Nay."
She leaned back in his arms with a peaceful sigh. Vivid
skins and violent yells erupted over the horizon in front. Rod
stared. "How'd they get around there so quickly?" "Nay,
'tis a different band. These are stained yellow- green." "Chartreuse,
I think they call it—but you're right." Rod frowned.
"I don't feel like attacking again. Shall we?" Gwen
nodded. "Turn, an't please thee, my lord. I have no wish
to shed blood." They
banked around in a 180-degree turn—just as their previous
pursuers came over the rise behind. "Turn,
and turn again." Rod veered ninety degrees. "Pilot to
navigator. Setting course perpendicular to angle of pur- suit.
To the vector go the broils." Gwen
glanced back. "They do join forces in pursuit of us, my
lord." "Too
bad." Rod scowled, "I was hoping they might take time
out to fight each other." "United
they ran," Gwen sighed. "Why did we turn to the
left, my lord?" "I'm
a liberal." "Wherefore?" "Why
not? Since I don't know where I'm going... Say, what's
that coming over the rise ahead?" "More
savages," Gwen answered. "That's
a good reason for a turn to the right." Rod veered through
a U-tum. "What color of paint were these boys wearing,
dear?" "Orange,
my lord." Rod
shuddered. "What a color scheme! Y' know, if any more of
them show up in front of us, we're going to be boxed
in." 14
Christopher Stasheff "I
prithee, do not speak of it my lord." "Okay,
I won't. I'll just get ready to climb. You sure you
can't fly?" Gwen
shook her head. "Without a broomstick, I cannot." "Union
rules," Rod sighed. A spear
arced over his head and buried itself in the grass ten
feet ahead. Rod watched it go by. "Maybe it's just as well
you're next to me. With their marksmanship, you're better
off with the target." Gwen
watched another spear arc overhead—by a good twenty
feet. "I think they do not regard us highly as enemies, my
lord. Certes, they cannot have sent picked troops to fight us." "Everyone
here is a Pict troop. Would you mind a little more
speed, dear?" "Certes,
I would welcome it." Gwen glanced behind her. "The
air is clear of spears, my lord." "Okay,
now!" Rod thought hard, and they shot ahead through
the grass as though the ghost of Caracatus were hot on
their heels. The yells diminished behind them, very quickly.
But they boosted to howling level. "Well,
we're out of the trap," Rod sighed, "unless some- thing
comes up over the next rise." They
swung up and over the rise—and saw a clear, straight
plane sheering across the horizon. "A
wall!" Gwen cried. "It
can't be!" Rod stared. Then he frowned. "How close can
parallel universes get? Gwen, I'm taking care of the flying
chores; you do a little mind-reading and see what language
the people behind that Wall are speaking." Gwen's
eyes lost focus for a moment, then cleared. "They do
speak our tongue, my lord." Rod's
frown deepened. "Odd... but the Roman con- querers
weren't the only ones to build walls. There were the
Chinese—and, come to think of it, several of the planets in the
Terran Sphere, during their frontiering days..." "I
think I ken thy meaning...." THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 15 "I'll
explain it when we're not being chased. See anything resembling
a gate?" "Yonder,
my lord." Gwen pointed. "Timbers." A dark
rectangle in the stone, lintel and leaves. "Yeah,
that. That's where we head for. Wonder what this place
is like?" "We
shall discover that directly," Gwen murmured. The
gate zoomed up at them. "Pretend
you're running." Rod started pumping his legs like a
veteran miler. Gwen gathered up her skirts and tripped merrily
along beside him. Rod
dropped the flying power and dug in his heels, plowing
to a stop right at the gate, and hammered on the huge
oaken leaves with his fist. "Hey! Help! Open up! Let us in!
Tear! Fire! Foes!' Especially the Toes' part!" He
stopped and listened. Silence, total silence—except for the
howling behind them, which was showing a definite Doppler
shift—the approaching kind. Rod
stepped back and scanned the top of the wall. "Some- thing's
wrong here. I don't see any sentries." Gwen
frowned, her eyes losing focus. "They are there, my
lord. Yet they feel great caution." "Why?
Just because they've never seen us before, and this
whole thing could be a ploy to con them into opening their
front door." He cocked his head to the side. "Come to
think of it, I suppose I do look a little like Ulysses...." "Mayhap,
my lord, but canst thou not convince them of our
honesty?" "How
about the direct approach?" Rod wound up a leg and
slammed a kick at the middle of the doors. "Hey! We're being
chased by wild Indians! Open up in there! Let the cavalry
out!" "Cease
your pounding, you panicking prat!" bellowed a voice
overhead.
'"' Rod
stepped back and looked up. A
scowling, fleshy man in a loose shirt, with an unshaven jaw,
and a surly hangover glowered down at them. He pressed 16
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 17 a hand
to his head. "There, that's better. You were splitting me head
open." And he disappeared again. "Good idea!" Rod
yelled. "Come back here and let us in—or I will split it
open, and not just by yelling!" "You'll
have to wait till we finish the hand," the voice growled
faintly from above. Several other voices snarled agreement. "But...
but... but..." Rod gave up and turned his at- tention
to his wife. "What kind of an outfit is this?" "We
are accompanied, my lord," Gwen murmured. Rod
whirled and looked behind him. A long
line of multi-colored men was drawn up at the skyline,
leaning on their spears, watching. With a
gnashing groan, the gate opened. The man who had
spoken from the wall above stood in the opening, grin- ning.
"Full house," he announced."My pot." "It's
considerable." Rod eyed the man's midriff. He looked on up
to a rum-blossom nose beside a livid scar, topped with a
black thatch. The shirt was white, or had been. The belt
underscored the midriff, holding up green uniform pants which
were tucked into black boots (in crying need of a shine). "Well,"
he growled, "don't just stand there gawking. Come
in, if your need's so frantic." "Oh,
yes." Rod shut his mouth and stepped through the gateway,
his arm carefully around Gwen. The
slob's eyes lit at the sight of her, but he waved a hand in
signal to someone on top of the wall anyway. The gate
started to swing shut, and the man waved at the savages just
before it closed. A great oaken bar, about of a size to fit the
huge iron brackets on the inside of the gate, lay on the
ground nearby, but the slob ignored it. He turned back toward
them, and caught sight of Gwen again. Interest gleamed
feebly through the hangover, and he looked her up and
down. Gwen flushed, and glared at him. Rod
cleared his throat loudly. The
slob looked up at him and saw the glare. The hang- over
struggled with lust, and lost. The slob grumbled, by way of
a face-saver, "Where'd you get the fancy clothes?" "Where'd
you get the booze?" Rod countered. Caution
flickered in the man's eyes, and they turned opaque. "Well,
ye're in," he grunted, and turned away. Rod
stared. "Hey, wait a minute!" The
slob stopped, threw a despairing glance to the heav- ens,
and turned back. "What now?" "Where
are we supposed to go?" "Wherever
you want to," the slob grunted, turning away. Rod
stood a moment, gaping. He
shrugged and turned back to Gwen. "Might as well follow
him, I suppose." "We
might, indeed," she agreed, and they turned to climb the
long, sloping ramp that led to the ramparts. As he
climbed the ramp, he noticed that it was poured plasticrete.
So was the Wall. Weathered, and buttressed with props
here and there, but plasticrete nonetheless. "Well, so much
for the Romans," he muttered. "My
lord?" "This
stuff is plasticrete," he explained. "It wasn't even invented
until about 2040 A.D. So we can't be in Roman Britain—that
was a good sixteen hundred years earlier." "I
have no knowledge of this." Gwen frowned."'Tis for thee to
say. In what world would we be, then?" Rod
rubbed his chin, looking around him. "We might— just
might—be in our own universe, Gwen. No, not Gra- marye,
of course—another world, circling another sun." He
looked down at her. "It couldn't be Terra, of course." "What
is 'Terra'?" For a
moment, Rod was galvanized. That a Terran human should
not even know the name of the planet that gave birth to her
species... ! But he caught himself, remembering that Gramarye
had never exactly been strong on history. In fact, its
inhabitants didn't even know there were any worlds other than
their own. 18 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 19 "Terra
is the world your ancestors came from, dear— the
planet that all human beings ultimately came from. It's the
home world of our kind." Gwen
was silent for a moment, digesting that. As she
did, they came out onto the top of the Wall. The ramparts
stretched away before them, dwindling into the distance,
a concrete channel cutting four feet down into the plasticrete. A group
of men knelt and squatted around a fire near the top of
the ramp. Like the slob, they wore white shirts, green trousers,
and black boots—but most of them had green jackets,
too, fastened up to the throat. Their sleeves held insignia—or
patches of lighter color, where the emblems had
been. Uniforms, Rod realized, and right after that, They're
soldiers! Gwen's
eyes widened; she was listening to his thoughts. They
didn't seem to be very well-disciplined soldiers, though.
Either that, or there wasn't any war going at the moment.
Rod heard the rustle of cards and the click of chips. The
soldiers looked up, saw Gwen, and looked harder. She
smiled, politely but firmly. Something
like a hungry purr arose from the soldiers. The
nearest, a sergeant, rose to his feet. He straightened up to
eight inches taller than Rod, and about four inches wider,
three-quarters muscle, the rest fat. He had an ugly face
and a leering grin, and a possessive manner as he stepped
towards Gwen. Rod
raised a hand, palm out. It jarred against the man's chest,
jolting him to a stop. He looked down at Rod's arm in
surprise. He pushed against it tentatively a few times, then
said in disbelief, "It holds!" He gave Rod a nod of approval.
"You're well enough muscled for such a small fellow,
ain't you?" "Why,
thank you." Irony in Rod's smile. "Now, just step back to
the game, why don't you?" The
other soldiers watched, buzzard-eyed. The
sergeant grinned wickedly and shook his head."Bear ye not
too rawly, lad." He took in Rod's doublet and hose. "A
juggler, belike, or a clown. Well, leam then, lad, that women
be property common on the Wall." He
turned away to Gwen, batting Rod's arm out of the way. It
didn't bat. Rod
tightened his hold on the man's jacket. "Now, just go on
back to the game. Sergeant. Be a good fellow." "Poor
manners for a guest," the slob growled from the sidelines. "Poorer
manners for a host," Rod retorted, "trying to rape a
guest's..." "Rape??!!?"
The big soldier stared. He
threw back his head, roaring laughter, then doubled over,
clutching his belly. "A woman on the Wall, needing rape!" "They
couldn't," the slob explained. "They come, oh, quite
willingly, yes." Rod
lifted and shoved; the big soldier staggered back a few
steps, still laughing. Rod stepped back, too, relaxing into a
crouch. "This one," he said grimly, "doesn't." The
soldier quit laughing abruptly, and sobered into a narrow-eyed
glare. "Teach
him manners. Thaler," the slob growled. My
lord, Gwen's thoughts said in Rod's head, there are loose
stones on the ground nearby. I might... No! Rod
thought back. You want to start a witch-hunt? The
natives could handle seeing us fly—their culture still believes
in magic. But these boys are civilized! They have to kill
things they don't understand! Aloud, he said, "You can
pick up the pieces with the first-aid kit." Thaler's
eyes crinkled with amusement. He laughed once, twice,
chuckled, roared laughter, and fell to the ground, doubled
over, clutching his belly, howling mirth... ... and
shot up like a spring, still laughing, his head crashing
up under Rod's jaw. 20 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 21 Rod
fell back against the ramparts. Thaler
waded in, fists hammering. Rod
swiveled his head around under the man's fists and dived
to the side, flipping over onto his back. Thaler
snarled, and came after him. Rod shoved
hard, his whole body lashing out in a kick that
should have caught Thaler under the jaw, heel to chin. But
Thaler ducked under the blow, then leaned back, lashing
out with the side of his foot at Rod's chin. Rod sidestepped,
hooked his heel behind Thaler's calf, jerked, and saw
the edge of Thaler's hand swinging straight at the bridge
of his nose. Rod
managed to duck enough for the chop to crack across his
forehead instead, and went reeling back stunned; not only by
the blow, but also by a horrifying realization: Thal- er's
chop was the first half of a two-blow series that ended in: Death. They
really didn't like strangers here. Thaler's
hand slammed down again, in a chop that would have
crushed Rod's larynx; but he rolled to the side at the last
second, and Thaler's hand cracked into the plasticrete. He
howled with pain, and Rod rolled up into a crouch, punching
at the solar plexus with stiffened fingers. But Thaler
saw the blow coming, and rolled back just enough to take
most of the impact out of it. What was left was enough
to stiffen him with agony for a moment—and the moment
was all Rod needed. He
followed the punch with a series of quick blows that Thaler
just barely managed to block, retreating as quickly as he
could. Rod got just a touch too confident, let his right foot
lead just a little too far—and Thaler's knee snaked around
Rod's, and a fist the size of a comed-beef brisket slammed
into Rod's ear. The sky
reeled, and the plasticrete struck under him, hard;
but he tucked his chin in, and his head didn't hit too hard. As the
world circled past, he noticed the sole of Thaler's boot
coming down. He grabbed the foot, twisted, and threw. Thaler
hopped back, howling and flailing for balance. Rod
gathered himself into a ball, rolled to his feet, and saw the
same damn foot coming at his face again. Now,
Thaler didn't look as though he were apt to win any IQ
prizes, but he did look very experienced—so he couldn't
be dumb enough to try the same trick a second time,
when it hadn't worked once already. So Rod caught at the
foot, but stayed alert for a trick—and sure enough, there
came the fist, swinging down at the back of Rod's neck. Rod let
go of the foot, took a half step forward, and straightened
up hard, both fists over his head. They
caught Thaler right under the jaw. Thaler
swayed, glassy-eyed. Rod
stepped back and swung a haymaker uppercut. Thaler's
head snapped back, and his feet snapped up, and his
whole body slammed down flat on the plasticrete. Rod
stood, panting, a little wild-eyed, looking around him,
woozy, head splitting with pain, but alert for anyone else to
start swinging. But
they stayed where they sat, glowering up at Gwen, and
nursing their jaws. Rod
looked up at her, incredulous. Gwen
glared about her in indignation. They have no sense of
honor, my lord! They would seek to molest me whiles thou
didst defend me! In
spite of his aches, Rod couldn't help grinning. He pitied
any man who had tried to lay a hand on his sweet wife.
"What did you do to them?" "Only
a slap for each, my lord." A slap
with its force multiplied by telekinesis. Rod guessed.
He was surprised none of the men were heading for the
hospital. "Most
excellently done," said a cool, amused voice. Rod
looked up, startled. 22 Christopher Stasheff A tall,
slender young man leaned against the outer wall. His
uniform was crisply pressed, and he wore a cap with a polished
black visor. His sleeves were bare of insignia, but his
shoulder boards were decorated with tiny brass razors. Obviously
an officer. He
turned his head, inclining it toward the slob. "Ser- geant." "Sir."
Incredibly, the slob came to attention. "You
are out of uniform, and what you do have is more fatigued
than fatigues. And your personal grooming doesn't exist." "Yes,
sir." Then, defiantly, "At least I'm here." "Indeed
you are—so you've only a dozen demerits, not fifty." The
slob winced. "Sir! That's me whole next paycheck!" "Are
you paid so little? My, my. But courage, old chap— a
little extra spit and polish can win it back for you, over the
next few months." He turned away, and stepped up to nudge
Thaler with a boot-toe and a smile. "Poor chap. But what
can you expect, really?" At
last, the officer turned to Rod. "You're really quite skilled,
you know." Rod
shrugged. "Just a little special training. Your, ah, discipline,
is rather, shall we say, remarkable." The
officer shrugged. "It's actually not bad at all, when you
consider that our Wolmar was a prison planet, up 'til nine
years ago. Nearly everyone here is a convict of one sort or
another." Rod
stood stiff with shock, partly at discovering all these soldiers
were criminals, and partly from the name of the planet.
He didn't know that much about it, but he remem- bered
it from his history books. After all, he was an agent for the
Society for the Conversion of Extra-Terrestrial Nas- cent
Totalitarianisms, and before they'd sent him out search- ing for
Terran-colonized planets whose governments were shaping
up to become totalitarian, they'd told him a little about
all the colonies that had been out of touch while PEST THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 23 ruled
the Terran Sphere. Wolmar had been one of them— one of
the furthest from Terra. And it had stayed a prison until
PEST cut it off from contact, and supply. Which
meant they were in their own universe, after all, but
five hundred years before either of them had been born. Gwen
had been listening to his thoughts, of course. She stepped
closer to him, clinging to his arm. He was glad; he needed
the contact. Suddenly, their cozy little cottage seemed much,
much farther away, and the wind of loneliness blew about
their souls. Thaler
rolled over with a groan, opening his eyes to a painful
squint. The officer looked down at him, shaking his head
and clucking his tongue. "Intolerable, sergeant! Two unarmed
civilians, seeking our protection—and what do their
rescuers do? Attack them!" Thaler
sat up with a groan. "He wasn't unarmed. Lieu- tenant." The
lieutenant glanced at Rod's sword and rolled his eyes up.
"That oversized toothpick? Don't be ridiculous, man! Report
to your quarters until your hearing!" Thaler
blanched, but he managed to keep looking bel- ligerent
as he struggled to his feet and turned to go. As he passed
by, he gave Rod a quick glare of hatred. Rod watched his
retreating back, deciding that he always wanted to know when Thaler
was around. He
turned back to the lieutenant, relaxing a little. Thaler's resentment
was what he'd have expected from any sergeant talking
to a fuzz-cheeked lieutenant—but this lieutenant wasn't
extremely young anymore, and he bore himself with the
self-confidence that can only come with experience. There
was something about him, the way he held himself, that
said he didn't need to rely on military rank to enforce his
orders. "My
apologies. Sir and Madam." He bowed courteously to Rod,
and a bit more courteously to Gwen. "I beg you to pardon
that outburst. Please be assured of your welcome, regardless
of what you have witnessed here." 24
Christopher Stasheff "Why,
thank you." Rod inclined his head in return, won- dering
why the lieutenant hadn't stopped the fight. Maybe because
it didn't look as though anyone was apt to be killed. "Thou
art most considerate." Gwen dropped a small curtsy. The
lieutenant's eye held a gleam, but he buried it quickly. Rod
gave him points for self-discipline—and wondered if it was
really from self. "May I have your names, sir and madam?" "Rodney
Gallowglass." He was tempted to use his real name,
"d'Armand," but decided against it. He caught Gwen's hand.
"And this is my wife, Gwendylon." Gwen
looked up at him in surprise, and he heard her unspoken
thought: Wherefore didst thou not use thy title? Other
countries, other customs, he answered silently. People
like this are as likely to resent a lord as to honor him. "Lieutenant
Corrigan, at your service." The young officer clicked
his heels and bobbed his head. "Now, Citizen Gal- ti lowglass, I would appreciate your explaining
to me the presence
of our honored antagonists." He nodded toward the
outside of the main gate. Rod looked down, and saw a crowd
of Wolmen, chanting the same word over and over again.
With a shock. Rod realized it was, "Justice! Justice! Justice!
Justice!" "Not
that they're unwelcome, you understand," Stuart explained,
"but 1 would like to know the issue I'm going to be
discussing." "I'm
afraid I don't really know," Rod confessed. "We were
just standing there in the middle of the plain, minding our own
business, when they came up over the ridge and started
chasing us." "Ah."
The Lieutenant nodded. "A simple question of remuneration,
no doubt. If you'll excuse me, I'll go discuss the
issue with them." He bowed slightly with a click of the heels,
and turned away. Gwen's
voice sounded in Rod's mind: Is he noble, then? No, Rod
answered. / don't think anyone here is. But THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 25 someone
has to do the jobs that the lords would do, if they were
here—and he's been given that kind of authority. About as much
as a knight. By what
right did he claim it? Training,
Rod answered, knowledge and intelligence. Sometimes
even experience. The
great gates swung open, and the young officer stepped out to
confront the wild savages. He
crossed both arms, fingertips touching his shoulders, and
bowed slightly. One of the yellow-green men stepped forward,
and returned the gesture. "I
think it's a salute," Rod muttered. The
lieutenant's words carried clearly. "I greet you, Scouting-Master." The
Scouting-Master returned the salute. "Have-um sun- filled
day. Lieutenant." "The
sentiments are appreciated." The lieutenant's voice switched
into crispness. "But though I am honored by your presence,
I also wonder at it. For how long have noble warriors
been attacking civilians?" "Them
not so civil. Them flew!" "As
I would, if I saw your valiant warriors pursuing me. Why did
they?" The
Scouting-Master grinned, and his warriors chuckled. "Not
for real. Just good fun." "Fun!"
Gwen gasped. "Well,
be fair." Rod shrugged. "It was, kinda, wasn't it?" "Indeed?"
The lieutenant's voice had become distinctly chilly. The
Scouting-Master's grin widened. "We could see-um was
couple greenhorns. Why not have good time with-um?" The
lieutenant gave a wintry smile. "No harm intended, eh?" "None."
The Scouting-Master frowned. "But them have no
business outside Wall! Them not traders!" "A
p.pint well-taken, I must admit. Still, I cannot help 26 Christopher Stasheff but
think your mode of contact was something less than honorable." The
natives scowled, muttering to one another, but the Scouting-Master
only shmgged. "Could've done much worse,
within-um rights. Could Shacklar gainsay?" The
lieutenant was silent a moment, then heaved a sigh. "The
General-Governor would say that no lasting harm was done,
so no hard feelings should last." Rod
frowned. 'General-Governor?' Didn't they have that the
wrong way around? "Even
so." The Scouting-Master's forefinger stabbed up- ward,
and his smile vanished. "Agreements hold. Me file- um
complaint—formal! For trespassing!" The
lieutenant stood still for a moment, then sighed, pulled
out a pad and began writing. "If you must. However, these
two are civilians. That will necessitate a meeting with the
General-Governor." "Sound
great." The Scouting-Master grinned. "Him al- ways
serve good coffee." He turned to his warriors, making shooing
motions. "Go patrol again!" "Boring,"
one of the warriors grumbled. "Want-um
soldiers stamp-urn all over planet?" the Scouting-Master
snapped. "Besides—good for-um! Build- um
character!" The
warrior sighed, and the troops turned away. The Scouting-Master
turned back, a grin spreading over his face again.
"We go see Shacklar now, hm?" The
lieutenant ushered them into a thirty-by-thirty office with
large windows (outside, Rod had noticed steel shut- ters),
a desk at one end, and several padded armchairs at the
other. All the furniture had a rough-and-ready look about it, as
though it had been built out of local materials by an amateur
carpenter. But it was made out of real wood. Rod thought
that implied status, until he remembered that wood was
cheaper than plastic on a frontier world. The floor was THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 27 polished
wood, too, most of it covered by a plaid carpet, woven
of orange, purple, chartreuse, and magenta fibers. Rod
winced. The man
who sat behind the desk seemed out of place. He was
in full uniform, bent over paperwork, but was sur- prisingly
young to be top kick; he couldn't have been much more
than forty. He was lean, lanky, brown-haired, and the face
that looked up at them as they came in was mild and quizzical,
with a gentle smile. There was some indefinable air of
sophistication about him, though, that made him seem incongruous
with his rough surroundings. He is a
lord, Gwen thought. She
just might be right. Rod realized. Maybe a younger son of
a younger son? "General
Shacklar," the lieutenant informed them, "the Governor." Well.
That explained the inverted title. The
General rose with a smile of welcome, and came around
his desk toward them. The lieutenant snapped to attention
and saluted. The General returned his salute and stopped
in front of the native, crossing his arms and bowing. "May
your day be sun-filled, Scouting-Master." "And
yours," the native grinned. "Coffee?" "Of
course! Lieutenant, will you serve, please?" But, as the
young officer turned away, the General stopped him with an
upheld palm. "A moment—introductions?" "Certainly,
sir." The lieutenant turned back to them. "Master
Rod Gallowglass and his lady, Gwendylon." "Charmed."
The General took Gwen's hand and bowed. She
smiled, pleased. The
lieutenant stepped away toward the coffeepot. "I
don't remember your arrival." The General gave Rod a keen
glance, -^ Rod had
a notion this man knew every single person who arrived
on his planet—especially if he was, well, basically, warden.
Of a planet-wide prison. And Rod and Gwen 28 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 29 weren't
exactly inconspicuous. "We were, uh, stranded, General.
Landed out in the middle of the plains. No way to get
back home." Shacklar
frowned. "I don't recall any report of a distress signal." "We
couldn't transmit." So far. Rod hadn't really told any
lies. He hoped it would last. It did.
Shacklar gave him the keen glance again; he was definitely
aware of the holes in the explanation; but he wasn't
about to push them. "My sympathies. Just this mom- ing,
was it?" "Soon
after dawn," Gwen explained. "We had scarcely collected
ourselves when these..." She
hesitated, and Shacklar supplied, "Wolmen. That's what
they call themselves. Their ancestors were counter- culture
romantics, who fled Terra to live the life of the Noble Savage.
They invented their own version of aboriginal cul- ture,
based largely on novels and screenplays." Well.
That explained some of the more bizarre aspects. "I
take it they discovered you almost immediately, and began
to chase you?" "Aye.
We did fly from them." Rod
stiffened. Did she have to be so literal? Yes,
she did, now that he thought of it. When the Wolman talked
about them flying, now, Schacklar would assume he was
speaking metaphorically. Very clever, his lady. He glowed
with pride. Fortunately,
the General didn't notice. He shook his head sadly.
"Most unfortunate! My deepest regrets. But really, you
see, by the terms of our agreement with the Wolmen, no
colonist is supposed to be outside the Wall unless he's on
official or commercial business, so you can understand why
they would react in so precipitous a manner. And, truly, they
did no harm—only enforced their rights under our treaty." "Aye,
that is easily understood." Gwen shrugged. "I cannot
truly blame them." "Most
excellent." Shacklar beamed. "Now, if you'll ex- cuse
me, I must hear what the Scouting-Master wishes to say." He
turned away. Gwen turned to Rod, speaking softly. "Doth
he say that these people but play at being savages, my
lord?" "No—but
their ancestors did, so now they're stuck with it. But
I get the feeling there was a real war when the Terran government
decided to use this planet for a prison. Appar- ently
they didn't consult the Wolmen first—and they re- sented
it. Forcibly." He shrugged. "Can you blame them?" The
General had turned now, facing them again. "The Scouting-Master
understands your predicament, but none- theless
charges you with trespassing." He sighed. "Actually, he's
shown a considerable amount of forbearance in this matter.
He could have taken any number of more or less lethal
measures against you, rather than merely herding you to the
Wall, as he did." Herding? Gwen,
did you know we were being herded? Nay—yet
now, I can See it clearly enough. The
General frowned, concerned. "What's the matter, old
man? Hadn't you guessed you were being driven?" "As
a matter of fact, I hadn't." Rod found himself smiling back in
spite of himself. "Uh, ah—General, please convey my
apologies and great thanks to the Scouting-Master." "Oh,
you may convey them yourself, in just a moment! But,
ah—" Shacklar looked down at the carpet, rubbing the tip of
his nose with a forefinger. "I wouldn't truly recom- mend
it. A simple apology and expression of thanks—no, the
Scouting-Master would take it as a sign of weakness." "Oh."
Rod pursed his lips. "I see. Exactly what form should
the apology take?" "Precisely,
Master Gallowglass." The General smiled warmly.
"It's always a pleasure to deal with a man who understands
the true nature of diplomacy!" "Does
he want his diplomacy in gold, or Terran bills?" 30 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 31 "Gold
would be pleasant, but I'm sure I.D.E. kwaher bills
will suffice." The General smiled sadly. "However, I'm
afraid P.E.S.T. bills would not be acceptable; the Wol- men
don't have much faith in them." "I
understand." Rod smiled. "Primitive cultures tend to be
conservative." "Indeed."
The keen glance again. "Well! In this case, the
apology should consist of, ah..." Shacklar slipped a small
leather-bound pad out of his pocket and flipped it open.
"... five hundred kwahers." Rod
stared. "Five... hundred..." Is the
amount so great, my lord? Not
unless you don't nave it. How are you at turning lead
into gold, dear? A
sudden, faraway look came into Gwen's eyes. The
General was watching them carefully, but with his gentle
smile. "I take it you find yourselves temporarily embarrassed?"
The General smiled. "We can certainly ar- range a
temporary, interest-free loan. Master Gallowglass. There
is a Bank of Wolmar, and it's solvent at the moment." "Oh,
no! Money's never a problem with us. Uh—is it, Gwen?"
Rod reached into the purse that hung at his belt. It held
only a few Gramarye coins. The silver in them would be
perfectly negotiable, but it might be a little difficult to explain
Tuan's and Catharine's portraits. "Nay,
money was never our care," Gwen agreed, giving him a
sidelong glance. "Indeed, it hath been so long since I have
seen it, that I quite forget the look of it!" Rod
froze. He
swallowed, hugely. Of course, Gwen couldn't know what
I.D.E. bills looked like; she had never seen any money but
Gramarye's. Come to
think of it. Rod didn't know what they looked like,
either. The I.D.E. government had fallen five hundred years
before he was born. "On second thought, General, I think I
will take you up on that offer. Could you let me have,
say, a twenty-kwaher bill for, oh, about two minutes?" The
General frowned, but reached for his wallet. "At least
the interest won't be prohibitive." He passed Rod the bill. "Thanks
very." Rod handed it to Gwen. "Yes, money. That's
money, dear." Gwen
stared, thunderstruck. "Paper, my lord? This is money?" "Uh,
yes, dear." Gwen had never seen anything but coins, of
course, medieval cultures having a rather elemental view of
economics. "That's money. Here, anyway." Rod forced a grin.
"Uh, sorry. General. We're not used to, ah, using cash,
you know how it is." "Credit
cards." The General nodded with understanding. Rod
would've hated to shatter his illusions. "Now,
I just had some, right here." Rod fumbled in the purse
again; it was still mostly empty. "My
lord," Gwen murmured, "I cannot..." "That's
okay, dear, just try." Rod patted her hand. "Never know
just how much you can do, until you give it a try ... I
know... I had..." Rod dug in the purse as though it were a ten-mile
pit, a bead of cold sweat trickling down his brow. Something
rustled. His
fingers touched paper. Lots of paper. He drew
it out slowly, with a grin of relief. "There we are,
General, twenty-five twenty-kwaher bills." He plucked the
original from Gwen's numbed fingers. "Oh, and the one you
loaned us, of course." The
General's eyes widened slightly, but he accepted the cash
without comment. "I
don't like to carry large denominations," Rod ex- plained. "But
I thought you said..." Shacklar clamped his lips shut.
"No, really. Not my affair at all..." He gave Rod the keen
glance again. "Don't you find it troublesome to carry so many
bills about?" "Well,
yes," Rod admitted, "but there wasn't time to have
them changed." 32 Christopher Stasheff The
General squared the bills into a neat stack. "I take it you
left home in a bit of a hurry." "You
might say that, yes." The
General turned to step over to the lieutenant and the Scouting-Master,
who broke out in an ear-to-ear grin and hurried
over to seize Rod's hand, pumping it. "Glad you one of
the good guys!" "Oh,
my pleasure," Rod murmured. "Thanks for under- standing." / "Sure,
sure! Come outside Wall again, anytime!" The Scouting-Master
crossed his arms and bowed, then turned away to
the door the lieutenant was holding, licking his thumb
and counting the bills. "Nice chasing you!" "Anytime."
Rod waved, feeling slightly numb. The
lieutenant closed the door behind him with relief. Rod
turned back to the General, shaking his head. "Funny how
underdeveloped societies always leam the same aspect of our
culture first, isn't it?" "Quite."
The General turned away, going back to his desk.
"Well! At least that's done!" "Yeah.
Nice to have it over with, isn't it?" Rod grabbed Gwen's
arm and made for the door. "Thanks for straight- ening
things out for us. General. If there's anything we can ever do
for you..." "As
a matter of fact," Shacklar murmured, "you could answer
a few questions...." Rod's
body jerked as his feet stopped and his shoulders tried
to keep going. He glared at Gwen. "We
must observe the rules of courtesy, my lord." "Next
time just stop me with a word, okay?" Rod turned back.
"Why, sure. General. What kind of questions did you have in
mind?" The
General's mouth was pinched at the corners with hidden
amusement. Rod
frowned, noticing something he'd missed before. He
stepped up to the General's desk, peering at Shacklar's THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 33 corps
insignia. It was the staff of Aesculapius. "You're a doctor!" "Psychiatrist,
actually." The General smiled. "Surely that is an
appropriate profession for the chief administrative of- ficer
of a former correctional colony?" "Uh
... yeah, I guess it is." Rod frowned. "I just wasn't expecting
anything so logical." "I'm
not certain it was, in its genesis." Shacklar's smile hardened.
"But I do think it's worked out for the best. I've quite a
sense of purpose here." "Yeah,
I can see that you would have." Rod straightened, clearing
his throat. "Well! About those questions. Gen- eral
..." "Yes,
indeed. Would you mind telling me how you came to be
shipwrecked on Wblmar?" "No,
not at all." If I can think of it. Shacklar
looked up over steepled fingers. "Touch of am- nesia?" "Oh,
no, no," Rod said quickly. "Not amnesia, really; it's
just that, uh..." He took a deep breath and began improvising
at top speed. "Uh, I know this is going to sound strange,
but, uh ... we were on our way to a costume ball, aboard
a passenger liner from, uh..." He tried to remember a ship
that had disappeared without a trace, about the end of the
I.D.E. era. He could only think of the most famous one,
and cursed mentally, then followed it with a quick thought-apology
to Gwen. "We were on the, uh, Alfreda, outbound
from Fido—you know. Beta Canis Minor's fourth planet—on
our way to Tuonela, the fifth planet of 61 Cygni..." "But
you never attained your destination?" Rod
nodded. After all, the Alfreda had left Fido with a remarkable
number of famous people aboard, but had never been
heard from again. That gave Rod scope for consid- erable
poetic license. "We felt this huge lurch—horrible, I wound
up with caviar all over my doublet—and the crew 34
Christopher Stasheff started
hollering for all of us to get into suspended-animation pods,
and aimed us at random, hoping we'd strike Terran- colonized
planets sooner or later." "Which,
fortunately, you did." Shacklar pulled out a pipe and
clasped it high on the stem, hiding his mouth; but the comers
of his eyes crinkled. "So
here we are," Rod finished. "Our pod landed out in the
Wolmen's territory, and... uh... you... don't... be- lieve
me..." "No,
I didn't say that at all." The General leaned forward to prop
his elbows on his desk. "But
it's the best entertainment you've had all week?" "All
year, in fact." Shacklar smiled warmly. "They don't have
tales like that on the 3DT any more." "Well,
if you doubt my word, you can check the records. The
Alfreda did disappear en route from Beta Canis Minor to 61
Cygni..." "Yes,
I remember the incident well; there were so many politicians
aboard that it was quite a scandal." Shacklar gave him an
amiable smile. "That much, at least, is quite true, I'm
certain. As to the rest of it, though... Ah, well, I'm not one
to press. Master Gallowglass. We rather make a policy
of not being too insistent about a man's past, on Wolmar.
However, I do appreciate the finer aspects of nar- rative
creativity. I was especially impressed with the piece about
the costume ball." "Oh,
yes! She's supposed to be Nell Gwynn, and I'm, uh—Cyrano
de Bergerac!" "And
I'm the King of England," Shacklar murmured, fighting
a smile. "But as I say, a man's past is his own affair,
on Wolmar. No one is here without a reason, and it's generally
one that he'd rather weren't known." He shrugged. "Of
course, in my own instance, I'm not terribly concerned about
secrecy. Ultimately, I'm here because, in addition to being a
psychiatrist, I'm also a masochist." Rod
stared, then caught himself. "Oh, really?" "Yes."
Shacklar smiled. "Quite well-adjusted—but it does THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 35 create
certain problems within the chain of command. Here, though,
my men don't seem to care terribly." Rod
nodded, slowly. "I begin to understand why you don't
mind staying." "There
is some feeling of being appreciated." Shacklar smiled
brightly. "But the mild exhibitionism involved in telling
you that is part of my disorder, you see. I certainly don't
ask that of anyone else." He
leaned forward to glance at his desk readout. "How- ever,
I'm keeping you overlong; after so great a time in suspended
animation, you must be ravenous. You'll find an excellent
tavern just down the street." "Uh...
thanks. General." Rod managed a smile. "You've been
very helpful." He
turned away to the door, holding it open for Gwen. "If
there's anything we can ever do for you, just give us a yell." "As
a matter of fact, there is one small thing your lady could
do for me. Master Gallowglass." Rod
stopped in mid-stride, a sinking feeling in his belly. He
turned around again. Gwen turned with him, wide- eyed.
"And how may I aid you, sir?" "Slap
me," said the General. Rod set
down a small tray, and laid a plate of boiled sausage
and buns in front of Gwen, with a tankard of ale to
flank it. "Not much, my dear, but I'm afraid that's about the
best Cholly's Tavern runs to." He sat down and took a sip of
his beer. His eyes widened in surprise. "Not bad, though." She
sipped, carefully. "Indeed, 'tis not! Yet wherefore is't so
chill, my lord?" "Huh?"
Rod looked up, surprised. "Oh, ,yh—they just like it
that way, honey. That's all." He leaned back and looked
about him, at the unfinished boards and the rough- and-ready
chairs and tables. "Sure not what I was planning on when
I took you out for an evening alone." 36 Christopher Stasheff Gwen
smiled. "Nay, assuredly 'tis not! Yet—oh, my lord!
Tis all so new, and marvelous!" "It
is?" "Indeed."
She leaned over the table. "Yet tell me—what mean
all these strange manners and artifacts? Why do all wear
leggings, even though they have no armor to cover them?
What were those odd, bulbous engines each man did wear at
his hip, upon the Wall? And wherefore do they not wear
them in this place? How do the lights within this inn come to
glow? And where are the kegs from which they draw
their ale?" Rod
held up a hand. "Hold it, dear. One at a time." He hadn't
realized how strange and new the technological world would
seem to Gwen—but she did come from a medieval culture,
after all. Secretly, he blessed the fate that had brought them to
a frontier planet, instead of one of the overly- civilized,
total-technology worlds nearer Terra. How to
explain it all to her? He took a deep breath, wondering
where to start. "Let's begin with power." "There's
naught so new in that." She shrugged. "Once thou
hadst told me there were no nobles, it was truly clear the
peasant folk must needs set up orders within their own ranks,
even as those Wolmen, who did chase us this mom, have
done. Or the wild folk, who do war upon the cities— even as
the Beastmen did to our Isle of Gramarye, ten years agone." The
time-lapse hit Rod like a shockwave. "My lord! Was it
really ten years ago?" He took a shuddering breath. "But of
course. We only had one child then, and we have four now—and
Magnus is twelve." He studied her face intently. "You
don't look any older." She
blushed, lowering her eyes. "'Tis good of thee to say it,
my lord—yet I do see the wrinkles, here and there, and the
odd strand of gray in mine hair." "What's
odd about it, with our four? But they certainly must be
rare; I haven't noticed one yet! And as to wrinkles, I've
always had my share of those." THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 37 "Yet
thou art not a woman," Gwen murmured. "So
sweet of you to notice... But back to the ins and outs of
this world we're on. Government wasn't exactly the kind of
'power' I'd had in mind, dear." "Indeed?"
She looked up, surprised. "Yet assuredly thou didst
not speak of magicks!" "No,
no. Definitely not. I was talking about force—the kind
that makes things move." Gwen
frowned, not understanding. Rod
took a deep breath. "Look. In Gramarye, there are four
kinds of power that can do work for us: muscles, our own or
our animals'; wind, which pushes ships and turns windmills;
water power, which turns mill wheels; and fire, which
heats our houses, boils our water, and cooks our food. And
that's about all." Gwen
frowned. "But what of the power of a crossbow, that
speeds a bolt to slay a man?" Rod
shook his head. "Just muscle power, stored. When a
crossbowman pulls a bowstring, see, he's just transferring power
from his arm and shoulder into the springy wood of the
bow. But the crossbowman takes several minutes to put that
power in, by winding the bowstring back. Then, when he
pulls the trigger that releases the string, all that energy is
released in one quick burst—and that's what throws the arrow
so much harder than an ordinary bow can." Gwen
nodded slowly, following every word. "And 'tis thus,
too, that a common archer's bow can throw an arrow so much
farther than a man-at-arms can hurl a spear?" "Why,
yes." Rod sat up straighter, surprised at how quickly she had
understood. "Of course, the arrow's lighter than the spear,
too. That helps." Gwen
frowned. "And 'tis also that the ends of the bow are
longer than the spearman's arms, is't not? For I do note that
the longer (he bow, the farther it doth hurl the arrow." "Why...
yes," Rod said, startled. "The longer the lever, the
more it multiplies the force—and the two ends of a bow,
and a spearman's arm, are all levers." 38 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 39 "And
the longer bow can therefore be stiffer, but can still
be bent?" "Uh...
yeah." Rod felt a faint chill along his back. She was
understanding too quickly. "And the crossbow is more powerful,
because it's so much stiffer." "But
the man who doth shoot it, can bend it by winding." Gwen
nodded, seeming almost angry in the intensity of her concentration. "Right."
Rod swallowed heavily. "Well. Uh... in this world,
there're other sources of power—but the most im- portant
one is the kind called 'electricity.' It's like..." He groped,
trying to find an explanation. "It's invisible, but it flows
like water. Only through metals, though. It's..." Then
inspiration struck. "It's like the force you wield when you
make things move with your mind." He waved a hand. "Even
though you can't see it, you can feel it, if you touch the
wire it's flowing through. Boy, can you feel it!" He frowned.
"Though I shouldn't say you can't see it, really. Have
you ever looked at a lightning bolt, darling? No, of course
you have! What's the matter with me?" He could remember
one occasion especially vividly—they had hud- dled
inside a cave, watching the lightning slam the thunder about
the skies. And when the storm's fury had thoroughly dazzled
them... He cleared his throat. "Lightning's elec- tricity—one
kind of electricity, anyway." "Thou
dost not say it," she breathed, wide-eyed. "Have these
people chained the lightning, then?" Rod
nodded, thrilled (and chilled) by her quickness. "They've
figured out how to make it do all sorts of tricks, darling." Her
eyes were huge. "This glow, then, is lightning leashed?" "That's
one way to look at it." Rod nodded slowly. "But they
use it for other things, too. Those bulbous things on their
hips—they call them 'blasters,' and they use electricity to
tickle a ruby into making a sword of light." Gwen
stared, aghast. Rod nodded again. "And there are other
things they can make it do—lots of other things. Think of any
job, darling, and the odds are these folk have figured out a
way to make electricity do it." "Caring
for others," said the mother, immediately. Rod sat
still for a moment, just staring at her. Then he
smiled, and reached out to take her hand. "Of course.
I should have known you'd think of the one thing they
can't do. Oh, don't get me wrong—they do have machines
that can take care of people's bodies-^ all their physical
needs; Electricity runs machines that can wash clothes,
cook food, clean houses. But to give the feeling that
somebody cares about you, that another human being is
taking care of you?" He shook his head. "No. They might be able
to come up with a convincing illusion—but deep
inside, everyone knows it's not real. Only people can really
care for people. They haven't invented a substitute yet." She
gazed into his eyes for a long moment—and hers were
filled with excitement, but warmed with her prime preoccupation
— him. Maybe
that was why her eyes were so mesmerizing. They seemed
to fill Rod's whole field of view, inviting, crav- ing ...
"I remember the story about the monkey and the python,"
he said softly. "In
truth?" she murmured. "Yeah.
I just can't figure out which one I am..." A
shaggy figure moved into his range of vision, far away. Rod
stared, stiffening. "Who's that, who just came in the door?" Gwen
heaved a martyred sigh and turned to look. "The soldier
with the thatch of brown hair?" Her eyes widened. "My
lord! It cannot be!" "Why
not? We know he's a time traveller.—and don't tell me
there ain't no such thing, when I am one!" "I
would not have dreamed of it. But how doth he come to be
here?" Rod
shrugged. "As good a place as any, I expect. After 40 Christopher Stasheff all, he
resigned as Viceroy of Beastland two years ago." "Aye,
though Tuan cried he still had need of him." "Yeah,
that was really fun news for the Viceroy-elect. Too bad
it didn't reach his ears." "How
could it?" Gwen asked. "He had quite simply disappeared." The
goblin face was scanning the room slowly, a massive frown
of its beetling brows. It saw Rod and broke into a grin.
Then its owner was hurrying across the room, hand outstretched.
"Milord!" Half
the room turned to look, and Rod thought fast to cover.
He plastered on a grin of his own and rose to the occasion
to grasp the proffered hand. "My lord, Yorick!" he echoed.
"It's good to see you!" • The
rest of the patrons turned back to their beers with disgruntled
mutters—no nobility, just profanity. Rod
slapped Yorick's shoulder and nodded toward a chair. "Sit
down! Have a beer! Tell us what you're doing here!" "Why,
thank you! Don't mind if I do." The caveman pulled
up a chair. "I'll bet you're surprised to see me here." Rod sat
down slowly to give himself a chance to recover. Then he
smiled. "Well, yes, now that you mention it. I mean,
this is a good five hundred years before you disap- peared."
He frowned at a sudden thought. "On the other hand,
it's about forty thousand years since your whole spe- cies
died off." Yorick
nodded. "So why not here, as well as there?" "Aye,
wherefore?" Gwen cocked her head to the side. "How
does it come that thou'rt in this place?" "With
difficulty," Yorick answered, "quite a bit of it. I mean,
when you didn't come back that night, your kids got worried—but
Puck managed to get 'em all to bed and to sleep, anyway.
When you hadn't shown up by mid-moming, though,
even he got worried—so he told his boss." Inwardly,
Rod quailed. Brom O'Berin, in addition to being
King of the Elves, was also Gwen's father—though THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 41 nobody
knew about it except himself and Rod. If Brom had found
out his daughter was missing, it was amazing that he didn't
have the whole elfin army in this tavern, instead of one
addlepated Neanderthal. Gwen
smiled. "And Brom did order the hue and cry?" Yorick
nodded. "Sent out a scout party of elves. With a hundred
or so of the little blighters going at it, they picked up your
trail in no time. They tracked you to a little pond, where
they found some pretty clear signs of a fight that seemed
to end with a couple of bodies being dragged some- place,
and just disappearing." Rod
smiled, with sour satisfaction. "Nice to know the Futurian
boys hadn't had sense enough to erase their tracks. Overconfidence
works wonders." "No,
they did erase 'em." Yorick turned toward Rod. "Straightened
up the grass, and everything. Can you blame 'em if
they didn't stop to think how good elves are at tracking?" "Quite
unfair," Gwen agreed. Yorick
nodded. "I swear a fly couldn't land on a blade of
grass without them being able to tell it." Rod
remembered how insistent Puck was about sipping only
from the flowers where the wild bee sucked—after the bee
had left, of course. "That's fantastic. But how'd they
figure out where we'd disappeared to?" "The
tracks just looked too much like the ones you left the
last time you vanished into thin air." Rod
nodded, remembering their involuntary trip to Tir Chlis.
"I always keep underestimating Brom. What'd he do about
it?" "Same
thing as last time—called me." Rod
frowned. "But you had disappeared, too." Yorick
shrugged. "So he told Korig. You remember him, the big
guy with the heavy jaw?" "Your
deputy." Rod nodded. "He knew how to get a hold of
you?" 42 Christopher Stasheff "Oh,
you just bet he did! Didn't think I'd leave the poor guy
completely on his own, did you? I mean, what would happen
if SPITE or VETO tried to make trouble in the Neanderthal
colony again?" "The
Futurian time-travel departments." Rod nodded, and made
a mental note that there was still a time machine in
Beastland. One belonging to GRIPE, the democrats' time- travel
company—but a time machine nonetheless. Might come in
handy, some time. "So Korig called you?" Yorick
nodded. "And 1 called Doc Angus. Actually, Doc got the
message first; I wasn't in at the time. A little problem with
King Louis the Bald trying to become a despot." "What'd
you do about it?... NO! Strike that! Let's stay with
the business at hand." Yorick
shrugged. "Any way you want. So Doc Angus did a
little research." Rod
remembered his fleeting glimpse of the white-maned, hawk-nosed,
deformed little scientist—the head of GRIPE. "What
kind of research?" "He
came, he saw—and he figured you'd been con- quered.
At least long enough to kidnap you. Of course, you could
have been dead—but Doc likes to look on the bright side.
So he assumed you'd been abducted back into the past." Rod
frowned. "Why not the future? Or an alternate uni- verse?" "Or
even just a matter-transmitter." Yorick shrugged. "All
possible, but he checked out the time machine hy- pothesis
first, since that was the easiest for him." Rod
shook his head slowly, staring. "He had eight thou- sand
years of human history to cover, not to mention a good hundred
thousand of pre-history—and, for all he knew, a billion
years or so before that! How'd he do it?" Yorick
shrugged. "Simple. He just told his agents, all up and
down the time-line, to be on the lookout for the two of you—and
sure enough, we just happen to have an agent THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 43 here on
Wolmar, and he'd noticed that a pack of Wolmen had
chased in a couple of greenhorns in Tudor costumes. So he
called for help right away—and as soon as I was done
with that French job. Doc sent me to this time-locus. So here
I am." "Whoa."
Rod held up a hand. "One problem at a time here.
First—here? Wolmar? This insignificant little planet, out in
the Marches? Why would Dr. McAran go to the trouble
of putting an agent here?" "Because
it's pivotal to the rebirth of democracy," Yorick explained.
"General Shacklar knows that the only way for anybody
to survive on this planet is to get the Wolmen and the
colonists working together." "I'd
begun to get an inkling of that." Rod nodded. "Get- ting
two groups of people who're so different to live peace- fully—that's
an amazing accomplishment." "Especially
considering that they were at each other's throats
only about ten years ago." Rod and
Gwen both stared. Yorick
nodded. "Oh yes, milord. It was all-out war, and very
bloody, too. It went on for a dozen years before Shack- lar
came, without the slightest trace of mercy on either side." "How'd
he manage to stop it?"' "Well,
he had an advantage." Yorick shrugged. "Both sides
were heartily sick of it. All he had to do was find them a
good excuse, and they were both ready to stop shooting.
Of course, he didn't try to get them to lay down their
weapons—that would've been asking too much." Gwen
frowned. "Then this war could begin anew, at a moment's
notice." Yorick
nodded. "All that prevents it is the system Shack- lar's
worked out for resolving disputes." "Yeah—we
kind of had a taste of that earlier today." Rod
exchanged glances with Gwen. "It does seem kind of fragile,
though." "Definitely.
Shacklar still has a long way to go before 44 Christopher Stasheff both
sides are safe from each other. He's got to weld them together
into a single political entity, fully equal, and re- specting
each other." "Doth
he mean that Wolmen and soldiers both, must have common
courts of justice?" "Well,
having them join together in a single judiciary would
certainly help." Rod pursed his lips. "But he'd also need
some way of making them join in a single legislative body." Gwen
frowned. "What mean these words, milord?" "That's
right, you're a loyal subject of Their Majes- ties
... Well, dear, it's possible for people to make their own laws." "Thou
dost not say it!" "Oh,
but I do. Of course, you have to be sure ahead of time
that everybody will agree to those laws, or they'll be awfully
hard to enforce." '"No
prince may govern without the consent of the gov- erned,'"
Yorick quoted. Rod threw
him a glance of irritation. "Thank you. Nick Machiavelli." "He
wasn't so bad a guy. Just trying to be realistic, that's all." "Oh?
When was the last time you talked to him?" Yorick
opened his mouth to answer. "NO!
I don't want to know!" Rod held up a palm. "Well, dear,
the best way to make sure the people won't object to any new
laws is to have them choose their own lawmakers." Gwen
just stared at him. "It's
possible," Yorick murmured. "I know it sounds far- fetched,
but it's possible." Gwen
turned to him. "Didst thou, then, have to become thus
accustomed to such strangeness?" "Who,
me?" The Neanderthal spread his hands. "My people
didn't even have laws. Everybody just sort of agreed on
everything...." THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 45 "So,
then." Gwen turned back to Rod. "This planet hath no
king." Rod
shook his head. "Just General Shacklar, on the col- onists'
side. I assume the Wolmen have some kind of a leader,
too—but I don't think they've decided to get royal about
it yet." "Yet
they do govern themselves?" "Well,
that's what Shacklar's working on. But it's been done in
other places—quite a few of them. Basically, they choose
their own king—but all he gets to do is carry out the
lawmakers' decisions. He doesn't even get to judge people
charged of crimes, or resolve disputes. There's a system
of courts and judges for that." "So,
then." Gwen gazed off into space, and Rod could hear
her thoughts—a train of logic tripping over bit by bit in a long
chain. "Before it could lead to revolution," she said
gently. "Yes,
dear. That's what I'm trying to bring about on Gramarye." She
stared, and he saw understanding come into her eyes. "Thou
dost take long enow in the doing of it!" "Have
to." Rod shook his head. "There's no shortcut. It has to
develop out of the people themselves, or it won't last.
There're a thousand different ways of doing it, one for each
society that has developed self-government—because it has
to grow, like a tree. It can't be grafted onto a people." "The
grafts never take," Yorick murmured. "Or
they take graft, but that happens in every system when it
starts to die. In fact, that's part of what kills it." "But
we're in at the beginning." Yorick grinned. "It can't be
corrupted yet, because it hasn't quite begun." "Amazing
how much Shacklar has done, though." Rod turned
to the Neanderthal. "How's he going to wield them into
one complete political unit?" "' "How'd
he do this much?" Yorick shrugged. "Sorry, Ma- jor—I
didn't have time for a full briefing; I had to just grab 46 Christopher Stasheff what
few facts I could, before I jumped into the time ma- chine.
But he will manage it, say our boys from up the time-line,
if we can fight off the SPITE and VETO agents who're
trying to do him in, and his system with him." Rod
stared. The Society for the Prevention of Integration of
Telepathic Entities was the Anarchists' time-travel de- partment,
as the Vigilant Exterminators of Telepathic Or- ganisms
was the Totalitarians'. The two of them were the banes
of his existence on Gramarye. "They're after him, too?" "Sure.
Your world isn't the only one that's crucial to the future
of democracy, milord." "But
why is Wolmar so important?" "Mostly
because it's one of the few pockets of democracy that's
going to keep going all through the PEST centuries; at
least it'll keep the idea alive. But also because it's going to be
the headquarters for the educational effort." Rod
stared. Then he closed his eyes, gave his head a quick
shake, and looked again. Yorick
nodded. "That's why we have to have an agent stationed
here—to make sure the SPITE and VETO boys don't
get to sabotage Shacklar's system." "You
bet you have to!" "Yet
an there be one of thy folk here," said Gwen, "where- fore
can he not care for us?" "Who
said it was a he?" "Why..."
Gwen looked at Rod. "I would ha' thought..." Yorick
shook his head. "All we ask is that an agent be capable." "Then
thine agent here is female?" "Now,
I didn't say that." Yorick held up a palm. "And I'm not
about to, either. The whole point is that our agent has
managed to establish a very good cover, and we don't want to
blow it. Stop and think about it—can you figure out who
it is?" Rod
stared at the ape-man for a moment, then shook his THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 47 head.
"You're right—I can't." Gwen
turned to gaze about them, her eyes losing focus. "Uh-uh,
milady!" Yorick wagged a forefinger at her. "No fair
reading minds. It's better for us all if you don't know who it
is! After all, what you don't know, you can't let slip." "So
they sent in a special agent," Rod said, "you. After all, if
your cover's blown, it won't be any major tragedy." "I
wasn't planning to use it again, anyway." Yorick nod- ded. "Thus
thou'rt come in aiding us to return to our home!" Yorick
kept nodding. "Going to try, anyway. I've got a time-beacon
with me. All I have to do is push the button, and
it'll send a teeny ripple going through the time-stream. When
that ripple hits the receiver in Doc Angus' head- quarters,
he'll know exactly when and where we are, so he'll
be able to shoot us all the spare parts for making a time
machine. And I'll put them together, press the button— and
voila! You'll be home!" Rod
frowned. "But why can't he just press a button and pick us
up? 1 mean, he shot you here without a time machine to
receive you, didn't he?" "Yeah,
but it doesn't work both ways." Yorick shrugged. "Don't
ask me why—I'm just the bullet. I don't understand the
gun, milord." "Uh,
can the 'milord' business." Rod darted nervous glances
around the room. "I don't think they'd understand it
here." "Suits."
Yorick shrugged again. "What do you want me to call
you?" "How
about, uh—'major?' They'd recognize that, and it's
legit; I'm just not in the same army, that's all." "Any
way you want it. Major." "Thanks."
Rod hunched forward, frowning. "Now, about time-travel.
Why does it only work one way?" "I
said not to ask me that!" Yorick winced. "What do I 48 Christopher Stasheff know?
I'm just a dumb caveman. But I think it's sorta like— well,
you can throw a spear, but you can't make it fly back to you.
Understand?" "You
can tie a rope to it." Rod remembered reading every other
chapter of Moby Dick. "A
rope five hundred years long? Gets a little weak in the
middle. Major. And five hundred is a short haul, where I come
from." Rod
felt an attack of stubbornness coming on. "It should be
possible, though." "Okay,
so maybe it is, but Doc Angus just hasn't figured out how
to do it yet. And I get the impression that no one ever
will." "Watch
out for the absolutes." Rod raised a cautioning finger.
"The boys up the time-line might just not have told you
yet." "Possible,"
Yorick admitted, "but not probable. We're both
fighting the same enemies—and if SPITE saw a chance to get
the jump on VETO, you can bet they'd leap at it— especially
a jump like that! And if the VETO boys thought they
could get an edge on SPITE, they'd grab it, too." "And
they would both rejoice to gain advantage over thy GRIPE,"
Gwen added. "Oh,
you betcha, lady!" "Well,
I guess we all have to take McAran's word for it."
Rod pushed back his chair and stood up. "Might as well get
moving on it, eh? It's going to be kind of hard, trying to find
a place in this colony where we can be alone for a couple
of hours." "Well,
more like sixteen, really." Yorick stood up, too. "It
takes a little time, getting the components through. Not to
mention putting them together." He turned to Gwen. "If you'll
excuse us, milady..." "Nay,
I will not." Gwen was already coming around the table.
"Whither mine husband goeth, I go." "Oh,
Don't think I can take care of myself yet, eh?" Rod grinned.
"Or don't you trust me out of your sight?" THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 49 "Somewhat
of both, mayhap." Gwen tucked her arm through
his. "Yet whate'er the cause, thou shalt not leave me.
Lead on. Master Yorick." "Any
way you want it, milady." The ape-man laid some IDE
bills on the table and turned to the door. Rod
eyed the money with appreciation. "You do come prepared,
don't you?" "Huh?"
Yorick turned back and saw where Rod was looking.
"Oh! Just the basic survival kit. Major. We have one
ready for every time and clime." Rod
turned away to the door with him. "Y' know, it's kind of
funny that this outlying planet would still use IDE paper
money, even after the government that printed it has died." "Why?
It's not really paper, y' know, it's a very tough plastic.
It'll last forever—or a couple of centuries, at least." "Well,
yeah, but it doesn't have any value in itself. It's only as
good as the government that printed it." "Yeah,
but it still works just fine. if everybody believes in
it—and they do. Helps that it's based on energy—their basic
monetary unit was the BTU. So many BTUs equal a kwaher—a
kilowatt-hour—and so many kwahers equal a therm.
So the money supply only gets increased when there's more
energy available within the interplanetary system as a
whole." "Yeah,
if the government doesn't rev up the printers!" "Ah,
but the government doesn't exist anymore." Yorick held up
a finger. "It can't inflate the currency now." "Nice
bit of irony." Rod smiled. "The IDE's currency is more
sound now that the government that made it has dis- appeared,
than it was while that government was alive and kicking." "Mostly
kicking, at least toward the end. I mean, they were
even doing everything they could to bump"off Cholly, over
there, just because he came up with some wild theo- ries." "Cholly?"
Rod turned to stare at the barkeeper. "Mr. Nice 50 Christopher Stasheff Guy
himself? Why would the IDE want to kill him off?" "Well,
not the IDE, really—just the LORDS, the ma- jority
party that engineered the big coup d'etat, and set up the
Proletarian Eclectic State of Terra." "Before
they even came to power?" Yorick
nodded. "And SPITE and VETO are still trying to
finish the job. That's one of our agent's main jobs— protecting
Cholly and his establishment." "What's
so important about a tavern?" "Oh,
the tavern's just a front. His real establishment is just an
idea and a method, with a set of tried-and-true tech- niques.
People who need a reason for living take his method and go
out and do the same kind of work, all on their own." Yorick
grinned. "Drives PEST crazy. They keep trying to find
out how his organization works—who gives the orders, and how
they're transmitted—but there isn't any organi- zation!
Just ideas..." "Sounds
fabulous. What's his real work?" "Mass
education—without the masses realizing they're being
educated. Cholly is Charles T. Barman, Major." Rod
froze, staring at the cheery tavemkeeper. "That!?! That is
the man who created the educational system that gave
birth to the Decentralized Democratic Tribunal?" "Yeah,
but he's only just now doing the creating, so the DDT's
very vulnerable right at this time-locus, five centuries before
it'll be bom. If anything happens to Cholly, the DDT 'revolution'
might never happen. You see why we don't want to
compromise our agent here. Don't stare, Major— it
makes you conspicuous. Shall we go?" "Uh—yeah."
Rod turned away, feeling numb. "Yeah, sure.
Let's go." "Nar,
let's not," rumbled the sergeant. He
wasn't all that big himself, but the troops behind him filled
the doorway. Rod stared, shocked—it was the slob from
the Wall that morning. Thaler's buddy. But he'd gone through
a complete metamorphosis, and maybe even a shower.
His uniform was neat and crisp, his cheeks were THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 51 shaven,
and his hair was combed. "Amazing," he mur- mured. Behind
the bar, Cholly looked up and saw. "Here, now!" he
cried, and the whole tavern fell silent. "We'll have no violence
in this house!" "That's
up to him," the former slob growled. "Come along
to the General nice and peaceablelike, and there won't be no
trouble." Rod
frowned. "The General?" "Aye.
You're under arrest." Rod
stood very still. The sergeant grinned. "Not
quite what I had in mind," Yorick muttered. "Wherefore
are we arrested?" Gwen asked. The
sergeant shrugged. "That's for the general to say. Are you
coming peaceably, or not?" The glint in his eye said he
hoped "not." Rod
sighed and capitulated. "Sure. I always cooperate with
the authorities." "Well,
almost always," Yorick muttered. "Converse
with the General was enjoyable," Gwen agreed. Behind
her, most of the soldiers' faces broke into slow, sly
grins. "A
woman can't say anything around here without being suspect,"
Rod sighed. "Of course, they didn't stop to think what
kind of a woman would find a masochistic general to be
pleasant company." The
grins vanished; the soldiers stared in horror. Rod
nodded, satisfied. "I don't think you'll have any trouble
around here, dear. Now we can go." They
might have been the dregs of military society, but they
marched very nicely—all the way down the street, into
the headquarters building. They came to a halt while the
sergeant knocked on Shacklar's door, and'"the recep- tionist
(human—it was a frontier planet; and male—it was a
military prison) officially told him he could enter. Then they
marched right into the office, and came to a stamping 52
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 53 halt in
front of Shacklar's desk. The
General looked up from his paperwork and smiled warmly.
"Very good. Sergeant." He saluted. "Dismissed." The
ex-slob stared. "But, General... these people, they're..." "Very
pleasant conversationalists," the General assured him.
"I've spoken with them already this morning. I'm sure there
won't be any problem—especially with the Chief Chief
available." He nodded toward a purple Wolman who stood
beside his desk. The
sergeant looked the Wolman up and down, and did not
seem assured. "If'n it's all the same to you, sir..." "But
I'm afraid it's not." Shacklar's tone was crisp, but polite.
"That will be all. Sergeant. I thank you for your concern." The
sergeant and all his troops eyed the Wolman, Rod, and
Yorick warily—and Gwen almost with alarm. But the sergeant
barked, "About/are/ For'ard harch!" dutifully. The squad
pivoted with a multiple stamp, and marched out. The sergeant
lingered in the doorway for One more glower, but Shacklar
met his gaze, and the man turned and disappeared. On the
other hand, he didn't close the door. Shacklar
ignored it. He turned to the Gallowglasses, beaming.
"A pleasure to see you again. Master Gallowglass, Mistress
Gallowglass." He turned an inquiring glance to Yorick.
"I don't believe I've had the pleasure?" Rod
gestured toward the ape-man. "Oh, this is..." But
Yorick cut him off. "Ander Thai, General. But I used to be a
comic actor with a two-bit rep company, so they call
me..." "...
Yorick," Rod finished. He swallowed. "Uh, Gen- eral—has
it occurred to you that you might be in a rather dangerous
position?" "Outnumbered,
you mean? And both of you with weap- ons?"
Shacklar nodded. "I'm aware of it, yes." "It...
doesn't bother you." "Not
particularly. I'm trusting to your honor, old boy." Rod
stared. Then he said, just by way of information, "You're
a fool, you know." "I'm
aware of that, too." Shacklar smiled up at him. Yorick
locked glances with Rod, and his thoughts were loud.
This man is vital to the future of democracy, Major. If you
so much as lay a finger on him... At which point the
mental signal deteriorated into some rather gruesome graphics. Not
that Rod needed the urging. He gazed at Shacklar's warm,
open countenance, and sighed. "I never kill fools before dinner-time;
it's bad for the digestion." Ruefully, he was
remembering a few occasions when he'd played the same
gambit himself; but it had worked, he had gained trust... ... and
it was working again, now. Shacklar
wasn't the only fool in the room, he decided. A faint
smile touched the comers of the General's mouth; he
relaxed. "I don't believe you've met this gentleman— Chief
Hwun, of the Purple tribe—and acclaimed as Chief of all
the Wolman tribes." "No,
I don't believe I've had the pleasure." Rod tried to remember
how the salute went—crossed arms, fingers touching
the shoulders... Before
he could try it, the big Wolman said, "Them do- um
it—this man and woman in-um funny clothes." Rod
stared. Then he
said, "Not much on courtesy, is he?" "Uh—"
Yorick glanced about, then at the General. "I know
it's none of my business, but... what does the Chief think
M... Mr. Gallowglass did?" Rod
caught the near slip, and gave Yorick points; he'd realized
the hazards of having Shacklar think he might be entitled
to give Rod orders. "Why, trespassing^ of course, on
Wolman land." He turned back to Shacklar. "But we cleared
that up a couple of hours ago." "Well,
yes—but the Chief's now charging you with an additional
transgression." 54 Christopher Stasheff Rod
frowned. "Isn't that 'double jeopardy,' or some- thing?" "Not
at all, since it's a crime you weren't charged with before." "What
crime?" "Murder." Rod set
a mug of ale down in front of Gwen, then turned back to
the bar. "Two of whatever passes for whiskey here. Doubles." "Done."
Cholly thumped two heavy glasses down on the bar,
and upended a bottle of vaguely brownish fluid over them.
"So he let you loose on your own recognizance?" "Yeah."
Rod shrugged. "We just promised not to kill anybody
before dawn tomorrow, and he said, 'Excellent. Why
don't you have a look around the town, while you're here?'...
That's enough!" "As
you will." Cholly waited a second longer, till the brownish
fluid was almost up to the rims, then set the bottle down.
"Yer trial's tomorrow at sunrise, then?" "If
you can call it that." Rod frowned. "Isn't that a little lenient,
for a couple of suspected murderers?" Cholly
nodded. "Even here. I'd guess the General doesn't think
you're guilty." Rod
nodded. "Is he hoping we'll escape, or something?" "Where
to?" "A
good point." Rod pursed his lips. "So we're just supposed
to relax and enjoy life, huh?" "That—or
find evidence to clear yourselves. Hard to do that
inside a cell. yer know." Rod
frowned. "It is, now that you mention it. We were planning
to do something of that sort, anyway." "Well,
then." Cholly beamed. "The General knows his man,
don't he? Let me know where I can help." "Thanks.
We will." Rod turned back to the table, set one of the
glasses down in front of Yorick, sat himself down across
from Gwen, and took a hefty swallow. Then he sat THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 55 very
still for a few minutes, waiting till the top of his head settled
back on and the room came back into focus. When it did,
he exhaled sharply. "What do they make that out of?" "Something
almost compatible with Terran biochemistry, I'm
sure." Yorick looked a little defocused himself. Rod
took a deep breath, then a very cautious sip. He set the
glass down gingerly, exhaled carefully, and sat back. "Now!"
He looked from Yorick to Gwen and back. "You were
both there; you heard everything I did. What was all that
about?" Gwen shrugged.
"We chanced to be in a position suspect at a
time when a man was slain, my lord." "Yeah,
but I highly doubt we were anywhere near this 'Sun-Greeting
Place,' or whatever it is. Also, I don't believe in
coincidences, especially not when they're so convenient." Gwen
frowned. "In what way dost thou think them op- portune?" "For
our enemies." "I'll
drink to that." Yorick lifted his mug, also his glass. "You'll
drink to anything." But Rod clinked glasses with him,
anyway. "Here's to the enemy—may he be con- founded." "Whoever
he is." Yorick drank, then set his glass down and
leaned forward. "But I'll agree with you. Major, some- body's
definitely out to get you." Rod
stared. "When did I say that?" "On
our way from the castle," Gwen explained. "Oh."
Rod frowned. "Yeah, I did say something of the sort
then, didn't I?" "Does
he get this way often?" "Off
'n' on," Rod answered; but Gwen assured Yorick, "'Tis
only when matters of great moment preoccupy him." "Oh."
Yorick turned back to Rod. "Is that when you get paranoid,
too?" Gwen
frowned."What is the meaning of that word?" "Suspicious,"
Rod explained. "He means that I feel as 56 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 57 though
everybody's out to get me." "Oh!"
Gwen turned back to Yorick. "Nay; he is always in that
condition." "But
this time, he's right." They
turned in surprise; that voice hadn't been one of theirs. The
newcomer was slender, and wore the same uniform as all
the other troopers, but she made it look totally fem- inine.
It couldn't have been deliberate: her blond hair was shorter
than most of the men's, cropped close and showing her
ears; but there was something in its styling, something about
the way she held herself, something in the delicacy of her
features that made her very clearly female. "That's
a professional opinion," she added. "They're out to get
you." "Who?"
Rod demanded; but Yorick said, softly, "What profession?" "Secret
agent," she snapped, "spy." And to Rod, "You should
be able to say better than I can. Who'd rather see you
dead than alive? Not that it matters much; on this planet, anybody
who's getting hassled is my friend." Rod
just stared at her, but Gwen pushed a chair out. "Sit, an it
please thee." The
woman sat, scowling. "You've got a funny way of talking." Rod
said, "I hate to be blunt, but—who are you?" "I'm
Chomoi Shershay—and you'd better hear the whole of it.
I was a government spy, up until about five years ago." "Five
years." Rod frowned. "That was just about the time of
the PEST coup, if I remember..." He managed to bite
off the sentence just before he said, "... my history rightly." "Yeah."
Chomoi nodded. "I was a secret agent for the LORDS
party, digging up information for them and helping set up
assassinations on some of their more outspoken ene- mies. I
knew I was helping kill people, but I never saw it happen,
so it didn't bother me much. I didn't think it would, either."
Her face lost expression. "But after the coup, I suddenly
found out I was part of the secret police, and the bosses
ordered my squad to go hunt down a professor." Her mouth
twisted. "He was a gentle old duffer, quiet and hum- ble,
and you could see from his house that he and his wife took
good care of each other. We yanked him out of bed in the
middle of the night, and kicked him out of his house into a
darkened floater—and he was terrified, scared stiff but he
never blamed us. Not a curse, not a word of anger, just
stared at us with those wide, frightened eyes that knew, and
understood..." She shuddered. "So they laid into him harder,
of course. Even on the way to HQ, they were work- ing him
over. It was cruel, vicious beating until he was out cold. I
was lucky—I only had to drive. But I still had to hear
it.... "Then
we landed on top of Base Building, and I had to help
carry him inside. His face was so bloody and swollen that I
wouldn't have recognized him. We laid him out on the
table, ready for the sadists." Her face worked, then was still.
"Oh, they try to pretty it up by calling it 'interrogation,' but
it's still just plain torture. They clip electrodes on to them,
instead of thumbscrews, but agony is agony. I didn't have to
stay and watch it, but I felt soiled and debased anyway,
as though I'd been turned into something less than human.
They told me I could go back to quarters, but I went
straight to the Boss, and told him, I quit. "He
sat back in that plastic-walled office behind his stain- less
steel desk, and just laughed at me. Then he said, 'You can't
quit the Secret Security, Shershay. The only way you go out,
is feet-first.' 'It's a deal,' I said, and I slammed out of his
office. But I headed for the portal as fast as I could walk. I
didn't run—that would have been advertising—but I
walked very fast. He was as good as his word, though; I saw a
gunman running to intercept me as I came in sight of the
main portal. I just kept going while he pulled up and aimed
at me, then I jerked to the side at the last second. 58 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 59 He
wasted time trying to track me with the gun, then he squeezed
off a shot, but the bolt didn't come anywhere near me. I
lashed out with a kick, and caught him right under the
chin with my heel. His head snapped back, and some- thing
made a cracking sound, but I landed on the other side of his
body, and I landed running. Right out the door." She
paused for breath, trembling, and Yorick said softly, "How
far did you get?" "About
a kilometer. Because there was a courier in a floater,
just coming in. 1 kicked him out at gunpoint and took
off—but 1 just went over the parapet, and down into the
city, before they could get an intercepter after me. I was in the
Old Town—the part where the streets go this way and
that—organic, yo0 know? I ducked in there, and was gone." "You
knew better than to stay there, though," Rod said softly. "Of
course." Chornoi shrugged. "Not that it made much difference.
They had the cordon out by dawn, and a SecSec force
behind me, tracking. I stepped up to a food-counter, to put
down a bowl of soy-meal—and when 1 came out, they
jumped me." "Hard?"
Yorick asked. Chomoi
glared at him. "Very." She
turned to Rod. "But 1 healed. Oh, I was still bleeding here
and there when they hauled me up in front of the judge—that
was only a couple of hours later. And, of course, SecSec
had six witnesses who swore they'd seen me kill that
gunman; they'd never been anywhere near him, of course.
I think one of them had watched it on a security monitor,
though. Which didn't matter, 'cause they played the
recording—and the judge said, 'Re-form her.'" Gwen
frowned, not understanding; but Rod paled. "They were
going to wipe your brain and install a new personal- ity?" Chomoi
nodded. "And if I didn't live, what difference did it
make? But I didn't even get that far. They slammed me into
the floater, to go to the re-form center—but we never
even lifted. There was a courier there, with a docu- ment.
Seems the whole time I'd been in front of the judge, SecSec
had been going to the Secretary -General, convincing him
that secret police were military personnel—so they didn't
bother re-forming; they just loaded me into a convict barge,
and shipped us all out to Wolmar." Her mouth tight- ened.
"It wasn't a pleasant trip. It lasted two weeks, and only
three of us convicts were women. The rest of the soldiers
tried to take turns on us." She glared at Rod. "But three
is just enough to guard each other's backs. After we killed
a couple, they held off. They tried to get the ship's brass
to tie us down, but they told us they just steered the damn
thing and made it go; we convicts were each other's problems."
She shivered. "We had to take turns sleeping, but we
got here intact." "And
here?" Gwen's eyes were huge. Chomoi
shrugged. "It's a little easier now. Oh, the other two—when
they found out how much they could make, once
the convicts were getting paychecks again—they set up
shop. They own their own houses now, and each of them is
richer than any man on the planet." Gwen
was pale now, and her hand trembled as she lifted her
glass, then put it down. "Yet thou didst not—how didst thou
say it..." "Go
into business." Chomoi nodded, eyes glittering. "But I had
to fight 'em off every day, at first—two or three in any
twenty-four hours, till I got a reputation. Now it's just two or
three a week. The ones who survive out here are smart,
though—they back off when it starts getting dan- gerous,
so I've never had to kill one." "Yet
do they not come at thee in company?"^Gwen whis- pered. "That's
why I was sitting back there." Chomoi jerked her
head toward a table in a back comer. "I can see the 60
Christopher Stasheff door,
and the whole room, but nobody can come at me from behind.
They haven't tried, though." She took a sip of her ale,
but grimaced as though it were bitter. "Gotta say that much for
male chauvinism—when there're so few of us, each
one is pretty precious. Any one of them might come at me
by himself, but he doesn't want any of his mates to see him
trying." "They'd
string him up by his toes," Yorick said quietly. "Probably
for target practice." Chomoi shrugged. "Better him
than me." She
lifted her mug for a long swallow, then slammed it down.
"So, there you have it. I can't walk through this burg without
getting razzed, so anybody who's getting hassled, I'm on
their side. Especially women." She nodded to Gwen. "And
I think I can trust your man, because he's with you— so why
would he want me?" Her mouth twisted in self- contempt.
"Oh, don't give me that sympathetic look! I know I'm a
hot enough item." She turned and glowered at Rod. "Maybe
too hot. I want to get off this planet, so badly that I can't
think of anything else—and you folks haven't been here
before, which means you haven't been sentenced; so you
might get to leave. You might be able to spring me." Rod
frowned. "I thought this was a military prison. Shacklar's
just the warden. How can he have the authority to let
you go?" "He
can do anything he wants—now," Chomoi said, with a
mirthless smile. "PEST cut us off four years ago— right
after I got here, in fact. They claimed trade to the outlying
planets was a losing proposition—real losing, tril- lions
of therms' worth. And a prison planet was all loss— it was
much cheaper to kill the criminals. So they just stopped
trade. The next freighter in brought us the news." Rod
frowned. "How come there was a 'next' freighter? I
thought they stopped trade." "We
had a little trade going on our own, with some of the
other outlying planets—but we had no more supplies THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 61 coming
in from Terra, no new machinery or spare parts. The
good General-Governor made peace with the natives just in
time." "Thou
canst sustain thy selves?" Chomoi
nodded. "The Wolmen bring in the food and fiber,
and our men do the mining and manufacturing. But the end
result is, we're not a prison planet anymore—we're a
colony. And Shacklar's the Governor as well as the Gen- eral,
so he can do anything he damn well pleases with us. If he
wants to let us go, we can go—but where to?" She waved
an arm. "There's nothing out beyond that Wall but grass—and
Wolmen." "He
won't let you leave the planet?" "Oh,
sure, if he thinks one of us should be allowed to— and if
we can afford it." She shrugged. "He can't give away free
spaceships, you know." Rod
exchanged glances with Yorick. "Well, when the time
comes, we'll find some way to get the cash." Yorick
nodded. "I think the lady could be useful, Major. Real
useful." "Vacuum
your brain," Chornoi snapped. "I offered to help
you, not service you." "Wasn't
even thinking of it," Yorick said virtuously. "I meant
knowledge-help. I know the basics about this planet, and
about PEST..." Chornoi"s
mouth twisted. "Who doesn't?" "Yeah,
but, well, uh—about Wolmar. You've been here a few
years, you know the lay of the land. It always helps to have
a local on your side." Chomoi
shrugged. "I'm as local as they come around here.
At least I know who's who, and where the bodies are buried—some
of them, anyway. And I've spent time with the
Wolmen." Gwen
frowned. "How didst thou come to that?" "They
looked safer than the soldiers—and they were, while I
was on probation. But probation with each tribe 62 Christopher Stasheff gave me
a year to get my feet under me, and tuck my emotions
into place." Chomoi shrugged. "What can I tell you? It
worked." "So,"
Rod mused, "you're willing to help—if we help you." "Yeah,
if you'll help me get off the planet." "If
we can." "Well,
sure—if you can." Chomoi tossed her head im- patiently. "Of
course," Rod mused, "if we do manage to get off this
planet, you'll make us a marked crew. I mean, PEST has to
have at least one agent here and if you leave, he'll blow
the whistle. Then you'll have an assassin hot on your trail
before you get past the first light-year." "I
understand that." Chomoi's tone was brittle. "I couldn't blame
you if you didn't want to take the chance." Rod
shrugged. "I'm not too worried about it." Especially since
we're planning to leave via time machine. "After all, there's
no danger from assassins as long as we're on Wol- mar—and
without your help, we might not live to get off the
planet." Chomoi
nodded. "I'd say that's true. You said it your- self—that
Wolman's murder was too nicely timed. It had to be
designed to put you and your wife behind bars—or into an
early grave." "We
do have enemies," Rod admitted, "and I think they would
be more interested in the 'early grave' option." "We
will rejoice in thine assistance," Gwen assured. Chomoi
gave her a peculiar look, but said, "Thanks, lady."
And to Rod, "So what've we got?" Rod
shrugged. "A Purple corpse." He added a bleak smile.
"Even though all Purples are present and accounted for." Yorick
spread his hands. "That's about all the information we
have. Not exactly what you'd call a lot." "Nowhere
near enough," Chomoi agreed. "We've got to THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 63 learn
more before we can make any guesses about who really did
it." Yorick
leaned back, fingers laced across his belly, thumbs twiddling.
"Well, you're the local expert. Tell us—where do we
get more information?" "At
the scene of the crime," Chomoi answered. "Certes,
'tis no great need," Gwen protested. "Thou hast affairs
of thine own to be about." Maybe
it was the word "affairs" that made the young private
redouble his efforts. "Aw, come on, Ma'am! I'm from
Braxa! We used to make our own brooms there, all the
time." He gave her a quick grin over his shoulder. "How else'd
our mamas keep the houses clean?" He turned back to
Gwen's broomstick. "See, it's just this little rope here that's
come untied. All it needs is a proper square knot. Now,
you just put your finger on it, right there..." Gwen
did. Of course, that necessitated bending over, and swaying
closer to the young man. He swallowed hard, and gave
the knot a jerk that almost broke the cord. Behind
his back. Rod was tossing a loop of rope up to catch
around one of the inch-thick spikes that studded the top of
the Wall, and beckoning. Chornoi clambered up it, hand
over hand, with Yorick right behind her. Rod came last,
and tossed the rope over the far side of the Wall. Yorick slipped
down first, then Chornoi. Rod glowered down at the young
sentry's back, then turned to leap, catch the rope, and
glide down. He landed lightly, and Chornoi stared. "How
did you do that? Without breaking your arches, I mean." "Practice,"
Yorick grunted. "Come on, let's get out of here."
He bolted across the open stretch of brightly-lit land, into
the shadow of a copse fifty feet away. No alarms went off;
the sentry was looking at something else at the-moment. Rod
held his breath, feeling the jealousy climb up to con- sume
him. Then a whisper and a rustle, and he whirled 64 Christopher Stasheff about
to see Gwen gliding in for a landing on her broom- stick. Chomoi
turned around, did a double take. "How did you get
here?" "I
trust that young man will count himself amply repaid for his
kindness." Rod snapped. "Husband,
I prithee." Gwen laid a gentle hand on his forearm.
"What choice was there? He'd ne'er ha' trusted Demoiselle
Chomoi." "True
enough." Rod clipped off the words. "May I con- gratulate
you on a successful flirtation—I mean, diversion. And
I'll cut out that kid's liver and lights if I ever bump into
him again." "Truly,
husband, 'tis unworthy of thee." Gwen's eyes were
large with reproach. "Be mindful that the lad spoke to a
Gramarye witch, and, moreover, one who can cast thoughts
and feelings. Truly, the lad had no chance." "In
more ways than one," Rod sighed, "and you don't need to
mention your powers to explain it. I suppose I don't have
any right to be angry with him, do I?" "Nay,
certes," Gwen breathed, swaying close to him. "But
we tarry." "How
the hell does she know where to go?" Rod muttered to
Yorick. "Okay, so the planet has a moon or two, so we've had
light almost all the way, and when the big moon set, she
just had us wait twenty minutes till the other one rose. But
even with it, I can scarcely see twenty feet in front of me!" "Well,
/ can see fine." Yorick grinned. "You Sapiens have
just gone soft, that's all. Too many millennia of lighted streets." "What's
she?" Rod grumbled. "A Neanderthalette?" Yorick
shook his head. "Not a good enough build. Kinda scrawny,
y' know? And the face is kinda flat and angular. But I
think she's a nice kid underneath it all." Actually,
Rod had been thinking that Chomoi was a clas- THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 65 sical
beauty—or would have been, if her face hadn't been constantly
pinched with hostility. And her body was any- thing
but "scrawny." However, he could understand why she
wouldn't measure up to the Neanderthal ideal of fem- ininity.
The comment on her interior self, though, he doubted. "You
must be seeing deeper than I am." Yorick
shrugged. "You Saps must be damn near blind." Rod
wondered if he meant that to be interpreted both ways. "Come
on." Yorick stepped up the pace. "We've got some serious
catching up to do." Chomoi
strode ahead of them, as briskly as though she hadn't
realized she was climbing a thirty-degree slope. Fi- nally
she came to a stop, and the men huffed and puffed up beside
her, with Gwen silent at Rod's shoulder. "Here
it is." Chomoi waved a hand. They
stood on top of a ridge, oriented roughly east-west. The
moonlight showed a plain stretching out for miles about them,
unending grassland broken only by the occasional copse
and a line of stunted trees that straggled across the prairie,
marking a watercourse. Rod
took a deep breath. "Quite a view." Chomoi
nodded. "It's spectacular by sunlight, but I don't think
we can wait for that." She pointed. "There's the actual Sun-Greeting
Place." A stone
step rose from the ground a few feet in front of them.
Thirty feet away, an upright slab bulked large against the
night. Chomoi slipped a slender flashlight out of her jacket
and aimed it at the boulder. Its beam showed that the top of
the standing stone had been flattened from front to back
and leveled, then notched, eight deep gouges cut out of the
rock. The first, fourth, and eighth were very deep. "The
shamen come up here every morning to greet the sun,"
Chomoi explained. "They take it in rotation. It's a religious
ritual, of course, but it has a very practical purpose, too—every
morning, the Shaman of the Day sees how close the sun
is coming to one of the big notches. The middle 66 Christopher Stasheff one is
the equinox—there're sixteen months here; the two moons
revolve eight times a year, and they rule the months in
alternation. Figure that the first groove is the winter solstice.
The sun starts there, moves down to the middle groove
for the vernal equinox, goes on to the eighth groove for the
summer solstice, then moves back to the middle groove
for the autumnal equinox, and on back to the first one." "New
Year's," Yorick said. Chomoi
nodded. "And it's up to the shaman of the Purple tribe
to keep an eye on the sun. When it rises behind the fourth
notch, he goes home and tells everybody to start planting.
When he sees sunrise through the eighth notch, he
tells everybody to celebrate." "A
midsummer night's dream?" "You
could call it that," Chomoi said sourly. "Then the sun
starts to swing back, and when it rises behind the fourth notch
again, the shaman tells the tribe to get ready for harvest." "Then
back to Midwinter, and the whole thing starts all over
again." Yorick knelt by the stone step. "Want to shine that
thing down here, Ms.?" "Why
not? But call me 'Chomoi,' all right? We're work- ing
together now." The
light gleamed on the rough stone at the base of the slab.
Yorick ran a finger across the surface, and stopped at a dark
blot. They
all stared, silent for a moment. Then
Yorick's finger went on to trace another drop, and another. "Blood,"
Rod said softly. "I'm
not quite equipped to run a chemical analysis," Yorick
mused, "but I'd say that was a pretty good bet. Want to scan
the area, Ms. Chomoi?" "Well,
that's an improvement, I guess," Chomoi grunted. She
moved the circle of light slowly over the area around THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 67 the
stone step. The grass stood about three inches high. "Nice
to find out they keep it mowed," Yorick said, "but that's
about all I see." Rod
nodded. "Not the slightest sign of a struggle. Whoever our
hatchet man was, he was remarkably neat." "Damn
near inhuman," Yorick agreed. "Not
quite." Chomoi's lips were thin. "Some of my col- leagues
were extremely efficient. I wasn't too bad, myself." Yorick
looked up. "But the blood on the stone does kind of
indicate that the Wolman met the cleaver when he stepped up here
to greet the sun." Rod
frowned. "Yeah. So what... Oh!" "Right."
Yorick nodded. "Who steps up to the Sun- Greeting
Place to greet the sun?" "A
shaman," Chomoi breathed. "But
none of the shamen are missing," Rod pointed out. "So
what?" Yorick shrugged. "None of the Wolmen are missing.
So why shouldn't it be a shaman who's not missing, instead
of just an ordinary warrior?" "More
to the point," Chomoi said softly, "why shouldn't it be
Hwun? After all, he's the shaman of the Purple tribe, and
they're the ones closest to this place." "No
reason at all, except that Hwun is very much alive. Far too
much so, for my liking." Rod frowned. "What is this
business about Hwun being the chief chief, when he's also
the Purple shaman? I've heard of overlapping direc- torates,
but isn't this a little too obvious?" "No
problem there." Chomoi shook her head. "Wolman government
is basic democracy. Major—very basic. They just
sit around in a circle and discuss who's going to be leader.
And when most of them agree—well, that's who the
leader is. Every clan does it that way—and, once they've decided
on a leader, they tend to stay with him, So when the
clans gather for a tribal meeting, it's the clan headmen who sit
down to elect the tribal leader." Yorick
nodded. "Which means that one of the tribal chiefs 68 Christopher Stasheff is
going to be the national chief." Chomoi
frowned at him. "You had experience with this kind of
thing?" "We
were Number One. So they held a tribal meeting like
that to fight the soldiers better?" "You
have been around. But it was a national meeting— all the
tribes banded together for an all-out war." "Makes
sense." Yorick agreed. "After all, it was probably the
first time in their history that they'd had somebody to fight
besides each other." Gwen
shivered. "Must men forever be fighting, then?" "Sure.
How else would we get you ladies to notice us, instead
of the other guys?" Yorick turned back to Chomoi. "This
wouldn't happen to have been the first time they'd ever
banded together for anything, would it?" Chomoi
stared at him, then nodded slowly. "Yeah. Up until
the convicts came, they'd always been fighting each other,
just the way you said." Yorick
nodded. "Nice of you to help out that way." "Yes,
bringing civilization to the poor savages." Rod's eyes
glittered. "I always find unification fascinating." Something
in his voice made Chomoi look up with a scowl.
"Don't make any mistake. Major. It was the Wol- men's
idea to get together to fight us, not the colonists'. Just a
marriage of convenience, that's all." "And
as fragile as such unions usually are, I'm sure— but one
which Shacklar and Cholly have steadily been trying to
strengthen." "Oh,
that's deliberate enough, sure—and Shacklar def- initely
likes having a national leader he can deal with. But they
chose Hwun, not him." "At
a national council?" Chomoi
nodded. "The tribal leaders got together, so of course
they chose one of their own number. That's how come
Hwun, the Purple chief, wound up being acclaimed chief
Wolman chief." "Makes
sense." Rod nodded. "But why'd they elect a THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 69 shaman
instead of a general—excuse me, 'war-chief?' I mean,
how good a tactician is a pholk-physician going to be?" Chomoi
shook her head. "Medicine's only part of it, Major,
only a spin-off, really. His main function is spiritual. He's a
holy man." Rod
shuddered. "I don't like the sound of that. Religion and
politics make a lousy combination." "But
it's very useful when you're trying to keep all the factions
of your people together," Chomoi pointed out. "That's
Hwun's main job. As to fighting when they went to war,
he had four generals, one for each tribe. They took care of
the tactics; he just had the final say on strategy." "Neat."
Rod scowled. "In fact, a little too efficient for my
liking." "But
his constituents can recall him at any minute," Yorick
pointed out. Chomoi
gave him an irritated glare. "That's right, in fact.
How'd you know?" "Y'
seen one oral culture, y' seen 'em all," Yorick said. "Not
really true, but they do all have certain characteristics in
common. Government by consensus is one of 'em, and instant
recall is part of that." "Instant,
yes—by the most effective means available. At
least, sometimes. In fact, it has occurred to me that we may be
looking at an impeachment here." Yorick
shook his head. "You'd know better than I would, but I
find it hard to believe. This kind of a society wouldn't understand
that kind of sneaky killing. If somebody wanted to
challenge the head honcho, he'd just do it. In fact, the more
witnesses he had for the fight, the stronger his support would
be." Rod
nodded. "That sounds right. Besides, you said it yourself,
Chomoi—some of your colleagues are inhumanly efficient.
This is such a neat job that it fairly screams 'profes- sional.'" Slowly,
she nodded. "Yeah. Probably well armed, too." 70 Christopher Stasheff Rod
frowned. "But he didn't use a blaster. If he had, there
wouldn't have been blood." Chomoi
shook her head. "A pro wouldn't have. Major. This
was right at dawn, remember? A blaster bolt would've been
seen. It also might have set a fire, and people would have
really started wondering." She shrugged. "Sometimes the
oldest weapons work best." "Well,
one thing's sure, then." Yorick stood up, dusting off his
hands. "It wasn't any Wolman who did this killing. I mean,
they may be pretty enthusiastic, and I'm sure they're skillful,
but when you get right down to it, when it comes to
killing people, they're really amateurs." He nodded to Chomoi.
"One of the soldiers did this—and one trained for commando
work." "Probably."
Chomoi gazed at the dark spatters on the stone.
"Don't sell those Wolmen short, though. They've become
very competent warriors since they started fighting these
convict-soldiers. Very competent—and they've been developing
a lot of skill with blasters, ever since Shacklar took
over and the truce began." "I
do not understand," Gwen murmured. "Why doth he give
Wolmen his weapons, when to keep them to his own men
would yield him great advantage?" Chomoi
shrugged. "He seems to think that if it comes to war,
the colonists are going to be wiped out, sooner or later.
We're so heavily outnumbered that our only real hope for
survival is peace with the Wolmen." "And
the only way to be sure of that," Rod said stiffly, "is
to meld the two cultures into a single, unified society." Chomoi
nodded. "And having all the blasters on the soldiers'
side, doesn't exactly help build Wolman confi- dence." "Maybe
not." Yorick looked around. "I get the feeling we're
missing something. There may be evidence of a strug- gle in
the area around here—or some other kind of evidence that we
won't find at night." "True,"
Rod said judiciously. "With only a flashlight, THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 71 we're
limited to looking at what we already suspect. We'll have to
wait for daylight to get the Big Picture, and any clues
we haven't thought of." "There's
a problem with that," Yorick pointed out. "Aye,
my lord," Gwen added. "We must needs be at the Governor's
great hall in the mom—e'en by dawn." Rod
shrugged. "So what? We already skipped town, didn't we?" "Aye,
yet they did enlarge us upon our parole." Chomoi
stared. "What is she talking about?" "She
means Shacklar only let us go, because we promised to come
back in the morning." Rod's mouth tightened at the
corners. "'Twould
be dishonorable, an we did not return." "Well,
true, but this isn't Gramarye. Honor isn't quite so
important here." Gwen
stared at him, scandalized. More importantly. Rod realized
with a sinking feeling in his stomach, he didn't believe
it himself anymore. "All right, all right! We'll have to go
back to town! Besides—skipping town is one thing, but
skipping the planet is entirely another!" Gwen
frowned. "What is a 'planet,' my lord?" Chornoi
just stared at her; but Rod took a deep breath and
said, "Well. A planet is a world, darling. It's not flat, you
see—it's round, like a ball." "Assuredly
not!" she cried. Rod
shrugged. "Okay, so don't believe me—just take my word
for it. I came to Gramarye on a 'shooting star,' remember—and
I got to see the planet from way up. Way up—and
it's round. Oh, believe me, it is round!" "He's
telling you the truth." Chornoi frowned, puzzled. "I've
seen planets from space, too, and they're round, all right.
Like that." She pointed at the single moon that was still
up in the sky. "It's just a very little planet. The word means
'wanderer,' see, and you know how the moon wan- ders;
it moves all over the sky." "Aye."
Gwen frowned, trying to absorb the alien con- 72 Christopher Stasheff cept.
"There be others, be there not? Stars that do wander." "Right."
Rod nodded. "They're worlds, too. But most of the
stars, the ones that stay put—well, they're suns, just like
the one that gives us light and heat during the daytime." "Can
they truly be?" Gwen breathed, eyes round. "Nay, surely
not! For they be but points of light!" "That's
because they're so far away," Chomoi explained. "Nay,
it could not be." Gwen turned to her, frowning. "For
they would have to be so far distant that..." She broke off,
her mind reeling as she realized just how far away that would
have to be. Chomoi
watched her, nodding slowly. "Yes, ma'am. That's
how far away. So far that it takes their light quite a few
years to get here." "Yet
how can that be?" Gwen asked, looking from Rod to
Chomoi and back. "How can light take time to come to a
place?" "Well—it
travels," Rod said. "Believe us, honey—there's no easy
way to prove it. I mean, it has been proven, but it was
very hard to do, very complicated. Light travels at 186,282
miles per second. That's about six trillion miles in a
year." Gwen's eyes lost focus, and Rod confided, "Don't try,
dear. We can't really grasp the idea of a distance that huge—not
really, not emotionally. But we can be intimi- dated
by trying." He turned to Chomoi. "The nearest star here—it
wouldn't happen to be visible, would it?" "Oh,
yeah. It's the third star in the ban-el of 'The Blaster'— one of
our homemade constellations." Chomoi stepped up beside
Gwen and pointed. "You see those six stars, forming a rough
parallelogram—you know, a rectangle leaning side- ways?" Gwen
sighted along her arm. "Aye, I see them." "Well,
that's the handgrip. And that line of four stars at a right
angle to them? That's the barrel. The third star in from
its end is our nearest neighbor." Chomoi shrugged. "It
doesn't really have a name—just a number on the star- charts.
The soldiers call it 'The Girl Next Door.'" THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 73 "How
far away is it?" Rod asked. "Just
under seven light-years." "Dost
mean..." Gwen swallowed. ".. .that the star I see now
is not truly the star? That 'tis but light that hath left it
seven years agone?" "Right."
Rod nodded with vigor. "We're not seeing it as it is,
but as it was seven years ago. Very right, dear. For all we
know, it could be blowing up right now—but we wouldn't
find out about it for seven years." Secretly, he was impressed
with the quickness of Gwen's understanding. His
wife just stared up into the night sky, lost in the immensity
of the concept. "And
planets," Rod murmured, "swing around and around their
sun in circles that are just a little bit egg-shaped." Gwen
whirled to stare at him in astonishment. "Nay— for
surely the Sun doth go about the Earth! I do see it rise and go
across the sky daily!" Rod
shook his head. "It just looks that way. It's the earth that's
turning^ really." He cranked with a finger. "Around and
around, like a spinning top. Stop and think about it— if
you're turning around and around, it looks as though Yorick,
there, is turning around you, when he's really stand- ing
still, doesn't it?" Gwen
gazed at Yorick, then slowly began to turn around in
place. After two revolutions, she said, "'Tis so." She stopped
and looked up at Rod. "Yet merely from looking, how can
I tell whether 'tis he that's moving, or I?" Rod's
breath hissed in. He'd known Gwen was intelli- gent,
but he was amazed by the quickness with which her mind
darted on to the next question. He stared at her, as- tounded
by her mental leap. Then he smiled weakly. "Well, you
have to have other kinds of evidence, too, dear. For example,
when we look through telesc... uh, closely at other
planets, we can see their moons going around and around
them. That explains why our own moon wanders the way
it does—it's really revolving around us. Which makes
it a pretty good bet that we're revolving around our 74 Christopher Stasheff sun,
especially after we've found out that it's a heck of a lot
bigger than any of its planets." He shrugged. "And the bigger
it is, the harder it pulls." She
stared at him for a long moment, then said slowly, "And
is it for that reason that we will have such great difficulty
in leaving this 'planet?'" Rod
caught his breath, staring at her. Then he opened his
mouth, breathing in, and finally said, "Yes. The planet pulls
things to it, just as the sun pulls the planet toward itself." "Then
why doth the planet not fall into the sun?" "Because
it's going too fast. Like..." Inspiration hit. "Like
you, when you're trying to catch Geoffrey. He goes flying
past, and you grab him, but because he's going so fast,
you can't pull him in against you. On the other hand, you're
holding on tightly enough so that he can't get away, either,
so he just swings around at the end of your arm. Now,
imagine that he refuses to stop, and he just goes on swinging
around and around you, forever. And it's that same kind of
pull, like your pull on him, that attracts things to the
planet. Of course, from where we're standing, that 'at- tracting'
looks like 'falling.' We call the force 'gravity.' The planet
pulls on the object—like this." He pulled her up against
him, and wrapped his arms around her. "And it doesn't
want to let the object go." Gwen
smiled, her lids drooping. "Doth the object, then, not
also draw the planet?" "You
do learn fast, don't you? Yes, the object pulls, too, but its
pull is very weak, because it's so small. You and I, now,
aren't all that much different in size." "Nay,"
she murmured, "we are well matched." Rod was
definitely losing interest in the lecture, but there were
people watching. "Now. Your original question was, why is
it so hard for the object to get away from the planet?" She
smiled up at him. "Wherefore should it wish to?" "Can't
think of a good reason, myself," Rod admitted, THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 75 "but
just for the sake of argument, let's assume it does. Go ahead
and try." "An
thou dost wish it," she sighed, and pushed against him. He
loosened his arms a little, letting her move away a few
inches. "See—you have to be able to push really hard to get
away from me. And that's how people leave planets— in
flying ships that can push really hard against the planet." "They're
called 'spaceships,' by the way," Yorick put in. "Don't
let him baby-talk you, milady." "I
would not consider it," Gwen said, with some asperity. "And
the ship," Rod said, "has to push hard enough to go fast
enough—that's called 'escape velocity.' And when you're
up to escape velocity..." He let go, and she stum- bled
back. "... you escape. And that's how you get off the surface
of a planet. See?" "Indeed."
She came back, straightening her hair, the gleam
of battle in her eye. "Yet could we not build such 'velocity,'
my. lord? Thou and I, together?" In
spite of himself. Rod took a step back. It took him a second
to realize she was talking about telekinesis. "Well..." But
Yorick was watching them with growing apprehen- sion.
"Uh, Major—milady—don't do anything rash!" "It
would be," Rod admitted. "We might be able to do it if
we pooled our forces, darling—but there's another little problem."
He coughed delicately and looked up at the stars. "You
see, we're not the only thing that the planet's holding to
itself. It's also holding the air that we breathe." She
stared, at a loss. "About
twenty miles up..." Rod pointed. "... you run out of
atmosphere. It's just empty space, without any wind, not
even a breath of fresh air—or a breath of anything, for that
matter. That's why Chomoi said she'd seen a planet from
space—because there wasn't any air there. Just empty space." Slowly,
Gwen lifted her eyes to the stars again. "So much 76 Christopher Stasheff blackness
between them... Yet how can there be 'space,' as thou
dost call it, without air to breathe? Is that not the 'space?'" Rod
shook his head. "Air is a substance, too, just like water—only
lighter, not as dense. It covers the planet's whole
surface, but only because gravity holds it there. The farther
you are from a planet, the weaker the pull feels, until
it can't even hold air anymore. And when that happens, when
you've got space with nothing in it, we call that 'vacuum.'
That means there's nothing to breathe, too, of course—so
even if we could get out there, honey, we wouldn't
last long." Slowly,
Gwen lowered her gaze to him again, but the stars
stayed in her eyes. '"Tis wondrous," she breathed. "Nay,
I shall trust thee in this, my lord. But I shall trust, also,
that together, we may find a way." Chomoi
shook her head in exasperation. "Don't you know better
than to put that much trust in a man?" "Nay."
Gwen turned to her with a smile, catching Rod's hand
behind her back. "And I trust that I never shall." It was
nice to know that she felt so warm about it, es- pecially
since Rod was feeling a chill run down his back and
spread out to envelop his rib cage. She had learned it all so
quickly! Everything she'd heard, she'd understood instantly,
or almost. And every single one of those concepts was
totally alien to her culture. He was beginning to dread that
she might be smarter than he was. It was one thing for him to
understand her culture, but it was entirely another for her
to understand his. "Well,
be that all as it may—space, vacuum, and es- cape,"
Chomoi grumbled, "but the here-and-now is that we need to
look at this place by daylight, and you two have to be back
in town before morning." "I'd
say that's pretty clear. It comes down to you or me," Yorick
said. "And, if you'll pardon my male chauvin- ism
..." THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 77 "I
won't," Chomoi snapped. "I told you I've spent time among
the Wolmen. I'll be safe, believe me, especially since I never
made any bones about how much I didn't like the way the
colonists did things. The Wolmen heard about it and
began to chum up to me—oh, not making passes or anything,
don't worry about that; they've got their own ideals
of beauty, and I'm not up to their standards." Rod bit
his tongue. "But
they did cultivate me as a possible ally within Shack- lar's
camp. Not that I ever would've betrayed the sol- diers.
.." A shadow crossed Chomoi's face. "... I hope. Hope
even more that I never have to find out the hard way ...
Anyhow!" She straightened, eyes flashing. "It's enough to
guarantee that I'll be safe, till I see you back in town." "That's
kind of odd, as diplomacy goes," Rod said, frowning.
"On their part, I mean. That kind of wily statecraft doesn't
quite square with the usual concept of the unso- phisticated
aborigine." "Shacklar
and Cholly have been trying very hard to so- phisticate
them, thank you," Chomoi snorted. "Cholly's traders
are really teachers in disguise." "Oh!"
Rod lifted his head, a few facts suddenly colliding and
yielding solutions. "So that's why he doesn't make much money
off his pharmaceuticals trade." Chomoi
nodded. "Something like that. His traders keep the
prices low and the payments high, so that the Wolmen will
keep coming back to talk to them. They've been doing a very
good job of giving the Wolmen a modem education— including
political science. And they begin it with Machia- velli." Rod saw
Yorick open his mouth, and said quickly, "So they
know the realities of technological culture—including back-stabbing." Chomoi
nodded. "And a lot of other things you wouldn't expect
them to know. But it has the advantage of letting them
take the long view." 78
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 79 "Including
being careful to protect a potential ally." "Yes,
as long as the truce holds, and it'll hold at least until
your trial is over." "And
thou wilt return ere then?" Chomoi
nodded. "I'll check out this area as soon as it's light.
I should be back on the civilized side shortly after dawn.
If I'm too late to catch you before the courtroom, I'll
drop in there." Her smile hardened. "I'll be back, don't worry.
I'll be back. You folks go on now ... What are you waiting
for? Go on, now! Go!" Slowly,
they turned, and began to go down the hillside. "Dosta
truly believe she will be secure?" Gwen asked. Yorick
shrugged. "I dunno—these boys are savages, even though
they're synthetic ones. What do you think, Major?" "I
think they're male," Rod answered, "and I think Chor- noi
knows just how much of a woman she is, regardless of what she
said about their standards of beauty." "There's
truth in that," Gwen agreed, "and I doubt not she
could lay low any warrior who sought to best her." "Well,
it'd be an even match, at least." "No,
not really," Yorick disagreed. "After all, she is a professional." Gwen
turned back for a last look, concern furrowing her brow—and
froze, with a gasp. Yorick
and Rod turned back to look. Chomoi
stood at the top of the rise, stripped naked and glowing
in the moonlight. As they watched, she scooped her
fingers into a flat roundel and rubbed them over her arm.
The skin darkened. "Body-paint,"
Yorick murmured. "Betcha it's purple, Major." "And
I'll bet we'll find out tomorrow." Rod turned away, shaking
his head. "Come on, troops. Somehow, I just be- came
sure she'll be safe." "As
the mercury said to the water, 'Pardon my density.'" Yorick's
gaze swiveled from Rod to Gwen and back. "But if we
can do it this way, why that charade with the sentry on the
way out?" "Why,
for that Chomoi did not know we were witch- folk."
Gwen tucked her arm more tightly into Yorick's. "Yeah—you
know what we are," Rod reminded him, "but
Chomoi probably doesn't even believe in ESP, let alone know
we've got it." "I
see." Yorick nodded. "Mustn't shock the poor thing, must
we? After all, she might decide she's on the other side." "Well,
her volunteering was an enormous stroke of luck..." "Sure.
Now I get it. Oh, I'm quick." "Indeed
thou art, in regard to most matters," Gwen as- sured
him. "Yeah,
we all have our blind spots," Rod agreed. "Now, as one
agent to another—do you really think Chomoi will learn
anything more than we already found out?" Yorick
shrugged. "Hard to say. I don't really think there was any
more evidence up there at the murder site, but you never
know, do you?" "True,
true." Rod gazed steadily at the top of the wall. "On
the other hand, she was pretty obviously planning to interrogate
some Wolmen." "Well,
at least Hwun," Yorick qualified. "I mean, he does
have to come up to greet the sun tomorrow morning, doesn't
he?" Rod
shuddered. "That guy gives me the creeping chil- lies." "In
truth, he is cold," Gwen agreed. "Not
what you'd expect, in a Gestalt culture," Yorick agreed.
"Not quite human, y'know?" "Look
who's talking," Rod grunted. "Could
we hold down on the racial slurs, "here?" Yorick had the
rare case of using the term correctly. "Besides, even if he
is Mr. Fishface, I'll bet Chornoi will get every ounce of
information that he's got. I mean, male is male." 80 Christopher Stasheff "I
know what you mean," Rod agreed, "and I don't doubt it for
a second. It's just that I don't expect there to be a hell of a
lot of information for her to get." "True,
true." Yorick looked towards the Wall. "The really important
information is likely to be in there—if we can just
figure out where to look for it. Now, let us think. Major, milady—who,
besides you two, might have reason to want a
Wolman dead?" "Well,
we don't have any reason to," Rod snorted. "But the
obvious answer is VETO... or SPITE," "Or
both of them," Yorick grunted. "Futurians
of some kind. They tried to assassinate Gwen and me
and, when we turned out to be a little too lethal, kidnapped
us back in time as a second choice." "Not
too bad, either. I mean, without help, your chances of
getting back to the future are very slender." "Nay!
Rather, we would surely have returned, sooner or later,
to the year from which we left," Gwen objected. " 'Tis simply
that, when we did, we'd have been five hundred years
dead...." "That
is a problem, I think you'll admit. There's a definite limit
on how much fun you can have in that condition. But it does
bring up the question of why they sent you to this particular
here and now." "Wolmar."
Rod frowned. "Right after the PEST coup d'etat."
His eyes lost focus as he gazed off into space. "Nice question..." "And,
sin that thou didst ask it, I doubt'me not an thou hast an
answer." Yorick
glanced sideways at Gwen. "Where'd you get her.
Major?" "Just
lucky, I guess.... What was your answer?" "To
make it easy to try another assassination attempt." Yorick
grinned. "The early PEST years are ideal for the purpose.
The interstellar totalitarian government is brand- new, at
its brightest strength, with plenty of agents left over THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 81 from
its coup, but not yet tied down to the central planets as
secret police." Rod
nodded, feeling numbed. "Yeah... that does kinda stack
the odds in their favor.... But why one of the frontier planets?
Why not Terra?" "Too
hard to cover up a murder attempt." Yorick shook his
head. "Too many people." "Yeah,
but would they really care?" "There
is that," Yorick said judiciously. "But a much more
practical point is that, with all those people to hide among,
it'd be too easy for you to get away. And they know the two
of you well enough to realize that you could be very
hard to hold on to." "A
point," Rod admitted, "and it is hard for us to just disappear
here in the grassland, isn't it?" "Or
even in the town," Yorick agreed, "what there is of it." "Yet
they have already attempted murder," Gwen pointed out,
"and failed. Would they not essay summat more sub- tle?" "Such
as trying to frame us for murder?" Rod nodded. "Yes,
I think you've summed it up nicely, dear." "A
nice little death sentence would suit them just fine/' Yorick
mused, "especially with a bunch of savages to insist on it
not being commuted to something humane, such as life
imprisonment." Rod
snorted. "If
you say so," Yorick said affably. "But it's the best theory
I can come up with. Got any other candidates in mind.
Major? Who else might want to create a handy little murder
incident?" Rod
glowered, staring at the top of the Wall, thinking it over.
Finally he said, "Shacklar." A
sentry paced by, dark against the stars.
- They
fell silent, staring, eyes locked onto him until he passed,
and the curve of the wall hid him from sight. 82 Christopher Stasheff Rod
hissed, "Now!" and closed his eyes, concentrating on the
feeling of lightness. He began to drift upward out of the
shadow. Gwen matched his pace, rising on her broom- stick.
They accelerated, moving faster and faster. Yorick swallowed
heavily and clamped his jaws shut. Up,
over the wall, and down the other side they glided, Yorick
slung between them. His feet jarred against earth, and he
let go of them as though their arms were hot metal. He gave
himself a shake, heaved a deep breath, and turned to Rod
with a bright smile. "Now! Just why did you suspect General
Shacklar?" "Let's
talk about it when we're a little further from the Wall."
Rod darted an uneasy glance toward the walkway at the
top. "Come on, let's go!" They
dashed across fifty yards of open ground, into the shadow
of an outbuilding, plowed to a halt, and propped themselves
against the shack, chests heaving. "After all," Yorick
panted, "this little murder just might bring all Shack- lar's
last ten years of work crashing down. He's managed to get
the two sides almost to the point of joining in a single government.
Why would he take a chance on busting it up?" "To
finish the job." Rod grinned. Yorick
and Gwen stared. "Think
it over." Rod felt quite pleased with himself. "Gwen
and I have given him the perfect opportunity to hatch his
united government. We're totally new, so no one's going to
gripe much if we're just handed over to the Wolmen. That
would give our friendly natives a heck of a lot more confidence
in Shacklar, with the added advantage of having made
the Wolmen negotiate with Shacklar as a nation, all banded
together. So all the General has to do is make it clear that
the Wolmen are just as much involved in deciding this
case as the colonists are, and it could be the first action of that
unified government he's been trying to develop." "Very
good, so far as it goes." Yorick nodded, lips pursed. "But
what if the gamble fails? What happens if you manage to
disappear, or if you're so inconsiderate as to prove your- THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 83 selves
innocent, or something? Then he's got a civil war on his
hands." "Not
all that civil," Rod said, scowling. "I think he could smooth
over a 'Not guilty' verdict, if he had to. He's got the two
sides getting along well enough right now. They even
need each other a little. Both sides sure want what the other
has to offer. All he has to do is find them a convenient excuse
for forgetting the whole thing." "Just
a face-saver." Yorick said thoughtfully. "Ever con- sider
diplomacy as a career. Major?" Rod
opened his mouth, but Gwen spoke first. "He hath, and he
doth." She looked from Rod to Yorick. "Yet neither of thee
doth explain why no Wolman is missing." Both
men stood stock-still." "Shall
I tell thee?" Gwen said, smiling. "It may hap that Shacklar
hath had his assassin disguise himself as a Wol- man." "Yeah,
it's possible." Rod kept his eyes on Yorick as he nodded.
"And, of course, the Futurians could have done that,
too." Yorick
returned the nod. "Very possible. Major." "So,
then." Gwen set her fists on her hips and looked from
the one to the other. "We have two schemes, either of which
may serve. How are we to find out which is true, gentlemen?" "Or
if neither is." Rod shrugged. "We've got to find more
information." "Yeah,
we keep coming back to that, don't we?" Yorick rubbed
his temple with a forefinger. "And
how wilt thou accomplish this finding, my lord?" "Go
to the place where people talk, of course." Yorick grinned.
"Feel like a drink. Major?" "Very
much, but..." Rod exchanged glances with Gwen. "I
don't know if it'd be too healthy for us to^how up in Cholly's." Yorick
spread his hands. "So it's my job. So what? Do I care?
Do I worry about those bloodthirsty soldiers mis- 84 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 85 taking
me for a spy? No! Do I ask for honor? Do I ask for praise?" "You're
asking for it, period! Okay, we're thankful, we're grateful!
We'll praise you to the skies! We'll even give you a good
reference! What do you think you might hear that's worth
repeating?" Yorick
elaborated a shrug. "If I knew, I wouldn't have to
socialize. Y' never know—maybe somebody's doing an awful
lot of sudden spending. If he is, three guesses where he got
the funds? Oh, you can find out all sorts of stuff you weren't
expecting!" Rod
pondered. "Might be. But remember, this is all just a
guess. For all we know, the Wolman could have committed suicide.
Our hypothetical assassin isn't even a rumor." "Don't
worry, I won't give the rumor currency—not so much as
a farthing." Yorick flashed him a grin. "I'm off to the pub
with the public. Major. See you in the false dawn." He
tugged his forelock in Gwen's direction, and turned away to
disappear into the night. "I
trust the dawn will be all that is false," Gwen mur- mured. "A
point," Rod admitted. "What do you say we follow him?
Discreetly, of course." "Assuredly,"
Gwen agreed. "Who can be so discreet as ourselves?" Rod
proffered his arm. She hooked her hand over his elbow,
and they wandered off into the night, following Yorick's
mental trail. "Yet
is there not greater hazard here, my lord? We might, after
all, sit safe in some shed and listen with our minds." "No
doubt." Rod poked his nose over the windowsill for a quick
peek at the inside of Cholly's Tavern. "But I can't resist
watching that muscle-bound jester in action. Besides, we're
at the back of the building, and in the shadows. Nobody's
apt to see us. I mean, they do have indoor plumb- ing
here." Inside,
Yorick was gradually bringing the conversation closer
and closer to the politics of the moment. "Aye,
here's to our Wolman brothers!" A corpulent cor- poral
lifted his mug in a toast. "And
our Wolwoman sisters," a PFC agreed. A
trooper shrugged. "You have 'em as sisters, if you want.
Me, I'd favor closer relations." He won a general, leering
laugh, and a middle-aged private called, "Relations is what
they'd be, shavetail. These Wolmen don't hold with casual
acquaintance. Seducers go quick to the shotgun." Yorick
juggled with it, and lifted his glass. "Well, here's to the
distaffs. May they not be disowned by distiffs." His
answer was a chuckle that died a quick death. Sol- diers
fell silent, glancing at each other. "Don't know much, do
yer?" A sergeant snarled. Yorick
frowned at him, and shrugged. '"Last come, first numbed.'
So the Wolmen get mad at us. So what?" "So
what, he says!" growled one of the older privates. "Yer
wasn't here when the battles was real, chum! Yer didn't have
ter go out 'gainst them bloody spears and see yer buddy's
bowels ripped out!" "Yer
didn't have an arm chopped off," growled a maimed veteran,
"and see the stump a-pumping!" "Yuh
didn't have their devil's yowling clawing at yuh ears,
whiles yuh pulled back tuh the Wall with a dozen, where
yuh'd gone out with a hundred," growled a grizzled sergeant,
"and them spears and arrows poking at yuh from all
sides." "Don't
sell them short," a gnarled corporal grated. "Vi- cious,
they is, when they's fighting." "And
they isn't no cowards," another rumbled. "Arrow- heads
and spears can kill a man as dead as any blaster-bolt, my lad.
And y' can't duck 'em, when they come in clouds!" "How
many did we lose?" The grizzled sergeant glared down
into his beer. "A dozen a day? Sixty in a week? A hundred?" "And
for years it went on, years and years!" A fortyish 86
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 87 sergeant
slammed his tankard down on the bar. "We'll not have
those days back—no, not at any cost!" With a
shock, Rod recognized Thaler. "Well,
even I wouldn't go that far," the grizzled sergeant mused.
"I can think of some prices I wouldn't pay." "For
all that, so can I," the fortyish one admitted. "But there's
plenty of prices well worth it!" He glared around him.
"What's two lives, against the thousands that a war would
cost? What's two lives, hey?" The
room was silent. Finally, "Aye," grunted the grizzled veteran,
"but like as not, they'll squirm out of it at the trial." "Only
if they're innocent," Yorick put in quickly. "Okay, so I
haven't known Shacklar as long as you have—but I'd have
faith in his justice." "Innocent
or not, who cares?" Thaler turned to glower at
Yorick. "If they're freed, the Wolmen will explode and swarm
down on us again! And this time, every man jack one of
'em has a blaster!" A
mutter of apprehension ran around the bar. Most men shuddered,
and the room was quiet. For a
time. Then a voice said, "Kill
'em." Shocked
silence. Then
another voice. "Aye." "Aye,
kill 'em!" "What
matter two lives, in place of thousands?" "Aye!
Give the Wolmen their dead bodies in the morning, and
they'll go away!" The
grizzled sergeant frowned. "But when Shacklar finds out..." "He
won't make no fuss," Thaler said, with a vicious grin.
"What's the dead, compared to the living? Nay, Shack- lar may
be sheet-pale, but he'll say naught." "But
they're innocent!" Yorick protested. "So're
the men who would die in a war!" Thaler snarled. "What's
two innocents against a thousand, laddie? Eh?" "But
the trial!" Yorick bleated. "Would you want to go without
a trial?" "They're
not me," Thaler snarled. "They're not any of us." That
drew a low rumble of agreement. "But..."
Yorick stabbed with a finger. "If you sell them for
peace, what's gonna happen when one of you is ac- cused?" "Oh,
my bleedin' heart!" the grizzled sergeant growled. "What's-a-matter,
bucko? You want war?" Thaler looked Yorick
up and down, as though measuring him for a coffin. "Ayuh,
I think that's it. You've never seen a battle, have you,
laddie? And you're sick with craving to be blooded." "The
hell I am!" Yorick said quickly. "I saw my share of
scrapes before I wound up here—and calling 'em 'police actions'
didn't cut the casualty lists!" "I
don't believe a word of it." Thaler slipped off his bar stool
and stepped up very close to the Neanderthal, blood in his
eye. "You don't have the look of a fighter to me. But you'd
be glad enough to see us die in your place." "Let's
go get them," someone growled. "Aye!"
"Aye, get 'em and blast 'em!" "Serve 'em on a platter!"
"Aye!" "You're
in it, laddie." Thaler fixed Yorick with a glit- tering
eye. "Come with us now, or we'll know you're against us, and
a traitor to the whole of the colony!" "With
you?" Yorick stared. Then he
leaped off his bar stool. "I'll do more than come with
you! I saw the two of them scurrying for cover when I was
coming in here. You come with me, and I'll show you
where to find them!" Thaler
stared, then slowly grinned. "Let's
go!" Yorick shouldered his way through the mob, heading
for the door. '- Rod and
Gwen exchanged one quick, appalled glance, then
shot away from the building at top speed. 88 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 89 Where,
my lord? Gwen's thoughts sounded inside Rod's head. Anywhere,
Rod answered, looking around frantically. There!
He pointed to two huge barrels, lying on their sides, empty.
Crouch down!" Gwen
did, clutching her broom to her, eyes squeezed shut.
Rod hefted the barrel up and lowered it gently over her.
Then he crouched down beside her, staring at the second barrel,
concentrating, blocking out the rest of the world. The
barrel lifted slowly, then descended to settle over him. He
relaxed and sat back, leaning against its side, but kept his
eyes shut, listening with his mind, seeing through the eyes of
one of the less-intelligent soldiers back in the middle of the
mob. Yorick
exploded out of the tavern with the lynch mob behind
him. "Come on! I'll show you the last place I saw them!" Gwen's
thoughts rang in Rod's head: How could he turn against
us so thoroughly, so quickly? I don't
know, Rod answered grimly, but I'm considering taking
up a new hobby. Say—carving ... The
sound of the mob faded, but it still clamored inside their
minds. The soldiers ran frantically into the night, then slowed
as the first flush of enthusiasm began to wear off. Rod's
medium-soldier began to grow resentful—what was he
doing, out here in the middle of the night, running no- where? Then
Yorick's voice crowed, way ahead, "There they go! Quick,
after them!" The
soldier's enthusiam leaped up again. Filled with ex- citement,
howling with bloodlust, he ran after his compan- ions.
They swerved to the left, dashed down a darkened street,
and ran for several minutes. The soldier's breath began
to rasp in his lungs, and sullen resentment began again. Yorick
howled, "There! Between those two buildings'. I saw 'em
run! After 'em, quick!" Excitement
boiled up again, and the soldier leaped after his
mates, the thrill of the chase pounding through his veins. On down
the street they ran—and on... and on... and on... Rod
thought at his barrel; it lifted, and he turned to Gwen as her
barrel drifted up, then dropped down on its side. They
shared a guilty look. "How
could we have doubted him?" Gwen murmured. "Easy—I
never did trust anybody who was always cheer- ful.
But I was wrong—dead wrong." "Not
'dead,' praise Heaven!" "But
a fool." Rod's mouth tightened. "What's going to happen
to me if I keep doubting my real friends?" "We
shall repay him," Gwen assured, "with our safety." "True,"
Rod agreed. "That's what he wants most right now.
And, come to think of it..." He turned toward the tavern
with a glint in his eye. "He has bought us a little time
here, hasn't he?" Gwen
looked startled, then smiled. "He hath indeed, my lord.
Art thou mad as a bantam cock, thus to beard thine enemies?" Rod
nodded. "Not a bad simile, my lady. Y'know, I'm feeling
a bit thirsty. Shall we?" "Certes,
an thou dost wish it, my lord." She clasped his "After
all, everyone who's out for our blood has already left,
right?" They
turned to face the tavern, threw back their shoul- ders,
and stepped off in unison. With a
jaunty swagger, they sauntered into Cholly's Tavern. Cholly
looked up to see who was coming in, then looked again,
wide-eyed. The
half-dozen patrons who were still there looked up, wondering
what could startle Cholly—then stared, them- selves. Cholly
recovered right away, turning back to mop the 90
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 91 bar.
"Well then, now. Master and Missus! What'll be your pleasure?" "Just
a pint." Rod slid onto a bar stool. Gwen slid up beside
him, hands folded on the edge of the bar, the very picture
of demure innocence. Rod grinned around at the other
patrons, and they swallowed heavily, managed feeble grins,
and turned back to their drinking. Cholly
set a couple of foaming mugs in front of them, and Rod
turned his attention back to the important things in
life. He took a long drink, then exhaled with satisfaction. "So!
What's the news?" All of
the patrons suddenly became very concerned with their
beer and ale. "Oh,"
Cholly said affably, "nothing terribly much. The word
from the Wall is that the Wolmen're beginning to drift up and
pitch camp, just out of blaster range.... There're twenty
or thirty people out howling fer yer blood.... The gin'ral's
sent the captains out t' remind people where their battle
stations are...." Rod
nodded. "Slow night, huh?" "Humdrum,"
Cholly agreed. "I gets rumors all the time." "Yeah,
about those rumors..." Rod cocked a forefinger. "Hear
anything about Shacklar?" Cholly
looked up, startled. "The gin'ral? What about 'im?" Rod
shrugged. "He seems to be taking the whole thing very
calmly, if you ask me." "We
didn't," a young soldier reminded him. Rod
shrugged again. "Whatever. Is he always so cold- blooded
about crises?" "Gin'rally,
yes," Cholly said slowly. "I've known him to get
excited when he can't find his cat-o'-nine-tails, but nothing
else seems to fash him much." "Cat-o'-nine-tails?"
Rod frowned. "I thought you said he
outlawed that." "He
did." Cholly fixed him with a level gaze. "But who's to
arrest the General-Governor, hey? Quis ipsos custodies custodial,
young man." '"Who
will police the police,' huh?" Rod nodded. "A point." "He
never does anything to anybody else, without a good reason,"
Cholly supplied helpfully. '"To
anybody else,'" Rod repeated. "Well, I can accept that." "Yer
don't have much choice," a fiftyish ranker snarled. "He's
always fair," Cholly reminded. "More'n
fair," the ranker growled. "And
what he does is always for the greatest good of almost
everybody, as Jeremy Bentham used to say." Rod
didn't like the sound of that "almost." "I thought Bentham's
line was, 'the greatest good of the greatest num- ber.'" "Well,
that's almost everybody, ain't it?" "Better
than Bentham hoped for, probably," Rod admit- ted,
"but nothing to lose his head over." As long
as there's progress," Cholly sighed. "That
there is," rumbled the grizzled veteran, "with the General.
Every year he makes life a little better for every- body." "Except
the Wolmen?" "The
Wolmen, too!" The young soldier looked up in surprise.
"I mean, would you believe it? He's actually trying to ease
us soldiers into getting along with those savages! Permanently!" "Why
don't I have trouble believing that?" Rod won- dered. "Always
a skeptic," Cholly sighed. Rod
turned back to him. "I'll bet this little mprder will set his
plans back a ways." Cholly's
eyes suddenly clicked into "wariness" mode. The
young soldier said stoutly, "Don't you believe it!" and the
grizzled veteran agreed, "He'll find a way to make 92 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 93 this
work out for the best of all of us." "Colonists
and Wolmen?" Rod said, with a lift of one eyebrow. "Don't
you doubt it!" the older man commanded. "Oh,
I don't," Rod said softly, "not one bit." "Well."
The young soldier looked up in surprise. "You're won,
then?" "Totally
convinced," Rod confirmed. The
grizzled veteran still glared at him with suspicion, and
Cholly just rolled his eyes up, but the young soldier grinned
happily. "Well! That's done, then." He set both palms
against the edge of the bar and, with a manful push, slid
off his bar stool. "For my part, if I don't hit my bunk within
the quarter hour, I won't make my sentry duty in the morning.
Of course, I'll have a nice, snug berth in the stockade
waiting for me." "Morning?"
Rod pricked up his ears. "How early? I mean, it's
only..." He glanced at the clock over the bar. "...
twenty-five hundred. ... Huh?" The
young soldier grinned wickedly at Cholly, jerking his
head toward Rod. "He is new here, isn't he?" The
young always so enjoyed being able to feel superior. "There're
twenty-six hours in a Wolmar day, chum," he advised
Rod. "If I get to bed by twenty-five hundred, I'll have
plenty of time for my six hours, and still make my five
o'clock sentry-go." Rod
shuddered appropriately. "Horrible hours. Say, uh ... you
didn't happen to notice anybody going outside the Wall
yesterday morning, did you?" The
young man shook his head, not quite noticing Cholly's
frantic signals. "Nobody, except for Sergeant Thaler."
He lifted his mug in a toast. "Your health, Cholly." "Yours,
Spar," the bartender sighed. Spar
downed the rest of his beer and turned away to the door,
wiping his mouth on his sleeve. He waved, and drifted on out. Rod
turned back to Cholly. "That's strange. Thaler isn't one of
your traders, is he?" Cholly
opened his mouth, but the grizzled corporal was a
phoneme ahead. "No. Not that it matters—they usually come in
around midday, anyway." "Oh,"
Rod said, with total innocence, "they do?" "Thaler's
a valuable noncom," Cholly warned. "Shacklar trusts
him down to his boot tops." "Yes,"
Rod said softly, "that's what worries me." "Milord."
Gwen laid a hand on his arm. "I bethink me thou
hast had ale enow, for this night." "Hm?"
Rod looked up in surprise. He caught the meaning in her
gaze, and said, "Oh!" He turned his attention to what was
going on outside the tavern for a minute, and heard disgruntled,
frustrated, thirsty thoughts—the lynch mob, coming
back. "Uh, yeah! Probably. We should be going." He
chugged the rest of the mug, set it down. "Put it on my tab,
will you?" Then he slipped off the stool, offered Gwen his
arm, and turned to stroll out the door. "Thanks for everything,"
he called back. Cholly
raised a hand in farewell. "Keep the faith." Rod
wondered which one, but decided not to ask. As soon as
they were out the door, they leaped to the side, ran around
to the back. They crouched down by the window with
the bulk of the building between them and the returning lynch
mob, ears and minds wide open, listening. Rod had one eye
above the windowsill. After a moment, Gwen joined him. The mob
streamed in, breaking up into individual soldiers who
began to think as people again. "Ar, what a waste of good
drinking time!" "I've had more luck chasing extinct species!"
"Reminds me of the last time I went fishing..." "Blinkin'
witches, that's what they are!" growled a portly private,
bellying up to the bar. "Witches!"
Sergeant Thaler sneered. "Nay, ain't nothin' but the
natural in this!" He turned to glare at Yorick. "Natural fowl,
that is! Led us a merry chase after the wild goose, didn't
you?" 94 Christopher Stasheff "Who,
me?" Yorick shook his head violently, all offended innocence.
"You've got the wrong bird. Sergeant." "Have
I really, now?" Thaler purred, sliding off his bar stool
and taking a step toward Yorick. The
Neanderthal laid a hand over his heart. "Never chased a wild
goose in my life. Just wait till they fly by, usually. Not bad,
with a little orange sauce and a side of peas..." "No
more of yer lip!" Thaler snarled. "Y' won't turn us aside
with yer jestin' this time!" He wrapped a hand in Yorick's
jacket, and jerked his head close. "You're in ca- hoots
with 'em, ain'cha?" The
nearest soldiers looked up, startled. Then they scowled,
and an ugly murmur began. "I
saw him in here with 'em this afternoon," a private called. "Aye,
and right chummy he was!" Thaler
slid a knife out of his boot and rested the point against
Yorick's belly. "I shave with this, so mind you tell the
truth. You're in it with 'em, ain'cha? Up to yer eye- brows.
And all you're angling for, is helping them escape." "Whup!
Whoa! Hold it, here!" Yorick waved a hand. "Fair
trial! Let's be fair about this!" "Nay,"
an older corporal growled. "Where's yer mind? We've
been through that, and through! We wants dead mur- derers,
not live suspects!" "I'm
not talking about them—just me!" "What
should you have a trial for?" Thaler snarled. "You're
trying to help them get away, and that'll bring a war on
us!" He shouted out to the rest of the soldiers, "He's a
traitor! A traitor to the colony, and all of us!" "Aye!"
The soldiers began crowding around. "What do you
want, all of us dead?" "Never
seen the color of blood, have yuh?" "Aye!
Let's show him his own!" "Who's
got a rope here?" "Whup!
Hold it! I give!" Yorick waved both hands as though
he were erasing a blackboard. "I admit it! I'm guilty! THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 95 Just
back off, boys!" He heaved a sigh. "You caught me. All
right. Anything except the rope and the knife. I'll show you
where they really are." Outside,
Rod and Gwen exchanged appalled glances. Then
they dove for the empty barrels again. "This
way!" Yorick bellowed, charging toward the door. The
soldiers parted and let him through, taken by surprise. He
leaped out the tavern door, bellowing, "Right on the first
try this time! Come on! Catch the witches!" The mob
roared out behind him, baying at full voice. Footsteps
thundered right past the two barrels, then faded into
the distance. The
barrels glided up. Rod and Gwen uncoiled, and Rod shook
his head. "I've got to see this. I've just got to." "Aye."
Glints danced in Gwen's eyes. "How will he turn them
this time?" "I
dunno, but he'll find a way." Rod caught her hand. "He's
a man of amazing resources. He may not be able to manipulate
symbols—but people are another matter en- tirely.
Come on; they're getting away!" Feather-footed
and silent, they fled through the night. They
sighted the mob just as it came into a large, open plaza.
Beyond it, the Wall bulked large against the stars. Yorick
plowed to a stop and held up a hand. "Quiet!" he bellowed
at the top of his voice. "I hear them coming! Ambush
stations, quick!" All the
soldiers froze for an instant, startled. Then they melted
away, as sudden as a cloudburst and as silent as the night,
disappearing among the low plasticrete buildings around
the plaza. Rod
felt a chill spread outward from his spine. These guys
are good! he thought at Gwen. We'd better be, too! After
all, we wouldn't want them to really find us, would we? Nay,
certes! Gwen melted into the shadows. From the darkness
that had swallowed her came a thought: My lord? Wilt
thou come? 96 Christopher Stasheff Just a
minute. Rod held up a hand. Why waste the chance? Come
on—home in on Sergeant Thaler's thoughts for me! Gwen
smiled slowly, then beckoned. They tiptoed
away behind the huts and houses, drifting silently
as ghosts behind soldiers whose attention was riv- eted to
the main pathway, with the Wall at its end. They
drifted around to the side, then back in, coming up
behind the leaders. Rod hefted his knife, pommel first, but
Gwen held up a hand to stop him. She scowled, glaring at
Sergeant Thaler. The man suddenly jerked stiff, eyes bulging
out, throat swelling. Then his eyes rolled up, and he fell
back—but he didn't make any noise, because he didn't
hit the dirt. Rod caught him, heaved him up over a shoulder,
and turned to tiptoe away. Gwen
tapped Yorick on the shoulder. He looked up at her,
startled, then grinned. She beckoned, and he drifted out
behind her. The
plaza lay still in the moonlight. After a
while, somebody muttered something. Somebody else
muttered an answer. Then another muttered, and an- other,
and another. The voices grew louder. Then, one by one,
the soldiers began to drift out into the plaza. They looked
about them, baffled and angry. "Where
be they?" a corporal growled. "Another
wild goose." A superannuated private turned his
head and spat. "He's
had us again," another snarled. Then he called out, "Sergeant!
Sergeant Thaler! Sap the bastard!" They
stilled, waiting for the sound of the blow, for Thaler's
angry oath—but silence filled the spaces of the night. "Where's
the sergeant?" a private asked. "I
saw him hide over there." A corporal pointed toward the
shadow of a low, one-storied building. They
started toward the spot, walking faster and faster. The
back of the building was bare, the space around it empty. THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 97 "Not
a sign of him!" "Y'
don't mean Thaler would've run out on us!" "That's
right, I don't mean that." A staff sergeant pointed at the
dirt. "Look at that sign. There's been a scuffle here, there
has." "He
did for him!" the private cried. "That lousy grinning blockhead
did for the sergeant!" "Stove
in his skull, likely." The corporal's eyes turned very
pale, very hard. "Let's find him." "Aye!
The bloody, grinning ape!" "Spread
out, lads!" the sergeant roared. "Find the bas- tard,
and string him up!" "What
good'll that do?" A private scratched his head. "A
world of good, for my soul," the sergeant snapped. Then a
cunning gleam came into his eye, and he grinned. "Besides,
one dead body's as good as another, ain't it? We'll just
tell the Wolmen they was wrong; we did some clever detectin',
and found out he killed their bloomin' warrior!" The
private grinned slowly, his eyes lighting with devilish glee. "There's
a sergeant'll get another stripe for brains," called another
soldier. The
sergeant grinned wider. "Y'
oughta be a lieutenant. Sergeant!" called a young corporal. The
sergeant shrugged, embarrassed. "Don't make it more than it
is, lads." Then he roared, "Let's go find the blighter!" The
soldiers howled and surged after the sergeant as he strode
away between two buildings, following a trail that he
thought he saw. "Welcome
to the wanted list." Rod slapped Yorick on the
shoulder. "Thanks,
Major." Yorick heaved a sigh. "Shame to dis- appoint
those eager beavers out there, though." Rod
nodded, commiserating. "It's hard to find a trail, when
your quarry has flown—literally." 98 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 99 "Yeah."
Yorick turned to Gwen. "Thanks for the lift, milady." "'Twas
naught." Gwen gave him a warm smile. "Ever shall
my broomstick be at thy bidding." "Uh,
thanks, but I don't think I could last through enough flight
hours to qualify." Yorick's grin turned a little queasy. "Definitely
a vivid experience, though." "And
we're in the one place where they'd really never think
to look for us." Rod glanced up as footsteps crossed above
his head. Yorick
leaned back against the wall, blowing out a stream of
cigar smoke. "Gotta hand it to you. Major. When you go to
ground, you do a real job of it." Rod
shrugged. "Comes of long practice." He nudged the unconscious
body that lay between them. "What do you think
we ought to do with him, Cholly?" "Be
gentle," the tavemkeeper advised."Fact is, if you've any
bloody intentions, you can take 'em right out into the night
with yer. I'm keepin' yer down here just 'cause I don't like to
see innocent blood shed." "Thaler
is innocent?" Yorick asked, wide-eyed. "As
much as yerself." Cholly eyed him warily. "I
protest." Yorick laid a hand on his breast. "I am in- nocent!
I am pure! I am..." "...
full of it," Cholly finished. "And I've got to be up there
behind the bar when that merry mob you've been leading
comes in from this latest snipe hunt." He turned to Rod.
"How'd ye work that one?" "I
didn't. Ask him." He nodded toward Yorick. Cholly's
gaze swiveled toward the Neanderthal. The caveman
spread his hands. "Just gave 'em what they wanted, mine
host. After all, isn't that what you do?" "Aye,
along with a measure of what they never thought of."
He wagged a forefinger. "That's my calling in life, mind—and
I've had all the disruption of it I can take for one
night. You lie low, and keep quiet, now. If they hear yer
down here, there'll be naught I can do to aid yer." "Oh,
we'll be mice," Rod promised. "With
the cat in sight," Yorick agreed. "Thou'lt
hear not so much as a scratch in the baseboard," Gwen
reassured him. Cholly
turned to go up the stairs, but stopped to cast a worried
glance at Thaler. "He
won't make any noise, either." Rod's smile hard- ened.
"I mean, we wouldn't be so stupid as to take that kind of
chance, would we?" True,"
Cholly admitted. "What ever ye aren't, y're canny enough.
And try to catch some sleep, for I doubt not ye'11 need
it." He
shouldn't have said that. As he turned and went up the
stairs. Rod felt the sleepies coming on. He yawned, then
shook his head and blinked. "Oh, we'll manage some- how.
Right?" "Aye,
my lord. Shall I give to thee..." "...
a mild stimulant?" Yorick fished in his pocket and held
out a pillbox. "Go ahead. Major. Nothing lethal or addictive,
I assure you." Rod
gave the pillbox a jaundiced glance, then sighed, reached
out, and popped one into his mouth. "Why not? You
could have bumped us off at least four times today— and
without laying a hand on either of us, too." Gwen
stared at the caveman, startled. Yorick
shrugged. "I'm on your side, remember? What do I
have to do to prove it—give you a deadly illness, so I can
nurse you through it?" "Nay."
Gwen smiled, and Rod said, "Not that we mistrust your
ministrations, understand—we'd just rather not need them." Gwen
glanced at Thaler. "Yet I beg of thee, do not give this
one any lasting malady."
"' "Oh,
of course not!" Rod said, shocked. "Nothing
lasting," Yorick agreed. He reached out a boot 700 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 101 toe to
prod the unconscious sergeant. "Come on, soldier, up and
at 'em. Reveille's about to blow—and so are you." He hefted
and shoved, and the sergeant flopped over, limp as a
leaky rainsack. Rod
sighed, and looked up at his wife. "When you do it to
'em, honey, you really do it right. Wake him up, will you?" Gwen's
brow furrowed as she gazed at Thaler. His eyelids fluttered,
then opened. He looked about him, frowning and blinking,
then rolled up onto one elbow, rubbing the back of a
hand across his eyes. "How ... where..." "I
called 'ambush stations,'" Yorick reminded him. "I didn't
say who was going to be ambushed." Thaler's
head snapped up. He glared at the caveman. "You
are in cahoots with them!" "No,
just a cellar. And so're you." "Yeah,"
Rod said, with a wolfish grin. "You're in this, too,
you know." Thaler
darted glances from Rod to Gwen and back. "What're
you talking about? How the hell could I be mixed up in
this? This is your..." His
voice trailed off as he saw the look in Rod's eyes. In
spite of himself, he inched away—and ran into Yorick's toe.
His head snapped up with a wild look, which met Yorick's
flinty gaze. The caveman grinned. He had a lot of teeth.
"Don't mean to inconvenience you. Sergeant. It's just that
you were talking about altering my collar size, and I thought
you might appreciate my returning the favor." "You
bastards'." Thaler growled, but his face paled. There
was a slam overhead, and a thundering of feet. Rod
scowled up at the ceiling. "Squire
Mob," Gwen informed him. She turned to Thaler. "Thy
followers return." Thaler's
face brightened. He took a deep breath—then swallowed
hard as he froze, eyes rolling down to look at Yorick's
blade, its point resting against his Adam's apple. "Softly,
softly," the Neanderthal crooned. "You wouldn't want
your buddies to know you'd been caught like the greenest
new chum, would you? Especially caught by the very
people you were hunting! Can you imagine the lowliest private
being willing to take orders from such a klutz of a sergeant?" Thaler's
eyes turned calculating. He closed his mouth. "Having
second thoughts?" Yorick nodded. "Wise. I al- ways
knew you were the prudent sort." "Always
an eye for the main chance, anyway," Rod agreed. "That's
a nice Sergeant." The dagger backed away a little—but
only a little. "Now—the Major, here, says he'd like to
get to know you better." "Yes,
indeed." Rod stepped a little closer. "It's been very instructive
meeting you. Sergeant, but I'd like it a little longer
on the information, and shorter on the rhetoric." "He
means he'd like you to answer a few questions," Yorick
explained. "See?
He understands." Rod nodded at Yorick. "Now— what
were you doing at the Sun-Greeting Place yesterday morning?" "I
wouldn't tell you the time of day," Thaler spat, but Rod
felt the answer leap into the sergeant's mind. He couldn't spare
time for the details, especially since Gwen's gaze was riveted
to Thaler, all her attention focused on his thoughts. Yorick
snatched Thaler's wrist, whipped his arm through a half
turn, and wrenched it up behind his back. Thaler exploded
into mad thrashing, but he couldn't budge the Neanderthal's
grip. "Manners,
manners!" Yorick chided. "We must be polite, now.
Tell the nice major what he wants to know." Thaler's
eyes bulged, but he clamped his jaw shut, ex- uding a
whining sound. '"' "Yeah.
Let's just be friendly about it all." Rod gazed up at the
ceiling, lips pursed. "Now... just what were you 102 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 103 doing
outside the Wall yesterday morning, anyway?" "Stuff
it, sniffer," Thaler growled through clenched teeth. Rod
frowned. Sniffer? Odd term. He'd have to find out what it
meant in local slang. "Well, you do kind of wonder, when a
sergeant takes off in the middle of the night. I mean, without
any sign or explanation, he just trots past the sentry, and
heads for the high hills. You can't help wondering: where
was he going to? What for? Who told him to?" Yorick
twisted the wrist a little harder, and Thaler's jaw gaped
open. But he groaned and panted, "No... way... tell..." But the
answers were there, popping into his mind, one after
another, as Rod called for them. "Yes,
I suppose there is no way to tell," Rod mused, "but
you can't help wondering what the whole reason was. Why, in
the middle of the night? Why not just wait until morning?" Yorick
dangled the knife point in front of Thaler's eyes, letting
it swing back and forth. The light glinted off the edge.
Thaler gazed at it, fascinated, but he still muttered, "Go
peddle your product in Hell." "I
don't think it'd keep too well," Rod sighed. "Uh... what
say, dear?" Gwen
was tugging on his shoulder, thinking, / have learned
all he knows. Aloud, she said, "There is no point in
tormenting him further, my lord." "You
call that torment?" Rod scoffed, and his mind added, That
was just a little stage dressing, dear, to convince him we
meant business. Of course, we weren't planning on completing
the transaction. If we had... Spare
me, Gwen thought quickly. But bind him, my lord. "Ah,
well," Rod sighed, "why waste time on a know- nothing?
Roll over and play dead. Sergeant, so we don't have to
make it real. Okay?" Yorick
let go of Thaler's arm and began to rub his shoulder
solicitously. Thaler knocked his hand away and growled,
eyes full of apprehension. "Don't
worry, we're just going to tie you up," Rod ex- plained.
"We can do it with you awake, or out cold, it's completely
up to you. Come on, now, don't be difficult— roll
over on your stomach, there's a good fellow. Hands behind
your back..." Thaler
glared at him. Then,
suddenly, he surged to his feet, fist cutting up at Rod,
who leaned back at the last second, but not far enough. The
punch clipped his cheekbone, and he staggered back, hands
snapping up to guard automatically. Fury flamed, white-hot,
but he managed to direct it toward Thaler, block- ing his
next punch, leaning aside from the kick, then whirl- ing
back like a spring unwinding. Thaler blocked and countered,
but Rod had spun inside his guard, slamming a fist
into his belly. Thaler bent forward, eyes bulging again, the
whining coming out of his nose. Yorick flipped him over
and let him fall, face down in the dirt, dropping down with
him and pinning a knee across his back, pressing his wrists
together and holding them while Rod whipped a rope around
them. "Gently, Sergeant," he soothed. "We could have
done this the nice way, you know." "On
the other hand," Yorick pointed out, "we could have been
much rougher about it, too. I didn't get my licks in, Major." Rod cut
another length of rope from the coil on the shelf. "You'd
think Cholly would keep some tape around here." "What
for?" Yorick shrugged. "This isn't his ordinary line of
work, you know." "Yeah,
you've got a point." Rod reached down for Thaler's
ankle. The sergeant slashed a kick at him, but Rod was
expecting it now. He leaped aside, caught the ankle as it
passed, and bent it on up toward Thaler's buttocks. "Come, come,
now! Do you really think I'm such an innocent? Haul a
little on that other rope, will you, Yorick?" The
Neanderthal yanked Thaler's wrists up toward his 104
Christopher Stasheff shoulder
blades. The sergeant made a whinnying sound, and his
legs relaxed. Rod whipped them together with the rope, then
ran a length from ankles to wrists, pulled so that Thal- er's
legs were bent. "Now for those nifty new knots I've been
practicing!" "Change!
Innovation! Always gotta go for the new stuff," Yorick
grumbled. "You Sapiens are all the same! I'll stick to the
good old tried-and-true ones, thank you." Rod
sneaked a peek. "If that's your idea of an old knot..." "I
meant really old. You Sapiens never even learned 'em! ...
There! All neatly packaged. Roll over, pretty boy!" He flipped
Thaler onto his back. "We don't trust you not to yell."
He pinched Thaler where he had the most flesh avail- able.
The sergeant opened his mouth in a bleat of sheer surprise,
and Rod jammed a handkerchief into it. Yorick grabbed
Thaler's head and held it still, while Rod wrapped another
handkerchief over his mouth and around behind his head,
tying it with a square knot. "Sorry you're going to be
feeling so dry, especially with all that beer just overhead. But
don't worry, somebody's bound to find you, right after breakfast." Yorick
tucked his hands under Thaler's shoulders and nodded
to Rod who caught Thaler's knees. They both heaved up and
carried the sergeant over under the stairs, where it was
nice and dark. Gwen's
thoughts sounded in Rod's head, disappointed: Didst
thou truly need be so rough? 'Fraid
so, dear. Rod thought back. Didn't you see what his
psyche was doing when you woke him up? Gwen
was silent a moment. Then: Aye, indeed. The feeling
of helplessness, of being totally without defense. Rod
nodded. Psychologically, he can handle this much better
than your mental knockout, with no visible means. This,
he can comprehend; it's ordinary to him. He can deal with
it. He shrugged. But we had to make it convincing. An thou
sayest it. Gwen sighed. Shall I tell thee, then, what
his thoughts were? THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 105 That,
I'd like to hear. Rod strolled back toward her, beckoning
Yorick, and sat down, with the length of the basement
between them and Thaler. The Neanderthal settled beside
him, and Rod breathed, "Aloud, but softly, so the big guy
can hear, but his victim can't." "What
do you mean, my victim?" Yorick snorted. "I
kind of got the gist, while we were questioning," Rod went
on, "but I missed the details." "Oh,
so that's what you were doing!" Yorick grinned. "I
wondered why you gave up so easily." Gwen
just stared at him. "I
wasn't kidding, dear," Rod said softly. "We were being gentle." "Relatively,"
Yorick agreed. "But then, everything is rel- ative,
isn't it? According to the anthropologists, I'm even a
relative of yours." "Removed,"
Rod said quickly. "Several times re- moved—but
not far enough." "Aw,
you're just a stickler about the straight line of de- scent,"
Yorick groused. "Sure."
Rod shrugged. "It's mine. We've got a common ancestor—but
you guys branched off into a dead end road that
fizzled out." "If
you can call a hundred thousand years 'fizzling out,'" Yorick
snorted. "As to its being a dead end—well, at least we left
Terra in good shape, when we ran off." "Gentlemen!"
Gwen held up her hands, one palm toward each
mouth. "Will it please thee to hear what our sergeant did
outside the Wall, yestermom?" "Yeah,
that would be nice." Rod turned back to her, all attention.
"He never went anywhere near the Sun-Greeting Place,
did he?" "Not
by a league," Gwen confirmed, "nor a dozen leagues, for all
that." Yorick
frowned. "Spare me the suspense. What was he doing
outside the Wall?" "He
did perform the role of a courier," Gwen explained. r 706
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 107 "The
General-Governor had sent him to bear word to the Chartreuse
tribe." She turned to Rod, frowning. "Tis an odd
name for a color." "Unchartered
territory," Rod agreed. "So what was he telling
the Chief?" "Yeah."
Yorick frowned. "Why the hell did he have to go out
in the middle of the night?" "For
that," Gwen explained, "the Chartreuse tribe had borrowed
a great sum from the General's—'bank,' did he call
it?" "Savings,"
Rod explained. "Think of embers banked, to be
saved through the night, dear." "Tis
an odd word, yet an odder thought." Gwen turned to him,
frowning. "Why do these folk not keep their money themselves?
Wherefore must they give it to others to save for
them?" "Too
much chance of thieves," Rod explained. "This way,
instead of always worrying about robbers, they only have to
worry about the banker—and they always know where
Tie is." "Almost
always," Yorick qualified. "Well,
true," Rod admitted. "Anyway, it's much more efficient." "An
thou sayest it," Gwen sighed, "though I bethink me I'll
comprehend thy 'gravity' sooner than thy banks." "Just
think how the Wolmen feel. So the Chartreuse tribe owes
the Bank of Wolmar a lot, huh?" "Aye,
yet they did have the wherewithal to repay stored in the
bank. Naetheless, they had sent to ask for the..." she
scowled "... for the... 'interest rate?'... on the loan, as it
did compare with the 'interest rate' they did receive, on
their saved money." She frowned. "What is this 'interest rate,'
my lord? Doth it denote the degree of attention the Chief
doth pay to the Banker?" Rod had
to swallow hard. "I suppose you could say that, dear.
What it means, though, is how much the bank is paying the
Chartreuse tribe for the use of its money." Gwen
stared. "But why would the bank wish to use money?" "Same
reason any of us would," Yorick sighed. "To
invest, dear," Rod explained, "Say, to buy shares in a
captain's trading voyage. He wants to make the voyage right
now, not in ten years, which is how long it would take him to
save up the money by himself." "Then
this bank will make more money from the cap- tain?" "A
lot more, and it'll deal with lots of captains, not just one." Gwen
frowned, eyeing him strangely, then sighed. "An thou
sayest it. I ken the meaning of the words, but I do not ken the
manner of thought that doth produce it." Rod
said "I'm not certain about it, myself." "Yet
wherefore doth the bank pay the Chartreuse for the use of
their money, whiles the tribe doth pay the bank for the use
of its money? It doth but go about and about in a circle,
my lord' It maketh no sense!" "I'm
not sure it does to me, either," Rod confessed. "But I think
it works this way: if the Wolmen are getting twelve percent—twelve
BTUs for every hundred—and are only paying
ten percent for the money they've borrowed, they make two
percent profit by keeping the money in the bank, instead
of using it to pay off their loan." Gwen
stared. Then
she took a deep breath, and said, "Yet the bank thereby
doth lose this two percent thou speakest of! Where- fore
doth it pay more than it doth receive?" "I
can't make sense of that one, either," Rod confessed. "The
only thing I can think of is that Shacklar must run the bank,
and that he's willing to take the loss to make the Wolmen
dependent on him. After all, if a man has all your money
locked up, you're... not... too... apt to make war on
him!" He stared, his eyes huge. "My lord! Of course! He's
buying them off!" "Yet,
then, if they send to learn of their money's interest, THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 109 708 Christopher Stasheff doth it
not mean..." Gwen's eyes rounded, too. "Nay, certes!
They did seek to recover their money, that they might be free
to make war!" "Without
taking a loss on it," Rod said grimly. "Which is
plenty of reason for Shacklar to send a courier out in the middle
of the night. Just what was the message he carried?" "That
the interest rate was but now increased by five parts
in a hundred." "A
five percent hike, on the spur of the moment?" Rod goggled,
and Yorick whistled. "This Chartreuse chief knows how to
bargain! Nothing like the threat of war to motivate the
General into giving them a little extra profit." "Very
sharp," Rod agreed. "What did the Chartreuse tribe send
back—a polite 'Yes,' or a withdrawal slip?" "Sergeant
Thaler did bear back word lauding General Shacklar
for his honesty, and naught more." "Which
means they left their money on deposit." Rod drew a
deep breath. "Y'know, Shacklar's not too bad a horse trader
himself. What's five percent against forestalling a war? He
may just have had the right idea, trying to bring the
Wolmen into the modem world." But he wasn't sure that
applied to Gwen. "Here,
then!" Cholly's voice called down the stairwell. "Have
a care, mister and missus! Here's one who wants t' talk t'
yer!" Rod
looked up, adrenaline thrilling through him. Chomoi
came down the steps, face a bright pink. Gwen
smiled. "Thou dost seem newly scrubbed." "Of
course," Chomoi snapped. "Wouldn't you be?" "Aw!
I thought you looked good in that color," Yorick protested. Rod
relaxed, feeling the adrenaline ebb. "Yeah, it was the
real you." "Oh,
stuff it!" she blazed. Rod
stared, taken aback for a moment. "What's the mat- ter?
Didn't you like being a Wolman?" "What
do you think?" she snorted. "It's not easy, being Orange." Yorick
pushed a crate over with his foot. "Sit. Tell us what's
happening under the big open skies." "Do
not heed their impudence," Gwen advised. "Truly, within,
they rejoice to see thee home and hale." "They
sure hide it well," Chomoi growled. "Thanks."
Rod nodded. "Now, tell us what happened out there." Chomoi
snorted, and dropped down on the crate. "Noth- ing.
Absolutely nothing." They
stared at her for a moment. Then
Rod sighed and leaned back. "We couldn't really expect
anything more, anyway. But somebody must have come to
the Sun-Greeting Place." "Oh,
he did—and it was Hwun, all right." "But
he smelled a rat?" Then Rod struck the heel of his hand
against his forehead. "Of course—what's the matter with
me? He knows every member of his tribe by sight! Why
didn't I..." "Don't
worry, I did." Chomoi's mouth turned down at the
comers. "He's a Purple chief, so I was wearing Orange paint.
And I staged it well: When he came up in the false dawn
there, with the sky just beginning to glow in the east, he
found me on my knees, weeping." Her eyes lost focus; she
gave a slow, critical nod. "Yeah, I did it well.... He just
stood there for a few minutes. I pretended I didn't notice.
Then he reached down and grabbed my shoulder." She
winced. "He grabs hard! Talk about a grip of steel..." "I
trust he did not hurt thee!" Gwen frowned, concerned. Chornoi
shook her head. "I don't think he meant to, and I
suppose he was sympathetic, by his lights. He said, 'Woman.
Why you weep?'" "Wait
a minute." Yorick held up a finger.-^'Didn't he want to
know your name?" Chornoi
shook her head. "No need. I was from another 110
Christopher Stasheff tribe—that
was all he needed to know. And that I wasn't trespassing—because
I was on sacred ground, which is open to all.
So I told him that I was weeping for the man who was
killed yesterday morning. And Hwun said, 'But him not of
your tribe.'" "Oh,
did he!" Rod lifted his head slowly. "That means the
corpse must've still had his body-paint on when Hwun found
him." "Which
means Hwun washed it off." Yorick frowned. "Yeah,
to hide the victim's identity." Rod scowled. "Why would
he want to do that?" But
Chomoi was shaking her bowed head, waving her hands
in front of her, palms out. "No! Hold it! Stop! You're both
missing the main point!" "Which
is?" Rod asked. "That
Hwun wants to get all the tribes together, and the dead
Wolman could be a very powerful common focus. But it'll
work much better for that, if nobody can tell which tribe
he came from." They
sat still for a moment. Then Rod nodded slowly. "Yeah...
that could be..." "More
than 'could,'" Chomoi snorted. "Then
he did tell thee thou wert not of the slain man's tribe?"
Gwen said. Chomoi
nodded. "So why was I weeping? Well, I had to
think fast, I tell you! But I did, and I told him I was weeping
for all Wolmen, that I would weep for any, who died at
the hands of the Colonists!" She frowned. "I was waiting
for him to tell me to stand up, but he never did." "And
for him to warm toward a weeping woman?" Rod said
softly. Chomoi
glared at him. "I told you, I don't fit their stan- dards
of beauty!" Rod
didn't believe it. "Even so—you were female, and grieving.
And you're young enough. You were waiting for something
resembling a chivalrous response, weren't you?" THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 111 Chomoi
held the glare a moment longer. Then her mouth twisted,
and she admitted, "Yes, I was. But there wasn't any—not
the ghost of a one." Yorick
grinned. "Well, you knew the Wolmen were a bunch
of male chauvinists." "Sure,"
Rod cut in. "Any primitive culture's going to be patriarchal." "Not
'any.'" Yorick held up a palm. "But these guys are. Comes
from imitating commercial fiction, no doubt." He turned
back to Chomoi. "So you stood up anyway, huh?" She
shrugged, irritated. "I was getting a crick in my neck." "So
you stood up," Rod inferred. "Slowly, sinuously, with a
few discreet wriggles." Fury
flared in Chomoi's eyes, but she didn't answer. "It
didn't work?" Rod said gently. The
fury faded a bit. Reluctantly, Chomoi inclined her head.
"All he did was start reasoning. He pointed out that I
shouldn't take it so hard. As a bona fide female, I had more to
gain'from the colonists than to lose." Rod
scowled. "Was he being sarcastic or something?" Chomoi
shook her head. "No... From his tone, he was just
stating the facts of the case. As though it was a logical point,
you know?" "These
subsistence cultures end up preoccupied with common
sense," Yorick said. "So how did you answer that one?
After all, there is a surplus of Wolman women, with the
resulting polygamy." He frowned. "Odd, though—you wouldn't
expect a leader to be quite so carefree about one of his
people's women going to the men of his enemies." "Well,
that's just where I hit it. I put on the big indignant scene—that
no true Wolwoman would want a man all to herself,
if that man wouldn't be a Wolman, just a colonist. But
Hwun just went on telling me, in that emotionless style of his,
that it would make much more sense for me to have one man
all to myself, if I could. r 112
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 113 Rod
frowned. "I thought he was trying to get the Wolmen out of
association with the colonists." "So
did I. I stepped a little closer, snapping that there would've
been plenty of Wolmen to go around, if the col- onist
soldiers hadn't killed off so many of our men in the war.
But Hwun told me that there are always two percent more
female children surviving infancy than male.... I wonder
who does his statistics?" Yorick
shook his head, looking dazzled. "Odd bunch of primitives
they've got here." "Must
be Cholly and his educational force." Rod shrugged.
"I'm surprised he didn't quote the last IDE census at
you." "No,
but he did finally get around to praising my patri- otism.
Almost as an afterthought. Then he fed me some sort of line
about how literate cultures always destroy oral cul- tures,
then swallow them up or kill off their members." Rod
just stared at her for a moment. Then he said, "Not exactly
what I usually think of as a call to arms." "Well,
it could have been, if he hadn't sounded like some damn
professor!" Rod
wondered at her irritability. Of course, Chomoi was always
touchy... "So what did he say to comfort you?" "Nothing."
Chomoi turned away in disgust. "All of a sudden,
he spun around and ran over to the stone step. And believe
me, he can sprint!" "Primitives
stay in good physical shape," Yorick assured her. "Not
that good! I swear he could've run a horse race without
the horse!" She shook her head, exasperated. "He got there
just in time, too. He barely set foot on the stone, and the
sun came up." "Natural
sense of timing," Yorick said. "Which
some people don't have." Rod fixed him with a beady
eye. Chomoi
shook her head in exasperation. "Talk about a wasted
night!" "Oh,
I don't know." Rod pursed his lips. "At least, now we're
pretty sure he didn't want anybody to know which tribe
the corpse came from. That's something." "Not
much," Chomoi snapped, but Gwen smiled with gentle
amusement. "Thou shouldst not be so aggrieved, solely
for cause that he did not sway to thy charms." Rod's
eyebrows shot up as he turned to look at her. Chomoi
sat very still, paling. Then she heaved a sigh. "All
right, so my feminine pride's been hit. How'd you know,
Ms.?" Gwen
answered with a shrug of her shoulders. "The lilt of thy
voice, the tilt of thine head. Thou art quite knowl- edgeable
in the use of thy womanhood, art thou not?" "I've
gotten pretty good at it," Chomoi admitted, "ever since I
found out that the Wolmen have a very stiff code of honor
where women are concerned—especially unmarried ones.
It was such a welcome relief from my fellow colo- nists!" "Also
safer?" Rod guessed. Chornoi
nodded, chagrined. "I've always been a favorite with them,
and not just because I was disaffected. Maybe they
all thought I'd make a nice addition to their lodges, I don't
know—but it was nice to be treated like a lady again after
all these years. And I got to be pretty good at flirting." She
sounded vaguely surprised. Rod
frowned. "But if their code of honor was so stiff that
they wouldn't even try to seduce you..." "Oh,
I didn't say that!" Chornoi glared icicles at him. "They
all did, always, every single one. That was what was so nice
about it. I could flirt all I wanted to, then say 'No,' and
they'd accept it. Even if they didn't want to, they'd stop
right away." "But
this Hwun did not attempt to seduce thee?" "Not
a bit, not the tiniest flirt. Not even aTeer, let alone a
bedroom eye." Rod
cocked his head to the side. "But it sounded as though
he was interested in you." 114
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 115 "Oh,
yeah! In who I was, and why I was there, but beyond
that... Well, he didn't even seem to be aware that I was
female!" Yorick
shook his head. "Odd. Definitely odd. Anoma- lous,
in fact. Y' might expect that kind of thing in a civilized culture,
but..." "Whoa!
Hold it!" Chomoi's palm went up. "What makes you so
sure the Wolmen aren't civilized?" "Because
the word means 'citified,'" Yorick answered, irritated.
"At least pick legitimate nits, will you?" "Yet
wherefore wouldst thou look for such behavior in cities,
yet not in the country?" Gwen asked. "Because
it takes a higher degree of technology to build cities
than to build temporary villages," Yorick said. "I suppose
I really should have said 'highly-technological,' instead
of 'civilized.' I mean, can you really call it a 'city' if it's
only got a hundred thousand people, and not a single factory?" "Yes,"
Rod said, with conviction. Yorick
shrugged. "All right, so we're down to defini- tions.
Me, I think of industrial ugliness as a 'city'—you know,
steam engines, power looms, railroads, factories..." "No,
I don't know." Rod shook his head. "I didn't study that
much archaeology. But I can play straight man—'Why would
you expect a man from an industrial civilization to not
even notice that a woman was a woman?'" Yorick
frowned. "Well, maybe not 'expect', but at least not be
surprised by. In the industrial culture. Major, you make
progress by putting each item into its own separate pigeonhole,
so you can control it and assemble it with a lot of
other things into whatever new gadget you want—and what
you do with your tools, you also do with your minds. So the
industrial man starts seeing 'emotion' as one aspect of the
mind, and 'intellect' as another, and he puts each one into
its own separate pigeonhole in his soul, where it can't get in
the other's way. So you might not be surprised to find that a
leader who was currently dealing with a major prob- lem,
might have sex safely pigeonholed out of the way for the
time being." "But
to the point where he wouldn't even notice that a woman
was a woman?" Chomoi stared, appalled. "Oh,
he'd notice it, all right—but he'd ignore i> "Even
to the point of not responding as a man?" Yorick
shrugged. "What can I tell you? It's possible. But the
Wolman culture isn't industrial—it's tribal, with a very basic
technology that concentrates on wholeness and indi- viduality.
They see everything as weaving together into one great
big configuration—and sex as a natural part of life, just
like every other part. Feelings and thoughts are naturally interwoven
in a culture like that. The one leads to the other, in an
endless circle." Rod
pursed his lips. "Are you trying to tell me that Hwun wasn't
reacting like a true tribal chieftain?" Yorick
stood still with his mouth open. Then he closed it,
disgruntled. "Well, yeah, something like that. Right." "Well,
I'd say you pinned that one right on the donkey. But
there's something that really bothers me about that guy's attitude."
He scowled off into space, chewing at the thought mentally
for a few minutes, then shrugged his shoulders with a
sigh. "I can't pin it down." "Give
it time," Yorick advised. "It'll come home." "Wagging
a tale behind it, no doubt." The
door at the top of the stairs slammed, and Rod was on his
feet, one hand on his dagger. "Nay,
my lord." Gwen laid a hand on his forearm. "'Tis more
likely a friend than an enemy." Boots
appeared on the stairs, marching down, with loose green
trousers tucked into them. Then a white apron ap- peared,
tucked over an ample belly; then a barFel chest and bull
shoulders, with Cholly's grinning face on top of them, and a
huge tray piled high with steaming goodies in his 776 Christopher Stasheff hands.
"Thought yer might like a nibble. After all, the sun's almost
up." "And
our time with it?" Rod reached out to help lift the tray
down. "Here,
now! Away with yer!" Cholly swung the tray up out of
his reach. "Can't leave these things t' base amateurs, yer
know! Sit down, sit down! The pleasure in a meal is as much in
the service as in the cuisine." Rod put
his hands up, palms out. "Innocent, sheriff." He sat
down. "There!
That's a bit better." Cholly kicked a crate into the
middle of their circle and set the tray down on it, then picked
up platters and began to fill them with eggs and sausage,
muffins, toast, steak, and fried potatoes. "It's a local
bird does these eggs, now, not yer average Terran hen. But
she's a good fowl, and takes pride in her work. Lower in
cholesterol, too." He set the plate on Yorick's lap. "And I won't
tell yer what the steak was in its earlier incarnation. Just
relax and enjoy it." "Good,
though," Yorick mumbled around a mouthful. Rod
eyed the sausages warily as they passed him, bound for
Chomoi. "What's in the cartridges?" "Pork."
Cholly heaped a platter for him. "Naught but good
old pork. Major. Where yer finds human folk, yer finds
pigs. And why not?" He passed the plate to Rod and began
to load another. "They're tasty, portable, and thrives on yer
garbage. So what if they're omery, and got nasty tempers?
Just give 'em some mud, and they'll rest content." He set
the plate in front of Gwen and turned to serve Yorick and
Chomoi, but found they'd served themselves while he wasn't
looking. "Ah, well-a-day!" he sighed, and folded his
arms, watching the Gallowglasses dine with enthusiasm. "Eh,
it does my old heart good to see the young'uns tuckin' into
their tucker like that!" "Couldn't
be more than a few years older than we are," Rod
mumbled. THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 117 "Don't
bet on it, laddie." Cholly wagged a forefinger at him.
"I'm all of fifty." "Why,
he is ten years my senior!" Gwen said brightly. "A
positive antique," Rod agreed. "But he cooks well, so we
won't hold it against him." "Have
it as you will, it does my heart good to see folk enjoy
my food." But Cholly's face puckered into a frown. "Yer
surely do seem the carefree pair, don't yer?" "What?"
Rod looked up, surprised. "Oh. Just because we
don't seem particularly worried?" He shrugged and turned back to
his plate. "We aren't." "Wherefore
ought we be?" Gwen looked up in wide-eyed innocence. "Well..."
Cholly coughed delicately into his fist. "There is this
little matter of a million or so wild savages who're thirsting
fer yer blood." "He's
so clinical with his descriptions, isn't he?" "Aye,
my lord. Dry and bare of emotion." "It
don't worry yer." Cholly tipped his head toward them, eyebrows
lifted. Rod
shook his head. "Why should they? We can always escape." "We
do excel at quick disappearing," Gwen confirmed. "'Tis
merely a matter of waiting thine opportunity." Cholly
looked astounded. "Then why not escape now?" Rod
shook his head. "Don't want to create an incident." Gwen
nodded. "When we do depart, we'd liefer not leave a war
in our wake." "I
mean," Rod explained, "if we don't go to that trial, what's
going to happen to Wolman-colonist politics here?" Cholly
was still for a moment, gazing off into space. Then he
said, "'Tis a point well-taken—and 'tis good of yer to
care. But ought yer not have some concern fer yer- selves?" -' "We
do," Gwen assured him. "We
meant what we said—if push comes to shove, we 118 Christopher Stasheff can
always disappear, fade into the woodwork. But there would
still be the little problem of getting off this planet," Rod
explained. Cholly
leaned back on one leg, scratching where his sidebum
had been. "Aye. There'd be some difficulty to that.
That's why they made the whole planet a prison, now that
yer mention it. Mind yer, there's a-plenty of places to hide
here on Wolmar; there're some patches of mountains that
not even the Wolmen would bother to go to, but as would
have game enough to support just a man and his wife, and
mayhap even a family." Gwen
shook her head and swallowed. "Nay. "Tis this matter
of family, even as thou sayest. I must needs return to
them, look thou." Cholly
just gazed at her, brooding, his lower lip thrust out.
"Aye, I can understand that. But where be they. Missus?" Gwen
opened her mouth to answer, but Rod said quickly, "On
another planet, far away." "Aren't
they all!" Cholly sighed. He set his hands on his hips
and stared up at the ceiling beams. "Aye, then, 'tis needful
indeed. But I can't give yer any help if y're out to launch,
in a manner of speakin'. My men only work dirt- side." '"S
okay." Rod shrugged. "We weren't really expecting anything." "Yet
'tis good of thee to offer thine aid," Gwen said softly. Chomoi
looked up from her plate and shifted a mouthful of food
over into her cheek. "That reminds me, speaking of
people hiding out in Wolman territory..." Cholly's
attention shifted to her, with total intensity. "Say," he
commanded. "Strangers."
Chornoi finished chewing and swallowed. "I've
spent most of the last month wandering around among the
Wolmen..." "That,
I know." Cholly said. "And I'll not argue that they're
more considerate, and more mannerly than our col- THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 119 onists—and
if a lady says 'No,' they'll agree, and not take exception.
After all, they've plenty of women on hand. But how did
this bring you knowledge of strangers?" Chomoi
shrugged. "It takes one to know one. I'm sure their
disguises fooled the Wolmen, but I saw through them— maybe
because I was looking from the outside." "Indeed,"
Cholly breathed. "And what have these false Wolmen
been doing?" "Nothing
much. Claiming a free lunch, and a place in the
shade for a few hours, which the Wolmen were glad to supply—that
good old primitive code of hospitality...." "Members
of the same tribe, no doubt," Cholly breathed. "Oh,
sure, if they'd come from a different tribe, that would
have been a horse of a different color! But being of the
same hue, if you follow me, they had the green-carpet treatment...." "The
green carpet being grass?" Rod asked. "Of
course." Chomoi gave him an irritated glance. "So the
visitors just sat down, filled up, and discussed the fate of the
world." "For
some hours, yer said?" "Two
or three. Then they drifted on. But afterwards I heard
the occasional Wolman talking against General Shack- lar and
us colonists." "Not
exactly what I'd call a positive symptom," Yorick said. "Nay,
certes," Gwen breathed. "What
complaints had they?" Cholly asked. "The Wol- men
hailed Shacklar as the voice of reason, right from the start.
The only gripes about him came from Terra, and she was
only objecting, because our good General-Governor didn't
need her!" "Ever
the way with women," Yorick sighed, and Chornoi favored
him with her skewerest glance. -» "Of
course, she hasn't been complaining lately." Cholly noted.
"How can she, when she's cut us off?" Yorick
started to answer, but Chornoi snapped, "Can it!" 120 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 121 Rod
shrugged. "Okay, so there are a few kvetchers out beyond
the Wall. Why let it bother you? There are always a few
malcontents." But
Yorick looked doubtful now, and Cholly shook his head.
"Malcontents stay in their own villages, but Ms. Chor- noi's
seen several of 'em wandering about." Chomoi
nodded. "All different tribes, too." Cholly
shook his head again. "That smacks of organi- zation." "Plus
a lot of body-paint," Rod added. "Could be the same
agents, just changing their colors each time." "Like
enough." Cholly shook his head. "I'll have to apprise
the General of it." "If
you have to." Chomoi was suddenly as tight as a wire.
"Just don't tell him who did the noticing, okay?" "Be
easy," Cholly assured her. "I've only to refer to 'my sources,'
and he never questions." "Of
course." Chomoi relaxed. "All those traders. What difference
would it make which one brought the news?" "None,
to him." Cholly frowned. "Some, to me." He turned
to Rod and Gwen. "But I take her point. It's worth talking,
fer yerselves." "Why?"
Rod looked up. "Because it gives us a way to have a
body, where there isn't a Wolman missing?" Chomoi
shook her head. "That body was a real Wol- man." Rod
frowned. "How can they tell? Tattoos?" "That,
and other tribal marks." Cholly
nodded in agreement. "Yer wouldn't notice 'em in the
usual course of action. However, fer yerselves, yer might
be able to use 'em to win a stay of execution, by demanding
that Hwun prove none of his own people was responsible
fer the murder, nor that it wasn't committed by no
impersonator, neither." Rod
smiled slowly, and Gwen said, "They're as likely to
demand that we prove there were no false Wolmen had a blade
into this, either." "True,"
Rod agreed, "but no one could expect us to have evidence
about real Wolmen, could they?" He grinned at Choraoi.
"Thanks, lady. That might win us time." "I'm
not a lady," Chomoi snapped. Before
Rod could say it, they heard the tavern door open upstairs,
and a dozen pairs of boots tramped across the floor above
their heads. "Ah!"
Cholly looked upward. "Yer escort's come, I dare say." The
troop didn't lead them to Shacklar's office. Instead, it took
them to a giant log cabin between the tavern and the administrative
compound. "What
is this?" Rod asked the lieutenant. "Town Hall?" "Close
enough," the man growled, and he threw the door open.
Rod and Gwen marched in, shoulders square and chins high.
Their escort followed. Rod
took a quick look around. Inside, you couldn't have told it
was built of logs. The walls were paneled and plas- tered,
and the furniture was so smoothly finished that, at first
glance, it looked like plastic. There
was a beautifully finished desk, too, squarely in front
of Rod, and at least six feet high. Shacklar would've been
dwarfed behind it, if his chair hadn't been so huge and
ornate. Real leather upholstery. Rod noted. Well, col- onists
had to make do with what they could find. The
side desks were just as sumptuous, but a foot shorter. The one
at the left had five Wolmen behind it, and the one at the
right had five soldiers, each of whom had officer's insignia
gleaming on his collar tabs. Rod
scanned the scene and saw the basis for a consti- tution. A
sergeant stepped out in front of Shacklar's bench, thumped
the floor with an oaken pole tipped with chalk, and
bellowed, "Order in the court!" Rod bit
back the traditional rejoinder, but Gwen caught his
thought, and had to suppress a smile. 722
Christopher Stasheff "Accused,
please present yourselves," Shacklar said qui- etly. Rod
looked at Gwen. Gwen looked at Rod. They shrugged,
and took a joint step forward. "How
do you plead?" Shacklar inquired. "Guilty,
or not guilty?" the sergeant prompted. "Not
guilty," Rod said firmly. "Proof!"
Hwun was on his feet behind the Wolmen's bench.
"What proof them show? Must give evidence that them
not do murder!" "Come
to that, I don't believe I'd mentioned that a mur- der had
been committed," Shacklar mused. "Horrible over- sight.
But really, old chap, I must request that if you intend to
prosecute the case, you remove yourself from the bench." Hwun
stared at him, then slowly nodded. "It is sensible." Rod
stared in amazement as the Wolman came down from
the bench and around in front of it. The move seemed completely
at odds with what he knew of the intractable, hostile
Wolman chief. Why had he been so quick to agree? There
was a slight stirring at the back of the room, near the
outer door. Out of the comer of his eye. Rod noticed Yorick
and Chomoi slide in quietly. He bit his lip in vex- ation—he
hadn't wanted them to get pulled in so openly. The
soldiers might assume guilt by association. But it
was nice to feel their support. Hwun
strode up to glower at Rod and Gwen. "You say you not
guilty. Give proof!" Rod
suddenly realized that he and Hwun were going to determine,
right here and now, whether Wolmar's legal code would
be basically Napoleonic, or basically English. If it were
basically Napoleonic, it would assume that the accused was
guilty, and had to prove his innocence, which meant that
the rights of the individual wouldn't be the most im- portant
element in the constitution about to be bom. "No,"
Rod said softly. "It's not our job to prove we're innocent.
You have to prove we're guilty!" Hwun
just stared at him, and his gaze was so cold that THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 123 Rod
could have sworn it was giving him frostbite. "That's
so." The
Chief Chief spun around to look at the colonists' bench.
A slender officer was on his feet. With a shock. Rod recognized
the officer who had been so courteous to them on the
Wall the morning before. "Lieutenant
Corrigan," Shacklar acknowledged. "On what basis
do you state agreement with the accused?" "Why
not?" Corrigan answered, with an easy smile. "Still, it's
common sense, sir. We know nothing of these two peo- ple,
except that a Wolman patrol chased them to us. If anything,
that would indicate a Wolman bias against them. No,
really, in all fairness, we must ask that some reason be given
for believing them guilty of a capital crime." "The
point is well-taken." Shacklar turned to the Wol- men's
bench. "Those of us present at the hearing yesterday morning
have heard such reasons, but the majority of the individuals
making up this court have not. We will hear it stated
anew." Rod
breathed a sigh of relief—the English concept had won
out. The laws ofWolmar would assume that the accused was
innocent, and the state would have to prove his guilt, which
meant that the rights of the individual would be the most
important element in the embryonic constitution. All of a
sudden, the term "founding fathers" gained a whole new
meaning. Shacklar
turned back to Corrigan. "However, Lieutenant, I must
ask that if you intend to take the part of the accused, you
also step down from your bench." Thereby
preserving an equal number on each side. Rod noted,
as well as establishing the functions of prosecutor and
defense. He hoped Shacklar would be as careful in his judgment
as he was in his establishing of precedents. Corrigan
stared blankly for a moment, then heaved a sigh and
stepped down to the floor. Shacklar
turned back to Hwun. "Please present your proofs.
Chief Chief, your reasons why we should believe 124 Christopher
Stasheff v THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 125 these
two people murdered a Wolman." Hwun
only stared at him. Shacklar
leaned back in his chair, fingers steepled, totally at
ease. Finally,
Hwun said, "They were there." Rod
breathed a sigh of relief. The English concept had triumphed. "Yester
morning," Hwun went on, "them outside Wall. Outside,
in middle of plain. Who know where before that?" "Precisely,"
Corrigan agreed. "Who does know?" Hwun
didn't even acknowledge him. "Wolman found dead.
Dead, at Sun-Greeting Place. Me found body! Who would
kill him? Only colonist!" His finger stabbed out at Rod and
Gwen. "Only them outside Wall—no reason! So!" He
folded his arms across his chest. "Them kill Wolman." "Oh,
come now!" Corrigan scoffed. "There were traders outside
the Wall, too, and Wolmen from other tribes. Even if you
assume that no member of his own tribe would kill him..."
He spun to the General, stabbing a forefinger. "Which
point has not been established, sir!" Then back to Hwun.
"Even if, if, no member of his own tribe slew him, there's
no reason to think a member of another tribe didn't!" Hwun
kept his face turned toward Shacklar. "Wolmen not
bloodthirsty." Shacklar
sat very still, and the faces of the other officers froze.
Rod could almost hear the laughter they were holding back,
and really could hear them thinking. That's not how it
looked! "Wolmen
not slay other Wolmen!" Hwun thundered. The
officers' faces stayed frozen. Just what the blinking hell do
you think you were doing when we came here— holding
community picnics? Shacklar
managed to sublimate his feelings into a huge sigh,
and leaned forward. "Be that as it may... Accused!" "Uh,
yes?" Rod looked up. "Were
you, or your wife, at the Sun-Greeting Place yes- terday
morning?" Rod
shook his head. "Never saw it till we went to look for
evidence last night." Hwun's
head snapped around to stare at Rod, but Shack- lar
said, "And no one was slain last night." He turned to the
panel of Wolman chiefs. "Would any of you happen to know
where these two were first sighted?" "In
middle of Horse Plain," answered the Purple chief. "On
foot?" Corrigan asked. "On
foot," the chief confirmed. "And
that's a good ten kilometers from the Sun-Greeting Place.
At what time did your warriors sight the accused, Chief?" The
chief shrugged. "Sun not up long." "Soon
after dawn," Corrigan translated. "Was the sun completely
above the horizon?" The
chief nodded. "How
far above?" The
chief demonstrated with his hands. "Two fingers' width." "Two
fingers' width, at arm's length." Corrigan held his own
fingers out, squinting at them. "Perhaps a half an hour after
dawn." He dropped his hand, and was looking at Hwun. "I
submit that it would have been rather difficult for the defendants
to kill a man at the Sun-Greeting Place, and be in
middle of the Horse Plain, ten kilometers away, half an hour
later." Hwun
stared for a moment, then said, "Could have killed earlier." "Indeed,
they could have," Corrigan countered, "but did they?
Have you the slightest shred of evidence that indicates they so
much as met the deceased, let alone slew him?" Hwun
gave him a long, cold stare. Then, turning to his fellow
Wolmen with frigid dignity, he drew himself up and stated,
"Soldiers stalling." His forefinger jabbed oat at Rod and
Gwen again. "These two did murder! Plain for all to see!"
He turned back to Shacklar. "And all can see soldiers not
deal fairly with Wolmen! Oh, with goods, cash, pipe- 726 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 127 weed,
soldiers deal fair—but not life! Then, no soldier deal fairly!" The
other chiefs glared, then began to mutter to one another,
darting hostile glances at Shacklar and the officers' panel.
The officers stiffened, their faces turning to wood. "Give!"
Hwun thundered, holding out a hand, palm up. "Give
these two to Wolmen! Give murderer of brother into our
hands, to slay in justice here, now!" "Justice!
Why, you pious prig!" Chornoi was on her feet, raging.
"You're not looking for justice; you're looking for a
scapegoat! You know damn well that if you can't satisfy your
fellow chiefs, they'll kick you out of office! And you can't
satisfy them all, if it turns out it was a Wolman who murdered
a Wolman! Because if it was, the murderer's tribe will
defend him, and the victim's tribe will charge out for revenge!
And that'll be the end of your nice little Confed- eration!" "Not
so!" "Wolman law!" "All tribes heed!" The chiefs were on
their feet, shouting. But
Hwun drowned them all out. "Justice! Seek only justice!" "Justice!"
Chomoi sneered, pacing up to him. "How can a
tyrant seek justice? Because that's what you really want to be,
isn't it? King of all the Wolmen! Tyrant! Dictator! That's
all you are—just a power-driven machine!" Rod
stiffened, feeling as though his spine had turned into a hot
wire. Facts suddenly connected in his head, and sparked into
fusion. "Machine!"
Chomoi spat. Hwun's
hand lashed out so fast it seemed to blur, cracking backhanded
against Chornoi's jaw. She shot back, crashing into
the colonists' bench. Rod
bellowed, rage erupting as he whirled toward Hwun, which
brought him just far enough to the side so that the Chief
Chief's fist hissed past his ear. An icicle stabbed Rod as he
realized the blow would have killed him. He was fighting
for his life! The
hell with fighting fair! He came
out of his crouch in a whirl, knee driving up into
Hwun's groin. It struck— With a
hollow crack. Rod
howled as his knee burst into fire. Everyone
in the courtroom stood frozen, galvanized by the
sound. Hwun's
hand reached for Rod's throat—but Rod's leg gave
way, and crashed to the floor. Hwun's hand clawed through
empty air. Fear sizzled through Rod, opening a channel
for the scarlet wrath that boiled through him in a raging
torrent. Rod focused it on his hand, shoving himself back up
onto one knee, concentrating on the hand's edge, willing
it into a sword, a battle-ax, slamming out in a chop so fast
that no one noticed it had turned into the shiny gray of
tungsten steel. It crashed up into Hwun's jaw. The Wol- man
shot into the air and crashed down to the floor, right in
front of the Wolman bench. Rod
knelt, arm falling limp, panting, wild-eyed, amazed and
terrified by his own action. / couldn't have hit him that hard! Aye,
thou couldst. Rod
looked up, and saw the steel of his hand reflected in his
wife's eyes. But
Hwun was rolling to his feet... ... and
a searing, ruby ray skewered his head. For a
frozen moment. Rod could see the line of light joining
the Wolman chieftain to the blaster in the General's hand,
seeming as much a part of him as his uniform. Then
the moment thawed, the beam of light winked out, and
Hwun crashed to the ground. The
Wolmen stared, appalled. Then
they leaped to their feet, blasters whipping out from under
their cloaks. "Blood!" They howled, "Justice!" 'Treachery!"
"Kill!" But
Shacklar vaulted over his bench and landed beside Hwun's
body. He yanked off the chief's loincloth. The other 728
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 129 Wolmen
howled, outraged—but the howls died, and their eyes
bulged as they stared, frozen. For a moment, the room was
totally silent. Then
groans welled up from the Wolmen's chests, as they
gazed in horror at the smooth curve of a groin without genitals. Rod
shoved himself over to Hwun, whipping out his dagger.
He gripped the corpse's hair, and the blade sliced keenly
around in a single stroke. Rod peeled back the skin. There
was no blood, no fatty tissue—only the bland curve of a
beige skull, with four hairline cracks forming a perfect rectangle. The
chiefs still stared, too stunned to move. Rod
jammed the tip of his dagger into one of the cracks and
pried. The material resisted for a moment, then the rectangle
popped open. Rod stared at a cluster of jewels, gleaming
from the darkness inside. "Molecular
circuits, of course," Rod explained. "Each one of
those 'jewels' was a computer big enough to run all the
utilities for a small city." He
lifted his stein for a swallow, and Cholly asked, "How did you
guess he was a robot?" "Easy,"
Rod said, with a wry smile. "In fact, I can't understand
why I didn't figure it out, for so long. I mean, a
Wolman had been murdered, right? But no Wolman was missing.
Which meant there was one extra Wolman." He spread
his hands. "Couldn't be. And we'd met Hwun. He hadn't
shown any emotion at all, except anger—but a very cold
anger, if you follow me. That's how he was in every- thing—very
cold, very factual. I suppose it was his lousy logic
that sidetracked me." "Yeah."
Yorick scratched his head. "How could a com- puter
'brain' do such sloppy thinking, as to think you two were
guilty just because you were outside the Wall that morning?" "Especially
when there were others out, too." Rod held up a
forefinger. "Thaler—and we don't know how many traders." "Right.
So how come Hwun didn't see that suspecting you
two, didn't make sense?" Rod
shrugged. "He could only think the way he'd been programmed—'garbage
in, garbage out.' But it really should have
hit me when Chornoi told us that he didn't show the slightest
flicker of response to her flirting, even though every other
Wolman she'd met liked flirting so much that it was her
guarantee of safety. That really should have made Hwun stand
out in my mind. And the real clincher is that he broke off
conversation with her to run over to the stone step and greet
the sun just before it rose." Yorick
frowned. "So?" "How
could he have known?" Gwen breathed. Yorick
sat for a moment. Then he lifted his head slowly. Rod
nodded. "His programming included a schedule of sunrises.
Yeah, I really should have caught that. But all those
factors didn't add up and hit me until Chomoi called him a
machine right there in the courtroom—and I realized that
explained everything odd about him." "And
that's when yer figured out that the robot committed the
murder?" Cholly asked. Rod
nodded again. "Totally possible, if you program it to be
an assassin, which is why the laws against doing that are so
stiff. But our Futurian buddies don't care too much about
laws." "It's
illegal to use blasters to kill people, too," Yorick said,
wryly. "But your average murderer can't afford a robot for the
job. So how often do you come across a homicidal android?" "First
one I've ever seen," Rod said. "Every other robot was
programmed to protect life." "Was't
therefore thou didst not look for a murderer to be a...
'robot,' didst thou term it?" Rod sat
still, then nodded slowly. "Yeah, darling. That's probably
why. Know me pretty well, don't you?" He smiled 730
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 131 at
Gwen. "And yes, you've got the word right—'robot.' The
word means 'worker,' literally. It's a machine made to look
like a human being, or to do the work a human being does." "Yet
how was't this 'robot' did so perfectly resemble the true
Hwun?" "Now
we come to the real villain." Rod's mouth tight- ened.
"Somebody very obviously planned the whole thing ahead
of time... carefully, too. Someone—probably one of
those fake Wolmen Chomoi mentioned—took a picture of
Hwun, then sculpted the robot's face to look exactly like his.
And put him where he could be sure the robot would be able
to find Hwun alone." "At
the Sun-Greeting Place," Yorick interjected. "Then all he
had to do was make sure the robot's programming included
the right moves for making a fuss after the murder was
over." "So."
Chomoi scowled. "Hwun went up to say his mom- ing
prayers—the real Hwun, I mean—and as he turned to face
the sun, the robot hit him." She shuddered. "At least it was
quick." Rod
nodded. "The robot mutilated the face so nobody'd realize
he wasn't the real Hwun. Then it took the body to the
closest stream, washed off the paint, and brought it to the
nearest tribal village, howling for vengeance. Then it just
took Hwun's place and did the best it could to make a huge
fuss." Yorick
nodded. "Neatly done." "Very
professional," Chomoi agreed. "So who's the bas- tard
who programmed the "robot?" "I'm
afraid we're not to know that," a voice sighed. They
turned, startled, as Shacklar stepped up to their table.
"It seems my shot burned out the android's memory, along
with its vital functions—and, of course, the program with
it." "Not
a huge surprise." Rod nodded. "I mean, the program is the
most vital function." "Precisely."
Shacklar laid his hand on a chair. "May I join
you?" "Aye,
an't please thee," Gwen said. Rod
cast a stem glance at her. Shacklar
pulled out the chair and sat. "Mind you, I'm not
apologizing. The monster had to be stopped, stopped instantly—and
there was only one way to do it. We're fortunate
that the controlling computer was located in its skull,
where I placed my first shot." "Not
just 'fortunate.'" Rod smiled. "You were pretty sure that's
where it would be, weren't you?" Shacklar
grinned. "Teleology generally wins out. If we make a
machine in our own form, we put the computer in the
head, simply because that's where our brains are, even though
there's more room in the torso. Which, of course, is where
my second shot would have gone." "But,
fortunately, it wasn't needed." Rod smiled. "Mind you.
General, I'm glad you did it—very glad, considering it Was
me the blasted thing was trying to kill." Shacklar
acknowledged his support with a nod and a smile.
"But I'm afraid we'll never be able to tell what the program
was exactly. And, of course, there will be no means of
guessing who programmed it, or why." Rod
shrugged. "We can speculate." "True."
Shacklar's smile intensified. "We can always speculate—but
we ought to remember that we're merely conjecturing." "Naetheless,"
Gwen reminded them, "we are proven in- nocent." "Oh,
quite true," said the General. "There's absolutely no
question of that. And my problem, that of pacifying the Wolmen,
is nicely solved." "Yeah."
Yorick grinned. "As soon as the Major showed them
what was inside Hwun's skull, they didn't have any trouble
believing the robot committed the murder." Shacklar
nodded. "And I can turn the 'dead' android over to
the Wolmen—which I have done—so that, if they 732
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 133 have
any doubts at all, they can take it apart themselves, to see
that it really is only a machine." "Which
they will do, of course." Cholly came up behind them
and reached across shoulders to set new mugs of ale down
for everyone. "And just think how much they'll leam about
cybernetics!" "Oh,
I did." Shacklar contemplated his mug with a smile. "Moreover,
by having 'slain' the android myself, I seem to have
become something of a celebrity among the Wolmen." Yorick
grinned. "'Demon-killer,' huh?" Shacklar
nodded. "Then
you've got it all." Rod set his palms down on the table.
"Your Wolmar Federation—the prototype for your government
of colonists and Wolmen, coming together in two
separate bodies to decide a common problem." Shacklar
looked up, surprised. "Very perceptive, really, Mr.
Gallowglass. Do you do this sort of thing yourself?" Rod
opened his mouth, but Gwen answered. "He hath occasion
for awareness of it. Then he hath guessed aright?" "Indeed,"
Shacklar answered. "In fact, I've had the first draft
of the Constitution sitting in my files for several years, waiting
for the right moment." "Which
we have managed to trigger for you," Rod in- ferred. The
General nodded. "Copies are currently en route to each of
the four Wolman tribes, and the officers and rankers of our
Parliament." "And
with your new status," Yorick pointed out, "you don't
have to worry too much about whether or not the Wolmen
will accept the new Constitution." Shacklar
smiled. "I do seem to have gained an impressive amount
of credibility with them, yes." "He's
a demigod," Yorick explained. "Certainly."
Cholly grinned. "It makes the Union all the tighter,
to have the whole thing both triggered and solved by
somebody who's neither Wolman nor colonist." Rod
inclined his head. "We thank you." Chornoi
glared. "How could you know whether or not she
does?" Rod
just stared, but Gwen said, "Be sure, he doth." Chornoi
rounded on her. "Then how come you don't know
what he thinks?" "I
do." Gwen shrugged. "In this instance, he spoke first." "I
just wish," Rod went on quickly, "that I knew whether or not
the nasty who programmed the robot was trying to sabotage
the General-Governor's budding republic, or to assassinate
Gwen and myself." "Why
not both?" Yorick spread his hands. Chornoi
nodded. "Does it really matter?" "Well,
kind of. If we knew which, we might be able to figure
out why." "A
point," the General admitted. "However, I think we'd best
stay with the pragmatic aspect of the situation. No matter
what their ultimate goal was, old boy, I daresay someone
is attempting to kill you." "I...
would... say that was a reasonable guess." Rod gazed
into Gwen's eyes as he nodded slowly. "Therefore,"
the General said, "it behooves us to get you off-planet
as quickly as possible, before your would-be as- sassins
create an incident that does rip Wolmar apart." Rod looked
up, with a sour smile. 'To our mutual benefit, eh?" "Let
us say, a point of intersection between our areas of interest." "Well,
no offense, General, but we'd love to leave. Any ideas
how to escape from a prison planet?" "Ah,
but we're no longer a prison." Shacklar held up a forefinger.
"When the Proletarian Eclectic State of Terra cut us off
from the central government, we became an inde- pendent
entity by default. Of course, I do understand that I have
some genuine homicidal maniacs livingrhere, and I wouldn't
loose them on the galaxy—nor any of my sado- masochists."
He shivered, took a deep breath. "Nor any of the
truly dedicated thieves. Still, you must understand that 134
Christopher Stasheff we do
have some export trade in the raw materials for pharmaceuticals..." "He's
talking about pipeweed," Cholly explained. "Quite.
And we've discovered that we can actually make a small
profit, trading with other outlying planets." "Enough
to exchange for the few imports you really need?" Shacklar
nodded. "Our main markets are Haskerville and Otranto." "Otranto?"
Rod frowned. "That's a resort planet!" It still had
that reputation in Rod's time, five hundred years later. Then
his eyes widened. "Oh. That kind of pharmaceutical." "No,
not really." Shacklar smiled. "It's simply that a great
many ships berth at Otranto, with pleasure-seekers from
all over the Terran Sphere. They also carry a bit of cargo,
especially if it's low-bulk—so one of the pharmaceu- tical
companies operates a factory there, bringing in raw materials
from several of the outlying planets, extracting their
essential chemicals, and shipping them on to the central planets
for further processing and distribution. Thus we've managed
to maintain some trade." "The
rejects have managed to stay civilized in spite of the
in-group, eh?" Rod couldn't help smiling. "If
you must put it in the vulgar cant," Shacklar sighed. "In
fact, it was one of the freighters that brought us word of the
PEST coup." Rod
suddenly realized where the conversation was head- ing.
"There wouldn't happen to be a freighter in port right now,
would there?" Shacklar
nodded. "On our moon. You must understand that
due to our genesis as a prison planet, it can be quite difficult
to go from our spaceport to our moon. In fact, there are
some very elaborate security procedures left over from the
PEST days, which I've seen no reason to relax. How- ever,
since I've no records of any of you three being crim- inals,
I've no reason to detain you." "And
every reason to help us move on, huh?" r THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 135 "Thou
wilt assist us in our travels, then?" Gwen asked. "I
shall be delighted." Shacklar gravely bowed his head. Rod
held his breath, screwed up his courage, and took a
chance. "Of course, we couldn't agree to go without our guide." Yorick
looked surprised, then grinned. "Yeah. We think we're
gonna need her expertise, no matter where we go." Shacklar
gave Chomoi a long, assessing gaze. Slowly, he
nodded. "Given her history, I don't believe she should have
been with us to begin with." Hope
flared in Chomoi's eyes. "I
certainly see no reason to detain you further, made- moiselle."
Shacklar inclined his head with grave courtesy. "And
to be certain no other officials misunderstand, I'll equip
you with an official pardon." Rod sat
back with a sigh of relief. "General, your co- operation
is amazing." He frowned at a sudden thought. "But
there is the little matter of the fare. I'm afraid we don't have
enough money for the tickets." Yorick
started to say something, but Shacklar was already gazing
off into space and nodding. "I'm certain that could be
managed. As I say, we do have something of a trade balance.
I believe the Bank of Wolmar will prove willing to
advance funds for the next leg of your journey." "Our
greatest thanks." Gwen's eyes sparkled. The
General held his eyes on her for a few moments. He may
have been always calm and cool, but he wasn't immune. Personally,
Rod was amazed at just how anxious Shacklar was to
be rid of them. GWEN
RELEASED HER shock webbing with a bemused frown. "Why,
that was naught! Or, at least, 'twas naught when I liken
it to the terror of that devil's ride from the planet to the
moon." She turned to Rod, anxiety shadowing her eyes. "Be
we truly in the sky, my lord?" "We
be," Rod assured her. "And
that bare, great hall that we came into from the ship—that
was truly on the moon? Truly perched upon that circle
of light within the nighttime sky?" "It
really was, dear. Of course, that 'circle of light' was actually
a ball of rock, five hundred miles thick." She
sank back into her seat, shaking her head. "'Tis wondrous!"
Then she looked down at the chair beneath her. "As
is this throne! How marvelously soft it is, and how wondrous
is this cloth that covers it!" She looked up at Rod. "And
they are not for nobility alone?" "Well,
technically, no." Rod frowned. "Though I suppose anyone
who can afford space travel has to be as rich as an I aristocrat." "Or
a criminal," Yorick added, from across the aisle. "In which
case, he doesn't have to pay anything at all." "Yeah,
but the accommodations aren't quite this classy. And he
doesn't really want to be going where he's headed, either." "True,"
Yorick said judiciously. "Of course^, if you're going
away from prison, you're not too picky about the service." "This
isn't really all that fancy," Rod explained to Gwen. 139 140 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 141 "This
whole room is just a little blip on the side of a great, big
freight-carrier, so they can carry passengers if they have to." "Or
get a chance to," Yorick added. "We bring in a lot more
money per cubic meter than cargo does." "That
is somewhat reassuring." Gwen looked up at Rod. "But
explain to me again the nature of this moment of strangeness
that we but now suffered, when it seemed that up was
down and, for a moment, I had thought we were on the
outside of this ship of the skies." Rod
shook his head. "Don't know if I really can, dear. I know
the words for it, but I'm not sure what they mean." "Then
say them to me," she urged. "Okay.
The fastest anything can go is the speed of light— about
186,280 miles per second, remember? But the only reason
light goes that fast is because it's made of infinites- imal
little motes called photons..." "There's
nothing to it," Yorick confided. Rod
nodded. "Right. Nothing at all. Photons don't weigh anything,
don't have any substance, any 'mass.' If you or I
climbed into a spaceship and tried to go faster and faster until
we got to the speed of light, our ship would get shorter and
shorter, and heavier and heavier, and more and more massive.
And the more mass it would have, the more power it
would take to make it go faster." "So
there doth come a point at which each mite more of power,
doth make so much more 'mass,' that the ship doth go no
faster?" "Right!"
Rod beamed at her, delighted again by her quickness
of understanding. But a chill passed through his belly—how
could she understand so quickly, when her cul- ture
didn't give her the necessary background concepts? "Technically,
we would be going just a fraction faster; we'd always
be getting a tiny bit closer to the speed of light, and a tiny
bit more, and a tiny bit more, but we'd never quite reach
it." "I
cannot truly understand it," she sighed, sinking back. "Yet
an thou dost say it, my lord, I will credit it." "Well,
that helps a little. But you'll understand it thor- oughly
soon enough, dear, or I quite mistake you. Then you can
decide for yourself whether you believe it or not." "Yet
what is this 'other space' thou, and Yorick and Chomoi,
did say we have passed into?" "Oh."
Rod rolled his eyes to the side, pursing his lips for a
moment. "Well, you see, dear... uh... Otranto, the planet
we're going to, is about forty-five light-years from Wolmar.
The distance that light can travel in a year is about five
billion, eight hundred eighty million miles—and forty- five
times that is something like 265 trillion. And that's roughly
how far it is from Wolmar to Otranto." She
turned her head from side to side, wide-eyed. "'Tis inconceivable." "Totally.
We can't even imagine a distance that great, not
really. It's just a string of numbers." "But
we do get the main point," said Yorick, "which is that
even if we could go almost as fast as light does, it'd still
take us fifty years to get to Otranto." "And
I don't know about you," Chomoi added, "but for myself,
I have a lot of better things to do, than just sit around
aboard a ship playing checkers for that long a time." "I
assure thee, so have I." Gwen shivered. "But
we can't go any faster," Yorick reminded her. "Not if we
want to stay solid. No faster than the speed of light." "So
we go around it," Rod explained. Gwen
squeezed her eyes shut, shaking her head. "I can- not
comprehend that." "Neither
can I," Rod admitted. "But there's a gadget in the
back of the ship called an 'isomorpher,' and when the pilot
turns it on, it makes us isomorphic with H-space. I'm not
sure what H-space is, but I gather it's a kind of space that
isn't quite part of this universe."
- Gwen
frowned. "And we are part of that H-spaee?" "Well,
no, not part of it, really." Rod sat back, staring at the
comer of the ceiling, pursing his lips. "Just identified r 742 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 143 with
it—point for point, atom for atom. Which is what we are
right now." He looked around at the interior of the cabin. "But
I feel no differently," she cried, "nor doth aught appear
transformed!" "We
aren't." Rod shook his head. "We aren't different, at
all—relative to this ship, and relative to each other— because
we're all isomorphic with H-space right now. But when
the ship's computer pulls out the pattern for what normal
space is like, near Otranto, and when it identifies that
pattern, it'll turn off the isomorpher, and we'll go back to
being ordinary parts of the regular universe." "Tis
magic," Gwen said firmly. "Personally,
I agree," Rod sighed, "but the man who explained
it to me, assured me it was all perfectly natural, and
thoroughly understandable." "So,"
said Gwen, "are my witch-powers." "Only
on Gramarye, my dear." Rod squeezed her hand. "And
I suppose all this isomorphism and H-space is normal and
understandable out here." He turned to Yorick. "I don't suppose
it's possible for Dr. McAran to shoot you the pieces of the
time machine while we're in this condition, is it?" Yorick
shook his head. "He can't lock onto us. Major. However
his time machines work, it ain't through H-space." "I
thought not," Rod sighed, "which is too bad, because this is
going to be at least half the trip—two days, at least. But he
can do it once we're back into normal space." "Well,
he can try." Yorick frowned. "But that's what I was
trying to signal you about back there at Cholly's, when you
were talking to the General-Governor. Locking onto a moving
object that's any smaller than a planet, is an awfully tricky
operation. If Doc Angus misses, the components he's trying
to throw at us are lost for good, and time machine parts cost
enough to make even him wince." Rod
just stared at Yorick for a moment. Then he said, "You're
telling me that, even though we have a good day or two
between our break out point and Otranto, forty-eight perfectly
usable hours without any interruptions, you're not going
to be able to build us a time machine?" Yorick
shook his head. "Sorry, Major. 'It ain't in the state
of the art.'" "And
probably never will be," Rod sighed. "But inside a shed
back on Wolmar would have been a moving target, too—and
you were so sure you could manage it there!" "Yeah,
but it was a stationary target, relative to the huge mass it
was sitting on. It was only the planet that was moving—and
all that planetary mass is easy enough to lock onto.
Then it's just a matter of aiming at a small target that stays
put, relative to the large one." Yorick shrugged. "You know
what a planet's gravitational field does to space-time, Major.
It makes space curve, so it does most of the focusing for
you. All you have to do is lock onto the planet's rotation, and as
soon as you have that rate figured out, it's no problem. But
here..." He spread his hands, a gesture taking in the whole
cabin and the vast ship outside it. "I mean, this whole freighter
can't be more than half a kilometer long!" "Well,
what do you expect?" Chomoi snapped. "Bush- league
planets don't get the big ships, you know." Yorick
ignored her. "Half a kilometer, two kilometers, what
difference does it make? That's just a dust-mote on the
planetary scale. It just ain't big enough to have enough mass to
have any major effect on the curvature of space!" He
shook his head, looking doleful. "Sorry, but I can't get you out
of this mess while we're in transit." "Oh,
well, I should have known better," Rod sighed. "All
right, if we can't get a portable time machine here, we'll
just have to find some quiet place on Otranto where we can
set one up." Yorick
nodded. "Shouldn't be any problem. Major." "It
shouldn't have been any problem on Wolmar, either." Rod
gave Yorick a jaundiced glance. "I don't suppose there'd happen
to be a permanent time machine somewhere on Otranto,
all ready and waiting, would there?" Yorick
shook his head. "Not that I know of. In fact, the only
permanent installation that I know about, at this point 144
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 145 in
history..." He frowned. "Well, I can't say I know about it,
damn it!" "Where
is it?" Rod exploded. "All
right, all right!" Yorick held up both palms, shield- ing
himself. "Not so loud, okay? We're pretty sure that the LORDS
party, the ones who are running the Proletarian Eclectic
State of Terra, had some Futurian help in engi- neering
their coup d'etat—and they've probably stayed in contact,
all the way through their regime. I mean, PEST could
have figured out which planet was going to rebel, when—but
it is kind of odd that they just happened to always
have a naval squadron right nearby." "Very
odd," Rod agreed. "So you're pretty sure there's a
permanent time machine somewhere in PEST headquarters on
Terra?" "Yeah."
Yorick gave him a bleak smile. "But good luck getting
to it. It belongs to the opposition, and it's guaranteed to be
very tightly guarded." "Well,
nothing ventured, nothing gained," Rod sighed. "I
always did want to visit humanity's ancestral home, any- way." "Well,
that's great! I mean, you'll love it there. Major, it's..."
Suddenly the Neanderthal's eyes widened in horror. "My
lord! Chomoi! We shouldn't be talking about this with her
around!" "So
I thought," Gwen agreed. "The poor lass was overly wearied.
I thought it best that she slumber awhile." Yorick
turned around, craning his neck over the back of the
seat, and saw Chomoi slumped in her recliner, head rolled
to the side, breathing deeply and evenly. "Well, that's a
relief! Thank you. Lady Gallowglass! I really gotta keep a
better eye on my tongue!" He frowned. "That didn't sound right..." "We
catch your meaning," Rod assured him. "Thou
hast yet to tell me of this Terra' of thine," Gwen reminded. "Earth,"
Rod answered. "The place where your ultimate ancestors
came from—and mine, too, of course. And every- body's.
It's the planet where humanity evolved, the only planet
where our bodies really feel at home." "Not
anymore, they don't." Yorick shook his head. "The whole
place is concrete and steel now." He frowned. "Well, there
are a few parks..." "Are
we to go there, then?" "We
can't. This freighter is going to Otranto. But maybe, there,
we can find a ship that's going to Terra." "Of
course, we may not need to," Yorick said. "If we can
just find a quiet place for a little while. Doc Angus can shoot
me the spare parts I need to make a time machine." He
sighed. "Of course, there is another little problem..." Rod
felt the familiar cold chill spread over his back. "Oh?
What problem?" "The
Futurians. I mean, they kidnapped you in the first place.
Then they set up an elaborate little plot that had almost everybody
on Wolmar cooperating in an attempt to assas- sinate
you." "Yeah,
but that was Wolmar," Rod said. "And the people of this
time haven't invented faster-than-light radio yet, so their
communication is still limited to couriers riding FTL ships,
like this one." Yorick
nodded. "But VETO and SPITE have time ma- chines.
So they can send a message from Wolmar to Otranto, and get
it there the next day." He frowned. "Or the day before,
if it comes to that." Rod
stared. "So
it's quite possible. Major, that we might find a re- ception
committee waiting for us." Rod
leaned back, trying to relax. "Give me a little while to get
used to the idea." "Sure."
Yorick leaned back, too, and twiddled his thumbs. "You've
got time. A couple of days, at least/' "The
waiting is driving me crazy," Chomoi growled. "Anticipay-hay-hay-shun,"
Yorick sang. 746
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 147 The
world twisted inside out. Then it
twisted right-side-out again, leaving Gwen hold- ing her
stomach. Rod clapped a hand over his mouth. They both
swallowed, hard, then looked across the cabin. Chomoi was a
delicate shade of green, and Yorick was gulping air. "Yes,"
he said finally. "Well—the wonders of modem travel, right?" Rod
nodded. "The price you pay for speed, and all that." The
Neanderthal heaved himself to his feet and waddled down
the aisle to the viewscreen. "As long as we're back where
there's something to see, let's look at the outside, instead
of this saccharine melodrama that nobody's been watching
anyway." He punched a button, and a vast vista of
unwinking stars replaced the 3DT program. "Hey!"
yelped Chornoi. "How'11 I find out whether or not
Chuck will stop Allison from marrying Tony, because she's
about to have Tommy's baby, but doesn't want Karen to have
Tony, even though she really wants to marry Chuck?" Then
she fell silent, awed by the majesty of the panorama before
her. The computer had dimmed the brightness of the sun, of
course, or they wouldn't have been able to look directly
at it, even though it was only a very small disk in the
center of the huge screen. Blips that were planets floated around
it, brightened and colorized electronically—and the net
impression was gorgeous. Gwen caught her breath with delight.
"Eh, my lord! Be this truly how a sun and its worlds do
appear?" Rod
nodded. "This is the real thing, darling. Of course, if you
saw it with your naked eye, the sun would be a lot brighter,
and the planets would be lost in its glare. They aren't
lined up so neatly that you can count them, but you can
ferret 'em out. Let's see—there's one, that little dot near
the sun, that's probably a planet. And, yes, there's number
two, a little further away, and number three..." "Yet
what is that one that doth grow?" Rod
frowned. "Yeah, that is kind of funny." "Not
humorous at all!" Yorick whirled and scuttled back to his
seat. "That swelling dot is growing knobs and fins! Web in,
everybody—we're about to be intercepted!" Rod
stared. Then he whipped about to Gwen, but her webbing
was still secure from break out. So was his, for that
matter. "What's
the trouble?" Chomoi looked around at them, frowning.
"So they're intercepting us. They're not going to shoot
us down, you know." "No,"
Rod grated, "we don't know. They tried to kill us twice
already, remember?" Chomoi
stared at the screen, her eyes growing huge. Gwen
frowned up at Rod. "What is it, mine husband?" "Another
ship," Rod explained, "and there's no way to tell
who's steering it." Across
the aisle, Yorick looked nervous. "I'm sure the captain
is busy trying to find out that very datum." The
glowing dot had swelled into the form of a spaceship, seen
head-on. It spat a bolt of light that washed the screen with
searing brightness. The ship lurched about them, and somewhere,
a huge gong chimed. "Yoicks!"
Yorick bleated. "What a way to answer a hail! Doesn't
his radio work?" Rod
felt his stomach sliding over toward his left kidney. "Everybody
hold on! Our pilot isn't waiting for a second sentence!" On the
screen, the attacking ship slid up to the upper right-hand
comer. Another bolt of energy shot out from it— and off
the screen. "Missed!"
Rod squeezed his fist tight. "Way to go, skip- per!
Zig your zags!" His
stomach dropped back toward his coccyx. Gwen gasped,
and Chomoi moaned. On the screen, the attacker veered
toward the lower left-hand comer, and the stars wheeled
behind it. The sun slipped toward theTeft, too. "Be
brave, dear." Rod clasped her hand. "It has to end some
time." Hopefully, the right way... "
'Tis not... entirely... unpleasant," Gwen gasped. "I 148 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 149 shall
become accustomed to it, my lord." "I
hope you won't have time..." The
enemy ship fired another bolt that lit up the upper right-hand
comer of the screen. The sun-disc drifted off the screen
to the left. "Missed
again." Rod nodded. "Have we got a good pilot!" "Or
a good computer," Yorick added. "No human being could
react this fast. So just punch the buttons for 'evasive action.'" Rod
glowered at him. "Just had to make a point of it, didn't
you?" Yorick
grinned. "What can I tell you? Homo sapiens has its
limits, too." "You
don't have to be so happy about it, though... Whoa!
Hold on!" The
other ship veered into the center of the screen; the sun-disc
disappeared entirely. "What
is that maniac doing?" Chomoi gasped. "Trying
to get between the ship and the planet." Rod put out an
arm as Gwen leaned over against him—or tried to, but the
webbing held her tightly. "Smart!"
Chornoi's eyes glowed. "If he can get close enough
to the planet's surface, the bandit won't dare shoot, for
fear he'll fry innocent people." "I...
don't... really think that would make him hesi- tate."
Rod scowled. "But he might attract the attention of the
local constabulary." "You
mean I'm supposed to cheer for the cops?" Chomoi asked. "Why
not? You were one..." On the
screen, the pirate spat another bolt. It mush- roomed
out to fill the screen with glaring whiteness, and the
whole cabin sang as though they were inside a piano string.
Stars glared through a ragged hole in the ceiling. "Abandon
ship!" Yorick howled. "Or is it the other way around?" But Rod
didn't answer. His eyes lost focus as, frantically, he
concentrated on his psi powers, seeing the passenger blister
not as it really was, but as he wanted it to be. In his mind's
eye, he saw the little bulge falling away from the main
freight ship. He pictured a thin membrane sliding over the
open side, where the ship had been. Yorick
looked around, flabbergasted. "Hey! I can still breathe!
How come we're not drinking vacuum? How come our
blood isn't boiling out our noses, from sheer lack of air pressure?" Chomoi
saw Rod's abstracted gaze. "Major, what are you
doing?" To Rod,
her words seemed to come thinly from a great distance.
Carefully, he answered, "I'm... holding the air ... in...
with us." Chomoi
stared. White showed around the irises of her eyes. "Gwen?" "Aye,
my lord." "We're...
falling." "Our
ship was heading toward the planet when the pirate shot
our cabin off the freighter's side," Yorick explained, "so
we're still going toward the planet, too." Gwen
looked from the one to the other. "Is that not where we wish
to go?" "Yeah,
but... not so fast..." Rod answered. "Take us down...
darling... slowly..." Gwen
looked about them, and finally thought to look up. She
gasped. "But... there is no 'down,' my lord. There is only
some great bulge above us, a curving wall of blue, with
swirls of white!" "That's
... Otranto," Rod grated. "We're
not close enough for it to seem like 'down' yet," Yorick
explained, "but we're moving toward it, right enough. It's
just that we're moving toward what you call 'up,' just now." Gwen
stared. "But how can one fall upward?" "Gravity,"
Yorick explained. 750 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 151 Gwen's
eyes opened wide. "That's to say that when I toss a
ball into the air and it falls, 'tis the earth that pulls it
down." Yorick
nodded. "Yeah, that's most of it. Of course, the ball
pulls, too." Gwen
smiled. "Though so small a pull, could scarce be more
than a wish." "I
suppose that's one way of looking at it." Yorick sucked in one
cheek. "The ball wants to come down." "And
so... do... we," Rod grated. "The
closer we get to each other, the planet and us," Yorick
explained, "the stronger the pull." Gwen
stared. Then her mouth opened in a silent "O." Yorick
nodded. "So the closer we get to the planet, mi- lady,
the faster we're gonna be going." "Very...
fast... already," Rod reminded him. "Yeah."
Yorick gave a bleak smile. "We're already trav- eling a
thousand miles per second." "And
we will gain speed as we fall?" Yorick
nodded. "Unless you can do something about it." "Well...
may nap I can." Gwen leaned back, gazing thoughtfully
up at the bulge of the planet above them. "Do
it... soon," Rod begged. "Uh,
yeah." Yorick scratched at his ear. "That's the other thing I
forgot to mention, Lady Gallowglass. It's called 'friction.'
You know how when you rub your hands together, they
start feeling hot?" Gwen
nodded, not taking her eyes off the planet above. "Well,
we're going so fast that just our hull pushing through
the air can be friction enough to cause a lot of heat,"
Yorick explained. "Enough to kill us." "So,"
Gwen mused, "I must slow us and cool us." Beside
her, Rod nodded. "Molecules... slow 'em down..." "Thou
hast explained that to me oft enow, my lord," Gwen
said, with some asperity. "I must own, 'twas thou who
didst teach me what my mind did when I did stare at a
branch, and made it burst into flame. Nay, I ken the slowing
of these 'molecules,' as thou dost term them. And, I
think, I can slow our descent enow so that we may land gently."
She frowned up at the planet. "Let us begin by putting
the world where it doth belong." Slowly,
the huge curve moved off to the side. There was no
sensation of movement, but the sun-disc slowly slewed into
the center of the hole in the ceiling. Yorick
exhaled sharply. "Yes. Everyday occurrence. Right." Gwen
nodded, satisfied. "Now we fall downward." Across
the aisle, Chomoi stared, aghast. "What are they?" "A
witch and a warlock," Yorick informed her. "But that's
just the local term, where they come from." "This
isn't really magic?" Chomoi said hopefully. Yorick
shook his head. "Just psionics. These are two very
high-powered espers." Chomoi
sat back, going limp. "I'm glad to hear that's all it
is." "Right."
Yorick's smile soured. "It's so much less scary when
you can give it a name, isn't it?" "The
pirate is gone now," Gwen informed them. "Huh?"
Yorick looked up and saw a clear sky. "Well. Guess
once he saw he'd shot off our cabin, he figured we were
dead." "He
had every right to," Chomoi said devoutly. "Well."
Yorick laced his fingers across his midriff and settled
back into his acceleration couch. "Might as well relax and
enjoy the ride." "It
may be rough," Gwen warned. '"S
okay! That's just fine. Lady Gallowglass!" Yorick held up
a palm. "No matter how you slice it, it's going to be a
hell of a lot better than I thought it was." Actually,
it was rather boring from that point^on. Gwen was
very good at slowing them down, but she had a lot of speed
to kill, so it did take a little while. Every now and then,
things did begin to get a little too warm, and Gwen 752 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 153 had to
frown in deep concentration until they cooled off. Yorick
did some exploring, and found a couple of emergency oxygen
generators, but even so. Rod was worried that he might
have to try to precipitate the carbon out of the carbon dioxide
in the air, and he wasn't exactly burning to have black
dust all over the glowing brocade of his new doublet. At one
point. Rod said, "Dear... the planet... is turning ...
under us. Match... velocities..." "That
means matching the spin of the planet," Yorick explained.
"'Velocity' is how fast something's going in any given
direction. Just make sure we're moving at the same speed
as the world's surface." "How
am I to do that?" Gwen asked. "Find
some landmark," Yorick explained. He glanced at the
viewscreen. "Can't do much with that, the power cut off as
soon as we broke away from the ship. All we've got is a
little emergency power for lights, air, and heat, nothing left
over for sight-seeing." Gwen
frowned at the screen, and it burst into life. A landscape
reeled across it, blurred by speed, obscured by darkness. Yorick
stared. "How did you do that?" Then he squeezed his
eyes shut and shook his head. "Never mind—I don't think I
want to know. But try to pick out some big landmark, Lady
Gallowglass, and slow us down until it stays put in the
middle of the screen." The
landscape began to slow. Moonlight outlined ridges that were
chains of hills, showing a groove that must have been a
valley. In its
center, pricks of light glittered. "Civilization!"
Chomoi cried. "That's gotta be a city! Only
people make that kind of light! Quick, Lady Gal- lowglass,
put us down there!" Gwen
concentrated harder on the screen. "I will essay it..." Chomoi
leaned over to Yorick. "How come she can talk while
she's doing it, and he can't?" '"Cause
she's better at it than he is." Yorick spread his hands.
"What can I tell you? She's been practicing since she was
bom, and he only found out he had power three years
ago." Chomoi
reared her head back, looking askance at him. "How
come you know so much about them?" "Friend
of the family," Yorick assured her, "and if you met
their kids, you'd want to be friendly, too." "There."
Sweat beaded Gwen's brow. "Master Yorick, is that
as thou didst wish it?" "Beautiful,"
Rod mumbled. Yorick
looked at the screen. It was as rock-still as though someone
had hung a map at the front of the cabin. He blinked.
"How the hell did you do that? I didn't feel a thing!" "I
slowed us folk as I slowed the vessel." Yorick
stared at her. "Right." He shook himself. "Sure. Inertia—what's
that? just a frame of reference, right?" "Then
refer to that frame." Gwen pointed at the screen. "That
square of darkness in the center—what is it?" Yorick
leaned forward, squinting. Then he shook his head.
"Can't tell yet. Lady Gallowglass. When we're closer, maybe." The
tiny square started growing. It swelled until it filled the
screen. Moonlight silvered the dark square, revealing textures. "Treetops!"
Chomoi exclaimed. Yorick
stared. "Did you drop us lower, or did you just make
the picture get bigger?" Chomoi
pointed. "See that silver thread straggling kitty- comer
across it? Has to be a stream." "I
think it's a park. Lady Gallowglass." "Then
there should be few folk about," Gwen said, with growing
excitement. "'Twill make a good landing field." The
park swelled in the screen. They could see individual trees,
which moved off to the edges of the screen as they grew. Gwen
concentrated all of her attention on the screen. 754
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 155 The
stream grew broader and broader, filling the center of the
screen. Then it drifted off to the right and out of the screen
entirely. Chomoi
and Yorick stared for a few seconds, holding their
breath. The wreck jolted violently, slamming every- body
back against their acceleration couches. They all sat still
for a few minutes. Then
Gwen spoke, her voice soft in the dimness of the emergency
lights. "My apologies. I had not meant to strike with
such force." "Oh,
that's fine!" Chomoi held up a palm. "Wonderful."
Yorick nodded, with great enthusiasm. "Believe
me. Lady Gallowglass, that's a much softer landing than we
were expecting." "Any
landing is just great," Chomoi added. Yorick
loosed his webbing and stood up. "Here, let me give
you a hand." He helped Gwen disengage her webbing. She
caught his arm as she stood. "Gramercy, Master Yor- ick." "Oh,
it's nothing. It's... Hey! The major! Is he all right?" Rod was
leaning back in his couch, his eyes closed, chest heaving. "Aye,
he is well." Rod
pried an eyelid open. "Yeah." The other eyelid opened,
too, and he rolled both eyeballs over toward Yorick. "Just
a little tired." "He
did aid me in the moving of the vessel," Gwen explained. "A
little tired." Yorick nodded. "Sure, Major. Uh—be- fore we
do anything else—how about a little nap?" Rod
shook his head, loosening his webbing and strug- gling
to his feet. "Haven't got time. We've got to get out of here
before dawn." Yorick
reached out to stop him, saying, "No, Major. You're
not..." But Rod was already past him, tottering toward
the hatch. Yorick
shoved himself to his feet with a shrug. "Well, he's
got a point. We landed pretty close to the terminator, as I
remember my last glimpse of the viewscreen." Chomoi
hurried after Rod, bleating, "But how do we know
the air is even breathable here!" "Because
approximately two million colonists are already breathing
it." Yorick swung into step beside her. "And, of course,
there's always the hole in our own roof. Nice try, lady,
but you're not going to stop him with cobblestones for
roadblocks." Rod
threw his weight against the locking lever and shoved. The
door swung open, and he went with it. He half fell, half
jumped, and felt as though he were dropping through molasses.
As his feet touched the ground, Gwen was beside him,
holding onto his elbow. "Gently, I prithee, my lord!" "Why,
with you there to cushion my falls? Thanks, though, darling." Gwen
smiled, and shook her head. "Wilt thou not rest, my
lord? ...Nay, 'tis even as thou sayest, we must be gone—yet
favor thine own weakness, I prithee!" Rod
smiled gently at her. "You can always float me, if I
collapse, dear. After all, I won't be able to float alone...." He
looked around. "Hey! Not bad." One
moon was high in the sky, and another just above the
horizon. Between them, they gave just enough light to show
manicured lawns and sculpted trees all about them. Rowers
rustled in formal beds, their petals closed against the
night, and a small pond gleamed like a mirror a few hundred
yards away. "Why...
'tis beautiful," Gwen breathed, looking about. Yorick
sidled up next to Rod and nudged him with an elbow,
pointing toward Chomoi. She was silent, her face strained
and eyes haunted, drinking in the lush beauty around her. Rod
looked and nodded. "Yeah. Glad we get her off that prison
planet." "Aye,
the poor lass!" Gwen said. "To have so much of beauty,
after years of such bleakness...." 156 Christopher
Stasheff "We
may have it again, if we don't get out of here." Rod scanned
the trees and shrubbery, feeling his fatigue shoved into
the background as adrenaline spiked him. "No way to tell
which inviting piece of topiary is hiding a vision pickup. Maybe
even sound." Yorick
nodded. "Somebody's got to have noticed we dropped
in on them." "Well,
then, let's see if we can disappear before they send a
welcoming committee." Rod turned away. "See if you
can't wake up Chomoi, will you?" Yorick
reached out carefully, touching Chomoi's arm. Her
head jerked around, eyes wide, and Yorick stepped back fast,
just as a precaution. "I really hate to interrupt your reverie,
Ms., but we gotta get going, or we're going to have company." Chomoi
whirled, staring about her, wild-eyed. "Right."
Yorick nodded. "No telling where from. Only that
they're on their way." "We
can't be sure of that." Chomoi swung back to him. "But
we'd be fools to take the chance. Which way did the Major
go?" Yorick
pointed, and Chomoi set off after Rod and Gwen at a
pace that made Yorick hustle. They
came out onto cobblestones as dawn was lightening the
sky, permeating everything with a dim, sourceless light, punctuated
by slivers of late moonlight. It was the time when
night had died and day hadn't been born, a time between
realities, when nothing is definite and everything is
possible—a time of fantasy when anything can happen. And the
landscape was right for it. Mist rose about their knees,
and its tendrils wisped up to veil a row of half- timbered
houses, their second stories overhanging the street. Shop
signs creaked in the breeze. Far away, something barked. "Why,
'tis like home," Gwen said, wide-eyed. "Yeah."
Rod frowned. "Wonder what's wrong?" "Why're
we talking so softly?" Chomoi whispered. THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 157 "Who
could be loud in a place like this?" Yorick mur- mured. "Besides,
we might wake the neighbors." Rod shouldered his
fatigue and mustered his resolution. "And we don't want them to
see us—just yet." "Wherefore
not?" "Because
they're going to find that capsule that brought us
here, and we don't want some idle bystander with a high sense
of drama telling the authorities that they saw us near the
park this morning." "I
get the point," Yorick said. "Some enthusiastic soul might
jump to the conclusion that we came in on that ship." "But
wherefore ought we wish him not to?" Gwen looked from
man to man, puzzled. "We were aboard it." "Yeah,
dear, but whoever tried to shoot us down thinks we're
dead. We wouldn't want to disillusion him, would we?" "Or
her," Chomoi put in. "But
when they find the empty ship, they will know we do
live!" - "Yes,
but they won't know what we look like!" "Camouflage,
Lady Gallowglass," Yorick explained. "Odds
are that our attacker doesn't know what we look like, aside
from a general description. He'll know we escaped, but
nothing more since nobody on Otranto has seen us. But if he
can get a detailed description from an eyewitness..." "Hold
on!" Chomoi held her hands up like a football referee.
"Time out! You're both assuming that pirate was out to
get us! He could have just been after the ship!" Rod
looked at Yorick. Yorick looked at Rod. "All
right, all right! I get the point!" Chomoi snarled, yanking
her hands down. "Come on, let's go!" She set off down
the street, walking fast. Rod
followed after her. "Can I help it if I'm^ cynic?" "Dost
thou wish to?" Gwen murmured. Four
blocks later. Rod came to a sudden halt. "Would you
look at that! You'd think a surveyor had drawn a line 758 Christopher Stasheff and a
town board had declared a zone." "Probably
did," Chomoi declared. "There
goes the neighborhood," Yorick sighed. "And
the business district begins." Rod agreed. "But
what manner of business isn't?" Gwen wondered. "Woman's
oldest," Chomoi stated. "Oh,
they're not that exclusive." Rod pursed his lips. "I see at
least three gambling halls in there, and five saloons." "And
five feelie theaters, three dance parlors, two opium dens,
and a pawnshop." Yorick looked up and down the street.
"Have I missed anything?" "Yes.
But they haven't." As far
as they could see, the street was one mass of blinking,
scrambling, writhing holographic displays in gar- ish
colors, advertising every form of pleasure conceived by mortal
man and woman. "Wonder
what the buildings look like?" Yorick mused. "Who
can tell?" Rod shrugged. "Even if you could see one,
you couldn't be sure it was real." Chomoi
nodded. "That about sums up this whole planet, from
what I've heard." "I
thought it was a resort." "It
is. And it's amazing what people will resort to, if they
can find the money." "Otranto,"
Rod said, remembering the planet's reputa- tion,
stronger than ever in his own time, five hundred years later.
"Isn't their motto, 'It's been a business doing pleasure with
you'?" "No,
but it will be," Yorick assured him. He took a deep breath.
"Well, folks—we gotta get through it, right?" "Right."
Rod squared his shoulders and stepped manfully in.
"Breathe every five steps, friends." That
wasn't as easy as it sounded. The signs weren't just visual—most
of them were aural and olfactory, too. And, occasionally,
tactile. The company waded through a me- lange
of sounds and smells, their senses assaulted by every THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 159 glamour
in the state of the art. Erotic images gyrated and beckoned,
male and female; delectable aromas wafted out to
envelop them; images of riches and luxury flashed before their
eyes. Holographic hucksters stepped out to entice them, as real
as life and twice as pungent. They gritted their teeth and
forced themselves to keep going, wading through every distraction
they had ever desired. A
sleek, unbelievably handsome young man stepped out of a
doorway, muscles rippling underneath his evening clothes,
one arm full of long-stemmed roses, the other dan- gling a
diamond necklace. Chomoi swerved after him like a
needle to a magnet. "Hold
it, sister." Yorick caught her arm. "Just illusion, remember?
Besides, he costs money." Chomoi
shook herself, coming out of her trance with a gasp.
"Thanks. They almost got me with that one." "Close,"
Yorick agreed. "Courage, lady. You're almost out of
it." "How
do you know?" Chomoi wondered. "I
don't—but this kind of thing can't go on forever!" "Optimist,"
she snorted. However,
the colony was young yet; the cheapside didn't last
more than a quarter mile. They came up out of aromas and
sensations with huge, rasping gasps, into clear, quiet air. "I
don't think I could have taken much more." Rod sagged against
a lamp post. "And
you didn't even have any money." Yorick finally took
his hand off his hip pocket and flexed it. "I think I've got
cramps." Cramps
in your soul, friend? Does this mortal world pain you,
with its plethora of Philistines?" They
looked up, startled. A monk
stood before them—the real, genuine article, in a
brown robe and rope belt. No tonsure, though. "Why,
he is quite like those at home," Gwen cried. 160
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 161 "Uh,
well, no, not really, dear." Rod scratched the tip of his
nose. "Just looks like it." "Nay!
He doth wear the badge! Dost'a not see?" Gwen
pointed, and Rod looked. The robe had a breast pocket,
and in it was a small yellow-handled screwdriver. "You're
a Cathodean." The
monk bowed his head in greeting. "Brother Joseph Fumble,
though my acquaintances generally call me Brother Joey.
And yourselves?" "Gwen
and Rod Gallowglass." Rod pointed at his wife. "She's
Gwen." He gestured toward the other two. "He's Yorick,
and she's Chomoi." "Pleased
to meet you," Brother Joey said, with a small bow.
"I don't suppose any of you would be interested in taking
up religion?" "Uhhhh..."
Rod glanced uncomfortably at Gwen. "We're, ah,
pretty well set along that line, thanks. I take it you're a
priest?" "No,
but I'm working on it." Rod
eyed the man; he wasn't all that young. "But you are a
deacon." "Oh,
yes, everything set except final vows." Brother Joey sighed
and shook his head. "It's just that I'm not really sure I'm cut
out for this sort of thing." "For
what? The priesthood?" Brother
Joey nodded. "I've got the drive, mind you; I've visited
nine planets so far, but I've had spectacularly little success
as a missionary. Only two converts so far, and they were
both religious recidivists." He brightened. "I'm an excellent
engineer, though." "I
see the problem," Rod agreed. "But isn't Otranto a rather
odd place to be preaching?" "Apparently
it is, but I thought it would be an excellent, ah,
'hunting-ground,' if you follow me. Sort of a virgin wilderness
of the spirit. I mean, if there's any planet where people
need religion, it's Otranto!" "Yes,
but considering how much money most of them have
spent to come here to wallow in pleasure, and how much
more the rest are making from giving it to them, it's the
last place I'd expect to find people in remorse." "And,
apparently, your expectations are sharper than mine,"
the monk sighed. "But it seemed such an excellent idea!" "Yet
not all clergymen must needs be missionaries," Gwen said
gently. "Mayhap thou wouldst be more suited to a village
church." "Uh,
if you two are gonna talk about it..." Rod glanced nervously
along their back trail. "Would you mind if you keep
walking while you do? I admit it'd take a genius of a bloodhound
to track us through that aroma heaven back there, but
we did kind of stand out, being live people in the vapor-light
district at this hour of the morning. I need room." "Well,
you'll find it in this neighborhood, I assure you." Brother
Joey fell into step beside them, gesturing about him. Rod had
to agree with him. The houses, if you could call
them that, were far apart and far back from the road, each
one sitting centered on several acres of ground, with flawless
lawns rolling down to the walkway. The nearest was a
gloomy old Tudor manor house, but right next to it was a
Gothic castle. A rambling Georgian mansion glowered across
from it, and the lot after that held a medieval ruin. "Odd
notion of housing developments they have here." Rod
frowned, looking about him, and sniffing the air. "Smells like
rain." "It
always does, here," Brother Joey assured him, "and it's
always overcast, except for the first half-hour after dawn each
day. Just enough so that those who like sunrises, can have
them." "They're
doing such wonderful things with weather con- trol
these days." Rod shook his head in wonder. "But why?" "To
make Otranto stand out," Brother Joey explained. "There
are only a half-dozen of these pleasure-planets so 162 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 163 far,
but that's already enough to make the competition strong—after
all, there are just so many really wealthy citizens
in the Terran Sphere." Chornoi
nodded. "And most of them want to go to Or- lando." "Orlando
does seem to have the general tourist trade locked
up—'something for everyone,' and all that. I under- stand
they have a separate continent for each amusement theme." "More
like very large islands," Chomoi said, "but there are a
lot of them, yes." Brother
Joey nodded. "So the other pleasure-planets have to
specialize. They draw only a small percentage of the customers,
but that small percentage comes to a billion a year.
They attract those customers by doing only one theme, but
doing it in all the variations that a whole planet has room
for." "Oh."
Rod looked around at the ruined castle and the gloomy
manor houses, with the heavy gray sky brooding over it
all. "I take it Otranto opted for Gothic romance." Brother
Joey nodded. "They even renamed the planet for the
purpose. It used to be Zane's Star IV." Chomoi
said, "They've filled it with haunted houses, gloomy
moors, and the most elaborate graveyards ever to bear
bodies. The tourists get to live out their fantasies, dressing
up in full costume and stalking around their bor- rowed
family mansions, listening for clanking chains or moaning
ghosts." "So,"
Rod said, "I can expect to see a whole pack of decadent
aristocrats haunted by family spectres?" Chomoi
nodded. "And a bevy of penurious governesses, a host
of crochety country squires fairly overflowing with Weltschmerz,
and a veritable zooful of assorted monsters." "But
the biggest attractions, of course," said Brother Joey,
"are the dreamhouses." "Yeah."
Chomoi gazed off into space with a dreamy smile.
"You lie down, take a drug that puts you into a trance..." Rod
jerked to a halt, staring in horror. "A zombie- drug?!!?" "No,
no! It just deadens bodily sensations, and heightens suggestibility.
A zombie-drug would totally knock out the forebrain,
leave the customer without any freedom of choice! And
choice plays a big part in it—the customer actually gets to
react! Of course, he reacts pretty much in keeping with
the plot line, unless he's a real maverick...." "Plot?"
Rod frowned. "I thought he just dreamed!" "Well,
she does, but it's a dream coming out of a com- puter
directly into the customer's brain. Completely pre- scripted,
of course—and the customer plays the hero or heroine.
I hear it's the ultimate entertainment—exciting, emotion-stirring,
full color, total sound-surround, full range of
aromas and tastes—and the full sensation of touch." She shivered.
"Bodice-rippers cost extra." Gwen
was staring in disbelief. "I
understand," said Brother Joey, "that it's all consid- erably
more vivid than reality." "Oh,
no!" Rod squeezed his eyes shut. "Why do I sud- denly
feel sorry for anyone who's been through one of those?" "Possibly
because most of their customers are never able to be
satisfied with actual life, after they've been through one
such dream. As a result, they constantly crave another dream,
and another." Brother Joey shuddered. "Under such circumstances,
to claim they're not addictive, just because they
don't build physical dependence, is simply weaseling with
the meaning of the term." "Never,"
Gwen said, with total determination, "shall I ever
essay such." "Oh,
but they're not dangerous!" Chomoi cried. "They can't
be, or the dreamhouses would lose customers." Rod
shook his head. "Forget about the dream itself. You're 164 Christopher Stasheff lying
there, out cold, for a few hours, right?" Chomoi
shook her head. "Just a few minutes, real time. An
hour, at the most." "An
hour?" Yorick turned to her, frowning. "Just how much
does this emotional candy cost, anyway?" "Only
a couple of hundred kwahers..." "A
couple of hundred? For less than an hour?" "That's
real time," Chornoi protested. "But while you're dreaming,
it seems to go on and on for weeks—maybe even months!" "So
you're really paying for weeks of entertainment." Rod
nodded, his mouth wry. "But it only costs the house a few
minutes' use of its facilities. Talk about high turn- over.
..." "The
overnight vacation," Yorick mused, gazing off into space.
"Fun, excitement, and romance, all in an evening's sleep...." Rod
shook himself. "What are we, the dreamhouses' advertising
bureau? The fact remains that while your mind is
enjoying this total illusion, your body is lying there, totally
vulnerable!" Chornoi
nodded. "That's why the dreamhouses guarantee your
safety." "How
can they do that? I mean, while you're asleep, they
could..." Rod stared in horror. "My lord! They could just
channel indoctrination into your brain, along with the entertainment!" "No,
they couldn't," Chomoi said quickly. "I mean, they could,
but it's totally illegal. The laws safeguarding dream- house
patrons are very rigid." "Rather
elaborate, too," Brother Joey agreed. Rod shrugged.
"So? As I believe I pointed out not too long
ago, murder is illegal, but people get killed anyway." "But
these laws get enforced! Very tightly!" "So
do the laws against murder. It doesn't help the corpse much." Chomoi's
jaw set. "Say what you like—the dreams are THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 165 safe.
Not even the police are allowed to disturb a dreamer." "Oh!"
Rod smiled brightly. "So a dreamhouse is the perfect
hiding-place for a crook on the lam!" "As
long as his money holds out," Yorick qualified. "The
Church used to be able to offer a better deal than that,"
Brother Joey sighed. "You
can't deny we could use a good place to rest." Chomoi
stabbed a finger at Rod. Rod
parried. "And you can't deny we're short on cash. In
fact, we're going to have trouble scrounging fare to Terra." "Of
course..." Yorick pursed his lips. "... we might be able to
persuade the local government to want to get rid of us,
really badly, again..." "Not
too badly," Rod said quickly. "I
must ask your pardon," said tall, dark, and bloodless as he
brushed past them and hurried away, muttering to the man
beside him, "We will be late for our call." "Aren't
you getting into character a little bit early?" his partner
asked. Chomoi's
head swiveled, tracking him. "Wasn't that guy a
little long in the tooth?" "I
do get the feeling I've seen him before," Yorick agreed. "Count
Dracula?" Rod stared. "And who was that guy with
him?" "The
one with the shaggy face?" Yorick asked. "For a minute,
I thought he was a relative." '"Twas
a werewolf," Gwen gasped. "More
like one who got stuck halfway." Rod had vivid memories
of the werewolf he'd had to fight once. "Didn't you say
the customers like to dress up in costumes here?" "Yeah,
but they wouldn't be up this early in the morning!" "Especially
if the guy pretending to be the vampire was really
going to try to get into character," Yorick agreed. "After
all, we might get sunshine any minute now." "I
gotta see where they're going." Rod started after the pair.
"Go ahead, call me gullible, but I gotta see!" 766 Christopher Stasheff Gwen
and Chornoi exchanged glances, then shrugs. "Wherefore
not?" "Can't think of a reason." "One
direction's as good as another when you don't know where
you're going," Yorick agreed. "I'll
come along, if you don't mind," Brother Joey said. "After
all, I'm not doing much good where I am..." "Who
among us is?" Yorick sighed. They
came out into a village square, surrounded by half- timbered
shops on three sides, the fourth open to a gloomy castle
atop an artificial crag, several hundred yards away. A rough
hillside with picturesque, stunted trees led up to its
walls. "Good
landscape architect," Rod noted. "Or
set designer." Yorick pointed. "Look." "My
lord, what be these folk?" Gwen asked. "A
group of arcane specialists, dear," Rod answered. "I think
they're making a story." The
square was littered with people, most of them in Bavarian
peasant costumes, one or two in nineteenth century business
suits. Right in among them were people in up-to- date
coveralls. Most of them were gathered around a long table
fairly groaning with food. A woman
in her early twenties, with a focal headband low on
her forehead and her hair tied up in a kerchief, hurried
past them. The headband had thickened the air in front
of her eyes with twin forcefields, suggesting how she would
have looked if she were wearing spectacles, which is what
the forcefields were—energy lenses. She carried a computer
pad in her left hand. As she passed, she glanced up at
them, then jerked to a halt, frowning at Rod and Gwen. "How
did the costumer get you into those rigs? You're at least
three hundred years out of period! Those outfits are Elizabethan,
if they're anything. Go back to Wardrobe and tell
them you want nineteenth century Bavarian." She turned to
Brother Joey, looking him up and down. "You'll do, but if
you've seen one monk, you've seen 'em all." Brother Joey
started to protest, but she held up a hand. "No, don't THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 167 tell
me—'Monk, he see; monk, he do.' I've heard it already. I don't
remember ordering you, though." "Maybe
somebody else...?" Yorick suggested, grinning hugely. The
young woman threw up her hands. "Producers! What do they
expect production secretaries to do, if they keep bypassing
'em and ordering things on their own? Strogan- off!"
and she was off, careening through the crowd. "Stroganoff?"
Yorick looked at the table. "Little odd, for
breakfast." "I
think it's somebody's name." Brother Joey pointed at someone.
"See the plump fellow she's talking to? The one in the
gray flannel coverall?" Yorick
nodded. "Probably giving him what-for, about sending
for a monk when the script didn't call for it." "You're
enjoying this," Chomoi accused. "Why
not?" Yorick couldn't stifle a chuckle. "I just love other
people's mistakes!" "Do
you get the feeling we've wandered into a 3DT set?" Rod
asked Brother Joey. "Oh,
of course," the monk confirmed. "Where else would so many
weird people seem so normal?" "What
is a '3DT set'?" Gwen asked. "An
absurdity based on a fantasy derived from a reality that
never existed," Rod answered. "The abbreviation stands for
'Three-Dimensional Television'—pictures that look and move
like real people, but are absolutely artificial. The folk you see
there, use 3DT for telling stories. Well, no," he said,
correcting himself instantly, "not telling, really— showing.
They show a story, as though you were right there, watching
it happen." "Yes,
but this story is much more interesting." Brother Joey
beamed, watching the actors mill about. "I've been watching
these people for three or four days-now. They're fascinating,
they take so much time to do something that seems
so simple!" "Well,
if they're making it look simple, they must be 768 Christopher Stasheff doing
it really well." Rod had enough experience trying to mn an army,
to be sure that managing even a hundred people had to
be a minor nightmare. "My
lord," said Gwen, "who are those men with those devices
strapped on their shoulders?" "Camera
operators, darling. Those little plastic bulges are 3DT
cameras. When they're recording, the men will wear
special goggles that sense every movement of their eye
muscles, and transmit them to the cameras. Then the cameras
will automatically 'look' wherever the men do." Chomoi
frowned. "I thought they made all these 3DT epics
on Luna." Brother
Joey looked up in surprise. "Oh, no! Not since the
PEST regime took over Terra and cut off the unprofitable planets.
The ones that still had trade operating, adapted— quickly,
too! And while they were at it, they developed ways of
making their own entertainment. You really didn't know
about this?" "I've
been out of circulation for a while," Chomoi said, flustered. "Cloistered,
you might say," Rod put in. Chomoi
glared daggers at him, but Brother Joey nodded with
full understanding. "Oh, a retreat? Well, let me explain it to
you, then. You see, some of these people were nice enough
to explain it all to me. Not the young lady in the kerchief
and computer tablet, of course—she's always busy, and she
never remembers me from one day to the next. But the
'extras' do—the ones who just dress up like peasants and
lurk in the background, bystanding." "They
get paid for that?" Brother
Joey nodded. "So they always have a great deal of time
on their hands, and they're glad to talk." "But
how can the company afford it?" Rod looked around, frowning.
"This looks like a pretty expensive operation." "Oh,
yes, it certainly is! So when PEST cut them off, they
had to work out ways of cutting costs. The main one THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 169 seems
to be specialization: Each 3DT company works in just
one genre, and settles down on whichever pleasure- planet
has its kind of settings." "So
this company is making a Gothic epic—a horror story,"
Rod observed. "But didn't PEST want to keep the resort
planets?" "No.
Pleasure costs money, so it isn't profitable." "For
the customers, at least." Rod gave him a dry smile. "Never
mind how much money it makes for the sellers." "PEST
doesn't. They're rather puritanical." "Most
dictatorships are, during their early years." "All
PEST could see was the amount of money Ten-an citizens
were spending on those 'foreign' planets, so they cut off
trade with the resorts. They reasoned that if the dissolute
couldn't go to the pleasure-planets, the money would
stay at home." Rod's
smile gained real warmth. "I take it that only drove up the
price of transportation?" "Correct.
Which did rather hold down the number of people
who could come here from Terra." "Let
me guess—most of the ones who do are in the PEST
bureaucracy." "Why,
how did you know? You're right, of course—the really
wealthy will keep their privileges, no matter who sits on the
throne. But it has been hard on the people who live here;
they're experiencing some rather lean times." "But
not starving," Rod noted. Brother
Joey shook his head. "No. They're managing, on the
handful of Terran patrons, and the few who come in from
each of the frontier planets." "Which
makes them a nexus," Rod said softly, "one of the few
surviving links between the outlying planets and the
shrunken Terran Sphere." "Yes."
Brother Joey looked directly into his eyes. "Some trade
survives. Only a trickle, perhaps, but it's there. In both
directions." 170 Christopher Stasheff Yorick
grinned. "No wonder our freighter was bound for Otranto." "The
resorts become trade centers." Rod nodded slowly, as
understanding dawned. He'd always thought the resort planets
of his own time had become Sin Cities to service the
merchants. He'd never realized it could have begun the other
way. "And
that," Yorick went on, "is why we're here." "Oh."
Brother Joey looked up in surprise. "Did you want to go
to Terra?" Rod
opened his mouth, but a short, lean man with white hair
and a face with a few wrinkles bawled, "Mirane!" "Over
here, Whitey!" the girl with the computer-pad called
back. She dived into the crowd and plowed toward him. As she
came up to him, he said, "About time to roll, isn't
it?" "Eight
o'clock," Mirane confirmed. "And all present or accounted
for." "'Accounted
for'?" Whitey's eyebrows lifted. "How many are we
missing?" "Only
a couple of extras." Mirane touched a few keys on her
pad. "A middle-aged peasant and a matron in a babushka." "Nobody
we can't shoot without." Whitey scowled up at the
sky. "But we can't start until the clouds cooperate. What is
it with that weatherman? He promised us a low overcast,
with threatening thunderheads, and all we've got is a
high haze!" "We
paid enough for it." Stroganoff, the plump man, joined
them, scowling. "Check and find out what happened to it,
will you, Mirane?" The
young woman punched buttons on her computer- pad,
then pulled a handset from a pouch at her belt and talked
into it, frowning at the sky. The
plump man paced. "Hang it, we've got three stars, THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 171 five
supporting actors, and a hundred extras tied up here! We
can't afford to waste time on a weatherman who can't deliver!" "So
sue him." Whitey lounged back against a shopfront, hands
in his jacket pockets. "You worry too much, Dave." "Somebody's
got to." Dave pinned him with a glare. "It's
okay for you to talk, you're just the director!" "Also
the backer," Whitey reminded him. "It's my money we're
wasting. Come off it, Dave, relax." Dave
heaved a sigh. "You make it sound good, Whitey. But
blast it, we've got a schedule to keep! If we get behind a
little every day, pretty soon we'll need an extra day's shooting—and
that'll cost you a couple of therms! Besides, we lose
Gawain after the twenty-seventh." "So
what's a leading man?" Whitey shrugged. "We'll just
have to make sure we get all his scenes shot before then." "All
right, all right! So make sure of it, will you?" "Oh,
all right." Whitey heaved himself up with a sigh and
stepped over to a fiftyish woman behind a complicated- looking
console. He talked quietly with her a moment, then turned
to call out, "Okay, Gawain, Herman, and Clyde! As long as
we're waiting, let's run the first part of the scene, before
the mob jumps the vampire." "Where
I throw the handkerchief?" asked a little man in a dark
blue robe and pointed cap sprinkled with signs of the
zodiac. Whitey
nodded. "Let's take it back a bit, to where Gawain has
just come out of the inn and seen Herman waiting for him
across the plaza." "Right."
A blond young man in a tweed suit stepped up beside
Whitey. "I just woke up and found out breakfast wasn't
even made yet, right?" "That's
it, Gawain. And a nice young guy li^e Dr. Vailin wouldn't
even dream of waking somebody up just to get him a
cup of coffee." 772 Christopher Stasheff "So
I'm stepping out into the false dawn to let the chill wake me
up." Whitey
nodded again. "That's right. You enter from cam- era
left, take a deep breath, look around, and see Count Dracula." "Over
there." The young man pointed at the vampire— and
frowned. "Aw, come on, Herman! You had all night with
that script!" "Just
making sure, lad." The vampire closed the cover on a
small computer-pad and handed it to a coveralled bru- nette.
He turned back toward Gawain and straightened his collar.
"Now, then: 'It is pleasant, is it not? The air of my Transylvania.'" "The
approach of dawn clears the air," Gawain agreed. "But
aren't you becoming careless, my lord? The first rays of the
rising sun will touch you quite soon." "What
is existence without risk?" the vampire asked. "Only
a dull, endless round of absurdity. Still, I do not hazard
greatly; I have yet a little time." "Thirteen
and a half minutes," snapped the little man in the
blue gown. "Ah,
my colleague is always precise," Dracula purred. "You
have not been introduced, I believe. Dr. Vailin, allow me to
present the esteemed sorcerer, Vaneskin Plochayet." Gawain
gave a slight bow. "Charmed." "Not
yet," the sorcerer chuckled, "not yet." "Not
ever," Gawain's face became stem. "The words of Aristotle
will preserve me from your illusions. Master Plo- chayet." The
little sorcerer cackled, and Dracula sneered, "Surely you do
not believe that your puny science can avail against our
might, young man! You are not now in your native Germany,
so far to the north and west! Nor are you in Italy, the
Land of Faith; nor Greece, the Land of Reason! Nay, both
are..." He broke off, turning to the director. "Damn it,
Whitey! Am I supposed to make that sound realistic?" THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 173 "Of
course not," Whitey retorted, "it's a fantasy. Just make it
believable. Come on, come on! 'Greece, the Land of
Reason...'" Herman
sighed and turned back to Gawain. " 'Nay! Both are my
neighbors—and uneasy neighbors they are. For you bide
now in Transylvania, home of witchcraft and horror! Southeast
of Austria, southwest of Russia we bide, poised between
the lands of Reason and the land of feudal darkness, where
your Science can have no sway!" "Not
so," Dr. Vailin smiled, almost amused. "Science rules
the universe, even this small, forgotten comer—for science
is the description of Order, and Order proceeds from the
Good. No creature of Evil can stand against its symbol!" He
slipped a crucifix from his breast pocket and brandished it. The
Count shrieked and cowered, hands raised to ward him
from the sight of holiness. But his sorcerer-ally leaped in
front of him, hurling something as he shouted an incan- tation. It was
a silk scarf, and it fluttered to the pavement at his feet. "Cut!"
Whitey bawled, and he turned to the woman be- hind
the console. "Well! That was a majestic flop. What happened,
Hilda? The kerchief was supposed to fly across to
drape itself over the crucifix!" Hilda was
punching buttons, looking miffed. "Sorry, Whitey.
It's the static-charge generator. It was working ten minutes
ago, I swear!" "Don't,"
Whitey advised, "it's not nice. Get the gremlins out of
it, will you?" "Clouds!"
Dave slapped Whitey on the shoulder, pointing at the
sky. Ominous
charcoal-colored thunderheads were drifting to- ward
them in full majesty. Whitey
turned to Mirane, beaming. "You got through!" She
nodded. "Just a clerk's foul-up. They promised it'll be
nicely ominous within fifteen minutes." 774 Christopher Stasheff "Awright!"
Whitey grinned. "Now we can get to work!" He
turned to Hilda. "How soon can you have that static generator
fixed?" Hilda's
jaw set. "I'm a special-effects operator, Whitey, not a
repairman!" "Specialists!"
Whitey rolled his eyes up. "Preserve me from
'em, Lord—or David. You're closer. Talk to her, will you?"
He turned back to Mirane. "What else can we shoot?" Dave
heaved a sigh and rolled over to Hilda. "Don't you know
how the gadget works?" She
stared at him for a moment, then blushed and shook her
head. "Sorry, Dave. I just push the buttons." Whitey
turned away from Mirane, bawling, "Places for Scene
123!" Dave
stepped up to Mirane. "Where's the nearest elec- tronics
tech?" "They're
all kinds of them on this planet," she answered. "Somebody
has to keep all those holo effects working. But they're
all on salary, Dave, and they've all got regular rounds. I don't
think we could get one on less than a day's notice." "Blast!"
Dave scowled. "And I was hoping we could finish
up with Clyde and Herman today. Well, no help for it.
We'll just have to scratch the scene and pick it up to- morrow." Mirane
punched keys, and frowned at her pad. "Another day of
Clyde and Herman will cost you a therm and a half each.
And the minimum crew for an extra day is 843 kwahers." Dave
paled. "That'll put us over budget." "Uh,
your pardon, please." Brother Joey stepped up. "I'm
afraid I eavesdropped." "Not
hard," Dave grunted. "We haven't exactly been tiptoeing," "Perhaps
I could help." Brother Joey slipped his screw- driver
out. "I'm very good with gadgets and gizindigees." Dave
stared a moment, then smiled with tolerant pa- tience.
"This isn't exactly a job for a hobbyist, fella." THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 175 "I
made a living at it," Brother Joey said, poker-faced. "I
used to fix holo gear on spaceliners." Dave
really stared now, his lips parting toward a grin. "But
you're not in the union!" Hilda howled. "He
doesn't have to be; we aren't on Luna now." Dave grinned
wickedly. "Or anywhere within the Terran Sphere, for
that matter—so we don't have unions yet." "Well,
we ought to," Hilda grumbled. "Why,
Hildie?" one of the camera ops said. "If we had, you
couldn't've gotten in—or any of us, except Harve, here.
He's the only one who had an uncle in the union." Harve
nodded. "Besides, union max was twenty kwahers a day
below what they're paying us here." "Bribery,"
Hilda snapped. "Lousy union-busters." "No,
victims." Harve grinned wickedly. "There ain't too many of
us out here, Hilda. We can call down top money." "It's
right here, I think," Brother Joey called, his head and
shoulders inside an access hatch. "The trouble, I mean. A weak
chip." "How
canst thou tell?" Gwen knelt beside the hatch, peering
in with avid interest. Rod
listened with growing trepidation as Brother Joey explained
about test meters. Gwen's infatuation with tech- nology
was really beginning to be depressing. "Paranoid?"
Chornoi asked at his shoulder. "Always,"
Rod assured her. "Turn
it off, please." Brother Joey pulled himself out of the
hatch and looked up at Hilda. "Let it cool down." Tight-lipped,
she stabbed at a button, and the telltale lights
died. Brother
Joey stood up, dusting off his hands, and turned to the
producer. "That chip quits when it overheats. Just get it to a
circuit-doctor, and have him put in a new one." Dave
pressed a hand to his forehead. "You mean we have to
scrap the scene, after all?" "No,
of course not. Just have somebody run over to the multi-shop
and pick up a freezer. You know, one of the little 776 Christopher Stasheff plug-in
sticks for cooling down martinis? I'll frost that chip for you
just before you run the scene. That'll get you through the
day." "My
savior!" Dave grabbed him by the shoulders. "No,
that's toy boss." Brother Joey held up a cautioning forefinger.
"But I get paid, you know. In my business, we have to
pull our own weight. The chapter house is too far away to
send me a salary." "Union
rates plus!" Dave turned to Mirane. "Send a gopher
for a freezer, will you?" "He's
on his way." "That's
my girl!" Dave spun away too fast to see Mirane blush.
"We just have to wait for this scene, Whitey." "I
was going to, anyway." Whitey surveyed the ersatz peasant
mob. "Hey, wait a minute—who put the monk in with
the farmers?" Mirane
stepped up beside him, frowning. "He's in cos- tume.
And that outfit goes with any period—after 1100 A.D.,
of course." "Yeah,
but the poor vampire wouldn't stand a chance with a
priest in the crowd. Besides, look at that little yellow screwdriver
in his pocket. They never had those in nine- teenth
century Transylvania." He turned to Dave. "Who hired
him for this scene?" Dave
opened his mouth, but Brother Joey answered, "Nobody." Mirane
was touching computer keys again. "He's right. I
checked off all the extras, and he's not included." She looked
up at Rod, frowning. "None of you are." "Never
claimed to be," Rod confirmed. Dave
was frowning. "Uh, come over here a second, would
you?" Rod and
Gwen exchanged glances, then stepped over to the
producer. "I
hate to seem rude," Dave muttered, "but if you weren't hired
for this scene, what're you doing here?" Rod
shrugged. "Just watching." THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 177 "Tourists!"
Dave heaved a martyred sigh. "How do you keep
'em out? Look, folks, I appreciate your interest, but we
can't have you mixing in with the cast. Just too many legal
problems." "Well,
that's show biz," Yorick sighed. "Very
short career," Rod agreed. "'Twas
pleasant, whilst it endured," Gwen concurred. "Um,
I don't mean to give you the bum's rush, especially since
we just hired your friend, here, below-the-line." Dave nodded
toward Brother Joey. "You're welcome to watch, if you
want to. Just stand way behind the camera ops, okay?" "I
shall surely watch!" Gwen stepped over to Brother Joey
and knelt down to study what he was doing. Appre- hension
prickled Rod's spine. "Figure
it out?" Whitey asked, stepping up. "Yeah—and
I appointed them guests." Dave waved to- ward
Whitey. "This is the director, folks. His name's Tod Tambourin." Chomoi
stared. So did Rod. Even Yorick looked im- pressed. "Yes,"
Dave sighed, "the Tod Tambourin." "The
poet laureate of the Terran Sphere?" Chomoi gasped. "Not
anymore," Whitey assured her. "PEST took the laurels
away. They didn't like my verses—decided I favored individualism
too much. Horrible, immoral concepts, you know,
such as 'freedom' and 'human rights.'" Chomoi
paled. "PEST did that?" "Hey!"
Yorick clasped her shoulder. "Don't take it per- sonally.
It's not as though you did it." "But
I did," she breathed, "I did." "So
did every person who voted extra power to the Ex- ecutive
Secretary," Whitey snorted, "but I'm not about to blame
each one of 'em." He shrugged. "Besides, they're paying
for it now, anyway. Just a bunch of poor suckers, that's
all." "Yes,"
Chomoi whispered, "we were." "Hey,
don't let it bog you down! Spend too much time 778 Christopher Stasheff cursing
yourself for what you did yesterday, and you'll hamstring
yourself for tomorrow! Besides..." Whitey shrugged.
"I never was too comfortable being 'Tod Tam- bourin,'
anyway. Always preferred being 'Whitey the Wino.'" Chomoi
stared. Then she straightened, and her mouth firmed
with resolution. "Well!
Always glad to have admirers around." Whitey turned
to pump Rod's hand. "What do you think of my show?" "Uh..."
Rod cast a look of appeal to Gwen. "You wrote the
script for this epic?" "Yeah,
me." Whitey frowned. "What is it? What don't you
like?" Rod
took a deep breath and plunged. "Little on the wordy side,
isn't it?" "Hm."
Whitey gazed at him, scowling. Then he
turned to Mirane. "Call Gawain over here, will you?
And Clyde and Herman." He gazed off into space, abstracted. Rod
turned to Dave with a word of apology on his lips, but
Dave held up a palm. "Shh! He's working." The
actors came up, and Whitey said, "Herman, take it from,
'You are not now in your native Germany,' will you?" Herman
frowned. " 'You are not now in your native Ger- many,
so far to the north and west! Nor are you in...'" "All
right, cut!" Whitey chopped down with his hand. "Condense
it, Herman. How would your character say it?" Herman
stared at him for a moment, then smiled and said,
"'Surely you do not believe that puny science can prevail
against me, young man!'" Mirane
stared up at him, her linger keying the dictation mode on
her keypad. '"You
are in my Transylvania now, not in your native Germany,
where logic prevails!'" Herman went on. '"No, you are
caught between Faith and Reason to the west, and THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 179 witchcraft
and superstition to the east...'" "That's
enough." Whitey chopped crosswise with his hand.
"I get the point; I tried to work in too much geography at one
blow. Okay, let's try it this way: Uh... 'You are trapped
here, young man—trapped in Transylvania, trapped between
the logic of Germany, to the west, and the super- stition
of Russia, to the east.'" "Dracula
would keep the 'my Transylvania,'" Herman said
softly. Whitey
nodded. "Right. Yeah, he would." He flashed a glare
at Rod. "Always listen to the actors, because they know
the characters better than the writer does." "But
the writer created those characters!" Chomoi ob- jected. "But
the actor re-creates the character his own way," Whitey
corrected her. "If I get an actor to portray my char- acter,
it ceases to be just mine anymore. It becomes that actor's
character, even more than mine, or the actor will do a lousy
job." He turned back to Herman with a grin. "But / get
the final say." "Only
because you hired the producer," Clyde snorted. "It's
immoral, young man—the Executive Producer doing his own
directing." "It's
my money, and I'll spend it as I like, old-timer. Now—'You
are trapped in Transylvania, my Transylvania, the
land of superstition... no... the land of Superstition and
Sorcery... no. Superstition and Black Magic... where Science
can have no sway!'" They
went on, overhauling the section of dialogue. When they
were done, Mirane reminded, "We were going to shoot the
scene with the peasants." "Of
course!" Whitey struck his forehead with the heel of his
hand. "How much time have we wasted?" "Not
a second," Dave assured him. "We'll make it all back,
because it'll be a better epic. But we should shoot all the
day's scenes, Whitey." 180 Christopher Stasheff "Right!
Back to your places!" Whitey spun to the camera ops.
"George, you go over by the south wall. Harve, over here,
next to me!" "That's
one disadvantage of the writer doing his own directing,"
Dave confided to Rod. "A separate director could have
been shooting a different scene, while he was over- hauling
this one." "But
how can he?" Chomoi cried. "How can he allow his
deathless prose to be violated this way?" Whitey
heard her, and turned back, raising a hand. "Guilty. I
hereby confess to writing deathless prose, on occasion— and
even immortal verse, now and then. But when I do, 1 do it
alone, with only a split of vin ordinaire for company, and I
do it for me, myself, only. It's pure self-indulgence, of
course—'art for art's sake' really means 'art for the artist's
sake.' It's the sheer personal gratification of doing something
as well as I can possibly do it, of expressing my feelings,
my view of existence, my self—and it's for me, alone.
Oh, I don't mind if other people read it, and it's nice if they
like it. Sure, I enjoy praise; I'm human, too. But that's
just a by-product, a side issue." He looked around at the
crowd of actors and technicians. "This—this is another matter.
It's another thing entirely. This script, I wrote for other
people, and I make it with a host of other people. If no one
else ever hears it or sees it, it will have failed. Worse, it'll
be absurd, without purpose. Without an audience, it's incomplete." He
turned back to Herman and Gawain. "Okay, Mirane'll tidy
that up and get hard copies for you. But let's tape it with
the script the way it is first, just in case." The
vampire and the hero nodded happily and went back to
their places. The little sorcerer followed, grumbling con- tentedly. "Places!"
Mirane spoke into a ring on her index finger, and her
voice boomed out of a loudspeaker. "Quiet on the set." "Mist,"
Whitey said quietly. THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 181 Fog
seemed to grow out of the ground, rising up to obscure
Herman and Clyde. "Lights,"
Whitey commanded. High in
the air, light suddenly glared from six spots. The two
camera operators sauntered out to the side and turned toward
the actors. Everyone was silent for a moment, then Harve
said, "Balanced." "Ditto,"
George called. Whitey
nodded. "Roll." "Rolling,"
the camera ops responded. "Confirm,"
said a man at a console behind Whitey. "Action,"
Whitey called. The set
was quiet a moment longer. Then Gawain came out of
the hotel, looked around him with a bemused smile, and
inhaled deeply. "It
is pleasant, is it not?" said a sepulchral voice with a heavy
accent. "The air of my Transylvania." The
mist thinned, gradually revealing the tall, cloaked figure
and the stooped, gnarled silhouette behind him. "The
approach of dawn clears the air," Gawain agreed, and the
scene went on. Whitey
stood by, approving, at peace. Finally,
Clyde stepped forward, hurling the silk kerchief. Hilda
watched, alert, pushing sliders and twisting a knob, and the
kerchief fluttered straight at Gawain, settling over the
crucifix. Herman grinned, showing his fangs, but this time
everyone froze. Silence enveloped the set again. Then
Whitey sighed, and called, "Cut." Everyone
relaxed, and Herman came striding out of the mist,
grinning and chatting with Clyde. Gawain grinned and turned
away to have a word with a young lady. Noise swelled up, as
everyone started chattering, released from the thrall- dom of
silence. ^ Whitey
turned to Rod with a raised eyebrow. "Little better that
time?" "Uh...
yeah!" Rod stared, astounded. "It, uh... it helps to do
it for real, huh?" 182 Christopher Stasheff "Yeah,
it does." Whitey turned and looked around. "But the new
dialogue will make it work better." He turned back to Rod
with a smile. "It only seems natural if you don't break
the spell, you see." Rod
gazed at him for a moment, then said, "No, I don't think I
do. You mean the old dialogue might make the audience
realize they were just watching a show?" "It
might," Whitey said. "If it stood out for you, it might distract
them. Then we might as well have never come to this
place. Our work here would have been wasted." He smiled
suddenly. "But I don't think the new version will distract
anybody. No. It'll hold their attention." Rod
frowned. "Why do you care about that so much? Isn't
it enough just to know you did the job right?" Whitey
shook his head. "If the audience is bored, they'll spread
the word, and nobody'll buy the cube to view, and if
nobody buys a copy, we won't make money. If we don't make
money, we can't make any more epics." "But
that's not the main reason." "No,
of course not." Whitey grinned. "Let's get down to
basics—if nobody watches it, there was no point in making
it." "What
point?" Rod demanded. "You've been the top poet of your
time! Your place in history is guaranteed, and so is your
bankroll, if you can afford to make an epic like this! Why
should you sully your reputation by making 3DT epics?" "Because
people need to learn things," Whitey said, "or they'll
let themselves fall prey to slavemasters—the way the
Terrans actually voted in the PEST regime. And that hurts
me, because I want everybody to be free to read what I
write. I don't want to take a chance that some censor might lock up
my manuscript and not let anyone read it. So I'm going
to teach them what they need to know, to insist on staying
free." "With
a horror story? A Dracula spectacula?" Rod ex- claimed. "You've
got it," Whitey affirmed. "Even this, just a THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 183 cheap
work of entertainment, can do it. What'll they learn? Oh,
just a few random bits about Terran geography. After all,
most people don't know where Transylvania was, or how the
Dracula legend came to be, so we give them just a few
facts about that. And along with it, just a touch of the
history of Terra's Europe—and the peasants' struggle out of
the chains of feudalism. Just a few facts, mind you; just a
dozen, in a whole two hours. But if they watch two hours and
twelve facts every day of their lives, they can learn
enough to yell 'No!' when the next man on horseback comes
riding in." "You're
a teacher!" Rod exploded. "On the sly! This is covert
action! Subversive education!" "I'll
plead guilty again." Whitey grinned. "But I can't claim
all the credit. Most of these techniques, I picked up from a
cheery old reprobate on a frontier planet." "Cholly!" "Oh,
you've met him?" Whitey grinned again. "Charles T.
Barman, officially." "I,
uh, did hear something of the, uh, sort..." "The
rogue educator," Whitey said, "the only professor living
who doesn't worry about tenure. Business, maybe, but not
tenure. Strog and I spent a year with him out on Wolmar.
Quite a chap, that. Couldn't believe how much he taught
me—and at my age!" He grinned. "Not that I didn't throw
him a curve or two. Dave and I thought up some techniques
between us that he'd never dreamed of." But his
words had suddenly moved away from Rod, become
remote. He was remembering that Whitey the Wino had
been the creative force behind the DDT's mass- education
movement. It had culminated in the coup d'etat that
eliminated PEST, and brought in the Decentralized Democratic
Tribunal of his own times. But the history books hadn't exactly
stressed the fact that Whitey the Wino was the
same person as the revered, austere poet, Tod Tam- bourin. He'd
been quiet too long; Whitey's attention had strayed. 784 Christopher Stasheff He
turned away to call the extras, bustling around to set them up
in a rough semicircle, facing toward the cameras. A
portly man in a tan coverall moved among them, passing out
flails and pitchforks. "And
you two lounge out here in the middle for your dialogue."
Whitey waved, shooing two actors into place. "Come
on, now, hit your marks! You know, ninety degrees to each
other! Upstage man sets up the over-the-shoulder! Okay,
let's run through the lines." "I
don't know... maybe we shouldn't try it," the inn- keeper
said through his walrus mustache. "We
got to try it," the old farmer answered, testing one of his
pitchfork points with a finger. "Ow! Ya, that's sharp enough." "To
do what?" the innkeeper was irritated. "To poke him in his
zitsfleisch? What good is that going to do with a vampire,
hanh?" "You
talk like an old woman," the farmer snorted. "The pitchfork
is just to hold him off while we get a rope around him." "He'll
just go to bat," the innkeeper warned. The
farmer shrugged. "So? We'll have Lugorf standing by with
his butterfly net. Sooner or later, we slam the stake through
his heart." "And
then what?" The innkeeper spread his hands. "So he lies
there in his coffin for twenty, thirty years. Sooner or
later, some young idiot who's looking for a reputation will go
down there and pull out the stake, and where will we be?
Right where we are now." "We've
done it before," the fanner maintained, "and we'll
do it again." "Again,
and again, and again," the innkeeper moaned. "How
many times do we have to go through it?" "How
many times did our ancestors have to?" the farmer growled.
"Five hundred years they've been cleaning up his messes!" THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 185 "Five
hundred years?" The innkeeper frowned. "That was the first
of them—back when 'Dracula' was a title, not a name." "That's
right. It meant 'dragon,' didn't it? Shame on them,
giving dragons a bad name like that!" "At
least dragons didn't hurt people for the fun of it," the
innkeeper agreed. "At least, that's what they say about the
first one." "His
name was 'Vlad.' They called him 'the Impaler."' The
innkeeper nodded. "I remember. This mountain country
was just a bunch of tiny kingdoms then, wasn't it?" "Ya.
No kingdom bigger than a hundred miles each way, but
their rulers called themselves kings." The farmer shook his
head. "What a life for our poor ancestors! Trying to scratch
a living out of scraps of level ground, whenever they
weren't busy dodging whichever petty king had a war going at
the moment!" "Always
fighting," the innkeeper grumbled, "always a battle.
It wasn't any better the first time they woke him, a hundred
years later..." Rod
listened, amazed, as the two men gossiped through a
three-minute history of the Balkans, as seen through the eyes of
a couple of Transylvanian peasants. It was ridicu- lous,
it was asinine—and it was working. "So
stick a stake in his sternum... and, at least, we get twenty
years of peace," the farmer reminded the innkeeper. "Maybe
that doesn't mean much to you, but my cattle start looking
pale when there aren't enough gullible people around." "Where
do you think the gullible people stay away from?" the
innkeeper retorted. "My inn! Maybe you've got a point. No
matter how you bite it, the Count's bad for business." "So
we nail him down again," the farmer sighed, hefting his
pitchfork, "and twenty years from now, our sons take their
turn. So? You do what you have to do to make a living, right?" 186 Christopher Stasheff "Right."
The innkeeper nodded. "Each generation has to kill
its own vampire. You don't stop planting crops just because
there's a drought." "Right,"
the farmer agreed, "and you don't..." Out of
the comer of his eye. Rod saw the arm whirl, saw the
pitchfork fly. "Down!" he bellowed, and leaped into a
dive at Chomoi. His shoulder slammed into her as she
howled in anger. She chopped at him as he tried to untangle
himself enough to stand up, then managed to get a
one-handed choke hold—and froze, staring at the pitch- fork
sticking in the ground, its handle still vibrating. Rod
knocked her hand loose, bawling, "Stop him!" He leaped
to his feet, whirling toward the mob of extras, just in time
to see the ersatz peasant disappear into the crowd. Rod
bellowed and leaped after him. The
crowd parted, giving him plenty of room. It made
a nice lane—just in time. At its far end. Rod saw the
"peasant" disappearing into an alley. Gwen
caught a broomstick out of the hands of a stunned extra,
leaped on it, and shot off after the "peasant." Hilda
stared after her, then gave her head a quick shake and
scowled down at her console. "Now, how the hell did 1 do
that?" Rod
sped down the lane and into the alley. He was just in time
to see the "peasant" disappearing around a comer. Rod
kicked into overdrive and pelted after him. The
"peasant" dashed back out. Rod stared, then launched himself
into a flying tackle. But the "peasant" saw him coming
and jumped forward, and Rod smashed into the pavement
with a howl of rage. He landed judo-fashion, but pain
seared his side. "Down!"
Gwen cried. Rod did
a good imitation of a pancake, just in time for Gwen to
flash by directly above him on the broomstick. He
rolled to his feet, shaking his head, and hobbled after her
with a limping run. A block
later, he saw Gwen coming toward him, carrying THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 187 her
broomstick. "What's the matter?" he called. "Isn't this backwards?
I thought it was supposed to be carrying you." "I
had no wish to scandalize those who live here," she explained. "Honey,
this is the one planet in the whole Terran Sphere where
they wouldn't think much of it. They might ask you how you
did the effect, though. I take it our man got away?" Gwen
nodded. 'There is a town square. From it doth open
many streets." "Here,
let me see." Rod limped on past her. The street curved
and ended in a plaza, where five narrow, crooked streets
fanned out amid tottering houses. The lanes twisted away
out of sight. Rod
stood in the center, looking about him and shaking his
head. "Right, lady. He could have gone down any one of
them." "Aye,"
Gwen agreed. "We have lost him." Rod
glowered from one street to another, remembering the
pitchfork sticking in the ground. "The bastard almost got
Chomoi. Didn't take them long to find us, did it?" "Peace,
husband." Gwen laid a gentle hand on his arm. "The
man himself is of no consequence. E'en an thou wert to slay
him, a dozen more like to him would spring up." "Like
dragon's teeth," Rod agreed. "The one we need to get
is the one who's sending them out. But we don't even know
what outfit he works for!" "Is
he not of our old enemies from tomorrow?" "SPITE
or VETO? I'd thought so, but that ersatz extra was
after Chomoi, not us." "Gwen's
eyes widened. "Her erstwhile employers?" "The
PEST secret police." Rod nodded. "Probably. I was right
when I said we'd be a marked crew if we took her along." Gwen's
hand tightened on his arm. "We ^cannot desert her." "No,"
Rod agreed, "we can't. Besides, we still need a native
of this era to guide us. Okay, so we could probably 788 Christopher Stasheff find
one who isn't as big a potential liability as Chomoi, but
we'd still have GRIPE and/or VETO after us." "Thou
dost but seek to discover reasons," Gwen accused. "When
all's said and done, thou'It not abandon a compan- ion." "Probably,"
Rod admitted. "Sometimes I wish I had as high an
opinion of me as you do." Gwen
smiled, and slipped her arm through his. "That is my
province, my lord. Thou mayest entrust it to me." "Then
I will." Rod smiled down at her. "And try to perform
the same function for you." "Not
too well," she murmured, as his face came closer. '"Tis
drafty, placed up so high." "Oh,
come down off your pedestal for a moment!" Rod muttered.
Then his lips brushed, touched, and claimed hers. A
minute or two later, she murmured, "We must preserve those
poor folk from Yorick." "Yeah,"
Rod sighed, clasping her hand around his arm as he
turned back. "We must save those poor, innocent city folks
from our Stone Age country slicker." As they
came back to the shooting site, they heard a voice
protesting, "But we weren't really planning it that way...." "Dam
straight you weren't." Whitey's voice was grim. "In
fact, this whole elaborate explanation has the definite ring of
an ad-lib. Now, what say we try it again—with the truth?" "If
you say so," Yorick sighed, "but you're not going to believe
this." "So
what else is new?" "We
are ... or at least, two of my friends are. They were bom
about five hundred years from now. And there's an interstellar
organization out to get them. It kidnapped them and
dumped them back here." Whitey
just stared at him for a moment, then said, "You're right.
I don't believe you." "Then
try this," Chomoi snapped. "I used to be a spy THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 189 for the
LORDS. That's right, I'm one of the ones who got us all
into this mess! But after the coup, I realized what an amoral,
calloused cadre they were, and tried to quit, so they sent me
to Wolmar. Gwen Gallowglass and her husband got me out
of there, and I'm trying to guide them to Terra." Whitey
stared at her while the slight remaining amount of
color drained out of his albino face. Then he said, "That, I
believe." He turned to Stroganoff. "Take over, Dave. I suddenly
got hit with a yen for a stroll." "Sounds
good to me, too." Stroganoff was pale as a skid row bum
with an air conditioned bar available. He turned to
Mirane. "Tell 'em to go home." "Home?"
Mirane yelped. "Are you crazy? They each have to
be paid for the full day; it's in their contracts!" "Do
it," Whitey said grimly. "It's cheaper than a coffin." Mirane
stared at him for a moment, then threw her computer-pad
up in despair. She turned to the cast and crew, stretching
out a hand to catch the pad. "Okay, that's it for the
day! Strike the setup and go home!" One or
two of the extras cheered, but the principal actors and the
technicians stared at her, then scowled and started packing
up. Mirane
watched them for a moment, then turned to Whitey.
"You run a good company. This is the first time I've ever
seen a crew who'd rather finish the shoot than have
the day off." "They're
good kids," Whitey agreed, "but I'd rather be shooting
with them tomorrow, than having them come to my
funeral." He turned to Rod, Gwen, Yorick, Chornoi, and
Brother Joey. "I think you'd better come with me." "I'm
not sure whether it's safer with us, or away from us,"
Stroganoff explained to Mirane. "Neither
am I, but I don't feel safe alone.",, Dave
nodded. "Let's go, then." They
hurried to catch up with the cortege. As they
came up, Rod was saying, "Why a casino?" "Safest
place," Whitey explained, "except for a dream- 790 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 191 house.
I mean, you're out there in public, where plenty of people
are watching you, and the management doesn't want any
unpleasant scenes for the patrons." "I
like the dreamhouse idea better." Chomoi had a happy, faraway
look. "So
do I," Whitey grunted. "Whether it's a PEST agent who's
after you or not, he's on a free planet now, and he has to
adhere to local laws. And the dreamhouses are very good at
keeping unwanted clients out." He turned to Rod. "Stroganoff
and I aren't exactly popular with PEST, either." Dave
nodded. "They know about our epics. And they know
that education is the dictator's enemy." "And
the easiest way to stop your epics is to stop you?" "Like
a dropped watch." Whitey nodded. "If there's an agent
after your friend Chomoi, he might decide to bump us off,
too." Chomoi
screeched to a halt. "Bye-bye." She turned away. "Come
back here." Yorick put out a hand to catch her, then
snatched it back as she whirled, chopping out. "See? I knew
I could stop you." "There's
not much point in going off by yourself, Miz," Whitey
said. "If there's an assassin on the planet, we're in danger.
The only difference in having you with us is that we have
some idea of where the bastard is." Chomoi
hesitated. Stroganoff
nodded. "It's easier to duck when you know where
the knives are coming from." "There
speaks a true organization man," Yorick muttered. "But
a dreamhouse is out." Whitey started walking again. "There's
the little matter of cash; I don't have enough of it." Stroganoff
nodded. "Every penny's tied up in this epic." "We're
a little short ourselves," Rod said. "When
PEST took over Terra," Whitey went on, "they also
took over my royalties. Oh, not that they've attached my
earnings, or anything, but they're censoring the mail, and
they won't let my agent send me a check. So the roy- alties
are there, piling up nicely in a trust fund on Terra, and no
doubt they'll do my heirs all kinds of good, five hundred
years from now—but that doesn't help much, at the
moment." Rod had
a faraway look in his eyes. "You say we're going
to a casino?" "Take
your choice." Whitey turned to him with a dry smile.
"The planet's lousy with 'em. Every pleasure-planet is."
But he frowned at the look in Rod's eye, then suddenly grinned
and slapped his thigh. "Of course! If your eccle- siastical
friend can fix a static generator, he can gimmick a roulette
wheel as easy as pi!" Brother
Joey went pale. "Rig a roulette wheel? My heav- ens,
that would be stealing!" "So
what do you think the house is doing?" Whitey demanded.
"Come on. Brother, all we're asking is that you make
the machines shave a few percentage points in our favor." "No."
Brother Joey's jaw finned. "I couldn't possibly do
anything so immoral." "That's
right, preserve your integrity," Whitey sighed, "and
more power to you. Brother, for sticking to your prin- ciples.
But that still leaves us without admission to a dream- house." "Oh,
not necessarily." Rod was gazing at his wife. "That wasn't
exactly what I had in mind, anyway." Gwen
had gained an abstracted, dreamy, fascinated gaze. "
'Twould be but a matter of having some whirling wheel come to
stop where we wished it to, would it not? Or causing a pair
of dice to fall as we chose?" "That's
right, nothing heavy-duty. Think you can handle it,
dear?" "I
will be delighted to essay it," Gwen answered, with a smile
that made Rod shiver. After all, he knew what she could
do when she put her mind to it. Whitey
frowned. "What is she—a telekinetic?" "Among
other things," Yorick muttered. 192 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 193 "Well,
well!" Whitey offered Gwen his arm. "Allow me to
escort you, Ms. Gallowglass!" "Lady,"
she corrected. "Would
I be seen with anything else? Where a reporter can see
me, anyway. Shall we go?" They
sauntered off toward the nearest casino, with Rod, Chomoi,
Yorick and Brother Joey in tow. Dave and Mirane exchanged
glances and followed. "Lesjeux
sont fails," the croupier pronounced. He wore a satin
dressing gown, muttonchop whiskers, and a stuffed raven
on his shoulder. At least. Rod thought it was stuffed, but it
kept turning its head to regard him with a beady ruby eye. A
robot, no doubt, but was its eye really a lens for a surveillance
camera? "Les
jeux sontfaits," the croupier said again, "the bets are
made." "The
die is cast?" Rod suggested. 'Won,
monsieur," the croupier said primly. "We play roulette
at this table, not hazard." "Oh!
My apologies." Rod bit his lip in consternation; the
last thing he wanted was to stand out enough for the croupier
to recognize him. The
wheel spun, and Rod gazed at it, fascinated. He had lost
most of the 10-therm stake Yorick had given him, before he had
begun to get the knack of just how hard to think at the
hopping ball. But he'd picked it up, bit by bit, and was now
winning seven games out of thirteen. That was enough; he'd
made back his stake, and his profits were rising slowly but
steadily. On the other hand, he wasn't winning so fla- grantly
as to attract notice. Since
this was his turn to lose, he glanced around the room,
seeking out his companions. They were easy to find in the
midst of all these mock werewolves, vampires, an- cestral
ghosts, and decadent aristocrats. Especially the de- cadent
aristocrats; they seemed to be in fashion this year. Rod
couldn't decide whether it was the 'aristocrat' part, or the
'decadent,' that made those disguises so attractive to the tourists. But
Rod's people were dressed in ordinary coveralls or, in
Gwen's case, in Renaissance peasant garb. They were definitely
conspicuous—and that worried Rod, but there was
nothing he could do about it. They
seemed to be doing a good job of keeping a low profile
in other ways, though. Whitey had given them a brief
lecture on how to win and get away with it. "Lose a lot.
But make the odd win bigger than all the little losses, so that
you make an overall profit. Don't make any fortunes, though,
just a dozen therms or so. When we pool our win- nings,
we'll have enough to buy safe hiding." They'd
paid attention, and seemed to be doing well. Gwen
was just one of many at the craps table; and, if her pile of
chips was growing steadily larger than those of the other
players, nobody seemed to be taking any particular notice
of it. Yorick was building up large stacks of chips at the
poker table; Whitey was busy demonstrating that he was a
better whist player than the dealer. Stroganoff and Mirane were
making a valiant try at contract bridge, but doing their part
for the overall image of the group by losing—and Brother
Joey was walking around in a daze. Rod
turned back to the table, satisfied—everything was going
according to plan. "Red
twenty-one," the dealer called, and Rod stared as a pile
of chips slid over in front of him. Then he shrugged, scooped
them into his palm, and turned away. "Monsieur?"
the croupier inquired politely. "I'm
going to quit while I'm ahead," Rod explained. "That
last win wasn't supposed to happen." And he saun- tered
away from the table, leaving the croupier staring after him.
"Red twenty-one," he murmured, and that reminded him; he
ambled over to the blackjack table. He'd always wondered
if the casino version was really an honest game, and
this was his chance to find out. Who better to play blackjack
against the house than a mind reader? 194 Christopher Stasheff Behind
the bar at the far end of the hall, the huge 3DT tank
suddenly went black, drawing bleats of protest from the
loyal few who'd been watching a particularly obnoxious melodrama.
Then it lit up again to show a benign, handsome face
three feet high, with steel-gray hair turning white at the
temples. "Fellow citizens." The face looked stem. "And you,
honored guests. The Government of Otranto has just been
notified that four dangerous criminals landed their spacer
illegally on the surface of our fair planet, during the darkest
hours of last night." Rod's
head snapped up. He stared at the screen, then "covered
and turned back to fix his gaze on the blackjack Jle.
Out of the comer of his eye, he noticed that his companions
had done the same thing, except for Gwen and Whitey,
who were so wrapped up in their games that they didn't
seem to have noticed. "These
criminals are convicts, who have escaped from the
prison-planet Wolmar," the voice went on. "The High Vampire
has just confirmed the report, and believes the criminals
are at large on Otranto." The
screen dissolved to a picture of Rod. It was an atrocious
likeness, really, obviously a candid, taken while Rod was
running somewhere, and he'd never really looked best
from his left profile—but he had to admit, with a sinking
heart, that it was recognizable. "This
man is their ringleader," the unseen announcer went
on, "currently traveling under the name of Callow- glass." The
picture dissolved to a shot of Gwen. Even in a mug shot,
she was beautiful. "These
are his accomplices," the announcer went on, "a woman,
posing as his wife..." Rod
sneaked a quick peek, and was relieved to see that the
other patrons were all staring avidly at their games— well,
almost all. And none of the croupiers were looking; his own
dealer had a clamped and rigid jaw, but he was THE WARLOCK
WANDERING 195 staring
firmly at the cards. No doubt they'd been warned about
such distractions, and about what unscrupulous but light-fingered
customers do while a dealer's back was turned. Chomoi's
picture was on the screen. "... a young woman," the
announcer went on, "no doubt unaware of the company into
which she has strayed..." "Twenty-one,"
the dealer admitted, as he laid a black jack
onto the top of Rod's hand. "Uh—thanks."
Rod slid the chips into his purse and stood
up. "Think I need a drink." "...
and a very burly man of particularly repellent as- pect,"
the announcer finished, as a picture of Yorick ap- peared
in the tank. "He even looks like a brute." "He's
talking about you, you know," Rod muttered into Yorick's
ear. "Not
a word of truth in it," the caveman said automat- ically.
He looked up. "I don't mean to gripe. Major, but I've
got a hell of a hand going, here, and... HUH?" "These
convicts are presumed armed, and are highly dangerous."
The announcer was back on the screen, gazing somberly
out at the customers. "Please, if you are a right- minded
citizen who values your personal safety, and the safety
of your beloved Otranto—if you see any one or more of
these criminals, notify a Public Safety official immedi- ately." He
droned on, but Yorick said grimly, "I think I got the gist of
it." "So
does he," Rod pointed out. "In fact, he's got the gist of both
of us. Not to mention..." "So
don't." Yorick's glance flicked around the room. He sat up
a little straighter, and the grim set of his mouth actually
seemed to be curving in a slight smile. "Damn
it," Rod hissed, "you're enjoying this!" "No,
but I get a thrill out of it. If I didn't, I'd go into another
line of work." Yorick looked up at Rod, his eyes narrowed.
"Look, my face was on the screen; they might 196 Christopher Stasheff recognize
me. Or you, for that matter—or Chomoi, or Lady Gallowglass.
We'll have to depend on our local friends for a way
out of this." Rod
looked furtively over his head at Whitey. "Think we can
trust him?" "You
know his history as well as I do. Major. And, as they've
pointed out, they're in kind of the same class of pickle
jar as ourselves." "So
we can trust them—as much as we can trust anybody here."
Rod slapped Yorick's shoulder. "You might think about
cashing in your chips." Yorick
nodded. "At the end of the play. I don't want to look
conspicuous." This
was analogous to a wolf claiming he didn't want to stand
out in a flock of sheep, but Rod let it pass. He saun- tered
over to the whist table where Whitey was holding away,
the gleam of battle in his eye. Rod leaned down and murmured,
"The party's over." "You're
out of your mind," Whitey snorted. "I'm on a roll." "The
ones who're going to be rolling you, are the neigh- borhood
police. Their local hallucination was just on the screen,
identifying me and my three companions as dan- gerous
criminals. He even showed the nice people our pic- tures." "I
fold." Whitey laid down his cards, raked in his chips, and
stood up. The dealer looked up in surprise, but Whitey was
already on his way over to the cashier's cage. "You'd better
round up your crew. I'll get Dave and Mirane mov- ing." Rod
nodded. "Meet you at the exit." He turned away toward
the craps table and sidled up to a comely woman who was
staring at the dice in fascination, lower lip caught between
her teeth, a damp strand of hair straggling loose at the
side of her forehead. "Sorry to interrupt, dear, but I think
you'd better wrap it up." "'Tis
what I'm attempting, yet they have so cursedly THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 197 much
money that I nearly despair of gaining it all." "Spoken
like a true housewife." Rod glanced at the mountain
of chips in front of her, then stared in horror. "My lord!
They'll never let us out of here with all that!" "Assuredly
thou canst make it to disappear, and appear again
where we may find it." Gwen shook the dice in her hand. "No!"
Rod hissed. "Don't you remember what Whitey said?
If we win too much, they'll steal it back!" "Not
whiles I've breath in my body!" "They
can fix that. Not that they'll have to; the whole casino
just got the message that the four of us are on the lam.
Showed everyone our pictures, too." Gwen
froze, paling. "Wherefore did I not hear this mes- sage?" "You
were a little preoccupied." Gwen
held still a moment longer, then nodded once. "True." With
her free hand, she shoved about half her pile of chips
out. The croupier stared at the mound, astonished. Then
Gwen's arm flashed down, and the dice sprang out, bounced
up against the board, and fell back onto the baize, two
gleaming ivories with single black dots in the center. The
croupier released his breath with a hiss. "Snake eyes!" "Oh!"
Gwen clenched her fists in exasperation. "I've lost!"
She stooped to scoop her chips into her apron. "Well,. I've
wisdom enough to quit while I may." "Naw,
you can get it back. Come on, double or nothing," the
croupier urged. Gwen
shook her head with decision. "I thank thee, but I've
wanted to try my skill at that little hopping ball within the
wheel." The
croupier relaxed, with only a slight smile. "Right, lady.
Roulette. Yeah, go ahead." And he smiled, showing fangs. Gwen
hurried away with Rod. "Wherefore did that man 798 Christopher Stasheff not
recognize me from this picture thou sayest all did see?" "The
house personnel were careful not to look. They figured
it might be part of a swindle—somebody putting a fake
squawk on the tank to distract them, while their partners cleaned
up the tables." Rod saw Yorick heading away from the
cage, sliding a billfold back inside his tunic. "Just hand your
chips to the man inside the wire net, dear. He'll give you
bills for them." "But
wherefore is he gaoled?" "The
wire's to keep us out, not to keep him in. When you
have your money, go over by the doorway; I'll meet you
there. Right now, I have to go pry Chomoi loose." He steered
her toward the cage and left her there. Then Rod turned
away toward the fourth member of his crew, but saw Yorick
bending over, muttering into her ear. She sat very still,
then deliberately set about finishing the hand. Rod approved;
she wasn't going to look suspicious, no matter how
much it hurt. He turned to find Whitey chatting with Mirane,
who was growing paler by the syllable, and saw Dave
saunter around the perimeter of the room, admiring the
wallpaper—no doubt looking for the back door. Then,
across the big room. Brother Joey waved, catching Stroganoff's
attention. The monk must have found an "Au- thorized
Personnel Only" door. Rod turned toward Gwen just as
she came up beside him, shaking her head as she held up
a wad of bills. "I still cannot believe, my lord, that mere
ink on paper can have such worth." "Don't
worry, we'll spend it before the rest of them catch on."
Rod tucked her hand into the crook of his elbow. "Let's meander
on over toward Brother Joey, dear. He seems to have
found a bolthole." Gwen
frowned. "Wherefore might we not go out as we came
in?" "What,
broke? Oh, you mean the main entrance! No, there
is a chance it might be guarded. Besides, you remem- ber the
doorman? You know, the one wearing the ghost makeup
and the shroud, who looked so bored? Odds are he THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 199 was
watching the tank, even if nobody else was. No, I think we'd
better settle for what our good Brother has found." Ten
feet from the door, someone behind them gasped and
yelled, "That's them! The people who were on the tank! Stop
them!" "Somebody
would have to be observant!" Rod groaned. A dozen
or so ersatz Rochesters and Janes looked up, staring
at them, then nudged their neighbors, nodding to- ward
Rod and Gwen (they were too polite to point). Their neighbors—several
score languid Byrons and Wollstone- crofts—looked
up and stared. Then they all started grins that
turned into hungry leers, and voices began to call, "Who are
they?" "Convicts! We just saw their pictures on the tank!"
"On the tank?" "Convicts?" "Quick! Don't let them get
away!" "Catch them!" "There they go!" And in
two seconds, the crowd of cultured, refined pa- trons
had turned into a howling mob, boiling toward Rod and his
companions. "I
might have known," Rod groaned. "Boredom—and we're
something to do!" Gwen
hung back. "They could not stand against us, my lord!
There cannot be but an hundred of them!" "That's
too many to be sure we won't kill somebody! And
besides, while we're mowing them down, they could maul
these people who've been trying to help us!" He
could see her hesitate. "I mislike to run from such as
these, my lord." "I
know what you mean, but in this case, discretion is definitely
the better part of valor. Fly, dear!" Fortunately,
Gwen didn't take him literally, but they were at the
door almost as quickly as though she had. They jammed
in between Chomoi and Mirane, just as Brother Joey
slammed into the pressure-plate lettere4, "Authorized Personnel
Only." "I
never expected to be that right!" Rod waved Chomoi through
first, then Mirane. "But
I'm not authorized," she protested. 200 Christopher Stasheff "Yes,
you are," said Whitey. "You're one of my person- nel,
and I'm an author. Git!" Mirane
stopped, gazing up at the dreamhouse facade with foreboding.
"I don't like it, Whitey." "I
thought it was a little too rococo, myself." Whitey frowned
up at the front of the building. "And all those chubby
little angels are definitely declasse. But it's their services
we're buying, not their decor." "You're
right; I don't care a fig how it looks. It's just the
idea, Whitey. I can't stand the thought of being so helpless!" "Yeah,"
the old man said grimly, "I know what you mean. But
there isn't much choice." "There
isn't really any danger, either!" Chomoi glared daggers
at Whitey. "The dreamhouse will guard you as though
you were one of their own, Miz—which you will be, in
a way." "Why
does that idea make me shudder?" "Because
you think of being absorbed." Stroganoff laid a hand
on her shoulder. "It's a fear we all have, from time to
time. But in this case, it's foolish. The laws that guard dreamhouse
patients are very strict, Mirane, and they're very
tightly enforced." "I'm
sorry you got caught up in this," Whitey said, his face
hard. "But if PEST actually does try anything against us,
they're likely to catch you in the overflow." "You're
worrying about nothing, really!" Chomoi smiled brightly.
"And it'll be fun. If only half the things I've heard are
true, it'll be more fun than you've ever had." Mirane
still looked doubtful, but she clutched her com- puter-pad
tightly and followed them in. The
thinclad attendant just inside the front door smiled brightly,
ran a practiced eye over them, added in the fact that
they'd come in a batch, and asked, "Single dream, or group?" Yorick
frowned. "What's a group dream?" THE WARLOCK
WANDERING 201 "You'd
all be tied into the same computer," the hostess explained,
"and you'd share the same dream. Only two of you
would be the protagonists, of course, but you'd all be characters
in it." Whitey
gave his companions a jaundiced glance. "How does
the computer decide who's going to be the hero, and who's
going to be the heroine? Chance?" "No,
it matches character to personality type. And it's less
expensive, on a per person basis." "Less
expensive?" Mirane pounced. "How does the bill- ing
work?" "For
individual dreams, you'd each be charged 937 kwahers,"
the hostess explained. She ignored Rod's gulp and
went on, "that's about 7500 kwahers for all of you. But a group
dream only costs 3000 for any number of persons up to
thirteen." "There're
eight of us," Mirane muttered to Stroganoff. "The
group dream might even leave our fugitives enough cash
for passage to Terra." "Don't
worry about us," Rod hissed. "Thank
you, Don Quixote," Whitey snorted. "Don't for- get,
the faster you're off Otranto, the safer we are." "Why
do they say that, everywhere I go?" Rod sighed. "Speculation
later." Whitey nodded to the hostess. "We'll take
the group dream, Miz." She
took their money, then took them to a wide, low- ceilinged
room with ten couches upholstered in varying degrees
of opulence, and invited them to lie down. They did,
casting wary glances at the headboards full of electronic gear. "Hold
very still," the hostess cooed. "This won't hurt a bit." They
were each ramrod stiff as she fitted skull caps over their
heads. "Nothing penetrates the skull, ""she assured them.
"The electrodes just fit against your scalps and induce the
dream through the bone." That
wasn't exactly reassuring, but they submitted with 202 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 203 good
grace, and all took their medicine like good boys and girls.
It was thick and syrupy, and tasted like pomegranates. "Now
just relax," the hostess soothed, but the drug flowed through
their veins so fast that they were very relaxed in- i deed,
before she finished the sentence. Delicious languor enveloped
them, and they drifted off into a sleep that was so
welcome, it was positively sybaritic. The
young woman glanced about to make sure no one
; was
watching, then quickly stepped into the shadow of a ; huge
old tree and fumbled with something behind her back. j "There!
Dam bosom-binder keeps coming unfastened!" She : stepped
back out, with her mammary measurements dras-
; tically
dwindled. "Golly whillikers, Deviz, it's really unfair ; to have
to put up with so much out in front, when some | lucky
girls scarcely have any!" Her
Scots terrier looked up at her and yapped in agree- ment. The
young woman glanced about nervously. "Golly whil- likers,
Deviz, maybe we shoulda stayed on the street where we
live! I don't think I like this gloomy old neighborhood!" She
swallowed heavily. "Maybe I wouldn't be so scared if I
weren't still a virgin. But all those spooky old houses set back so
far from the sidewalk... And all those bony old trees,
with the brown and sere leaves dropping off and drifting
to the ground like the ghosts of sorrows worn out with
grieving." She frowned, jogging the side of her head with
the heel of her hand. "What's the matter with me? I don't
speak like that!" There
was a sudden flurry of yaps, and her head snapped up,
just in time to see Deviz go bounding away after a dim and
spectral squirrel. "Deviz!" she yelped, and leaped to follow
him, the skirts of her jumper billowing in the breeze. "No,
Deviz! Not in there!" But the
dog dashed right after the bounding rodent as it leaped
through the rusty grillwork of the ancient fence and sprinted
up the rotting flagstones of the curving path, all the way
up the hill to the gaunt old house that brooded over the
scene. "No,
Deviz!" The girl struggled with the rusty gate, then climbed
over the fence. Her skirt caught on one of the iron points,
but she yanked it loose and leaped down to follow her
dog. She
almost caught up with him on the porch, but the door
suddenly opened, and the squirrel shot through with Deviz
hot on its heels. The girl bolted after them, but skid- ded to
a halt as she saw the lady who stood in the doorway. "Good
afternoon, my dear." She was tall, slender, and pale,
with just a touch too much rouge, and glossy black hair
that swept down to her shoulders in a straight fall, turned
up just a little on the ends. The girl stared, then squeezed
her eyes shut, opened them, and looked again. She
couldn't be sure, but she thought the woman's eyeteeth were
much longer than usual. And very sharply pointed. "Do
come in," the lady purred, stepping back from the doorway. Dread
rose up in the young girl, but her beloved dog was in
that house, so she hadn't much choice. With reluc- tance
weighing down her dainty feet, she stepped across the threshold. Her
hostess closed the door with unseemly speed. "My name is
L'Age D'or. What is yours?" "Petty,"
the girl stammered, "Petty Pure." She stared around
her. "Golly! You've got an awful lot of real old things...
YIKE! One of them moved!" "Why,
yes, that's my uncle." L'Age took the arm of the old
gnarled man with the yellowed straggling hair and the shiny
black suit. "Petty Pure, allow me to introduce Sucar Blutstein." The old
man stared at Petty, his eyes wide and round, his
mouth stretched wide in a grin. A drop of moisture dripped
from one pointed fang. Petty shuddered. "Ah,
I see you've noticed his dentition." L'Age smiled, revealing
her own fangs. "It runs in the family." 204 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 205 "Puh...
pleased to meet you, I'm sure," Petty stam- mered. "And
I," Sucar Blutstein chuckled, "and I." "Keep
a lid on it, you old fool," L'Age muttered to him, "or
you'll scare her off." Aloud, she said to Petty, "Won't you sit
down and make yourself comfortable? I'll ring for tea."
She stepped over to the comer to pull on a bell-rope. A
moment later, the butler shambled in, and Petty gasped in
horror. He was a giant, seven feet at least, and all his clothes
were way too small for him. His feet were too large, and his
face was seamed with scars and was squarish, with a
ragged hairline. His eyelids drooped, and an electrical contact
protruded from each side of his neck. He hooted sullenly. "Tea,"
L'Age snapped, then beamed at Petty. "Cream or lemon,
my dear?" "Uh...
cream, if you please. And sugar." Petty scrunched back
against the high back of her wing-chair in terror. "And,
um, tomato juice for me," L'Age finished. "And some
teacakes, of course. Yes, that will be all, Frank." The
butler growled and shambled from the room. Petty
slowly uncurled. "What... what is he?" "Oh,
just some tinkering I did in an idle moment." L'Age waved
the issue away. "Now, my dear, tell me about your- self.
Have you any family?" The
butler shambled into the kitchen, grunting. Auntie Diluvian,
a fat, sweaty old woman in a floor-length gaudy dress,
looked up from the pot she was stirring. "She wants what?
... Tea? Whatever for? ... Company? A virgin? Oh, yes,
I'm sure they welcomed her with open arms—first real food
they've seen in years. Been living on that son of hers, she
has—.and what he's been living on, I hate to think.... Roderick!" Uncle
Roderick, an aging hunchback, looked up from the
tomatoes he was squeezing. "Eh?" "Run
upstairs and drain me two ounces," Auntie Dil called. "But
he already gave today," Uncle Roderick protested. "It's
a special occasion," Auntie Dil snapped. "He'll just have to
pump up some more." "Bleed
him white, that's what she'll do," Roderick grum- bled,
but he picked up a small beaker and trudged up the back
stairs. On the
first floor landing, he limped past the sumptuous mistress
bedroom and turned into the adjoining chamber. It was
spare and Spartan—only a bare wooden floor, blank beige
walls, and, in a comer, an old, forgotten, dried-up Christmas
tree, its balls cracked and broken, its tinsel sadly tarnished. In the
center of the room stood a dusty old canopied bed, and on
it lay a bronzed body, eyelids closed, chest rising and
falling gently. "The
poor lad," Uncle Roderick sighed as he hobbled over
and sat in the straight chair beside the bed. "The poor lad."
He took the young man's unresisting hand, propped it over
the edge of the bed, held the beaker under the wrist, and
turned the little spigot set into the vein. Dark ruby fluid welled
out and into the beaker. When it had risen to the "2 oz."
line etched in the glass. Uncle Roderick turned off the little
faucet, wiped it with a hanky, and laid the hand gently back on
the bed. "There, there," he soothed, even though he knew
McChurch couldn't hear him. "There, there." He
stood up with a creak of old bones and a sigh, and turned
away to leave, but stopped in the doorway to look back at
the incredibly handsome young man, his muscular shoulders
and chest bulging up from under the sheets, his eyes
closed. Uncle Roderick sighed and shook his head, and
shut the door behind him. As he
reached the bottom of the stairs, Sucar Blutstein fairly
pounced on him, eyes glittering. "Did you get it? Do you
have it?" 206 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 207 "Oh,
yes. Master Blutstein," Roderick sighed. "Oh,
bliss! Oh, rapture!" Sucar Blutstein poised clawed fingers,
drooling only a little. "Let me see it! Let me taste..." He
broke off as Roderick held up the beaker, showing the two
inches of dark red fluid. Blutstein stared at it, lips writhing
back in terror. "Aieeeee!" He squeezed his eyes shut,
raising his hands to block out the sight. "Take it away! Take it
away!" He staggered off toward the drawing room, shuddering. "Ah,
the poor man," Roderick sighed. "How horrible to be a
vampire, but feel your stomach turn at the sight of blood."
Shaking his head, he limped on into the kitchen. "Did
you get it?" called Auntie Dil. "Of
course I got it," Roderick grumbled as he hobbled over to
his wife. "What was he to do—leap up and fight me off?
When he's been in a coma these two years now? The
poor lad!" "Poor
lad, my great toenail!" Auntie cried. "Who gave him the
blow that first laid him cold, eh? Yourself!" "Well,
yes—but who'd have thought he'd never waken? Besides,
what would you have had me do, when his mother and his
uncle were stepping in through our front door with- out so
much as a by-your-leave, to tell us this was their house
now, and we'd have to serve them forevermore, or serve
as entrees?" "So,
of course, you smashed your club into the only one who
wasn't threatening us!" "But
he was the only one who looked strong enough to do any
damage," Roderick protested. He pulled the step- stool
over to the doorway and climbed up with two boards and a
string. "And
what are you doing now, you old fool? You know your
traps never work!" "Well,
we must keep trying, mustn't we?" Roderick glared pointedly
at her steaming cauldron. "Or do you intend to give
over stirring up witch's brews?" Auntie
stepped in front of the cauldron as though to defend
it. "What else should I do? I'm a witch, aren't I?" "No.
You're a fortune-teller." Roderick used the one board
to prop up the other. "Only an old Gypsy fortune- teller.
Which might be why none of your brews ever work. But if
you don't deride my traps, I'll say nothing of your potions.
What's the secret ingredient this time?" "Silver
salts," Auntie Dil snapped. "What's in the bucket?" "Water."
Roderick climbed back up the step stool and hefted
a pail up onto his impromptu shelf. "Only water." "What
good will that do?" "Probably
none, but I've tried everything else." Roderick tied
the string to the bucket handle and led it over to a thumbtack
in the door-comer. "Besides, I read a story when I was a
boy..." "That
was a witch, you idiot, not a vampire!" "Oh,
that's why the salts! But doesn't it have to be pure silver?" "Look
out!" Auntie Dil cried, but the door crashed open, and
Roderick went flying. So did the bucket, but it only flipped
over once and clanged down over the head of the monster
coming through. He froze for a second in stunned astonishment,
then tore the bucket off with a roar. "Now,
now, nephew." Auntie Dil slipped between the giant
and Roderick. "I know it's nasty to be drenched like that,
Frank, but it was just an accident. He meant it for that old
biddy and her uncle." The
monster grumbled and growled, rubbing the contacts in his
neck. "Yes,
I know it could have short-circuited you, and I'm sure
he's sorry." Auntie Dil turned to glare over her shoulder. "Aren't
you, Roderick?" "Oh,
indubitably," Roderick moaned, pulling himself to his
feet and rubbing his back. The
monster glowered at him, grumbling something deep in its
throat. Then it turned back to Auntie Dil and grunted a
question. "The
tomato juice? Yes, it's ready." Auntie Dil poured 208
Christopher Stasheff the
contents of the beaker into a small glass and set it on a tray
with the tea service. She took down a shaker and started to
sprinkle something into the glass, but Frank caught her hand
and shook his head, rumbling negatives. "Oh,
all right, I'll leave out the arsenic," Auntie Dil grumbled.
"But we do need some lemon slices. Be a dear and
fetch them from the icebox, won't you, Frank?" The
monster turned away, and Auntie Dil whirled to snatch
up a pharmacist's bottle. "Now! Just a pinch of the silver
nitrate..." She stopped suddenly, pressing a hand to her
brow. "Nay! Wherefore do I such deeds? Tis naught that I
would ever consider..." "Yeah,
I know what you mean." Roderick squeezed his eyes
shut, then opened them again. "I get the feeling that I'm not
really Roderick. Some name like that, maybe, but..." "Oh,
we all get these feelings from time to time," said a
smooth, urbane voice. "Nothing to worry about, really— just a
trick our neurons are playing on us, like dejd vu." "Oh,
no!" Roderick recoiled in horror. "It's Old Nick!" "Not
old at all." The suave, debonair devil stroked his goatee.
"And not Old Nick, just Old Nick's son. But you can
call me 'Buzzabeez.'" "Well,
that's just fine for you," Roderick said, with a truculent
frown, "but what do I call myself?" "Roderick,"
the devil said, with steel in his tone, "and don't
you dare try to be anything different!" Then he smiled, softening
his approach. "I know how it is—you keep having these
flashes, snatches of feeling that you're really someone else.
Don't let it bother you; it's just a symptom of an internal conflict.
I have them myself. You wouldn't believe it, but every
now and then I find myself muttering in Church Latin!" "You're
right," Roderick growled, "I don't believe it." "Whether
you believe it or not, you'll do it!" Buzzabeez glared
around at the three of them. "I'd like to make one thing
perfectly clear: You're under my power, and you'll damned
well do as you're told!" "'Damned'
is right," Roderick snorted. THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 209 "And
that'll be enough out of you!" Buzzabeez stabbed a
finger at Roderick, and a half-dozen little red dots blos- somed
on his cheeks and forehead. He howled with pain, bowing
away and covering his face with his hands, and Buzzabeez
chuckled. "Phantom hornets—gets 'em every time.
Don't worry, though; a little vinegar and some ice cubes
will get you through it... Uh, uh, there!" He whirled to stab
a finger at Auntie Dil, who'd been trying to sneak the
shaker into the waste basket. "Now," said Buzzabeez, "sprinkle
it in!" He moved his finger slowly, and Auntie Dil's
hand tracked with it, back to the juice glass, upending the
shaker and sprinkling. Buzzabeez nodded, satisfied. "That's
a good old girl. Now then, you!" He pointed to Frank.
"Take the tray back out to the ladies, right away!" Frank
shuffled over, muttering and groaning, but he picked up the
tray and turned toward the door. "Better,"
Buzzabeez nodded. "Much better. All right, you
just do as you're told from now on. And no more of this
subversive individualism, do you hear? Because I'll be watching!"
He waved a hand over himself and disappeared. For a
moment, the kitchen was filled with the faint sound of
distant buzzing; then that faded, too, and Frank went on out the
door. Roderick
groaned and finished dabbing his face with little plasters.
Then he turned to set the step stool against the doorframe
again, and hobbled back up with his two boards and
bucket. "You
forgot to refill it," Auntie Dil snapped. Roderick
groaned again, and started back down. Frank
shuffled into the drawing room and set the tray on the
little table between L'Age and Petty. "That'll
do," L'Age snapped. "You can go now." Grumbling,
Frank went. ~" Uncle
Sucar leaned forward, smacking his lips. "Patience,
Uncle," L'Age said sternly, "you'll have your refreshment.
But our young guest first." 270 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 211 "But
of course," Sucar breathed, "of course." "What
a beautiful service," Petty murmured. "Pewter, isn't
it?" "Why,
thank you, my dear." L'Age added cream to Petty's cup.
"Yes, it is pewter. Silver is so terribly flamboyant, really....
There." She handed Petty a fragile china cup and saucer.
"Feel free to sip. You'll excuse me if I don't, though." "She
has to drink her tomato juice before it clots," Uncle Sucar
explained. "Oh,
of course," Petty agreed, then frowned. "What?" "Uh,
Frank!" L'Age called quickly. The
butler shambled forward, grumbling again. "My
cigarette." L'Age flourished a 100 mm Russian at the end
of an immense ebony holder. Snarling,
Frank fumbled out an archaic tinder box and struck
flint against steel. The spark fell into a mound of lycopodium,
and a gout of flame shot up, out-flaring mag- nesium. The
light hit the silver salts in the tomato juice and developed
a quick portrait—of a muscular form in an up- stairs
room, in a bed. Petty gazed on the face of Adonis, and gasped.
"Um—if you'll excuse me, I think I'll just run upstairs
to the power room." She set down her teacup and rose. "Oh,
but we've one down here," L'Age informed her. "I'm
sure the one upstairs is much nicer." Petty tripped away
toward the wide, curving staircase beyond the drawing room
archway. "Quickly,
Frank! Fetch!" L'Age cried. Frank
roared and whirled about, crashing heavy-footed after
Petty. Very heavy-footed, and he had a doubtful look on his
face. But Petty glanced back, gasped in horror, and fled. L'Age,
however, felt no compunction. She dashed past the
slow-footed Frank and grabbed a lever just inside the hallway.
As Petty hit the first step, L'Age hauled on the lever,
and the first three stairs fell away as a hidden panel opened.
Petty's scream faded away as she dropped into the cellar. "Down!"
L'Age commanded, glaring at Frank and point- ing
into the hole. Muttering
protest, Frank sat down on the edge of the hole,
one foot at a time. "Faster,
monstrosity! Faster!" Frank
grumbled something that sounded like, "Not right." "Don't
you dare preach to me!" L'Age screamed, and slammed
a kick into his fundament. Frank bellowed as he dropped
into the cellar. He
picked himself up just in time to see Petty pelting madly
up the cellar stairs. Frank heaved 1) a sigh, and 2) himself
(to his feet). He thudded over to the steps just as Petty
reached the top. She pounded on the door, rattling the latch,
screaming. Frank waited for her to take a breath, then rumbled,
"Turn." "What?"
Petty looked down at her hand, saw it shaking the
knob back and forth. "Oh! Yes! Thanks." She turned the
knob and burst out into the foyer just as Frank pounded up to
the halfway mark. "Catch
her, Frank! Catch her!" L'Age screamed, but Petty
had rounded the turn and was vaulting over the hole in the
staircase. "Can't anybody around here do something right?"
L'Age howled, and yanked on another lever. With a
rumble, the stairs started moving—downward, of
course. Petty cried out in frustration and ran harder, but the
escalator picked up speed, and she just barely managed to stay
in place. "Catch
her, Frank! Catch her!" L'Age screamed. Frank
plowed his way out of the cellar with a rumble of disgust
and veered around the comer to the stairway. He leaped
the open trapdoor—and hit the escalator. Even his huge,
galumphing strides couldn't make headway, though admittedly,
he wasn't trying very hard. "Incompetents!"
L'Age screamed. "All I get in this script are incompetents!"
She glared up at the ornate brass-armed 272
Christopher Stasheff chandelier
that hung over the stairway, then tore open a black
panel in the foyer wall. With a snarl, she threw a power
key, then thrust her hands into two metallic gloves. Current
began to hum through servomotors, and the brass arms of
the chandelier curved downward into two huge hands.
They swung down on their lengthening chain, grop- ing
toward Petty. Suddenly, they plunged and snatched. Petty
leaped aside with a scream, and the giant hands closed on
empty air. The shock gave Petty a boost, and she made it two
more stairs. The giant hands groped after her. Out in
the kitchen, the Scots terrier came bounding up to
Roderick, yapping and growling. Roderick frowned down at it.
"What's that? What did you say?... Logical incon- sistencies?
What, for example?" The dog
snarled and barked sharply. "Yes..."
Roderick nodded, lower lip thrusting out. "Now that
you mention it, I had noticed that..." , The
dog yapped three times and growled. "Frank
couldn't expend all this energy without a re- charge,
that's true," Roderick agreed. "And it is rather odd that a
couple of vampires wouldn't have drained Auntie Dil and
myself when they commandeered our house..." Deviz
yapped frantically, angrily. '"Wake
up?'" Roderick frowned, shaking his head. "What are you
talking about? We are awake." The
terrier nearly went frantic. "What
do you mean, we're just dreaming?" Roderick shook
his head again. "I don't understand." "Nay,
but / do!" Auntie Dil cried. She swept out the kitchen
door with Deviz at her heels, yapping triumphantly. Auntie
Dil sailed into the foyer, crying, "Frank! Frank! Whoever
thou truly art. Thou must waken! Dost'a hear me? Then
hearken! Frank, waken!" "You
meddling busybody! What do you think you're doing?"
L'Age cried. Frank
only grunted and kept running. "He's
a very primitive android," Buzzabeez explained as THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 213 he
appeared. "He can't take more than one order at a time. But you
can! Now get back to the kitchen—that's your place!"
He stabbed a finger at the swinging door. "My
place? Only for that I'm a woman? Nay! For I'll have
thee know I'm a lady of power!" Auntie Dil drew back her
hand, cupping invisible energy. "Just
my luck—an activist housekeeper," Buzzabeez snorted.
"All right, go ahead. Try it!" "Croak
and hop!" Auntie Dil cried, throwing a whammy. Blue
sparks coruscated around Buzzabeez. He stood against
it, letting the sparks dissipate. Then he advanced on her,
seeming to swell and grow taller, and infinitely more menacing. "But...
how? Wherefore?" Auntie Dil cried, as she backed through
the swinging door into the kitchen. "Why,
because you're only..." The
swinging door swung. "Yeowtch!"
cried Buzzabeez, as it slammed into his face. He
pushed through, rubbing his nose and glowering at Aun- tie
Dil. "It's because you're only a witch, you old bat!" "I
resent that!" L'Age's voice cried on the other side of the
door. "Only
a witch," Buzzabeez snarled again, "and I'm a devil.
A full-fledged, high-powered, hundred-percent devil— and
much more evil than any mere witch..." He suddenly closed
his eyes, pressing his hand to his forehead and sway- ing.
"What am I saying? I can't be evil; I mustn't be! I mustn't
give in to it... No, I must! If I don't enforce some disorder
here, who will?" He lowered his hand, glaring at Gwen.
"Where was I? ... Oh, yes." Buzzabeez grinned his most
oily. "A devil's more evil than any witch—so I'm much
more powerful. That's the hell of it." But
Auntie Dil straightened, glaring in fury. "Nay! Evil's not the
source of power—not of my sort of power, at all accounts!
For I am no Auntie Diluvian, but Gwendylon Gallowglass,
most powerful witch of Gramarye!" Roderick
stiffened, staring. Then he squeezed his eyes 214
Christopher Stasheff shut,
and gave his head a quick shake. "I
am Gwen Gallowglass," the old fortune-teller cried, "and
I will not tolerate such deceptions and..." "Be
quiet, you fool!" Buzzabeez shrieked. "You'll ruin the
whole selection!" And he stretched his hand backward to
throw, as a fireball exploded into existence between his fingertips. "Look
out, Gwen!" the old hunchback cried, and he threw
himself at her. His shoulder slammed into her a split second
before the fireball hissed through the air where she'd been,
and she tumbled head over heels into the dumbwaiter. \ Roderick
hauled 1) himself to his feet, then 2) on the
: dumbwaiter
rope. The compartment lifted up out of sight.
; "/'//
take that rope!" Buzzabeez snarled, but the bell j chimed,
and Roderick cried, "Second floor! Linens and | bedroom
furniture! All out!" | "Out
of the way!" Buzzabeez howled. "Let me at that | dumbwaiter!" Roderick
slammed the panel shut and whirled around to face
the devil, leaning back and folding his arms. "What dumbwaiter?" "That
dumbwaiter you're leaning against!" Roderick
shook his head. "Never was such a thing. Just a
figment of your imagination." "What
are you talking about?" Buzzabeez cried. "I saw it with
my own eyes!" "Yes,
but can you really believe the evidence of your senses?
That might have been a hallucination, you know." "Ridiculous,"
the devil scoffed. "Claim that, and next you'll
be saying the whole universe is maya, illusion." "Well,
isn't it?" Roderick demanded. "At least, if you're a good
Hindu." "But
I'm not—I'm a good Catholic!" Buzzabeez went rigid,
shocked at his own words. "What am I saying?" "That
you're a good Catholic," Roderick answered oblig- ingly. THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 215 "Yes,
yes! I'm a good Catholic.. .No! I mean, I'm a bad
Catholic! No! I mean..." "You
mean, nothing exists," Roderick prompted. "That's
right! Nothing exists! None of you! You're all just
figments of my imagination! This is all just a dream. ... NO!
I can't be saying that!" "See?
Even your words don't exist!" Roderick jabbed a forefinger.
"Come to that, even you don't exist!" "What
are you saying? Of course I exist!" "Ah,
but how do you know you exist?" "Why,
because I think! Cogito, ergo sum!" Buzzabeez clapped
his hands over his mouth. "lyuch! Latin!" "Bite
your tongue!" Roderick reproved. "Wash your mouth out!" "Yes!
With brimstone! And hot coals! Even as the angel cleansed
the lips of the prophet Isaiah with ... Oh, hell! Hel-1-l-l-l-p!"
And Buzzabeez fled screaming, and faded into
thin air. "Thick
air, really." Roderick sniffed, and wrinkled his nose.
"Phew! Now I know why religions use incense... Well!
Back to work." And he limped merrily out into the foyer,
where the escalator was still running, with Frank galumphing
along after Petty, who was sprinting flat-out for all she
was worth, and dodging the claws of the erstwhile chandelier,
which still somehow hadn't managed to catch her. Roderick
limped over to the stairway, pulled open a panel underneath
it, yanked off his wooden shoe, and shouted, "Down
with the bosses!" as he threw it into the gearbox. He
slammed the door shut just as something inside cracked like a
cannon shot, and the escalator jerked to a halt. Petty
shot on up the stairway and catapulted into the room at
the top. ., Frank
crashed down flat on his face. Inside
the bedroom, Petty slammed the door shut. There was a
hasp with a broken safety pin hanging by a thread; 216
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 217 she
slapped it shut and jammed the pin through. Outside,
L'Age screamed, "After her, iceberg bait!" Frank
scrambled to his feet and slogged on up the stairs, rumbling
curses. "Break
down the door!" L'Age howled. "Get her out of there!" Obediently,
Frank hammered at the door with his fist. The
safety pin held. Petty
whirled about and sagged back against the door, gasping
for breath, chest heaving. The
light of the oil lamp glowed on Sucar's face. He knelt
beside the cot, rubbing McChurch's hand and moan- ing,
"Wake up, wake up! Oh, I know it's no use; I've been trying
for years, but if I keep on, maybe someday you'll open
your eyes. Wake up, McChurch! Surely your name will
protect you. Though I admit, it didn't do you much good
when I shoved you in front of me at that crazy little hunchback.
Oh, I never dreamed he'd render you insensible! I
didn't mean it to happen, and I promise you, I've never tasted
a drop. I never really wanted to be a vampire, any- way—but
my mother would have her way! It's not really my
natural role, you know; it's not my identity, it's not the real
me! Not that I've anything against that kind of person, you
understand—I just can't stand the sight of blood! At least,
not the blood of people I like." He cocked his head. "Now,
there's a thought! How about the blood of people I don't
like? Take L'Age, now—could I acquire a taste for her?
Could I lust for some of her blood? How would I feel if I
had a chance to drain her? Ah, now that would be another
matter!" Petty
stared at the handsome, muscular, unconscious young
man, and gasped in wonder. The extra strain was just a
little too much for steel hooks and eyes; with a muted ripping,
her bosom expanded, lifting and mushrooming out- ward
with a whoosh of displaced air. McChurch
frowned and turned his head a little, as though listening. Petty
didn't even notice; she was lost in gazing at her ideal
of male beauty. McChurch
looked up at her, blinking, frowning. Then the
sight of her registered, and he rolled out of bed with his
eyes glowing. He was completely naked, and Petty did notice
that, but a second later, she was wrapped in his embrace,
and wasn't seeing much of anything, because her eyes
were closed for her first, and very long, kiss. In the
wall, a panel slammed open, and Auntie Dil jumped out.
She ran to McChurch and Petty and began to shake them,
crying, "Waken! Thou must needs waken! Dost thou not
know thou dost slumber? And this weak and idle theme is no
more yielding but a dream!" "If
this is a dream, let me sleep forever," Petty murmured, and
went back into the clinch. "Nay!
Now I say nay/"Auntie Dil seized McChurch's arm and
threw her weight back against it, trying to pull them
apart, but McChurch stood like the rock of Gibraltar, as
though he'd traded a horizontal coma for a vertical one. "Nay,
nay!" Auntie Dil cried, tears in her eyes. "Dosta not know we
come dreadfully close to the moment when the monster,
Frank, shall come crashing through the door?" "All
right, that's enough of that!" Buzzabeez snapped as he
climbed out of the dumbwaiter. "Let go of that body!" Auntie
Dil whirled to face him, arms outspread to protect the
couple. "How didst thou come to be in that chamber?" "I
materialized there, to make sure your husband wasn't around."
Buzzabeez advanced on her with a tiger's tread, glowering.
"Now go to the kitchen, where you belong!" "Go
to hell," Auntie Dil retorted, "where thou dost be- long!" "Uh-h-h-h-h
... End of scene!" Buzzabeez waved his hands
back in front of his face, then whirled and stabbed a finger
at the door. "Next scene!" The
broken safety pin gave way and the door crashed down.
Frank stumbled in over it, and L'Age leaped past him,
took one look at Petty and McChurch, and sprang at 278
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 219 Petty,
shrieking. Her talons dug into Petty's arm as she yanked
the girl away from McChurch, and her fangs flashed down at
the virgin's fair, unprotected throat. Her
chin jarred against McChurch's arm as he raised it to fend
her off. "Please, Mother! I'd rather do it myself." And his
head descended down over Petty's again as he
. folded
her back into his embrace, r "Ah,
young love!" Roderick sighed, peeking in through the
doorway. Then he frowned. "But that seems to remind me of
something. I just wish I could remember what...." ' "Don't
let it bother you," Buzzabeez said quickly, "just i a
momentary aberration."
. Roderick's
roving gaze fell on Auntie Dil. He shook his
| head in
wonder. "I know it sounds ridiculous, but I really want to
be with that old slattern right now." And he started into
the room, just as L'Age howled in rage and frustration, pulling
out a dagger and charging at Petty. Deviz
scampered in between her feet. L'Age
tripped and crashed to the floor with a shriek that would
have wakened bats. Roderick,
hurrying toward Auntie Dil, bumped into the ancient
Christmas tree. It swayed and tottered. { "No!
"'Buzzabeez cried in anguish. "Catch it!" And he sprang
forward, but the tree crashed down onto L'Age. Her head
jerked up, eyes staring in agony, mouth gaping for a scream—and
froze. "Well,
what do you know," Roderick murmured into the sudden
hush, "the tinsel was real silver." "Food!"
Sucar screamed, and he pounced on L'Age with wild
joy. "At last! Something I can really sink my teeth into!"
He lifted L'Age by the shoulders and reared his head back,
fangs springing out as he bared her throat—then froze.
Puzzlement clouded his features. "How did I used to do
this? It's been so long that I can't remember!" "Just
the way you're doing," Roderick prompted. "Bare her
throat, then bite!" "Don't
give him any help!" Buzzabeez clapped a homy hand
over Roderick's mouth, and Roderick recoiled at the stench.
"You can't do it," the devil assured Sucar. "Not without
condiments." "Condiments!
Of course! Now 1 remember!" Sucar dug in his
coat pocket and pulled out a saltshaker with a trium- phant
flourish. "I always carry it with me, for my tomato juice!" "No!"
Buzzabeez screamed. "Don't you dare touch her with
that!" "Why
not?" Roderick asked. "Because
... because..." Buzzabeez was trembling. "Why,
because it isn't in the script!" "What
is a 'script'?" Auntie Dil asked, frowning. "Only
a prediction," Roderick assured her. "Nothing that can't
be changed." "You
can't change it!" Buzzabeez howled. "It is written!" "But
I don't have to follow it. We are the masters of our own
actions." "Heresy!"
Buzzabeez screamed. Deviz
yapped up at Roderick. "What?...
He's afraid? Yes, I can see that.... That means what?
He shouldn't be? Why? ... Because if he really had power
over us, there wouldn't be any reason for fear? Hm! Good
point, that!" Roderick looked up brightly. Buzzabeez
could see his brain working, and shuddered. "I
order you not to think! It's immoral! /'// do the thinking around
here!" "No
you won't," Roderick said reasonably, "you'll just follow
a script." He frowned at the devil. "What makes you so
tense, anyway?" "I
don't know." Buzzabeez stood rigid, trembling. "I really
don't know." Roderick
pursed his lips. "Could it be you really want Sucar
to use that salt?" "I
prefer saltpeter," Buzzabeez corrected. "After all, I'm a
devil." "Don't
worry," Roderick assured him, "I'll figure it out." 220
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 221 "That's
what I'm afraid of!" "What?
People doing their own thinking?" Roderick nod- ded.
"Makes sense. You never can tell what'll happen then. Makes
life totally unpredictable. And I am thinking, now." Buzzabeez
nodded, still trembling. "Becoming pretty willful,
too." "Yes,
I am, aren't I?" "Thou
art near to wakening," Auntie Dil advised him. "Yeah."
Roderick frowned. "I just can't remember who I
really am." "Roderick,"
Buzzabeez said quickly. "Just ordinary old Roderick." "Close."
Roderick nodded. "Close. But maybe just a little
too much." Sucar
pressed a hand to his forehead. "Come to think of it.,,.
I used to be somebody, too...." "You
still are," Buzzabeez snapped. "No,"
Roderick contradicted, "right now, he's who you want
him to be. And doing what you want him to do. We all
are—just taking your orders, without resisting much. Between
you and the script, you've had all of us just meekly accepting
your orders." "Yes!
Wonderful way to live, isn't it? So peaceful! So harmonious!" "For
you, maybe. Not for the rest of us." "But
isn't it better this way?" Buzzabeez pleaded. "NO!"
said everybody, all at once—except L'Age, who was
frozen, and Petty and McChurch, whose lips weren't free at
the moment. Buzzabeez's
face wrinkled with disgust. "What a re- volting
development!" "Good
idea!" Sucar cried. "Let's have a revolution!" "Shut
up," Buzzabeez snapped. But
Sucar went on. "Myself, I'm beginning to remember that
I'm not really me—not Sucar Blutstein, anyway." "Shut
up," Buzzabeez snapped again. "I
was once someone else," Sucar cried, "but somebody did
something to me, fed me something, that made me into what I
am now!" "Shut
up!" Buzzabeez shouted. "No,
you shut up!" Roderick commanded. "Sucar has the
floor." "Who
appointed you chairman?" Buzzabeez snarled. "I
did, myself!" "And
I impeach Buzzabeez!" Sucar cried. "I move that Buzzabeez
be deposed!" Deviz
yapped. "He
says, 'I second the motion,'" Roderick explained. "All
in favor?" "Aye!"
shouted Auntie Dil, Roderick, and Sucar. Deviz barked. "The
vote is unanimous," Roderick confirmed, "except for
L'Age, who's incapacitated, and McChurch and Petty, who're
oblivious. The motion passes, and so does Buzza- beez." "You
can't do this!" Buzzabeez shouted. "We
just did, as I remember." "And
I remember something else!" Sucar cried. "I re- member
that what whoever-it-was fed me, was only sup- posed
to put me to sleep and make me more amenable to suggestion!
But it did more—it made me willing to do whatever
this deposed dumbkopf dictated!" "Watch
the pejoratives," Buzzabeez snarled, but Auntie Dil
cried, "I too," and Roderick said, "Same here." Deviz
yapped and snarled. "He
says, 'The drug that produces those effects is com- monly
known as the zombie drug,'" Roderick translated. "I
deny it!" Buzzabeez ranted, waving his hands. "I deny everything!
I didn't do it! I didn't give orders^for it to be done!
Nobody told me..." "That,
I believe." Roderick nodded. "You're probably just
another poor zombie like the rest of us—but for some 222 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 223 reason,
you were much more apt to do what the script said." "But
that means he's the one who's acting as the voice of the
script!" Sucar cried. "Aye,"
Auntie Dil said, frowning. "I' truth, we know not
what this 'script' doth say, save what he doth tell us." "So,"
Sucar said, with a bright smile, "if we can just wake up
Buzzabeez, we won't have to listen to any nonsense about
this 'script' anymore!" "No!"
Buzzabeez was beginning to foam at the mouth. "You
can't! That'd destroy any semblance of order! It'll shred
sensibility! It'll play dice with the universe!" "But
we'll be able to do as we think right," Roderick said. "See?
Rampant chaos!" "But
we'll all wake up, and quit being zombies," Sucar pointed
out. "Anarchy!" "Grab
him!" They
all pounced on Buzzabeez, who realized what was happening
just a second too late to dodge. He thrashed about,
howling and trying to break free, but Sucar and Roderick
wrestled him to the ground, and Auntie Dil sat on his
legs while Roderick pinned his arms and Sucar pulled out his
saltshaker. "You
can't do this!" Buzzabeez shouted. "It's immoral! It's
unethical! It's against all... GACK!" "Helped
that he had his mouth open," Roderick com- mented. "I
couldn't miss," Sucar agreed. Buzzabeez
swallowed convulsively, and his eyes bulged, staring,
his whole body rigid. He began to tremble, and as he
shook, he faded away and was gone. Auntie
Dil landed with a thump on her rump, and stared at the
empty floor in astonishment. "Forsooth! Wither went he?" Deviz
yapped happily. "He
says, 'Wherever he came from,'" Roderick trans- lated. "But
where is that?" Auntie Dil asked. "None
of us know," Sucar told her. He turned to Rod- erick.
"Do you know where you came from?" Roderick
stared up at the ceiling, frowning, then shook his
head. "Not quite. I can almost remember..." Deviz
yapped, barked, and growled. "He
says he does," Roderick explained. "He says, 'I know
who I am—I am Notem-Modem 409, a computerized notepad—and
I know where I came from. But where did all you
zombies come from?'" Sucar
shrugged. "I don't know, to tell the truth." "Neither
do I," Roderick confessed. "Nor
I," Auntie Diluvian said, "yet I do know that we must
waken." "Good
point." Roderick held up a finger, then used it to point
to L'Age's mouth, frozen open. "Maestro, if you please?" "Glad
to." Sucar turned to sprinkle a little salt into L'Age's mouth.
Instantly, she faded away, and they found themselves staring
at a very dusty oaken floor. "Success!"
Roderick said, elated. "Now for the hard job. You
grab him. Auntie, and I'll grab her." "I
mislike the sound of that, somehow," Auntie Dil said, but she
took hold of McChurch's biceps while Roderick caught
Petty's shoulder. "Now," he said, "Sucar, you stand ready
to sprinkle. All right, now, on the count of three— One!
Two! Three!" He and
Auntie Dil heaved. With a smacking like a huge suction
cup coming unglued. Petty and McChurch peeled apart
and stared in total bewilderment, mouths still wide open. "Gotcha!"
Sucar cried, sprinkling salt in each one's mouth. Startled,
they closed their mouths and swallowed with twin
gulps, then stared at each other, appalled, as they faded. 224
Christopher Stasheff Petty
gave a mew of distress, reaching out toward the van- ishing
McChurch, but she faded too, and was gone. "Success!"
Sucar crowed. "Okay, you three—line up! Shoulders
back! Stomachs in! Mouths open!" Roderick
and Auntie Dil snapped to attention, side by side,
and Deviz sat up on his hind legs next to Auntie Dil. Sucar
walked down the line, sprinkling salt on each tongue, and,
one by one, they faded. Sucar halted, appalled, as he looked
around at the bare, empty room and, for the first time,
became aware of the wind's muted moaning around the
comers of the huge old house. Left to himself, Sucar sniffed,
wiped away a tear of loneliness, and said, "I miss you
very much." Then he
tilted his head back, opened his mouth, sprinkled salt on
his own tongue, and disappeared. One by
one, the dreamers wakened. They opened their eyes,
frowning, squinting against the light, and began to struggle
up from their couches. The
hostess stared at them, horrified, then turned and ran
from the room, crying, "Get the manager! These patrons just
woke up—before the dream ended!" Rod
groaned, and swung his legs over the side of the couch.
"I feel as though I've just been hit by a meteor!" Mirane
slid off her sofa blinking, and tried to stand up. Her
knees gave way, and she caught at the cushions. Stro- ganoff
leaped off his couch with a cry, but she called, "No, I'm all
right. But... but thanks, Dave." And she blushed. Rod
frowned, wondering what the red face was about. Then he
hauled his mind back to the immediate problem. "Hold
on, everybody! Remember, take the helmets off care- fully!
I don't think they could do any harm if we yanked 'em
off, but I'd rather not find out the hard way." Brother
Joey lifted his helmet off with caution, then held it out,
staring at it and blinking, then pushed it away with revulsion. THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 225 Chomoi
took hers off with regret. "Well, it was fun while it
lasted." Rod
looked up in surprise. "You must have been L'Age d'Or." A
short, stocky man in a business coverall bustled into the
room. "All right, what's going on here?" Rod
felt his hackles rise. "Who the hell are you?" "I'm
Roksa, the manager. How the hell did you wake up
before the dream was over?" "Oh,
that's easy enough to answer," Brother Joey said. "According
to the traditional superstitions, you see, you can break
the spell that holds a zombie, by filling his mouth with
salt. Of course, you have to sew his lips shut so he can't
spit it out, and when he comes out of the spell, he may try
to kill you. But after that, he'll go back to where he came
from—his grave—as fast as he can." Roksa
frowned. "What's that got to do with you waking up from
the dream?" Brother
Joey shrugged. "Dreams are fantasies, so the symbols
of superstition work, within the structure of the dream-universe.
When our dream selves realized we'd been fed
zombie drugs, they sprinkled salt on each other's tongues—and
the symbol worked; we went back to where we'd
come from—here." "Zombie
drugs?" The manager darted glances from one face to
another. "Who said anything about zombie drugs?" "I
did." They
all turned, astonished. The tinny voice was coming from
Mirane's couch, where her computer-notepad lay. "I am a
Notem-Modem 409, and I have wireless capabilities for
connection to larger computers—and for interfacing with the
human brain. I have become symbiotic with my operator." - Mirane
paled. Her eyes were huge. Stroganoff
clasped her around the shoulders. "Take it easy,
kid. I know it's hard to take, but any artist has to 226 Christopher Stasheff develop
a feel for her tools." Mirane
snatched up the notepad and clutched it to her. "Consequently,
when my operator entered into the dream- state,
I participated in it with her," the notepad went on. "However,
being electronic, I was immune to the drug, and was
able to realize that the dream was not the safe and pleasant
refuge these patrons had anticipated." "Oh,
I don't know about that," Chomoi muttered. Stroganoff
shook his head. "Lousy plot. Not to mention the
characterization." Roksa's
head lifted, eyes narrowing. "You don't like my dreams,
citizen, you can make your own." "I
just might." "The
zombie drug isn't terribly legal," Rod pointed out. "And
there are supposed to be certain guarantees of safety, for
patrons experiencing a dream." Roksa
shrugged impatiently. "All right, so 1 bent a few rules." "Bent!"
Yorick snorted. "How about 'mangled'?" But
Whitey held up a hand. "Hold on, you two. The laws he
broke don't really matter." "Don't
matter?" "Not
compared to what that dream was doing, all by itself."
Whitey faced Roksa squarely, head lowered a little, glowering.
"That plot just took it for granted that people should
take orders and not think about them. If we'd stayed in it
long enough, we'd have waked up conditioned to just accept
whatever Authority said, without question, without even a
notion of resisting!" Yorick
whistled. "Wow! The ideal brainwashing sys- tem—with
the victims footing the bill!" Roksa
paled and took a step back. "You can't prove that." "Oh,
I think I could," Whitey said with a shark's grin. "A
semiotic analysis of the plot, and a neurological analysis of the
choice-alternatives ... yes, I think I could prove it very
thoroughly." THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 227 "So
what?" Roksa's jaw thrust out a little. "There's noth- ing
illegal about it." "Only
because nobody's thought of it yet. Tell me—do all
your dreams do that?" "I
don't have to answer that question!" Yorick
grinned and stepped forward, massaging his fist. "Why
not?" "Because
of them!" Roksa stepped back and yanked the door
open. A dozen big, muscular men slouched into the room.
Only eight of them carried clubs. The other four carried
blasters. Rod
stabbed a finger at the leader. "You're the peasant! The one
with the pitchfork!" The
leader gave a mock bow. "Wirlin Eaves, at your service." "He's
too modest," Roksa chuckled. "That's Wirlin Eaves, Ph.D." "Ph.D.?"
Rod frowned. "What're you doing leading a bunch
of assassins?" "I
couldn't get a job teaching. Besides, this pays better." "What's
your area," Rod snorted, "political science?" "Naw."
Eaves grinned wickedly. "I'm the real thing—a Ph.D.
in philosophy." Rod
stared. "You're a certified philosopher?" "What's
so strange about that?" "But—you
kill people!" "You
noticed." "How
can a philosopher justify doing such horrible things?" "What
else is philosophy for, these days?" "But
what kind of reasons could philosophy give you for killing
people!" "The
best." Eaves grinned. "It's profitable." "I
thought philosophy was supposed to be ethical." "Haven't
you ever heard of existentialism?" Eaves shrugged.
"Besides, it is ethical; it's just that you don't 228 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 229 agree
with this ethic." He turned serious for a moment. "But if you
really want to know, before I bum your brains out, I'll
tell you. It's a way of exercising power over my sub- jective
universe." "A
solipsist," Rod groaned. "I thought you were sup- posed
to be a philosopher, not a hatchet man. No, one last question!"
He held up a hand as Eaves started forward, and the
thug stopped."What would have happened if we'd slept through
the whole dream?" "Oh,
you would've waked up, same as usual." Eaves shrugged.
"You just would've found yourselves surrounded, that's
all—and wearing straitjackets." "But
the inmates took over the asylum, eh?" "Management's
about to reassert itself," Eaves informed him.
"Take ' em!" He
lifted his blaster. Gwen
concentrated all of her attention on the weapon. Eaves
pressed the trigger with an ecstatic grin. Then the grin
faded into horrified shock. He pressed the trigger again— and
again, and again. His
three sidekicks lifted their blasters and pressed their triggers,
too, with the same lack of result. "What'd
you do to them?" Eaves growled. "You
really don't want to know," Rod assured him. "It might
upset your philosophical system." Eaves'
eyes narrowed. "All right, we'll do it the old- fashioned
way. Now!" He and
his men waded in, swinging their blasters as clubs.
Their mates fanned out fast around the company and started
in with their truncheons. Whitey
shouted and lashed a kick at a thug. The man howled
and dropped his club, as Chomoi barked and chopped at
another one. He blocked and snapped his club down, but she
twisted aside and bounced a chop off another man's neck.
As he dropped, she slashed a kick at the first one, ducked
under a swing from a third and stabbed him in the solar
plexus with a shout, then blocked a swing from the first
attacker and followed it with a kick in the chin. He slammed
back into the wall, and she spun to a fourth thug. Yorick
was much more conservative. He dodged as an attacker
swung a club at him, caught the man's wrist and whipped
it around and up behind his back—way up. The thug
howled as Yorick twisted the club out of his hand and cracked
it down on his skull. Then he shoved the man into an
oncoming assassin, grabbed a third by the neck and rammed
his head into the wall, then turned back just as the second
was picking himself up, and slammed a haymaker into
his jaw. Rod's
head was ringing; Eaves had connected. But so had
Rod, and the lead thug had dropped his blaster. He circled
to Rod's left, guard tight, shaking his head. Rod jabbed
at his belly, his head, his belly again, and caught him
with a right cross. Eaves staggered back, and Rod followed
with a kick that sent him crashing into the wall. Gwen
glared at three other thugs who were crowding back
together, trying to fend off a cloud of dream-helmets and
fallen clubs that whirled at them. Every now and then, one got
through. Mirane
crouched behind Stroganoff, frantically punching keys on
her computer-pad. He stood between her and the thugs,
arms outstretched to shield her as he watched, dazed and
muttering, "I gotta remember this! For my next fight sequence!
Gotta remember!" "Not
quite!" Rod yanked Roksa and the hostess back into
the room and kicked the door shut. He sent the girl spinning
over to Chomoi, who advanced on her, eyes steely. The
hostess backed against the wall, terrified. Roksa tried to
twist to swing at Rod, but Rod had him by the coverall collar
at the end of a very long arm, and Roksa'seyes bulged as the
collar tightened around his neck. He turned back, quickly—and
stared at twelve unconscious men littering the
floor of his dream-room. 230 Christopher Stasheff "Don't
take it so hard," Rod soothed. "Only one of them is
dead." He raised his voice. "A little careless there, Chor- noi." She
shrugged impatiently. "I was in a rush." "I
wasn't complaining." Yorick
shook his head slowly, clucking his tongue. "Messy,
messy! What'll we do with them?" "We
could hook them up to the dream-machines," Chor- noi
suggested. "No!"
Roksa cried. The hostess's terror turned to horror. "It
won't be that bad." Mirane stepped out from behind Stroganoff.
"I've been doing a little reprogramming on your computer." Roksa
and the hostess stared, white showing all around their
eyes. "I
changed it to stop conditioning people," Mirane ex- plained. "But
that's impossible!" "Not
at all; I just told it to insert new plot-alternatives that
stress individuality and skepticism." Roksa
didn't exactly look reassured. "We'll wake up totally
confused!" "No,
just curious. You'll question authority—and you'll keep
questioning, until you find answers you can prove." "But
there won't be time to enjoy life!" the hostess wailed. "Learning
can be fun," Yorick assured her. "Would
you rather not have a life?" Chomoi watched her,
taut and alert. "I...
think I'll take the dream," the young woman said slowly. Rod
nodded. "Very wise." He turned to Roksa. "You'll take
it, too. The only question is whether or not you'll do it
willingly." Roksa
stared at him. Then
his fist slammed into Rod's belly. Rod
doubled over in agony, and Roksa started to turn to the
door, so he was at just the right angle as Yorick's fist THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 231 crashed
into his jaw. The manager folded, very neatly. "Courage,
husband." Gwen was beside him, massaging his
back, soothing. "'Tis but pain, and 'twill pass." Yeah,
but so will I. Rod couldn't say it aloud, due to a temporary
malfunction of the diaphragm. He fought to breathe
in. Finally, air came in a long, shuddering gasp. He straightened
slowly, turning to Mirane. "Can you make it a nightmare?" "We
don't stock any," the hostess said quickly. Stroganoff
gave her the jaundiced eye. "That makes me think I
ought to check through your whole catalog." "We
don't have time," Mirane said quickly. Rod
nodded. "I'm afraid she's right. We've got to hook them up
for the longest time the computer will manage, and get out
of here." He turned to the hostess. "We need some- thing
that will handle a dozen men." The
hostess thought a moment. "How about The Flying Dutchman?" Rod nodded.
"The very thing. I hope Eaves hates Wag- ner." They
wrestled Eaves up onto one of the couches and set the
helmet on his head. Mirane found one of the injectors, pressed
it against his wrist, and squeezed. She turned to press
the "start" button, but Rod held up a hand. "Just a sec. He
should be very suggestible right now." He slapped Eaves'
cheek gently. "Come on, wake up, old man! De- briefing
time. Report!" Eaves'
eyes fluttered and opened, but they were glazed. Rod
stepped back out of sight. "So. You followed the Gallowglass
party from Wolmar in your own ship, and in- tercepted
them on the resort-planet Otranto. What measures did you
take to secure them?" Eaves
nodded slowly. "They took refuge in a dream- house.
I bribed and coerced the manager into giving them the
zombie drug." The
rest of the company stared at Rod, amazed. He nodded,
grim-faced. "Where did you leave your scoutship?" 232 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 233 Eaves
frowned at the strangeness of the question, but answered,
"In the Palazzo of Montressor." -
"What password did you use?" Eaves'
frown deepened, but he answered,"Excelsior." "Send
out the St. Bernards," Whitey muttered. Eaves'
eyes closed, and a gentle smile curved his lips. "When
did you become a double agent?" Rod said softly. "When
did you begin working for GRIPE?" Eaves
raised his eyebrows. "Never. I am loyal to VETO." Then
his face smoothed out, and his breathing deepened. "A
Totalitarian," Rod muttered. "I might've known. They come in
batches." "What's
VETO?" Whitey demanded. "A
secret society that works for PEST." Rod turned away to the
litter of unconscious bodies. "Come on, let's get these bozos
off to dreamland." Whitey
frowned, but he turned to help David heave a thug up
onto a couch. A few
minutes later, the whole dozen were drugged and dreaming. Rod
turned to the hostess, and she shrank back at the look in
his eye. "Any preferences?" he asked. The
girl just stared at him for a moment. Then, reassured, she
gazed off into space, and a reverent look came over her face.
"Jane Eyre," she murmured. "I always wanted to be Jane
Eyre." "With
him as Rochester?" The
hostess' gaze focused again; she turned to look down at Roksa.
Then she implored, "Can't you manage separate dreams?" Rod and
Gwen exchanged glances, and her thoughts said, Grant
what mercy thou canst, I prithee. Rod
nodded. "Yeah, why not? You set up the couches and the
dreams." The
hostess stared at him for a moment, then slowly smiled.
She turned away to punch some buttons on the computer
console. Mirane stepped over to watch her closely, and her
eyes widened. The
hostess turned away with a bright smile. "I'm ready. Shall
we try it?" And she stretched out on one of the couches, pulling
the helmet on and pressing the injector against her arm.
Then she tossed it aside, stretched luxuriously, and closed
her eyes. Rod
gazed at her, chewing at the inside of his lip. "Well, the
quality of our mercy sure isn't strained. Give me a hand with
this hulk, will you, Yorick?" As they
left the dreamhouse a few minutes later. Rod asked
Mirane, "What dream did she give him?" "The
Dunwich Horror." "Hurry,
will you?" Yorick demanded. "That dream will buy us
time, but not a lot of it. We need to get off-planet, and
fast! I don't think even Whitey, Stroganoff and Mirane will be
welcome here after this number." Whitey's
face set. "No. I'm afraid you're right." Stroganoff
stared. "You don't mean it! What about Dra- cula
Rises Again?" "We'll
send back orders for the company to finish it." "But
they'll destroy it!" Stroganoff wailed. "They'll ruin it! It
won't even pull a decent box office!" Mirane
was pale. "That'd be money down the drain, Whitey,
without you there—750,000 therms!" "Graves
are even more expensive," Whitey answered, "especially
on Otranto. And for myself, I don't plan to go on
working after I'm dead." Mirane
and Stroganoff paled, and followed. Rod
clenched his jaw. "It's all because of us. You wouldn't be in
this bind, if we hadn't crashed your set. I'm sorry, Whitey—very." "Don't
worry about it," the poet growled. "I had a hunch you
were worth it." The
tour guide held up a hand to stop them, and pointed 234
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 235 down a
narrow, winding stair. "We're about to go down into the
dungeons—and beyond them. You see, Palazzo Mon- tressor
was built on top of the catacombs." "Which
were built especially for Palazzo Montressor," Whitey
muttered under his breath. "Take
note of the niter on the walls." The guide smiled cheerfully.
"Farther on, you'll notice a pile of bones. We'll move a
few of them aside, and you'll notice a brand-new brick
wall. Fortunato's behind it, of course. All set? Here we
go!" He set
off down the stairway, holding his torch high. The tourists
followed him, single file, with the eight fugitives in
their midst. The walls quickly dampened and darkened; patches
of moss appeared here and there. Whitey
leaned forward and muttered into Rod's ear, "If only
Poe could've collected the royalties while he was still alive!" Rod
nodded. "He would've lived longer." Whitey
frowned. "Yeah... Maybe it's just as well..." They
trooped down a long and winding stairway. The tourists
began to mutter in excitement over the decrepitude of
their surroundings, but Gwen pressed close to Rod, for which
he was infinitely grateful. "My lord, 'tis eldritch." "Yeah."
Chomoi glanced up at the dripping walls. "This place
gives me the creeps." "That's
what it's supposed to do," Stroganoff explained. "You
mean people pay to feel so lousy?" They
came out into a low stone hallway. The guide saun- tered
away ahead of them, carrying the torch and whistling. They
followed the wavering flames, as masonry gave way to
bedrock. They passed by a niche in the wall, with some- thing
in it that was wrapped in old, brittle cloth. Gwen
stared. "What is that?" "A
fake corpse, dear. We're in the 'catacombs.'" The
rest of the tour group oohed and aahed at the sight. One
lady giggled. Rod
scowled. "Now, if I were Wirlin Eaves, where would I have
hidden my scoutship?" The
tunnel broadened out into an open space, about ten feet on
a side. Three tunnels branched off from it. There was a
pile of very realistic-looking skeletons stacked up to the
ceiling against one wall. One
lady stared at it, her face a fascinating blend of disgust,
loathing, and delight. "Is that..." "Yes,
ma'am." The guide gave her a solemn nod. "That's Fortunato's
personal crypt." Rod
lifted his head, a gleam coming into his eye. "What
do you scent, 0 peerless leader?" Yorick whis- pered. "Look,"
Rod said, "if you were Wirlin, you'd want your ship
stashed out of sight, but in a place where you could get at
it any time you wanted it, right?" "They're
moving on without us." Chomoi sounded nerv- ous. "Let
'em." Rod waved a hand. "I find this particular exhibit
fascinating." Yorick
was running his hands over the wall by the pile of
bones. "Here's the button." Rod
nodded. "Press it." Machinery
purred, and the whole wall-full of bones swung outward.
The space behind it was huge and unlit. "Got
a match?" Rod said softly. "Not
since Shakespeare," Whitey grunted, but he lifted out a
lighter, struck a flame, and held it aloft. "Sometimes it's
handy, having vices." The
flickering glow revealed unused maintenance robots lined
up against the walls, a pile of construction material— and the
nose of a sleek spaceship, streamlined for atmos- pheric
flight. "Pay
dirt," Rod breathed.
^. They
stepped forward, awed by the bulk of the ship. It wasn't
really all that big, but in an enclosed space, it seemed gigantic. "Excelsior,"
Rod called softly. 236 Christopher Stasheff Lights
brightened around the craft. With a grunt of sat- isfaction,
Whitey let his lighter snap closed and slipped it into a
pocket. "You
are not Wirlin Eaves," stated a voice from the ship. Rod
nodded. "Eaves couldn't make it. In fact, he may not be
able to get loose if we don't go get help." Silence
hung for a moment, then the ship said, "Ready to
transmit." Rod
stared, strapped for a moment. "Code,"
Chomoi suggested. "The renegades broke it." Rod
nodded, with a grin of relief. "That's right. We can't send
word; it would be intercepted, and so would we. We have to
get back to base to call for help." The
ship was silent. "Excelsior,"
Rod said again. "Eaves told us that word. How
else would we have known it?" Slowly,
an iris opened in the ship's side. With a
sigh of relief. Rod beckoned his people aboard. IF ANY
DETECTORS noticed their takeoff, there was no sign of it.
Still, Rod didn't relax until the ship had isomorphed with
H-space. Then he sighed and hobbled back to the wardroom,
weak-kneed. As he
came in, Gwen was shaking her head in dismay. "I
do not understand. How can people become naught but numbers?" "Not
become," Brother Joey corrected, "just described as. 1
can describe you with words, can't I? Then believe me, I
can describe you even more faithfully with numbers." Gwen
sighed and shook her head. "I must needs accept the
truth of what thou dost say, since I've not the knowledge to
judge it for myself." "I
know." Brother Joey had a smug smile. "That's the secret
of the clergy's success." "But
if this 'isomorpher' of which thou dost speak, doth make
note of me as a mile-long string of numbers which it doth
paint on the wall of eternity, which thou dost term 'H-space,'
and then doth take those numbers off that wall to
build them once again into myself—have I not died, and been
reborn?" Rod
noted that she wasn't at all discomfitted by not having
felt anything major as they isomorphed into H-space. But
Brother Joey was shaking his head. "No. You've simply
changed form, nothing more." Gwen
threw up her hands in despair. 239 240
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 241 "Let's
try something a little more relaxing." Rod held up a
hand to forestall Brother Joey. "I know, I know—to you,
this is relaxing. But the rest of us like a little help." He
touched the base of an air filter, and its telltale glowed to
life. "The smoking lamp is lit. Anyone who wants to pollute,
come sit next to it, Whitey." The
poet grinned and slouched into the chair right under the
filter. He pulled out a long, sinister-looking brown cig- arette,
then his lighter. "Just wine, if you don't mind." Rod
peered at the synthesizer's list. "Chablis, Liebfraum- ilch,
or Reisling?" "Reisling,
if you please." "It's
all one set of buttons to me." Rod said, as he punched. "What'll
it be, Chomoi?" "Bourbon.
Who made you bartender?" "I
watched Cholly. Yorick?" A few
minutes later, with spirits for everyone and Man- ischevitz
for Brother Joey, Rod propped his feet up on the table
with a sigh. "Safe at last—for the moment." Chomoi
shrugged. "We were safe enough, in the dream." "Yeah,
except that a bunch of thugs was getting ready to
package and ship us." "As
long as we were dreaming, who cared?" "All
dreams must end." Yorick frowned. "I wonder how that
one would have come out?" "Oh,
I think it was pretty well wound down." Whitey held
his glass up to the light. "After all, boy had gotten girl." Gwen
was gazing at Mirane, but her eyes weren't quite focused. "Would
have been interesting to see what happened to the
rest of them," Yorick sighed. "But how did Mirane's computer-pad
get pulled into the story?" "Oh,
it was the dog, Deviz." "I
know that, of course." Yorick glared at Chomoi. "I meant,
how did it get tied into the dream-computer?" "Through
Mirane." Gwen kept her gaze on the young woman.
"I think thou mayest have some trace of Power about
thee, my dear." "She's
talking about psi power," Rod explained. "Oh, don't
look so horrified! A lot of people have a touch of one power
or another. You just happen to have enough to be useful,
that's all." Mirane
shook her head. "How can you mind-read a com- puter?" "Thine
did say that it hath capacity for joining to thy mind,"
Gwen explained. "Is that not what 'interface' doth mean?" "Well,
yes, but I'd have to wear a transmitter-helmet." Yorick
shook his head. "Apparently you're capable of sending
your thoughts without one. Projective telepathy— right.
Major?" Rod
nodded. "A little bit of telepathy, period; the com- puter-pad
said it was wireless, so it must be geared to trans- mit." "The
operative point," Brother Joey explained, "is that the pad
has a built-in converter to transform its operating frequencies
to human thought-frequencies. But don't take our
word for it—ask it." He raised his voice. "How about it,
Notem-Modem 409? Did we guess correctly?" "Preliminary
analysis of available data indicates 88 per- cent
probability of validity," the computer-pad confirmed. Mirane
was pale, but she clutched the notepad to her. "So."
Yorick sat back, studying his glass as he spun the stem
between finger and thumb. "Mirane was Petty Pure, huh? I
mean, she was the one who was closest to Deviz." Mirane
blushed, but she nodded. "Thought
so. I was Frank, of course." Gwen
frowned. "Why dost thou say, 'of course'?" "Monster
to monster. Lady Gallowglass.4was the easiest conversion." Rod
nodded. "The dream-computer did seem to match us up
by personalities. But you're no monster." "Tell
it to your folklore. Major." 242
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 243 Gwen
was frowning again. "Yet wherefore would it match myself
with an old hag?" "She
was a witch," Rod explained, "or thought she was. But
don't worry, dear, I didn't exactly find it flattering to be
depicted as a klutz of a handyman, either." "Nor
I as a devil." Brother Joey was magenta. Rod
shrugged. "At least it had something to do with religion." "More
importantly," the friar said in a very low tone, "I was the
voice of Authority." Whitey
snorted. "Well, if you don't like the idea of or- thodoxy,
Brother, you blasted well better decide that before you
take your final vows. Me, I didn't exactly find it com- plementary
to be depicted as an incompetent vampire." "But
you had a heart of gold," Rod pointed out. "Sweets to the
sweet, poet." "Fangs
for nothing," Whitey snorted. He turned to Chomoi.
"But you didn't really enjoy being a meanie, did you?" "Oh,
but I did." Chomoi nodded sadly. "And I wish I really
was. Callous people seem to do so much better in this
world." "You've
been hanging around a tyranny too long." Rod frowned.
"Besides, I thought you'd already tried that way of
life." Chomoi
looked down at her hands, lips tight. "And I couldn't
take it. Right." "Well,"
Rod sighed, "I guess you'll have to settle for being a
good person, underneath it all." "And
that," Whitey said, "leaves only one role uncast." He
directed a stare toward Stroganoff. The
producer shifted uncomfortably. "All right, so I was McChurch.
So way down deep, all I want to do is lie around. Is that
any crime?" "Only
when you really want to bleed for other people," Whitey
said softly. Mirane
stiffened, glaring. "That's a wonderful quality!" "It
is, until he bleeds himself dry," Whitey reminded her. "But
I think you two are avoiding a point." Mirane
and Stroganoff glanced at each other, then quickly glanced
away. "None of your business, Whitey," Stroganoff growled. "Of
course not. That's why I enjoy it so much." Whitey leaned
back in his chair. "But the rest of us have bared our souls a
bit, so it's your turn. Why was McChurch so totally hooked
on Petty at first glance, Dave?" "We
were being controlled by a script," Stroganoff mut- tered. "So
were we all." Chornoi gave him a look of scorn. "Everybody
else turned out to be quite capable of resisting it—except
me; I liked it. And you two. You couldn't have cared
less." "How
could I care, when I was in a coma? And be- sides..." "Strog,
cut it off and talk straight!" Whitey demanded. "Are
you in love with the lady, or not?" Mirane
paled still further. So did Stroganoff, but he blus- tered,
"That's none of your damn business, Whitey! And besides,
I'm a fat ugly fool, and she's way too young." "Why,
thank you." Mirane looked up, some of her color coming
back. "Especially because I'm not really all that young—I'm
thirty-five. You would have noticed, if you'd ever
bothered to look behind the lenses and kerchief. And / think
you're handsome!" Stroganoff
stared at her, totally taken aback. Then he glanced
about him quickly, and stood up, sliding her chair back a
little. "Uh, would you step into my office over here, for a
quick conference?" Mirane
stared at him, surprised. Then her chin lifted, and she
stood up and walked in front of hrm, shoulders back,
over to the far end of the wardroom. Stroganoff fol- lowed
her, pantomimed closing a door, and leaned against the
bulkhead, hands in his pockets, chatting. Mirane watched him
closely. 244 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 245 Gwen's
lips curved a smile that was both fond and amused. Quit
eavesdropping. Rod scolded silently. He turned to Yorick.
"Well. We seem to be in moderately good shape at the
moment." Yorick
grinned, but he swung with the change of topic. "Yeah.
We're bound for Terra, and we didn't have to pay a
dime." "I
like that last part," Whitey agreed. "Unfortunately,
word is probably traveling ahead of us," Rod
sighed. "I expect PEST will be ready and waiting for us by
the time we get there." "How?"
Brother Joey frowned. "Nothing can travel faster than an
FTL ship." "Nothing
except a faster ship," Rod reminded him. Brother
Joey shook his head. "The time we spend in H- space
isn't really transit time, Mr. Gallowglass..." "Rod,"
Rod prompted. "Rod.
Thank you." Brother Joey nodded. "As I was saying,
it isn't really transit time, it's more a matter of seeking
and translating." "Well,
then, bigger ships search faster than small ones." Brother
Joey frowned. "I have to admit that the power input
does have an effect..." "And
bigger ships go faster from breakout point to des- tination,"
Rod added. "Eaves is sure to have a courier after us as
soon as he comes out of the coma." Brother
Joey relaxed. "We have lead enough." "Yes,
(/some other agent wasn't shadowing us, and send- ing off
a report of his own. Ah, for the dear old days of Morse
code!" Rod sighed. "The days of yore, when people communicated
from ship to shore by radio, which could be jammed." "Yeah,
I remember Morse code." Yorick grinned. "Would you
believe I actually learned it once?" Chomoi
nodded. "So did I. Not that we ever used it, but it was
part of basic training, anyway." Rod
slouched down in his chair, and started drumming his
fingers. "Courage,
people," Whitey reassured them. "I know some people
who're working on trying to invent FTL radio." Brother
Joey stared. "How do they think they can do that?" Rod
started tapping his toe against Yorick's. The cave- man
showed every sign of paying close attention to Brother Joey
and Whitey. Whitey
shook his head. "Search me. But there's my granddaughter—she's
a computer expert—and the kid she married;
we traveled together for a while." Think
PEST might really know we're coming? Rod tapped out
against Yorick's foot. "They
settled down on a big asteroid called 'Maxima,' where
they found a lot of kindred souls who liked tinkering with
computers and ignoring PEST." Rod
went rigid. Maxima was his family home. Not a
chance, Yorick tapped back. If there were another agent,
he would've tried to kill us. "So
your granddaughter and her husband are trying to put the
two together, by inventing FTL radio to use against PEST?"
Brother Joey asked. Whitey
nodded. "They figure that's got to be the logical consequence.
See, they figure that the main reason the Ter- ran
Sphere lapsed into dictatorship is because its territory grew so
big that the governing representatives on Terra couldn't
keep track of what was going on at home." Then we
shouldn't have any trouble getting through their security,
should we? Rod tapped. / mean, we are in one of their
own ships. Good
point... "And
not knowing about home, meant that they passed laws
their constituents didn't like?" Whitey
nodded again. "So their constituents wanted to kick
them out of office." 246 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 247 "Naturally,"
Brother Joey murmured. Is
there a time machine on Terra? Rod tapped. '"So
the only way to keep power was to take it," Whitey said. Brother
Joey nodded. "Be done with all this nonsense about
elections, eh?" How
many times do I have to tell you? Yorick tapped back.
// VETO didn't have a time machine in PEST head- quarters,
they couldn't be giving aid! "Ah,
you know the symptoms. And, of course, they couldn't
make the outer planets obey them, if they couldn't get
their orders to them in time—so the sensible thing to do was
to cut off the frontier." "Keep
only the planets they can rule," Brother Joey sighed.
"Well, I'm afraid that does make some sense." Whitey
smiled. "So the whole problem boils down to the
territory having grown too big for the speed of the communications." And if
VETO hasn't been helping PEST, Yorick tapped, I'm a
monkey's uncle! Thought
it was the other way around. Rod tapped back. Awright,
Darwin. Just wait, and let's see what you evolve into. "Wait
a minute." Chomoi sat forward."You mean your granddaughter
figures that if she can develop faster-than- light
radio, PEST will automatically collapse?" "Well,
not right away, and not all that easily, but that's the
gist of it, yes," Whitey confirmed. Brother
Joey sat back, dazzled. "My heavens! What an audacious
scheme!" Whitey
cocked his head to the side, watching him. "Kinda makes
you want to join them, doesn't it?" "It
does, yes!" Rod
looked up, having caught the last bit of the con- versation.
"I expect we could drop you off there, on our way." Brother
Joey gazed off into space. "I do seem to be a better
engineer than a missionary..." "We're
going to try to gate-crash Terra," Rod explained. "We
ought to have a fairly good chance, in one of their own scoutships." Chomoi
frowned. "If PEST hasn't been told who's in this
ship." Rod
shrugged. "Life is filled with these little uncertain- ties." Whitey
shook his head sadly. " 'Fraid I can't come along, folks.
On Terra, I'm a very wanted person." "So
are we," Rod agreed, "but we don't have much choice
in the matter." "But
I do, and this time I'm going to play smart and use it,"
Whitey sighed. "Just let me off at Maxima, will you?" He
looked up as Stroganoff and Mirane came up, holding hands
and beaming. "How about you two? Want to get off at
Maxima?" Mirane
paused halfway down to her seat. "That's where that
cadre of engineers and physicists are building robots, isn't
it?" "The
very place." Mirane
finished sitting. "I'd like to visit there, yes. I'm going
to need to know everything I can about computers." "Oh?"
Whitey perked up. "Just what are you two plan- ning to
do?" "Get
married, first," Stroganoff said, with a smile at Mirane
that could have seared paint. "Then we're going to make
the Grand Tour from pleasure-planet to pleasure- planet." "Oh?"
Whitey lifted an eyebrow. "And what're you plan- ning to
use for money?" "Oh,
we're not going to pay for it," Mirane cried, scan- dalized.
"The company will." "Company?
What company?" "The
epic company," Stroganoff explained. "I've banked 248
Christopher Stasheff enough
to start my own corporation, Whitey. We'll make three
or four epics on each resort, then move on to the next one.
Care to write us some scripts?" "I
just might, depending on what you're planning to do on each
planet, besides making epics." Mirane
gazed at Stroganoff. "Well, we thought we'd try every
dreamhouse, and have duo-dreams together." "Just
the three of you?" Stroganoff
nodded. "Me, Mirane, and Notem-Modem 409." "So."
Whitey leaned back, grinning. "You figured it out, too,
huh?" Mirane
nodded. "PEST has every dreamhouse computer rigged
to condition its users to obey authority, which means that,
eventually, PEST will be able to rule the outer planets without
having to worry about a navy." "But
we only experienced one dream in one computer," Brother
Joey objected. "True,
Brother, but if they could do it to one, they've probably
done it to all." "Sure
can't hurt to check," Stroganoff explained, "and if we
find out PEST has, Mirane and Notem-Modem will reprogram
that computer." "I
do wonder what Master Eaves' thoughts will be, when he doth
waken," Gwen mused. "Probably
the same," Rod grunted. "I have a notion he linked
up with PEST out of pure self-interest." He turned to
Chomoi. "How about you? Want to get off at Maxima?" Chomoi
was pale as ivory, but she shook her head. "I'd be no
safer there than anywhere else, which is to say that I won't
be safe anywhere." She shrugged. "Why not try Terra?
It's the last place PEST would think to look for me." Rod
shook his head. "Sorry I got you into this, folks." "We're
not." Stroganoff smiled as he gazed into Mirane's eyes. Whitey
grinned. "And I'm suddenly looking forward to THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 249 seeing
Lona and Dar again. Might not have managed it ever, if it
hadn't been for you. Talk about a surprise visit!" "I've
had a bit of a surprise, too." Brother Joey was gazing
off into space. "I might have muddled along, wasting years
without discovering my true vocation, but for this." "Not
cut out to make converts?" Rod sympathized. "Oh,
yes, but of a different sort. And on a much larger scale...." "All
that?" Chomoi
nodded. "A hundred security satellites. Major, in a
hundred^lifferent orbits. They're really there—and each one's
armed with everything from lasers on up to a small tactical
nuke." "Well,
our detectors say so, all right. But why? What're they
afraid of?" "Whatever
shows up." "From
outside, or inside? Are those satellites supposed to keep
invaders out, or the population in?" "Yes." Rod
rolled his eyes up in exasperation. "Wouldn't
matter if we could get through the security net,"
Yorick pointed out. "Where could we land?" Rod
frowned at the blue-and-white globe floating in front of him
on the viewscreen. "There must be some farmland, here
and there—maybe even some parks!" "The
farms are run by robots," Chomoi said,"and every square
foot of the parks is covered by a surveillance camera or
two." "Well,
back to the original idea," Rod sighed. "Looks like
we'll have to bluff it out." That
wasn't too hard, up till the actual landing. Whenever one of
the satellites challenged the scoutship^it honestly and
truthfully identified itself as an official government craft.
It even handled spaceport clearance—being a spy ship,
it could bypass Luna, where all commercial ships had 250
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 251 to
dock; shuttles took cargo and passengers down to Terra. It was
a cumbersome system, but it did give PEST total control
over who came to Terra, and who left. Well,
almost total. They really hadn't counted on enemies coming
in on one of their own ships, and a spy ship at that. So the
satellite net bucked the landing request to an actual human,
a division head, and he gave the scoutship clearance to go
directly to the spaceport PEST maintained on Terra for
official use. It all went perfectly smoothly, even the landing—until
they stepped out of the ship. The
little man in the gray tunic with the tan tabard stepped forward
with a smile pasted on, holding out a hand—ob- viously
a bureaucrat. "Welcome back. Agent Ea..." He stopped
short, staring at the quartet stepping out of the scoutship. Rod
managed a sickly grin. "Uh, hi there." The
bureaucrat turned and snapped his fingers at a large man
behind him. There were a half-dozen of them, all bulky, all
with surly frowns on their faces, all in uniform. The one he'd
indicated slipped a small, flat square out of a pocket and
pointed it at the Gallowglasses. The
bureaucrat turned back to them, his face totally with- out
expression. "Where is the agent Wirlin Eaves?" "Uh,
afraid he couldn't make it." Rod swallowed. "Bit of a
rough trip and all, you know. Vicious criminals on that planet
Otranto, not to mention a couple of vampires and a wolfman,
and a rampant dreamhouse computer..." The
bureaucrat turned to his henchman. "Do you have them?
Good. Send for identification." He turned to the rest of the
thugs and nodded at Rod. "Arrest them." "Now,
wait a minute!" Rod held up a hand. "You don't know
anything about us! We're legitimate agents, all of us—except
for my wife, maybe, and I didn't see any prob- lem in
bringing her along on a business trip. We just stum- bled
across this scoutship, and we needed a way to get home,
and nobody else was using it, so..." He swallowed. "Uh,
it was really too bad about Eaves, but he just couldn't make
it." The man
with the flat square pressed a button into his ear and
gazed off into space for a moment, then nodded. "Confirmed.
The crop-haired woman is a renegade agent marked
for execution." "Crop-haired!"
Chomoi squalled. "I'll crop your head, you
foul-mouthed chauvinist!" The man
ignored her. "The other woman and the talkative man are
tied for first place as Public Enemies—and the burly
man is a major foe." Yorick
stared. "Why me?" "I
do not know," the bureaucrat snapped, "but my su- periors
must have had excellent reasons for so designating you." "Don't
worry about it," Rod assured Yorick, "the ex- cellent
reasons just haven't happened yet." The
bureaucrat stared at him, at a loss for a moment. But
only a moment, then his mouth tightened in contempt, and he
snapped his fingers at another flunky, one wearing a
portable control console strapped to his waist and shoul- ders.
The man threw a key and thumbed a toggle, and the air
around the quartet seemed to thicken. A faint moire of colors,
like the refractions on a soap bubble, swam about them in
a sphere. "A
force field now surrounds you," the bureaucrat said. "My
superiors have informed me that the four of you are very
skilled at evading capture, but there is no method of escaping
this globe of force." Yorick
took an experimental kick at the force field. His foot
slowed and stopped, all within the space of an inch or three.
Chomoi stared, then slammed a chop at the moire, but her
hand bounced right back, clipping herin the nose. She
howled in anger. "I
gotta see this to believe it!" Rod aimed a jab at the moire,
straight from the shoulder. It felt as though his hand 252
Christopher Stasheff hit a
mattress. The moire roiled on, unperturbed. The bureaucrat
actually smiled. It was a bare twitch of the
lips, but it was a smile. Gwen
tested the field with her fingers, feeling it with a thoughtful
frown. The
bureaucrat turned away, beckoning to the man with the
console. "Come." The
operator followed him. The
force field scooped the company off their feet as though
it were a snow shovel and rolled them down the hall,
shouting and squalling. The
bureaucrat smiled again. Gwen
scrambled to her feet, flushed with anger, and scurried
to keep up with the force field, one hand touching the
unseen wall, scowling in concentration. Rod
saw, and shuddered. Gwen
reached out and hauled Chomoi to her feet with deceptive
ease. "How can that gleaming slab make an in- visible
wall like to this?" "Well,
I don't know the details," Chomoi panted, "but roughly,
it's a sort of transmitter. It projects a small magnetic field
that triggers a localized warping of the gravitational field.
It wraps itself around the tiny globe of electromagnetic force,
then expands according to how much power the op- erator
feeds into the trigger field." Gwen
nodded, then glared at the back of the operator's head
for a few minutes. Finally, she closed her eyes—and the
moire disappeared. The
operator jarred to a halt, fiddling frantically with sliders
and pressure-pads. "My board died!" The
bureaucrat whirled about, staring, appalled. So did all his
henchmen. So did
Rod. He knew he couldn't even dream of under- standing
that console—and here his wife, who hadn't even heard
of an electron till a few weeks ago, had figured out a
gadget that was so complicated, it was almost abstract. THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 253 At
least, she'd figured it out well enough to turn it off from twenty
feet away. Gwen
smiled gaily, snapped her fingers—and the moire swirled
about them again. Rod stared at it in disbelief, then reached
out to probe. Yes, the wall of force was there again. "Do
not fash thyself," Gwen said to the bureaucrat, "we are
once more enveloped." The
bureaucrat darted a glance at his operator, who was still
stabbing at pressure-pads and jamming toggles. Sweat rolled
down his brow; he shook his head. The
bureaucrat turned back to Gwen, staring in horror. Gwen
nodded. "This time, 'tis of my doing—and 'tis I who
have the managing of it." She smiled brightly at Rod. "Come,
husband, let us go." And she strode straight toward the
bureaucrat. Chomoi
and Yorick yelped as the field scooped them off their
feet again. They rebounded and scrambled back up, and
joined Rod in a quick scurry to keep up with Gwen. The
bureaucrat jumped aside, shouting, "Stop them!" His
thugs instantly formed a line. Gwen
sailed into them. They
flew like tenpins and bounced off the walls. A couple
of them rolled to the ground, unconscious, but the rest
whipped out blasters and started firing. Yorick
frowned, feeling the unseen wall. "It's growing harder." Gwen
nodded, tight-lipped. "My field doth drink the flame
of their weapons. I do feel it." Rod's
head whipped around, staring at her. "Be careful!" In
spite of the strain, she smiled and reached out for his arm.
"Fear not, my lord. I can contain it." The
"my lord" helped. "Mind telling me how you did this
little trick?"
-^ Gwen
beamed up at him. "I felt within that 'console,' as thou
dost term it, with my mind. Thou hadst taught me long
ago, husband, how to make the tiniest bits of matter 254 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 255 speed
their movement, or slow; so 'twas not totally strange to me,
to sense the flow of bits so much tinier. I let my mind
flow with their movement, and did discover how they streamed
in patterns that did set up a small ball of force, which
did summon up and mold a force much greater, from the
earth itself." Rod's
mind reeled, also his ego. Just by feel, with only a
little knowledge to guide her, she had figured out how to shape
an electromagnetic field and use it to make a gravity wave
extrude a bubble of force around them. He patted her hand
and said, "I'm just glad you're on my side." She
smiled sweetly at him. "I, too." "Just
a little warm." Chomoi was feeling the force field with
her fingers. "All that wild, pure energy going into it, and
it's just a little bit warm." "'T
will grow hot soon enow, an we cannot find sanc- tuary."
Gwen's brow was moist. "Tis thou must now direct me." "Sanctuary?"
For a moment, Chomoi just stared, totally at a
loss. Then inspiration struck, and she grinned. "Turn left at
the end of this hallway!" Yorick
waved a hand to fan himself. "Give her every shortcut
you know. It's getting hot in here!" "The
charges in those blasters just have to run down soon,"
Rod grumbled. They turned
a comer, and the hallway opened out into a broad
concourse. People in drab coveralls were hurrying here
and there all about, most of them carrying satchels. Another
half-dozen uniformed men came running, blas- ters
waving, shouting. "So
much for the chance of their charges running down," Rod
growled. "But they won't shoot when there're so many taxpayers
around!" "All
personnel and passengers seek cover," an amplified voice
boomed around them. "Dangerous criminals are at large
within the concourse. Security agents must fire to kill. All
personnel and passengers seek cover!" "So
much for the taxpayers," Rod grunted. Heads
jerked up all along the concourse. Then people dived
for doorways or fled around comers, screaming. "Down
here! Quickly!" Chomoi pointed at a broad stair- Gwen
swerved and stepped onto the escalator. Everyone managed
to stay with her except Yorick, but he was back on his
feet in a second. Behind
them, the uniformed men started yelling in panic. "Oh!
Steps that move!" Gwen cried in glee. "Then 'twas not a
mere dream!" "What?...
Oh! The dreamhouse!" Chomoi wrinkled her nose.
"Yeah, I hated that stairway. But keep walking, please, Miz
Gallowglass. They'll try to head us off." "Certes,
an thou dost wish it!" Gwen tripped gleefully down
the staircase. Rod tripped, period, but the field gave him a
soft landing, and he caught Gwen's hand to steady himself
as he came back onto his feet. "Why
do they shout so?" Gwen frowned back up at the security
guards, who were just appearing at the head of the stairs. "Because
what we're doing is dangerous," Chomoi ex- plained.
"Here,we're at the bottom! See that clear wall, Miz Gallowglass?
Just stroll over there, would you?" Rod
suddenly realized what they were doing. He paled. "All
the way," Chomoi directed. "Up against the door- way—that's
right. Now, we wait." Gwen
turned to face the stairway. "Wherefore do we no longer
flee?" The
armsmen thundered down the escalator, saw the company
against the doorway in the clear plasticrete wall, and
skidded to a halt, frozen in horror. "This
tunnel is a linear accelerator," Chomoi explained. "It's
lined with ring-shaped electromagnets, and they turn on and
off in sequence, so it's almost as though a magnetic field
were moving down this tunnel." Gwen's
eyes had lost focus as she absorbed the concept. 256 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 257 She
nodded. "Ingenious. Yet what purpose doth it serve?" "They
put, uh, 'carriages' inside the tunnel, Miz Gal- lowglass—tubular
carriages, without wheels; they call them 'capsules.'
They're fitted out with seats and carpets, and each
one holds a hundred people." Gwen
frowned. '"Tis an odd mode of travel." "Not
really. You see, these capsules can shoot through these
tubes at hundreds of miles per hour, and there's a huge network
of tubes, so you can get to almost anyplace in the world
through them. If we climbed into a capsule now, here underneath
the island of Medeira, we could be in Puerto Rico,
the nexus for the Americas, in four hours. That's thousands
of miles away." '"Tis
incredible," Gwen breathed. Then her eyes fo- cused,
and she frowned. "How many folk are in such car- riages
at this moment?" "Probably
a million or so." "And,"
Gwen said slowly, "What would happen if these men-at-arms
so filled my field with flame, that I could no longer
hold it in its form?" "All
that energy would be released in a single instant," Chomoi
said softly. "It'd all cut loose in one huge explosion. It'd
kill the four of us, of course, but it'd also wreck this station,
and this section of tube." Gwen
nodded slowly. "Then the force would no longer flow." "That's
right," Chomoi said. "And
all the carriages with all those folk would come to a
halt?" "Yes.
Slowly—but they would stop. And their lights would
go out. Also the fans that blow cool air to them. The farther
down you go, Miz Gallowglass, the hotter it gets." "Would
they all die, then?" Gwen said faintly. "Not
most of them—at least, not right away. But some of them
would be hundreds of miles from the nearest sta- tion—even
thousands, for the ones under the sea floor. So it'd
take so long to get them out, that some of them might actually
starve. More likely, they'd panic and trample each other.
Or suffocate." Gwen
was trembling. "Whate'er the cost, I will not slay so
many." "You
won't—they will. Only they won't take a chance on it,
because they know what their bosses would do to them.
They don't dare risk it, especially since some of the people
in those tubes right now might be PEST officials. Or
their wives and families." Sure
enough, the armsmen were holding a quick con- ference,
darting glances at one another while they kept their blasters
trained on the company. "Shake
'em up a little," Chomoi advised. "Expand the field." Gwen
frowned, but the moire moved away from them on all
sides. It touched the clear wall, then went through it. The
armsmen went rigid, staring. Then one of them barked an
order, and they began to retreat to the "up" escalator. Slowly,
they disappeared from sight, one by one, back- wards. When
the last was gone, Gwen released her breath in a huge
sigh. "Tell me, sin that thou dost seem to know— how can
I dissipate this bubble of force, without the ex- plosion
thou didst speak of?" Chomoi
frowned. "Think you can let all that energy go, slowly?" "Aye,
that I can. Yet where shall it go when I do release it?" Chomoi
expelled a sigh of relief. "Into the wall, Miz Gallowglass.
That's no problem, thank Heaven. Just take us over
next to one of the rock walls, and let" the power discharge." Gwen
looked puzzled, but she moved slowly over to the nearest
solid wall. 258
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 259 "That's
it, so the bubble's just touching it," Chomoi prompted.
"Now, as it gets smaller, move closer to the wall, so the
bubble stays in contact. Okay, try letting go." Gwen
scowled in concentration, and sparks cracked like pistol
shots, wherever the skin of the bubble touched the wall. Rod
watched in awe as the power grounded itself out, wondering
how he'd ever be able to embrace Gwen again. "It's
bedrock," Chomoi explained as the bubble shrank. "The
energy goes through the wall, on down into the bones of the
very earth itself. It's big, Miz Gallowglass, very big. There's
a lot of rock there to soak up power." "Mayhap
it soaks not swiftly enow," Gwen said, frown- ing.
"The stone doth glow." They
looked and, sure enough, the rock wall had turned cherry
red. "I
think the bedrock can take it." Chomoi frowned. "After all,
the bubble's almost gone, and the stone's not softened yet." Rod
nodded. "As long as it's only red, we're probably okay." "Tis
gone," Gwen sighed, as the last of the power jumped into
the wall in one final pistol-shot spark. "Now whither do we
go?" "Why,
into a tube-car, of course." Chomoi grinned. "Shall we?" They
waited by the door in the clear wall for five minutes or so.
It was five minutes too long for Rod; he kept glancing back at
the escalators with apprehension. But finally, a tube- car
swooshed up to the door and hissed to a stop. The door rolled
back, and a stream of people filed out. "Let
'em go, let 'em go," Chomoi murmured. "The more of them
who get off, the more room there is for us." Finally,
they could step aboard. There were only about twenty
people in the car, so they were able to take four seats that
faced each other, but were well away from anyone else. Gwen
glanced nervously at the door. "When will it start?" "It
already did." Chomoi smiled, amused. "Smooth ride, isn't
it?" "It
is, indeed." Gwen's eyes were wide with astonish- ment.
"Yet tell me—how is't we ride? Wherefore hath that little
man's 'superiors' not halted all carriages near to us?" "They
can't," Chomoi explained. "They'd have to shut off
power to this whole sector, and that would leave thou- sands
of people trapped until they could find us. And I think they
realize that if they leave us alone in the dark in a tunnel- complex
like this, they might never find us." Rod's
face was wooden; he was filled with sullen re- sentment,
hearing Chomoi explain the facts of the situation to Gwen.
He glared around him, looking for an outlet for the
emotion—surely it couldn't be jealousy? There!
That gleaming, modest, inch-wide circlet on the front
wall. "Smile," he advised, "we're on somebody's screen." The
other three turned around, staring at the front of the car.
But Rod's eyes narrowed as he glared at it, and the faintest
whiff of smoke coiled out of the vent nearest it. Passengers
in the front of the car began to sniff, frowning. "Neatly
done." Gwen sounded surprised. "Yet where- fore,
husband? What harm was there in it?" "It
was an electronic eye," Rod explained, "and when we
decide to get off this high-speed sausage, I'd rather the security
people didn't know exactly where we did it." "Ah!
Well thought!" Gwen swept the rest of the car with a
thoughtful gaze. "Nay—I sense no more of them..." Rod
stared. She could sense electromagnetic fields now, too? Gwen
shook her head with decision. "Nay, only the one." "Makes
sense," Chomoi snorted. "No douETt the Prole- tarian
Eclectic State of Terra was too cheap to put more than one
audio and one video pickup on each car." Rod's
mouth tightened, though he had a fleeting thought that
Chomoi might have been trying to be tactful. Irritated, 260
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 261 he
directed a glare at the small grille in the ceiling in the center
of the car, thinking searing thoughts. When smoke curled
out of it, he relaxed. "Okay. Audio's out now, too." Yorick
nodded, satisfied. "No way they can tell where we get
out now." Rod
frowned at a sudden thought. "But they don't have to, do
they? They just have to detail a bunch of guards at every
station." He turned to Chomoi. "How many do we have
coming up?" She had
paled. "Only one—the Canary Islands. After that,
the next stop is Puerto Rico.." "So."
Rod leaned back, pursing his lips. "We've got one chance." "Why
bother?" Yorick settled back, grinning. "I always liked
the Western Hemisphere." Rod
suffered a shy grin. "Well, actually, any place will do
fine." The realization suddenly hit him like a bottleful of
champagne. "Hey! We're home! This is Terra—the real, bona
fide ancestral home of humanity! The planet where we
evolved!" Yorick
cocked an eyebrow. "Never been here before?" Rod
shook his head. "Heard about it, though. Lots." Gwen
was looking from one to the other, totally lost. "This
is the planet people started out from, Miz Gal- lowglass,"
Chomoi explained. "Your ancestors spread out from
here in starships, in all directions. They colonized the planets
you live on now." Awe
filled Gwen's face. "There's
still the problem of getting off," Yorick re- minded,
"without getting arrested." Chomoi's
gaze roamed the car. "Most of these people have
luggage, don't they?" "They
do?" Yorick sat up, looking here and there all about
the car. "Son of a gun! I suppose those shoulder bags could
be suitcases." "Sure.
You don't need much room to pack a weekend's clothes." "I'll
never get used to this compact clothing you folks use,"
Yorick sighed. "Personally, I always thought we should leave
spider silk to the arachnids." Chomoi
smiled. "Okay, primitive. What backward planet did you
come from?" "You'd
be surprised." The caveman looked wary. "But I gotta
admit, it is handy having a suit that can fold as flat as a
board." Chomoi
frowned. "What's a 'board'?" Rod
said quickly, "So they've all got luggage. You're not
thinking what I think you're thinking, are you?" "I
think so." Chomoi nodded at a nearby passenger. "He's about
your size, and he's got some clothes to spare." "Of
course, we would have to knock him out," Rod reminded
her. Chomoi
nodded, scowling. "That's the part I don't like. But it
won't do him any permanent damage—and when he
wakes up, he'll never know it was you who robbed him." "We'll
leave cash." Yorick eased a flat wallet out of his pocket. Rod
stared. "You've got PEST credits?" "Sure."
Yorick shrugged. "What kind of a traveler would I be, if
I left home without some of the cash of the country I was
going to?" A
time-traveler, Rod thought, but he had to admit the sense
of what Yorick said. A person who was going to travel chronologically,
should naturally take the same precautions as a
person who was going to travel geographically. It was just
that he couldn't count on being able to exchange cur- rency
once he got to his destination...." "So
why were we going through that whole elaborate routine
at the casino?" Chomoi demanded. Then she frowned. "Oh,
yeah, I forgot. Nobody on any of the frontier planets will
accept PEST credits for anything anymore." "Why—because
they're free of PEST'S tyranny?" "No—because
the PEST BTU isn't worth very much. 262
Christopher Stasheff Legislation
never was a very sound basis for a currency, Major." "The
price of thrift," Rod sighed. "I hate to point this out,
but while we're stealing that guy's pajamas, won't the other
passengers notice?" Gwen
sat very straight for a moment, gazing off into space.
One by one, the other passengers began to snore. Finally,
she relaxed with a bright smile and said, "Nay." Chomoi
stared about her, closed her eyes, shook her head,
and looked again. Yorick
expelled a hissing breath and said, "Yes." Then he
said, "Well." and, "Someday maybe I'll get used to what you can
do. Lady Gallowglass." Privately,
Rod hoped he would, too. Yorick
pushed himself out of his seat. "Let's get on with it,
shall we?" A few
minutes and quick trips to the powder room later, the
four of them sat down again, leaving four suitcases a little
lighter and a lot richer. Gwen
plucked at the flimsy gray fabric. '"Tis so light that I
feel quite unclothed." "I
know what you mean," Chomoi agreed. "After my tights
and jerkin, it feels really odd." "You
weren't kidding with that crack about pajamas, were
you?" Rod asked. "Not
a bit," Yorick said sadly. "But on Terra, going outdoors
is a job for specialists now, so why should anyone else
bother wearing all that heavy, uncomfortable wool and buckram?" "I'm
just not used to common sense, I suppose." Rod looked
down at his bland, gray pajamas. "How come they all
wear the same thing?" Yorick
shrugged. "Standard government issue. This is the
Proletarian Eclectic State of Terra, Major.... Hey! Don't take it
so hard, Chomoi! How could you know what they were
going to do?" THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 263 "By
really thinking about what they were saying," she whispered,
"instead of just latching onto the parts I liked." They
filed off the car with the other passengers, just four more
gray-clad bodies. Rod was glad the pajamas had come with
hoods; it gave them a fighting chance that no one would recognize
their faces. They filed onto the escalator and glided
up. Rod stared at the blank tan plasticrete wall, letting his
thoughts go numb. Then he frowned. "This isn't plas- ticrete
anymore." "Right."
Chomoi looked at him strangely. "Plasticrete is tan.
This is red." "It's
stone!" Rod wanted to reach out and touch it, but the
wall was four feet away from the escalator. "It's real, bona
fide rock! But why so far away?" He looked down at the
shallow stairs cut into the slope beside the escalator. "And
why are there steps there?" "Because
that's the way the Spanish built them," Yorick answered. "The
Spanish?" Rod looked up, frowning. "I thought PEST
was an international government." "Yeah,
but they're thrifty, remember? Why pay good money
to build a new station, when you can just adapt an old
one?" Rod
stared around him. "You mean..." "Right."
Chomoi nodded. "You're in Puerto Rico, Major, where
the Spanish once had a colony. They fortified the island
heavily. We're inside the castle El Morro, built in the seventeenth
century." "Fourteen
hundred years ago!!?!" Chomoi
nodded. "And it's still standing. They built well, back
then." Daylight
struck them like a spray of needles, and the moving
stairs delivered them gently onto a moving belt. Gwen
breathed deeply of the warm, fragrant air. "Why, 'tis Paradise!"
Then she frowned out toward a low rock wall 264 Christopher Stasheff Rod
looked, then stared. "That, dear, is an ocean. Water. All of
it." Gwen
gazed for a while, then said, "Rarely have I seen waters
so blue. What sayest thou, husband?" Rod was
staring up at the other side. "What
seest thou?" Gwen turned to look, and gasped. The red
wall towered up, blotched here and there, but stem
and sheer, tilting back away from them, curving away around
the headland, and up, up, up. "
'Tis the abode of giants'," Gwen whispered. Rod
glanced nervously around the terrace. It somehow seemed
very narrow now. The wall was so huge that it made him
feel like a fly clinging by his toes. "Men
built this?" Chomoi said softly. Yorick
nodded. "Lots of them. And they didn't have much
choice about it." The
slidewalk delivered them to the base of another es- calator.
It carried them into a tunnel, rising up along a rampway.
Rod stared around at the size of it. "Seventeenth century,
you say?" Chomoi
nodded. "What
was this tunnel for? I mean, they didn't have escalators
then." "For
cannon. Major. Huge cannon, ten feet long, made out of
cast iron. They threw iron balls as big as your head, and
they weighed like sin. Tons. You saw those six-foot notches
in the seaward wall, down there on the battlemenis?" Rod
nodded. "Well,
that's what they were for—cannon. Only to get them
there, they had to lower them down this ramp. And to get
them back up, they had to use horses." Chomoi gazed around
her, looking grim. As they neared the top of the rampway,
she nodded toward a niche in the wall with a grille
of iron bars covering it. "Torture dungeon. When some poor
bastard of a soldier broke the rules, they locked him up
there for a while. Not enough room to stand up straight, and not
much in the way of sanitary facilities, either." THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 265 "Plus
knowing all his mates were watching him suffer every
time they came down here." Rod nodded. "Nice guys." "Yeah."
Chomoi looked at the red stone around her, and shuddered.
"A soldier must have thought he was in Hell here,
back then. This piece of rock was all there was for him—and
the officers were his masters." "Legalized
slavery," Yorick said with a scowl. They
came out into the sun again, and found themselves in a
wide courtyard, with a score of rooms cut into its walls. Two
huge cylinders stood in its center. Chomoi nodded
toward them. "Cisterns. They were ready for a
siege here." "Siege,
cannon..." Gwen frowned. "Why so much might?" "Because
Puerto Rico was the gate to the Caribbean, Miz Gallowglass,
and to all the wealth of the countries that lie along
its shores. That's the Atlantic Ocean over there, with Europe
on its far side—but just around the curve of this shoreline,
is the Caribbean. Other countries tried to take this
island from the Spanish, and that wealth with it. The Dutch
tried it first, then the English, so they built this castle to
guard against those enemies." Gwen
gave a somber nod. "It must have guarded well." "It
did," Chomoi agreed. "It was built to ward off seventeenth-century
caravels, but it'd be very effective against
any rebel group that tried to take over the transat- lantic
tube, today." Rod
lifted his head slowly. "So that's why the trip ends here!" Chomoi
nodded. "It'd also be easy to lock out anybody trying
to invade through the tube from Europe. All you'd have to
do would be to lock those big gates over there, and shoot
down from the battlements up there." She pointed up at the
rooftops. They could just make out the shape of the gun-slits
against the sky. It wasn't hard to see the uniformed armsmen
walking their beats, though. Rod
shuddered and looked away. "Not an entirely happy 266
Christopher Stasheff with a
slice of blue between it and the sky. "What is that azure
field?" thought,
under our circumstances." "Don't
worry about it." Elaborately casual, Chomoi strolled
out the main gate. The others followed her, with sighs
of relief. "Where're we going?" Rod asked. "Over
there." Chomoi pointed at the skyline. Another
fortress topped a rise before them. Owen
shivered, then squared her shoulders. "We do what we
must." She stepped onto the slidewalk. "That
was the only tube from Europe?" Rod asked. They
were coming in through another gate in a reddish stone
wall, and they found themselves in another courtyard. Gwen gazed
about her. "Why, 'tis like to the other, only far
smaller." Chomoi
nodded. "Good way to put it. I mean, it makes sense,
doesn't it? If it worked with El Morro, why not do it
again? This is the fortress San Cristobal, Miz Gallowglass—and
yes. Major, that El Morro tube is the only
one from Europe." "For
the whole Western Hemisphere?" Chornoi
nodded. "Oh, it makes for traffic jams, right enough,
but it sure lets PEST control who moves where." "So
why aren't they stopping us?" Yorick muttered. Chomoi
frowned. "I was wondering that, myself. They must
have figured out that we're not in the Canaries." "But
they don't know we're wearing gray," Rod re- minded
her. Chomoi
shook her head. "They've got to have guardsmen out
with our pictures by now. All we had was a change of clothes,
not plastic surgery." They
rode the slidewalk through the courtyard of San Cristobal
slowly, each mulling at the thought. Finally, Yor- ick
said, "You don't suppose the local guardsmen might not be too
happy about PEST telling them what to do, do you?" The
slidewalk shot them into another dark tunnel. THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 267 This
one was low, and not very wide. Discreet, indirect lighting
showed them when the slidewalk turned into an escalator. "They
didn't used to have lights in here," Yorick mut- tered. Chomoi's
gaze snapped to him, eyes narrowed. "They
had charges of gunpowder set at regular intervals. That's
what the lines there are for." Yorick pointed at straight cracks,
an inch wide, that ran up the walls and across the ceiling.
"If they blew up the far end of the tunnel, the near end
would still stand. So if any poor bastard of a soldier had to
come down here at night, he wasn't allowed to carry a
torch." Rod
looked around at the dark close walls, glanced for- ward
and backward, and saw that all the daylight had been blocked
off by the curve of the tunnel. He shuddered. The
slidewalk stopped, and they stepped through a low doorway
into a small tunnel at right angles to the main one. Rod
noticed that they passed another grille of iron bars, blocked
open. He
found himself in a very long room, like a section of tunnel
that had been closed off. Far away at the end, daylight glared
through a small rectangle. "We
wait here," Chomoi explained. "When the next car comes,
we'll go down that escalator to board it." She pointed at a
plasticrete portal that obtruded in the side of the tunnel, hideous
in its smooth blandness. Rod was
looking about him. He noticed a clear panel and
stepped over to it. Behind it was a section of tunnel wall
with five crudely-drawn ships colored in earth tones, and a
scrawled word above them. Yorick
noticed his gaze. "A young officer did that. He led a
mutiny, and they locked him in here'for sixty days before
they took him out to kill him." Rod
darted a quick glance around the chamber. For a moment,
he could imagine what it must have been like to 268 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 269 be
locked up in this small space for so long a time—day after
day, never knowing when he'd be taken out to be slain, with
nothing to do except rant at his fate and curse himself for a
fool. He shook his head, turning away from the thought. "What
does the word say?" "What
would you say, if you were locked up in here for sixty
days?" Chomoi
frowned up at Yorick. "How come you know so much
about this place?" But
Yorick only shook his head, brows drawn so low they
hid his eyes, and muttered something under his breath. A green
panel glowed to life by the stairway. "Loading
time," Chomoi said softly. As they
came into the Atlanta interchange, a 3DT tank burst
into color with a picture of a group. "These persons are
criminals," a resonant voice informed them. "They en- danger
the state and, therefore, every citizen." Rod
stared, appalled. "Wow! I never looked worse!" "It's
the harried, hunted look," Chomoi assured him, "and
they would catch me without makeup." Yorick
nodded. "I look like a thug." Gwen
didn't say anything, but the expression on her face spoke
volumes. "If
you see any or all of them," the voice went on, "report them
immediately to the nearest Security Service officer." "See
the scoutship in the background?" Yorick pointed. "This
must be the picture that the little viper with the loud mouth
had his flunky take." Rod
nodded. "Wonder what took 'em so long to get it on the
network?" "Who
says it did?" Yorick countered. "We could be look- ing at
the hundredth replay." "Yeah,
we could." Rod frowned. "Either way, we'd bet- ter get
gone. Gwen, let's go. Chomoi... Chomoi?" But
Chomoi was over against the wall, talking at a blank viewscreen.
"Yeah, I just saw them!" She was speaking in a
higher, more nasal voice than usual, and fairly danced with
excitement. "I mean, I'm right here in Atlanta, human, and
I... huh?... No, I don't know why you're not getting any
picture. I don't have one of you either, y' know? Hey, what
can I tell you? The way you guys keep up these public call
booths... Oh, them? Yeah! I just got in on the tube from
Florida! And back in Jacksonville, when I was getting on,
they were getting off! ... No, of course not! How could I call
you any sooner? There weren't any call booths on that
capsule! Besides, I didn't see your blurb about them until I
got off here in Atlanta... What? ... Oh, sure, sure! Glad to
help! I always wanted to be a good citizen.... Yeah,
'bye, now." "That,"
Yorick said, leveling a forefinger, "is a damn good
idea." He jumped for another call booth, put his palm over
the vision pickup, and said, "Security Service. Re- porting." But Rod
was already at a booth of his own. "Huh? ... Well,
yeah, I'm in Atlanta now—but, I mean, I didn't see your blurb
about 'em until I was waiting for my tube in Puerto
Rico, and my capsule came right after that, and well, hell,
you couldn't expect me to... Well, yeah! I saw them, yeah!
Sicily, just before I got on the capsule there! ... No, now,
look, I know that was eight hours ago, but, yeah, I'm sure!
... Yeah, I mean, you couldn't miss those clothes anywhere!
What happened to that guy's jacket—did he get scrambled
eggs on it?" Gwen
had her hand over another vision pickup, and was staring
at the microphone inlay. Suddenly she smiled, and said,
"Emergency," and began talking in a fast, nasal voice. "Hello?
... Yeah, them! ... No, no, the four in the tank! The
ones with the weird... Yeah, sure I'm sure... Oh! Yeah,
right here where I'm talking from ... Wfcere? Oh, I don't
know. Someplace in Mexico... Whup! There comes my
capsule!" She
disconnected and turned, to find Rod standing over her.
"What did you do?" 270
Christopher Stasheff She
beamed up at him. "I traced the paths of the 'elec- trons'
with my thoughts, and made each wait one second in an
instrument a thousand miles away, then begin its course anew." Rod
stared. "You mean you figured out how to route that call
through a terminal that far away in just a few seconds?" "Nay—I've
been learning of these things thou dost term 'electrons'
sin that we were kidnapped." "I
noticed." Rod swallowed through a suddenly dry throat. "Uh...
where does Security think that call came from?" "I
believe 'tis called 'Acapulco.'" Rod
turned away, just barely managing to restrain a gib- ber.
"You, uh, seem to have developed a feel for the local dialect." Gwen
shrugged impatiently. " Tis naught, for one who reads
minds." Fortunately,
right then. Rod bumped into Yorick, who was
trying to shoo them all into a tightly-knit group again. "All
right, all right! That's enough with the phone calls, already!
Let's get under cover, before somebody tracks the origins
of these little bulletins of ours, and adds two and two
together, and comes up with three! We need a hiding- place,
don't we?" "Right!"
Rod looked about him, thinking fast. He pointed a
finger. "There!" Yorick
turned, looked, and grinned. "The very place. Come
on, folks, let's go." And he shooed them all toward a shop
front replete with flashing letters, garish holos, and animated
enticers. They sauntered into a huge mouth with incarnadined
lips below a mustache that read, "GAMES ARCADE." Where
the upper teeth should have been was a sign that read, "NO
CALCULATORS OR PERSONAL
COMPUTERS ALLOWED! THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 271 They
louse up our games." As they
stepped in, they were assaulted with a primal cacophony
of whistles, squeaks, booms, shrieks, screeches, chimes,
explosions, cackles, zooms, and rings. Gwen pressed her
hands over her ears. "Aiee! Wherefore must they needs have
such a deal of noise? And wherefore is there so much haze?" The
hall was filled with smoke, and dimly-lit by spot- lights
focused on each separate gaming machine. "It's
supposed to help their concentration," Rod called into
her ear. "They won't be distracted by the other machines around
them, because they can't see them clearly." Gwen
only shook her head, exasperated. As they
plowed on through the arcade, they were assailed by
gunfire from a variety of periods: the booming of mus- kets,
the sharp cracks of squirrel rifles, the continuous racket of
repeating rifles, the rattle of machine guns, the sizzle of blasters.
Names of famous battles flashed past them as they slogged
doggedly ahead. Finally, gasping and panting, they reached
an island of comparative quiet, where there were only a
few rings of people sitting on the floor, chatting and laughing,
and a man talking to a machine. "Praise
Heaven," Gwen gasped. "I feel as though I have just
run the gaunt of the worst of Man's history." Beside
them, a calm voice asked, "What is the accel- eration
of a falling body on the planet Terra?" "Thirty-two
feet per second!" the player cried, and the machine
chimed agreeably. A counter on its panel registered the
number "20." "Excellent," the machine murmured. "What was the
first English novel?" "Richardson's
Pamela!" The
machine chimed again. "Excellent. Why,did Alex- ander's
empire fail?" Rod
looked up at the name of the game. It read, "Universe-Class
Trivia." 272
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 273 "Invalid."
One of the people in the nearest ring held up a hand.
"He can't be using a two-handed sword in pre- Roman
Britain." One of
the other people frowned. "Why not?" "Because
it wasn't invented until the 1200s." "So
what did the British use?" "Axes." The
young man shook his head with deliberation. "He's my
character, and he's using a broadsword." "No
way-o, Wolfbay-o. This game sticks to historical accuracy.
That's Rule Three." "Says
who?" "I
do—and you know Rule One." The
young man sighed and said, "Okay. 'Wolfbay un- limbered
his twenty-pound war-ax...'" "Hold
it." The first man held up a hand again. "Okay,
0-kay! A two-pound ax!" Gwen
bent down and murmured something to one of the other
players. The player answered her, and Gwen straight- ened,
nodding, but still mystified. "What
was that all about?" Rod asked. "I
wished to know the source of the smaller man's au- thority."
Gwen shrugged. "She told me 'tis because he is the...
my lord, what is a 'diem'?" "'Diem'?"
Rod frowned. "I think it was a Latin word that
meant 'day,' dear." "Lost!"
Beside them, Yorick gave a machine a slap. "Doggone
it, this is too much! Three straight losses—in three
moves each!" A
neatly-dressed man was at his elbow in a second. "I'm Alkin
Lam, the manager. Do you have a problem with our games,
citizen?" "I
sure do." Yorick nodded toward the machine. "You know
how this thing gives you three tries on each game? Well, I
never got past the first hurdle once! I think the joystick's
broken!" The
manager stepped in front of the machine and slipped a
credit card into the slot. "Let me see..." He began to play. "This
is one hell of a welcome to Terra," Yorick snorted. "Here
I am, just in from the outlying planets—you know, Wolmar,
Otranto—and I met a guy in a bar who recom- mended
this particular arcade, so I came in here to get a taste
of Terran high life, and what happens? The machine beats
me out!" Rod was
frantically making shushing motions. The
manager stilled, gazing at the screen. Then he looked up at
Yorick with a polite smile. "You may have a point about
this machine, sir. I'll certainly arrange a refund; your acquaintance's
recommendation is exactly what I'm always hoping
to hear. Would you like to step into the back room to try
the really advanced games?" "Fine."
Yorick grinned. "Just take me to them." Personally,
Rod hadn't thought Yorick had exactly been piling
up a sky-high score, even on the kiddie level. But the
manager slipped a "MALFUNCTIONING" sign out of
his coverall, hung it on the machine, and turned away.
Yorick turned with him. Chomoi
and Rod looked at each other in mingled panic and
disbelief. "We
have trusted him thus far," Gwen reminded them. "Wherefore
should we think him mistaken now?" "A
point," Rod sighed, "and I must admit we don't see any
squadron of armsmen charging down on us. Come on." They
turned and followed Yorick and Lam. "With
the advanced games, I really must warn you," Lam was
saying, "that the stakes are advanced, too." "Oh,
sure, I know these machines are really just low- level
gambling." Yorick shrugged. "After all, the govern- ment
has to have an income, doesn't it?"
— "It
certainly does," Lam said grimly, "sixty percent of all
gambling profits." Yorick
nodded. "But you can make a living off the forty percent
that's left over?" 274
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 275 "A
good living." Lam opened the door to the back room. "But
I don't have any assistants—only two night managers. You're
just in from Otranto, and you stepped into a games arcade?" "What
can I tell you?" Yorick shrugged as he stepped through
the door. "We got tired of the Gothic motif." Rod
stepped aside for the ladies, then followed them in, feeling
as though he were walking into a trap. Lam closed the
door behind him. Gwen
was staring around at the walls. "So many books!" Chomoi
gawked. "Why? Why not just keep them on cube?" "Books
are more convenient in a great number of ways." Lam
walked around in front of them, gesturing to an easy chair
and a table with a lamp. "But the main reason is atmosphere.
You can hide away from the world in here— and
about twenty percent of our customers do." Rod was
still looking around. "I don't see anything but books.
Where's the gambling?" "The
gamble is whether or not we get caught," the man- ager
answered- He moved past them, beckoning. They
followed, past six people sitting around a circular table.
The oldest was saying, "All right, Gerry, but you're assuming
that nice, fair political system Plato's proposing, is
representing the whole population." Gerry
frowned. "But that's what he said, isn't it?" "Yeah,"
another student answered, "but that's not what the
real city was like, the one he was modeling this 'Re- public'
of his after." Gerry
frowned. "How?" "There
were a lot of slaves in the population," answered a third
student, "and they weren't represented." Lam
escorted them into a six-by-six cubicle with trans- parent
walls, a small table, and a single chair. He closed the
door behind them and explained, "This is a study car- rel—soundproof,
so the student won't be distracted by the discussion
groups." "Those
are volunteers out there?" Rod asked. Lam
nodded. "They got bored with the games. Sorry to have to
put you through this." He pulled a small rectangle out of
his pocket and passed it over Rod's body, head to toe,
about six inches in front of him. "Turn around, please." Resentment
smoldered, but Rod complied. After all, he was the
one asking for help. "Okay.
Thanks." Lam turned to Gwen. "If you don't mind,
Miz?" An
angry refusal leaped to Rod's lips, but Gwen threw him a
quick, imploring, determined glance, and he swal- lowed
the words. Lam
scanned Gwen front and back, then Chomoi and Yorick.
Finally, he nodded and slipped the rectangle back in his
pocket. "All right, no bugs." Gwen
frowned. "Listening
devices," Chomoi explained. "Surveillance." Gwen's
lips formed an 0. "You
ought to recognize the setup by now. Major," Yorick said,
with a steady gaze. Rod met
that gaze, frowning. Then his eyes widened, and he
spun to the manager. "Good grief! You're a Cholly Barman
graduate!" The
manager nodded. "And our great and glorious mas- ters of
the Proletarian Eclectic State of Terra have decreed that no
one is to learn more than basic reading, writing, and arithmetic.
Oh, a very small number of very talented stu- dents
will be allowed to go on through high school, and maybe
even college—any society has to have at least a few people
to keep the machinery running, and collect the taxes— but the
vast majority will never be taught to read anything more
than the directions on a food packet." Yorick
nodded. "And, strangely, the children-of PEST officials
are already almost all included in that small number of
'very talented' chosen to go on in school." "Despite
the fact that some of their parents are total idiots,"
Chomoi said through clenched teeth. 276
Christopher Stasheff Rod
gazed at the manager. "You're taking quite a risk." Larn
smiled. "I suppose a good lawyer could get me off. All
those games out there are just machines. The customers may be
learning, but nobody's teaching, right? And they don't
leam very much, by the hour." "Sure,
but they spend so many hours at it, that they do leam!" Lam
nodded. "And will keep on learning, for the rest of their
lives, I hope. Which is better than spending all their days
without anything more than the primary education the law
allows." Rod
frowned. "How many of them graduate from the games
to the back room?" "Only
about twenty percent. Most of them are very sat- isfied
with the games, which is why we have to keep think- ing up
more and more challenging ones. But between games, 3DT
epics, and song cubes, I think we're getting a good, solid
elementary education across to about a third of the population." "Tis
remarkable, surely," Gwen said, "yet can you teach them no
more than that?" Larn
shook his head. "Not with the techniques we've worked
out so far, though I understand some drunken poet Cholly
knows, has come up with some new approaches to epics
that're conveying abstract concepts. But the real lim- itation
is learning how to reason—and that takes a live teacher
to guide you." "Yet
ere thou canst so guide them, thou must needs bring them to
this place of study." Larn
nodded. "The few who do develop real intellectual curiosity
are quietly ushered back here to the books, where tutors
can guide their reading and develop their thinking abilities
through discussions. Education always comes down to the
live teacher, right there with the student. Nothing can really
replace the human mind." "And
once they have started learning to think," Rod THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 277 inferred,
"they're not too apt to turn you in?" "No,
not terribly." Larn smiled. "But if they do, there's always
that lawyer." "The
lawyer can't get you off if the case never goes to court
though," Chornoi said softly. Larn
nodded again. "There is that little problem. PEST intends
to enforce the laws, even if they're not sure the person's
guilty. And if they lock up one innocent man for every
three guilty ones, who cares?" "No
one who counts," Rod growled. "Which
means no PEST officials," Chornoi added. "Except.
",Yorick held up a forefinger. "Except that they're not
going to lock 'em up—prisons cost too much. It's a lot cheaper
to terminate them." "Lends
a wealth of new meaning to the term 'executive,' doesn't
it?" Larn gave him a bleak smile. "However, there is
hope, if you can call it that. There're still a lot of jobs that're
cheaper to do by hand than by machine—as long as the
worker doesn't have to be paid." "Convict
labor." Yorick nodded, lips thin. "Well, it beats execution,
I suppose." "Don't
be too sure. For myself, I'd rather not find out the
hard way. So let's get you folks helped and moved on, shall
we? From the 3DT bulletins, I gather the armsmen are after
you, and I don't relish having them as patrons." "They
are," Yorick confirmed. "But behind them are the PEST
spies. They're trying to eliminate us." "Join
the club," Larn snorted. "I
did." Chornoi's face was frozen. "But I began to realize that
their 'more efficient government' was going to end up being
total oppression, so I quit." Larn
shook his head. "Only one way out of the Security Service." Chornoi
nodded. "That's what they're trying for." Larn
gazed at her. Then he gave a bleak smile. "Well, that
explains it all nicely. Can't think what I can do to help, 278 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 279 though;
we can't hide you for more than a few hours—too risky.
How about a quick makeup job?" "That
would help." Yorick nodded. "But what we really need,
see, is to get into PEST'S central headquarters." "What!!?!" "I
know, I know." Yorick held up a hand. "But we're stranded
time-travelers, see, and we think PEST might have a time
machine hidden away somewhere in the bowels of its
labyrinth." Lam
just stared at him for a minute, then shrugged his shoulders.
"Why not? I believe the masses can be educated, don't
I? But they've got an outer wall and an inner wall, folks,
and all the gates are guarded by lasers that fire if you don't
push the right button. The landing pad on top of the building
has blasters all around it, and a dozen live guards day and
night. 1 could go on, but I think you get the point; the
only way into PEST HQ is to be carried in... as a prisoner." Yorick
looked at Rod. Rod looked at Gwen. They both looked
at Chomoi. All four swallowed heavily, and nodded. "Okay,"
Yorick said. "How do we commit a crime?" "We
could have thought of this ourselves, you know," Chomoi
growled as they walked down the concourse. "But
we didn't," Rod reminded her. "That shows we needed
help." ^Chomoi
shook her head. "1 still don't like it. Letting myself
get caught goes against all my training." "Yes,
but this is a bright new innovation," Yorick pointed out.
"This way, getting caught lets you keep control of the situation." "Keep
talking," Chomoi growled, "you may convince me." Yorick
shook his head. "No time. If we're gonna do it, we
gotta do it now." He dropped back and, before the other three
could quite realize what he was doing, he was pointing at them
and shouting, "There they go!" Everyone
walking on the concourse, in both directions, stopped
and stared. Rod
felt the old sick sinking feeling in his stomach and the
itch between his shoulder blades, where he just knew somebody
was aiming a blaser. "Too late now," he growled. "Gotta
go through with it! Run.'" They
broke into a sprint. Behind
them, Yorick was shouting, "Get them! That's Public
Enemy Number One—both of them! And Public Enemy
Number Two! Haven't you seen them on 3DT?" But the
passersby only stared at him, then at the fleeing trio.
Fear haunted their eyes. "Oh,
f crying out softly!" Yorick growled. "If you want something
done right..." And he ran after Rod and the ladies,
howling, "Stop them! Stop!" He'd
managed to catch up to them before the Security Service
finally showed up. Even then, not a bystander was doing
anything but standing by—and most of them had just speeded
up their walk a little, heads down, shoulders hunched. But the
Security Service finally did come swerving around a
comer, and the ones in front dropped to one knee, aiming blasters. "That's
no good!" Rod yelped, and Gwen glared at the blasters
long enough for her companions to charge. The
armsmen almost started to retreat, taken by sur- prise—but
then reflex took over as Yorick slammed a fist into an
armsman's belly, and Chomoi aimed a chop at an- other's
collarbone. They blocked out of sheer reflex, and their
mates joined in. Gwen
caught up and spun, back-to-back with Rod, as he
furiously blocked and punched. She managed to stop every
blow aimed at his back, and if a slender lady's forearm shouldn't
have been able to stop a blaster swung by the barrel,
who noticed? 280 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 281 Chomoi
was chopping and kicking for all she was worth, and
three guardsmen surrounded her at a respectful distance; but
they were watching for an opening, and kept leaping in for a
quick jab. Sometimes she caught them, but they were professionals,
too. Yorick
grabbed an arm and a strap and threw an armsmen into
one of his mates, but a third caught him with a forearm around
the throat and yanked back. Yorick dropped to one knee
and lurched back up, bowing, too fast for the armsman to
counter. He sailed over Yorick's head, but another arms- man
slammed a haymaker into Yorick's face as he stood up- Out of
the comer of his eye. Rod saw Chomoi crumple. Apprehension
gripped his belly as he thought. This is it, dear.
Remember, knock ' em out if they try to kill us—or if they
even get fresh! Aye, my
lord, her thought answered. She dropped her guard,
closing her eyes, and started to fall just before the blow
caught her. Then a sap cracked into Rod's skull, and searing
pain heralded darkness. He came
to with a raging headache and a dry-sand thirst. He
cracked his eyelids open in a squint, and looked around. All he
saw was white tile, and the surface under him was cold,
very cold. He rolled his head to the side, and saw Yorick
and Chomoi strapped to steel slabs, wrists manacled up next
to their heads. As he did, Chomoi blinked, squeezed her
eyes shut, then strained them open. Beyond her, Yorick was
watching him, looking surly. Rod
took a second while a huge burst of relief washed through
him. Then he stared at Chomoi and raised one eyebrow
in question. She squinted against pain, but she nodded.
Beyond her, Yorick shrugged. So.
They were okay. Now the apprehension could claw loose.
Where was Gwen? She was supposed to have stayed awake
the whole time, faking unconsciousness. He
heard a soft moan behind him. Rod
turned his head quickly and winced at the pain, but opened
his eyes wider. He saw
Gwen with her eyes closed. Frantically, he felt for her
mind, and found it lulled, buffered, adrift on a sea of
drugs. Rage
erupted in him, but he fought to hold it in. Not yet.
Soon—but not yet. Not quite. The
anger abated a little, enough for him to notice a nearby
voice saying, "But why didn't any of them use any of
those tricks we've been hearing about?" "They
did," another voice snapped. "They froze the blas- ters." "All
right, so they did pull one. But just one! From what I've
been hearing about this gang, they had a hundred gim- micks
like that in their arsenal!" "So
they panicked," the second voice snarled. "Or maybe their
tricks really were just a bunch of gadgets, no matter what
superstitious claptrap you've been hearing!" "Then
where are they?" "In
a trash cycler, dodo! They ran out of power, and these
yahoos threw them away! Now will you shut up and get
busy finding out what they know about those gadgets?" The
other man grumbled and turned. He saw three out of four
looking at him, and stopped short. "Bruno!" Bruno
turned. "What? Oh, they've come around! Well, isn't
that cozy? Okay, folks, let me explain—you're going to tell
us everything you know about those gadgets you used,
especially that force-field generator and the invisibility field.
And, of course, everything about this revolutionary underground
you're working for. If you don't want to, you're going
to go through an awful lot of pain, but you'll wind up
telling us, don't doubt it." "Wwwhy...
why not use drugs?" Chomoi still squinted against
a headache. "Because
it isn't as much fun." Bruno grinned. He looked up, and
saw the direction of Rod's gaze. "No, don't go looking
for any help from her! We got our doubts about 282
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 283 her, so
we did use drugs to knock her out. She won't wakr up for
another dozen hours." He fell silent, eyes narrowing as he
stared at Rod. Then he nodded and moved forward. "We'll
start with you—and the old-fashioned methods." Rod
felt hands undoing his manacles. Frantically, he retreated
inside his own mind, remembering the analog- appearance
his mind had given him for the inter-universal realm
they'd traveled from Tir Chlis. He knew he only had a few
seconds before the beating started, and with that kind of
sensory stimulation, he'd never achieve a trance. But he
made it—awareness of his body faded out as it was
being lifted upright. Through the limbo about him, he reached
out for the feel of Gwen's mind. There it was, a fragile
hull on waters of Nepenthe, slumbering, removed. Gently,
he moved closer, merged, melded, and moved in- side.
Waken, he thought. We're all done for if you don't. 1 might
be able to handle them alone—but I might not. It hurt
him to say it, but he had to. Dimly,
he felt a stirring; but she lapsed. They
could kill us, he thought. We might never waken. This
time, there was response—the single thought. To- gether. Rod
hauled back on the reins of exasperation, reminding himself
that women's romanticism wasn't completely in- curable.
If that basic drive could be met in oblivion, there was one
that couldn't. Grimly, he conjured up a vision of Magnus
hugging a weeping Cordelia to him, while a glum- looking
Geoffrey sat by, holding a dry-eyed but fearful Gregory.
Alone, without us, he thought. Can you bear to leave
them to strangers? He had
the impression of a titan, roaring up from the waters
to look around. Then it clambered up, rage building into an
avalanche. Rod got
out, and got out fast. Limbo seemed very safe suddenly. But
Gwen would awaken, and fight those sadists alone. He
pulled himself back down, forced himself to become aware
of his body... And it
hit. Pain. Every square inch of his body ached, and
some of it seemed to bum. Instantly he was aware, seeing,
as Bruno threw him back against the steel slab in disgust.
"This is getting us nowhere! You'd swear the guy doesn't
even have a mind! Go get the probes. Harry!" Rage
built, at two brutes who would so maltreat a helpless body—Rod's
helpless body! And they meant to do it to his friends,
too—and his wife! The rage rose, and Rod wel- comed
it, reaching down into it for the power he needed... But
beside him, manacles burst like grenades, and Gwen stepped
away from her slab, fury fairly flaming from her. Bruno
and Harry slammed into the wall, their bodies actually
seeming to grow thinner for a moment before they slid to
the ground. Gwen
turned, glaring in wrath. "They have hurt thee!" she
cried, and began to touch and probe Rod's body. Wher- ever
she laid her hand, the pain abated as the neurons stopped firing.
But even as she did it, howls of agony filled the air, then
were still. Chomoi
stared in horror. "What the hell was that?" "Folk
who watched us, unseen," Gwen answered. "What thou
dost hear came through a device they had, should they need to
speak to those within this chamber. They sleep now, of
course." "Of
course," Chomoi repeated, numbed. "I
would nurse thee a week, an I could," Gwen said gently,
"yet I cannot, and thou must needs arise and aid me." "Oh,
no—Ow!—problem. No, now, I can stand." Rod removed
her hand gently as he hefted himself up onto his feet,
aching in every joint—but functional. He kept hold of her
hand, though.
"' Gwen
gazed at Chomoi's wrists, and her manacles ex- ploded.
She stared, then rubbed her joints to make sure they 284 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 285 • were
untouched by all that force. As she did, two more explosions
burst the cuffs at her ankles. "Watch
out for shrapnel," Yorick said softly. "I
did." Gwen looked up at him. "None struck thee, did it?" "Not
a bit," Yorick assured her. Gwen
nodded and glared at his handcuffs. They burst, then
his ankle-cuffs, too. He
stood up, flexing his fists. "Shall we go?" Gwen
nodded and turned toward the chamber door. "What bearing,
husband?" Rod
frowned, gazing off into space as he opened his mind to
the myriad of thoughts that spun and twisted through the
great complex around them. Down—it would be down low,
for protection... There! He caught the thoughts of someone
thinking about sending something ahead. He fo- cused
on the thoughts ... yes, "ahead" meant "future"— 3511,
after Rod's own lifetime. He nodded, satisfied, and reached
out to touch and meld with Gwen's mind, leading, showing
her. She
nodded. "Aye, I see. Then let us go, husband." The
door blew out and away from them, its hinges and bolts
shredded like raveled rope. Yorick and Chomoi stared, appalled. "She's
angry," Rod explained. "Catch up, folks." They
leaped to keep up with Gwen, and the familiar moire
sprang up around them. Just in time—four guards stationed
outside looked up in alarm, then yelled as they leaped
back, whipping out their blasters. The
blasters burst into flames in their hands. They
howled, throwing the torches from them, nursing their
bums. Gwen ignored them and moved on. The other three
had to hurry to keep up. Chomoi
was still staring back at the guards, then turned her
head around to look up at Rod. "But she's the gentlest soul
I've ever met!" "I
told you," Rod said impatiently, "she's angry." An iron
grille blocked their path. Gwen glared at it, and it
burst into smithereens. She marched through the steel rain of its
pieces, into an intersection. Blaster fire erupted from both
sides. The bubble around them glowed briefly before the
blasters exploded in the armsmen's hands. They screamed and
whirled away. Gwen marched on. "Uh,
I hate to be indelicate," Yorick said, "but..." "Because
she loves me," Rod answered. "Besides, I've got
some power myself, you know. I could survive long enough
to get out of range." They
turned into a stairway. As they came out at the bottom,
they saw a dozen men blocking their path with iron nets.
Gwen narrowed her eyes, and the strands glowed white- hot.
Flames licked out along them, and the guardsmen dropped
them, cursing. Gwen surged forward, and the force field
crashed into the dozen, bulldozing them out of the way.
Some of them screamed as it squashed them against the
wall, but Gwen paid no heed. They
turned a corner into a wide hallway. Twenty men were
drawn up in front of a high double door in two ranks, one kneeling,
one standing, all with blasters ready. The
blasters melted in their hands. They
threw them away with yowls of agony, just before the
door behind them exploded into iron filings. The guards leaped
aside, staring in terror. The iron filings filtered softly to the
floor. Gwen
stepped through the door. A lone
technician stood by a wall full of keys, pressure- pads,
and sliders, with an open-faced cubicle six feet wide set
into it. At the sight of them, his mouth stretched in a grimace
of horror, but he whirled and started slapping at keys
and pads. Gwen
glared. An
invisible hand yanked the man off his feet, three feet into
the air. Suddenly he slumped, unconscious, and the 286 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 287 unseen
hand dropped him in an untidy bundle. "He
sleeps," Gwen explained. The moire around them disappeared. Yorick
leaped for the wall and started turning and punch- ing. Rod
stood slack-limbed in reaction. Only once before had he
ever seen Gwen in a real towering rage, and there hadn't
been anywhere nearly as much power arrayed against her. "Dost'a
truly know how this device doth function?" Gwen demanded. "No
fear," Yorick snapped. "I know the standard settings by heart." "But
this isn't your brand," Rod protested. "No,"
Yorick agreed, "it's a copy. Who do you think invented
the damn thing, anyway?" He twisted a final key. "There!
That's date!" He pushed a slider. "That's location!" He
punched a sequence on a keypad. "That's the secur- ity
code! And the instruction to forget!" He punched at a pressure-pad.
"And that's the time-delay control! Everybody inside!
It'll start up in one minute!" A huge,
hulking shape filled the shattered doorway. "Laser
cannon!" Chomoi yelped. "Inside,
quick!" Rod all but threw her into the six-foot cubicle.
Yorick leaped in after her, and Gwen stepped up. Rod was
right behind her. He turned just as the cannon rotated,
its huge maw facing them. Rod stared into doom. Doom
was suddenly warped and twisted and shot through with
the color-swirl of the moire. Gwen clasped his hand with
both of hers. "Tis as thick a field as I can manage. Now,
husband, lend me of thy strength!" It took
a moment. There had been so much power flying around
loose during that march from the torture chamber— and
she'd been learning so horribly much about electronics! But
after that moment. Rod managed to remember the girl in the
haystack, the mother with the baby in her arms, the gentle
partner, and his thoughts flowed and melded with hers. "Thirty
seconds," Yorick groaned. A
stream of ruby light lit the force field. The
whole doorway filled with a sheet of flame. It raged and
twisted in convolutions—not in a single blast, but in an
endless roiling rage. Sweat
sprang out on Gwen's brow. Her hold tightened on
Rod's hand. Rod
gave her all the energy he had, all there was of him. She
paled, trembling. Concern
flooded him, and washed into her—concern, tenderness,
love. Heat
seared him, a Sahara noon, an oven, a flaming furnace.
Chomoi gasped, and Yorick groaned, "Ten sec- onds." It was
ten seconds of eternity, ten seconds of agony, ten seconds
of the sickening realization that, this time, they just might
not make it, as the flames baked and raged—but it was ten
seconds that were just long enough for their minds to meld
completely, and for Rod to realize, in the midst of Hellfire,
that she was still the same, loving partner, and that she was
still his self-interest, as the flame wrapped them up... The
floor lurched, slamming them against each other, and air
flooded in, blessedly cool. Dazed, Rod straightened, clinging
to Gwen, gradually becoming aware that the flame was
gone, that he was staring into a vast chamber filled with
bench after bench full of electronic equipment, huge wardrobes,
tall cabinets... And,
right in front of them, a short, spare man in a white lab
coat, with a mane of white hair and an eagle's face, on a head
that was too large. He glared up at them with a gaze that
was so piercing Rod almost shuddered, even though he had
borne that stare before. But he
pulled himself together, squared his shoulders and 288 Christopher Stasheff took a
deep breath, then stepped down out of the time machine
carefully and said, "Dr. McAran, I presume." They
were sitting around a circular table, drinking res- toratives
(hundred proof). Around them, other tables filled the
large room, with a variety of people clustered in dis- cussion
groups. Egyptian scribes rubbed elbows with ninth- century
paladins; Sumerian peasants chatted with Ming Dynasty
bureaucrats. The whole room was a glorious me- lange
of periods and styles, a meeting place of the centuries in a riot
of colors, with a nonstop buzz of conversation in a
pidgin English that Rod could just barely recognize as the ancestor
of his own century's Anglic. He
frowned intently at McAran's last comment. "Well, sure.
Of course I understand that Gramarye's pivotal. If it develops
into a constitutional monarchy, it'll be able to provide
the communications system the DDT will need to keep
democracy alive." "More
than that," McAran said. "Your neighbors aren't going
to be standoffish, Major. They're going to leave their home
planet, lots of them, and they're going to fall in love and
marry, wherever they go. A thousand years from now, about
half the people in the Terran Sphere will be tele- paths—because
of your people." Rod
just stared. He felt Owen's hand tighten on his, and squeezed
back. McAran
waved his last earthquake away. "But that's really secondary.
Gramarye's real contribution will be the wiping out of
this artificial dichotomy we've developed between intuition
and intellect, humanity and technology. Your local chapter
of the Order of St. Vidicon is the cutting edge of that
revolution, but it's simply formalizing something your whole
people have been developing since they landed on Gramarye.
Of course, they just view it as magic and me- chanics—and
they see absolutely no reason why one person can't
be gifted in both." Rod
transferred his stare to Gwen. THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 289 She
looked about her, confused, then back at him. "Mi- lord?" "Uh...
nothing. We'll talk about it later." But he tucked her
hand into his elbow and kept firm hold of it with the other
hand, as he turned back to McAran. "Okay, so Gra- marye
is immensely important to the future of democracy, maybe
even to the future of humanity, period. So what does that
have to do with your coming eleven hundred years into your
future, just to meet me?" McAran
looked a little uncomfortable. "Well, I really only
came over to the time machine that was bringing you in.
You're in the twentieth century right now. Major—tech- nically." Rod
pushed his jaw back into place. Yorick
erased the problem. "Doesn't really matter. Ma- jor.
This time-travel base could be located in any century. It is,
in fact—just keeps going for a couple of thousand years,
all the way through the Fourth Millennium. And it was
just as easy to set the controls for this century, as for the one
we were in. Easier, in fact—these are the ones I have
memorized. Quicker to punch in, when you're in a rush." Rod
gave his head a shake. "Okay, if you say so. But..." "Why
did I want to meet you?" McAran wore his grim smile.
"Well, I've heard so much about you. Major!" "Great.
Can I present my side of it?" "No.
Because if Gramarye is pivotal in the development of democracy,
you're pivotal in the development of Gra- marye." Rod
froze. Gwen
gazed at him, wide-eyed. "Me?" McAran
nodded. ., "Why
not her?" Rod jabbed a finger at Gwen. "She's at least
as powerful as I am! And she's done as much as I have
toward putting Gramarye on the road to freedom!" "Aye,
yet I've espoused thy cause only for reason that 290 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 291 I've
espoused thee," Gwen said softly, "and so would I continue
to do, e'en—God forbid!—an thou wert ta'en from
me. Yet had I never known thee, I ne'er would have so much
as thought of it." McAran
nodded. "She was reared in a medieval mon- archy,
Major; she didn't have the vaguest notion of de- mocracy.
Nobody there did—except the future totalitarians and
anarchists, who had come back in time to subvert Gra- marye." "And
she wouldn't have learned advanced technology if those
Futurians hadn't kidnapped the two of you back in time,"
Yorick said. Gwen
shook her head. "Thou canst not avoid it, my lord. Thou
mayest not be the person who doth bring matters to fruition,
but thou art the one who doth sow the seed." She flushed,
smiling, and turned to McAran. "Which doth bring to mind
that thou hast not spoken of the role our children are to
play in this." "Mighty,"
McAran assured her, "but only an extension of what
you two are doing. An extension and an expansion, I
should say, there are four of them, and each of them will grow up
to be more powerful than either of you. Still, they'll only
carry on what you've begun." His frosty smile etched itself
on his face again. "Even if they don't quite realize it." The
exchange had given Rod a moment to recover. He took a
deep breath. "But that still doesn't tell me what I'm doing
here, talking to you." "Do
I have to lay it out for you?" McAran growled. "I want to
make sure which side you're on." . "Why
... democracy's." McAran
just regarded him, with a glittering eye. "No,"
Rod said slowly, finally recognizing the transfor- mation
within himself. "Gramarye's." McAran
nodded. "But
democracy is in Gramarye's best interest!" "If
you're so sure about that," McAran grated, "you won't
mind joining GRIPE." Rod sat
still for a minute, letting the shock pass. Then he
said, "I'm already a SCENT agent. Doesn't that make me an
affiliate member?" McAran
shook his head. "There's no official alliance between
the two groups—just common interest. We don't even
have a formal tie to the Decentralized Democratic Tribunal.
In fact, neither of them knows we exist—and frankly,
we like it that way. So, of course, one of the re- sponsibilities
of membership is maintaining that secrecy." "Of
course," Yorick added, "we do have overlapping membership.
Other than you, I mean." McAran
nodded. "Some of our best agents are SCENT operatives.
We even have a few DDT bureaucrats, and the odd
tribune or two." "Must
be pretty odd, all right," Rod muttered. "So
how about you?" The eagle's eye was still on him. "Are
you for us or not. Major?" Rod met
McAran's stare, and took a deep breath. "For you—but
not part of you. Call me an associate member." McAran
sat still for a moment. Then he nodded. "As long as
you're for us, and not against us." He stood, holding out his
hand. Rod stood, and clasped it. He was amazed at how
fragile and slender the scientist's hand seemed. But
McAran was nodding, and smiling again. "Good to have
you. Major. Now, would you like to go back where you
came from?" "I
would indeed," Gwen said instantly. "Eh, my little ones!" Rod
nodded, grinning. "Yeah. I think I've had my fill of
high-tech society for another dozen years or so. Send me home." '•' McAran
turned to Chomoi. "What do you want to do, 0 worm
in the woodwork?" "Worm?"
She leaped to her feet. "Who the hell do you 292
Christopher Stasheff think
you are, throwing insults around like lava?" "The
volcano on whose slopes the tyrants live," Doc Angus
snapped, glaring. Chomoi's
eyes narrowed. "I made a mistake. It was a bad
one, and I helped hurt a lot of people. But I think I've kind of
paid for some of that on this trip—even if Gwen and her
husband did help me as much as I helped them." McAran's
smile was sarcastic. "Oh. You don't like dic- tators
anymore, huh?" "No,"
Chomoi snapped, "especially on the personal level." "Prove
it," McAran jibed. "Join GRIPE." Chomoi
stared, totally floored. "He
means it, Miz," Yorick said softly. "But...
but... how can you?" Chomoi exploded. "For all you
know, I could be the worst PEST agent alive, trying to
infiltrate your organization!" McAran
nodded. "Possible, very possible—but if you were,
you wouldn't have been helping fight totalitarianism at
every turn." Chomoi
frowned. "When did I do that?" "When
you helped avert a war on Wolmar," Yorick re- minded
her, "and when you helped us fight off Eaves and his
buddies on Otranto. Listen, Miz, if you were really a PEST
agent, you would have shoved a knife in Whitey the Wino's
ribs at your first chance. He's at least as important to
democracy as we are." Rod
nodded. "Charley Barman, too, and you never lifted a hand
against him." "But...
but... I didn't know! I didn't know either of them
were important to democracy!" "Yeah,
but you would have, if you were still a PEST agent.
Besides, you helped get the Gallowglasses through." "Only
because I liked them—personally!" Gwen's
smile was radiant. "Him,
too!" Chomoi stabbed a finger at Yorick. "It's not just
them, you know!" THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 293 "Yes,
I know," McAran said grimly, "and I'll bet this is the
first time in your life you've found people who liked you." Chomoi
stood very still. "I'll
take personal loyalty," McAran said. "I'll take it over
loyalty to an idea, any time—even if it's loyalty to the
group, and not to me." "I
might not like your other people as well as I like him," Chomoi
said slowly. "Then
again, you might." The frosty smile was back. "Why
don't you circulate a little, get to know them better?" "Yeah—kick
around for a while, Miz!" Yorick grinned. "I've
got some buddies here I think you'd like." "Buddies?"
Her tone was frigid. "No women?" "Of
course." Yorick shrugged. "What do you want me to say,
'bosom buddies'?" Chomoi's
eyes narrowed. "Definitely not." "Okay,
then—friends. A person's a person. So I've got friends,
all right? And I think they'd like you. Okay? So why
don't you come and meet them?" "Yes,"
Chomoi said slowly. "Yes," she said, nodding. "Yes,
I think I will." Yorick
grinned, and held out an elbow. Chomoi
hooked her hand through it, and turned to Rod and
Gwen. "Major—Milady—a pleasure meeting you." She
actually inclined her head, smiling. Rod
grinned, lifting a hand. "See you in the time zones." Chomoi
smiled, tossing her head proudly, and whisked away on
Yorick's arm. They stopped two tables away, where Yorick
introduced her to a small troupe of Mongolian bar- barians.
She pressed palms. McAran
watched her go with a victorious smile. Then he
turned back to Rod and Gwen, leading them away. "That's the
basis of our organization here—misfits. None of my people
ever had any friends, never felt they belonged— until
they found us." He cocked his head to the side. "Doesn't apply
to the two of you, of course." 294 Christopher
Stasheff THE
WARLOCK WANDERING 295 "Oh,
I wouldn't say that," Rod mused. "Thou
hast never been a Gramarye witch or warlock," Gwen
agreed. "Could
be." The frosty smile turned into amusement. "Could
very well be." They
came up to a thirty-by-thirty area, lined with time machines.
One of them had a large sign over the portal, which
said in Gothic lettering, GRAMARYE Rod's
eyebrows lifted. "We rate a machine all to our- selves?" McAran
nodded. "I told you Gramarye's important to us.
It's locked onto real-time there, dating from..." he coughed
into his fist. "... from that little incident we had, with
those Neanderthals." "Yeah."
Rod frowned. "I've been meaning to ask you about
that." "Some
other time, okay?" McAran said quickly. "Right now,
there're some people who've been waiting to see you for a
couple of weeks." "Aye—we
must needs be gone to them, right quickly!" Gwen
leaped into the time machine's cubicle. "Send us to them at
once, doctor, an it please thee!" "Oh,
I could send you quicker than that." McAran peered closely
at the date. "I could set it back a couple of weeks, and
return you to the same night you were kidnapped." Gwen's
eyes lit, but Rod frowned. "How long would it take?" "Only
a minute, to reset the machine," McAran an- swered,
"but the trip itself would take a couple of hours, because
the time-matrix would have to readjust itself into a
different configuration." "I
cannot wait so long." Gwen clasped Rod's arm. "1 doubt
me not an they have been well tended in our ab- sence—and
I bum to see them once again!" Rod
shrugged. "It'll probably have done them good to be
without us for a while, especially since their baby-sitters have
probably been indulging them horribly." "Oh!"
Gwen clasped her hand over her mouth, eyes wide. "Robin
will be wroth with us, to have been so long away!" "Yeah,
but think how glad he'll be to see us come back!" "There's
some truth to that." Gwen turned back to McAran.
"Send us now, doctor, I beg of thee!" McAran
shrugged. "As the customer orders." He reached out and
pressed a button. Rod and
Gwen felt a twisting lurch, and were just fighting down
nausea when they realized they were staring around at
twilit woodlands, and the calm sheen of a pond. Rod
blinked, staring around him in surprise. "Well! Right back at
the pretty little woodland pool I told you about!" "An
thou'lt pardon it, I'd liefer not stay to contemplate it,"
Gwen said, "especially an I doubt the virtue of that crone
who told thee of it." Gwen
threw her arms around his neck. "Eh, husband! We are
home!" "Yeah!"
Rod hugged her to him with massive relief. Then he
remembered the power he'd seen her wield, and that
reminded him how much she'd learned about electron- ics;
and he felt the cold fear seeping through him, at the thought
of grappling a woman who could wreak such may- hem—especially
since it was his own kind of mayhem. And wreaked
at least as well as he could, himself. She
felt the change. "Husband? My lord?" He held
her off at arm's length. "We're not exactly the same
people who left here, are we?" "Wherefore
not?" Gwen stared, startled and hurt. "We are
still ourselves, my lord. Who else could we be?" "Well,
all right, still us," Rod growled, "but we've changed.
And you, shall we say, have learned a lot in the process?" "Yet
it hath not changed who I am, nor the way I do feel toward
thee," Gwen protested. "Nay, my lord. Do not think— 296
Christopher Stasheff THE WARLOCK WANDERING 297 ever!—that
only because I learn more, or gain more skill or
power, that I shall ever love thee less!" "Yeah,
but it's not just your kind of learning." Rod hooked his
hands in frustration at trying to find the right words. "It's
that you're learning my kind of knowledge!" Gwen
stilled, staring up at him. Then she said, "Ah, then.
So that is the way of it." "Yes,"
Rod admitted. "The skills and knowledge I had, that
you lacked, were all that were keeping me thinking I was
good enough for you." "Oh,
how poorly thou dost know thyself. Rod Gallow- glass!"
She threw her arms about his neck and pulled his head
down to hers. "Thy goodness and thy greatness have so
little to do with thy knowledge or skill, or even thy power! 'Tis
thy gentle, caring self that drew me into love of thee, and the
strength of thy resolve that doth shelter me and mine!
'Tis thee I love—not thine attributes!" She drew back a
little, cocking her head to the side. "And, in fairness, thou must
needs own that thou hast learned my skills and knowl- edge,
even as I've but now learned thine." "Well,
yes," Rod admitted, "but that's different." "Only
in that I rejoice at such joining, where thou dost seem to
dread it," Gwen returned. "Yet thou hast no need of such
trepidation, for 'tis thee I love, that inexplicable, unwordable,
indescribable essence that is Rod Callow- glass—and
only that! Not thy power or knowledge!" Then
she frowned as a new thought came. "Or dost thou love me
less, because I know summat of thy magicks?" Rod
stared at her, horrified. Then, slowly, he smiled. "Love
you less, no—but I do feel threatened by it. I'm sure I'll
get over that, though." He caught her hands. "After all, if
you've managed to adapt magic to advanced technology, I've
learned to adapt technology to magic!" Gwen
threw her head back with a silvery laugh, and kept her
lips parted as she swayed back up against him. He buried himself
in her kiss. Finally,
he had to give up and gasp, though he did wish he'd
seen the kiss coming in time to hyperventilate a little. He
hooked an arm about her waist and pointed at the path that
wound away through the trees. "We do have to get back to the
children, you know. Besides, we have a bed in the house." She
beamed up at him. "I think 'twill be an early slum- bering
for them this night, my lord." And,
arm in arm, they strolled away through the trees, hand in
hand, mind in mind, pausing only occasionally to scan
for mental traces of ambushers. They
came in the door with a word of cheery greeting— but it
died on their lips. Rod stared, aghast. The table and chairs
had been pushed back against the walls. A giant of a man,
at least eight feet tall, took up most of the living room
floor, with two people of standard size beside him, one
wearing a robe and pointed hat of dark blue, sprinkled with
signs of the zodiac, and the other a pretty lass in her twenties
with her hair bound in a kerchief. The three of them
were so tightly wrapped in hempen rope that they looked
like candidates for a joint sarcophagus. Geoffrey
stood over the giant with a cudgel in his hand; Cordelia
sat at the woman's feet, singing lightly and em- broidering
a handkerchief; Magnus stood over the wizard, arms
akimbo, as though he were daring the man to try a spell;
and Gregory sat cross-legged on the mantelpiece, contemplating
the whole mess. By the
hearth sat a very worried-looking Puck. At the sound
of Rod's voice, his head snapped up; he took one look at
Rod and Gwen, moaned, leaped into the fireplace, and
darted up the chimney with a howl of despair. Gwen
stared, appalled. Then
she took a deep breath. ^. But Rod
beat her to it. "And just what do you think you've
been doing!?!" |
|
© 2026 Библиотека RealLib.org
(support [a t] reallib.org) |